Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
2025-127-E-AMS-Comfort Systems USA (Mid Atlantic) LLC-Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement
Revised 01/24 1 [Departmental Use Only] TITLE Splex HVAC Pool FY 2024-2025 NORTH CAROLINA CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT OVER $250,000.00 ORANGE COUNTY THIS CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT (hereinafter called “Agreement”), made as of the 7th day of March, 2025, by and between Comfort Systems USA (MidAtlantic) LLC, (hereinafter called the “Contractor”), and Orange County, a political subdivision of the State of North Carolina, (hereinafter called the “County,” “Orange County,” or “Owner”). W I T N E S S E T H: That the Contractor and the Owner, for the consideration herein named, agree as follows: 1. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS; PRIORITY The Contract Documents consist of this Agreement, the General Conditions which are fully incorporated in this Agreement, the Request for Proposals, designer approved communications and field orders, the Proposal, Construction Documents and Drawings and Written Specifications. The Contract Documents form the Contract. In the event of any inconsistency between or among the Contract Documents the Contract Documents shall be interpreted in the following order of priority: a. This Agreement and incorporated General Conditions attached as Exhibit 1. b. Designer approved and stamped construction documents and drawings and written specifications. c. Designer approved communications and field orders. d. Request for Proposals and addenda thereto. e. Proposal. 2. SCOPE OF WORK The Contractor shall furnish and deliver all of the materials, and perform, and be fully responsible for all of the Work required by this Agreement within the time period stipulated in a written Notice-to-Proceed to be executed by the Contractor and Owner and in accordance with the following enumerated documents, which are made a part hereof as if fully contained herein: a. Construction Drawings prepared by Progressive Design Collaborative, Ltd (PDC) (Sheet G1.01, M0.00, M0.01, M0.02, M1.01, M1.02, M5.01, M6.01, M7.01, E0.00, E0.01, E1.01, E2.01, E3.01 dated 11/18/2024) b. Written specifications prepared by the Designer. c. Comfort Systems USA (Mid Atlantic) LLC proposal dated January 9, 2025 which fully Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Revised 01/24 2 describes the work to be performed, such work (hereinafter called the “Work”). d. Related documents listed under Section 1 above. 3. TERM AND SCHEDULING a. The Contractor agrees to commence work pursuant to the written Notice-to Proceed. b. The Contractor agrees to complete substantially all Work included by November 26, 2025. c. Time is of the essence with respect to all dates specified in the Contract Documents as Completion Dates. d. The Contractor shall perform the Work in the time, manner and form required by the Contract Documents and as stipulated in a written Notice-to-Proceed to be executed by the Contractor and Owner. 4. STANDARD OF CARE AND DUTIES OF CONTRACTOR a. The Contractor shall exercise reasonable care and diligence in performing the Work in accordance with the generally accepted standards of this type of Contractor practice throughout the United States and in accordance with applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations applicable to the performance of these services. Contractor is solely responsible for the professional quality, accuracy, timely completion, and submission of all work. b. The Contractor shall not load or permit any part of the Work to be loaded with a weight that will endanger its safety, intended performance or configuration. c. Contractor shall be responsible for all Contractor, Subcontractor, and Sub-subcontractor errors or omissions, in the performance of the Agreement together with the errors and omissions of any agent or employee of the Contractor or any Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor. Contractor shall correct any and all errors, omissions, discrepancies, ambiguities, mistakes, or conflicts at no additional cost to the Owner. d. Contractor is an independent contractor of Owner. Any and all employees of the Contractor engaged by the Contractor in the performance of any work or services required of the Contractor under this Agreement, shall be considered employees or agents of the Contractor only and not of the Owner, and any and all claims that may or might arise under any workers compensation or other law or contract on behalf of said employees while so engaged shall be the sole obligation and responsibility of the Contractor. e. Contractor shall at all times remain in compliance with all applicable local, state, and federal laws, rules, and regulations including but not limited to all state and federal non-discrimination laws, policies, rules, and regulations and the Orange County Non-Discrimination Policy and Orange County Living Wage Policy (each Orange County policy is incorporated herein by reference and may be viewed at http://www.orangecountync.gov/departments/purchasing_division/contracts.php). Any violation of the Orange County Non-Discrimination Policy is a breach of this Agreement and County may immediately terminate this Agreement without further obligation on the part of the County. This paragraph is not intended to limit and does not limit the definition of breach Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Revised 01/24 3 to discrimination. f. If activities related to the performance of this Agreement require specific licenses, certifications, or related credentials Contractor represents that it and its employees, agents and subcontractors engaged in such activities possess such licenses, certifications, or credentials and that such licenses certifications, or credentials are current, active, and not in a state of suspension or revocation. g. The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work efficiently and with the Contractor’s best skill and attention. Except as specifically set forth in the Contract Documents the Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, and for safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. The Contractor shall be responsible to see that the finished Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents. h. The Contractor shall appoint a competent Project Manager with general authority to manage the Project for the Contractor. The Contractor shall also keep on the Project at all times during the Work of the Contractor a competent Resident Superintendent and necessary assistants who shall not be replaced without prior written approval by the Designer or by the Owner if a Designer is not retained for the Project. i. If, in the opinion of the Designer, any Subcontractor on the Project is incompetent or otherwise unsatisfactory, such Subcontractor shall be replaced by the Contractor with no increase in the Contract Price if and when directed by the Designer. j. The Contractor shall attend all progress conferences and all other meetings or conferences. The Contractor shall be represented at these progress conferences by a representative having the authority of the Project Manager and by such other representatives as the Designer may direct. k. Costs and expenses of providing samples for and assistance in any testing shall be borne by the Contractor. Any Work in which untested materials are used without written approval or written permission of the Owner or Designer shall be removed and replaced at Contractor’s expense. l. The Contractor shall obtain all necessary permits including all permits required to complete the Work in compliance with local, state, and federal law. 5. PAYMENT & TAXES a. The Owner hereby agrees to pay to the Contractor for the faithful performance of this Agreement, and the Contractor hereby agrees to perform all of the Work for a sum not-to- exceed Six Hundred Fourteen Thousand Dollars ($614,000.00). Not later than the fifth (5th) day of each calendar month the Contractor shall submit to the Owner’s Representative, generally the Designer if a Designer is retained on the Work, a Request for Payment for work done during the previous calendar month. (i) The Request for Payment shall be in form of a standardized invoice or AIA Document G702-703 appropriately addressed to Owner’s Representative at Progressive Design Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Revised 01/24 4 Collaborative, Ltd, 3101 Poplarwood Court, Suite 320, Raleigh, NC 27604 and shall show substantially the value of work done during the previous calendar month. (ii) The amount due for payment shall be ninety-five percent (95%) of the value of work completed since the last Request for Payment and this amount shall be paid by the Owner on or before the last business day of the month. Owner shall retain five percent (5%) (the “Retainage”). (1) Upon Owner’s Representative’s certification that fifty percent (50%) of the Work has been satisfactorily completed Retainage shall be reduced to two and one half percent (2½%). (2) Upon Owner’s Representative’s certification that ninety percent (90%) of the Work has been satisfactorily completed Retainage may be discontinued. Retainage may be discontinued, at Owner’s Discretion, so long as work continues to be completed satisfactorily and on schedule. (3) The Owner may discontinue withholding retainage in accordance with the provisions of NCGS-143-(b1)(2) when the project is 50% complete. (iii) Final payment shall not be due to the Contractor until thirty (30) days after Final Completion of the Work, including punch list work, has been satisfactorily (as determined by the County) completed and an appropriate Affidavit, Indemnification, and Release as required in Section 5.4(e) of Exhibit 1 has been received and approved by Owner. b. Should Owner reasonably determine that Contractor has failed to perform the Work related to a Request for Payment, Owner, at its discretion may provide the Contractor ten (10) days to cure the breach. Owner may withhold the accompanying payment without penalty until such time as Contractor cures the breach. (i) Should Contractor or its representatives fail to cure the breach within ten (10) days, or fail to reasonably agree to such modified schedule, Owner may immediately terminate this Agreement in writing, without penalty or incurring further obligation to Contractor. (ii) This section shall not be interpreted to limit the definition of breach to the failure to perform the Work related to a Request for Payment. c. The Contractor has included in the Contract Price and shall pay all taxes assessed by any authority on the Work or the labor and materials used therein. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to furnish the Owner documentary evidence showing the materials used and sales and use tax paid by the Contractor and each of its subcontractors. d. Should the Owner receive notice that the Contractor has failed to pay a Subcontractor for the Work performed related to a Request for Payment, Owner shall have the authority to withhold payment of the disputed amount until parties resolve their dispute. Failure to pay the Contractor pursuant to this section of the Agreement shall not be deemed to be a breach of the Agreement. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Revised 01/24 5 6. NON–APPROPRIATION a. Contractor acknowledges that Owner is a governmental entity, and the validity of this Agreement is based upon the availability of public funding under the authority of its statutory mandate. b. In the event that public funds are unavailable or not appropriated for the performance of Owner’s obligations under this Agreement, then this Agreement shall automatically expire without penalty to Owner immediately upon written notice to Contractor of the unavailability or non-appropriation of public funds. It is expressly agreed that Owner shall not activate this non-appropriation provision for its convenience or to circumvent the requirements of this Agreement. c. In the event of a change in the Owner’s statutory authority, mandate or mandated functions, by state or federal legislative or regulatory action, which adversely affects Owner’s authority to continue its obligations under this Agreement, then this Agreement shall automatically terminate without penalty to Owner upon written notice to Contractor of such limitation or change in Owner’s legal authority. 7. NOTICES Any notice required by this Agreement shall be in writing and delivered by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested to the following: Owner: Contractor: Orange County Comfrort Systems USA (Mid Atlantic) LLC Attn: A. Barnes Attn: David N. Allen P.O. Box 8181 1057 Bill Tuck Hwy Hillsborough, NC 27278 South Boston, VA 24592 8. MISCELLANEOUS a. Duties and Obligations imposed by the Contract Documents shall be in addition to any Duties and Obligations imposed by state, federal or local law, rules, regulations and ordinances. b. No act or failure to act by the Owner or Contractor shall constitute a waiver of any right or duty granted them under the Contract Documents, nor shall any act or failure to act constitute any approval except as specifically agreed in writing. c. The Work shall be tested and inspected as required by the Contract Documents and as required by law. Unless prohibited by law the costs of all such tests and inspections related to state and federal codes such as ADA, Administrative, Electrical, Plumbing, Mechanical and Building Codes shall be borne by the Contractor. The costs for material and structural testing shall be conducted by an independent third party at the expense of the Owner. Delays related to any of the aforementioned tests and inspections shall not be grounds for delaying the completion of the work. If any such tests and inspections reveal deficiencies in the Work such that the Work does not comply with terms or requirements of the Contract Documents and the requirements of any code or law the Contractor is solely responsible for the cost of bringing such deficiencies into compliance with the terms of the Contract Documents and any code or law. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Revised 01/24 6 d. Should the Designer, if a Designer is retained for the project involving the Work, or Owner reject any portion of the Work for failing to comply with the Contract Documents Contractor shall immediately, at Contractor’s expense, correct the Work. Any such rejection may be made before or after substantial completion. If applicable, any additional expense borne by the Designer under this section shall be paid at Contractor’s expense. e. The County has designated (Angel Barnes) to act as the County's representative with respect to the Project and shall have the authority to render decisions within guidelines established by the County Manager or the County Board of Commissioners and shall be available during working hours as often as may be reasonably required to render decisions and to furnish information. f. The Contractor shall not assign any portion of this Agreement nor subcontract the Work in its entirety without the prior written consent of the Owner. g. In the event of a breach by Contractor Owner has sole authority to determine the reasonableness of Contractor’s actions to remedy such breach or complete the performance of its obligations. h. Upon request of the Owner, the Contractor shall submit to County all relevant documentation, including but not limited to, job cost records, to support its claims for final compensation and if such request is made final compensation shall not be due until all relevant documentation is received, reviewed, and approved by Owner. 9. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES a. Owner and Contractor mutually waive any claim against each other for consequential damages. Consequential Damages include: (i) Damages incurred by Owner for loss of use, income, financing, or business. (ii) Damages incurred by Contractor for office expenses, including personnel, loss of financing, profit, income, business, damage to reputation, or any other non-direct damages. 10. ENTIRE AGREEMENT All of the documents listed, referenced or described in this Agreement, the written Notice-to-Proceed, together with Modifications made or issued in accordance herewith are the Contract Documents, and the work, labor, materials, and completed construction required by the Contract Documents and all parts thereof is the Work. The Contract Documents constitute the entire agreement between Owner and Contractor. This Agreement may be amended only by written instrument signed by both parties. Modifications may be evidenced by facsimile signatures. If any provision of the Agreement or General Conditions shall be declared invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of the Agreement shall continue in full force and effect. [SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW] Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Revised 01/24 7 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and date first above written in a number of counterparts, each of which shall, without proof or accounting for other counterparts, be deemed an original contract. ORANGE COUNTY:CONTRACTOR: By: _________________________________ Travis Myren, County Manager By: __________________________________ David N. Allen, President Printed Name and Title Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 3/24/20254/1/2025 Revised 01/24 8 ORANGE COUNTY—INTERNAL USE ONLY ______________________________________________________________________________ Finance Information Vendor Name: Comfort Systems USA (Mid Atlantic) LLC Vendor Contact Person: David N. Allen (Neil.Allen@comfortsystemsusa.com) Phone: 434-572-6986 Address: 1057 Bill Tuck Hwy City South Boston State: VA Zip: 24592 Department: AMS/Sportsplex Amount: $614,000.00 Purpose: Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement Budget Code(s): 54540030-800000-36006 Vendor # 60014 Vendor Status with NCSOS: Current-Active Vendor is a BOCC consultant: Yes No Contract Details Contract Type: New Amendment (Original Contract: ) (Most Recent Amendment ) Effective Date 03/07/2025 End Date 11/26/2025 Notice Date (Notice Purpose ) Award Approved by Board (Agenda Date: 03/06/2025); Made or Administered by AMS Signature Authority - BOCC Express Delegation (Agenda Date: 03/06/2025) - Policy 9.4: Under $5,000; Service Under $90,000; Construction Under $250,000 - Budget Policy Section XV (Capital Improvement Project: 36001) Bidding Informal Bidding ($30k-$90k); Formal RFP ($90k+); Other (<$30k); Exception(# ) Department Affirmation This agreement is approved as to technical form and content and I as Department Director affirmatively state work on this project has not been initiated prior to execution of the agreement; OR This agreement is approved as to technical form and content. Services related to this agreement have already begun or been completed. Description of the nature of the emergency condition that was addressed: Department Director’s Signature ________________________________________ Date: ________ Information Technologies This agreement has been reviewed and is approved as to information technology content and specifications: Office of the Chief Information Officer___________________________________ Date: ________ Inapplicable because no hardware/software purchases or related services Risk Management This agreement is approved for sufficiency of insurance standards, specifications, and requirements: Office of the Risk Management Officer___________________________________ Date: _________ Financial Services This instrument has been pre-audited in the manner required by the Local Government Budget and Fiscal Control Act: Office of the Chief Financial Officer ____________________________________ Date: _________ Legal Services This agreement is approved as to legal form and sufficiency: Office of the County Attorney __________________________________________Date: ________ Clerk to the Board All Docusign contracts must be copied to the Clerk upon completion: occlerkdocs@orangecountync.gov The following signature block is for hard copies only and is not required for Docusign contracts: Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 3/25/2025 3/31/2025 3/31/2025 4/1/2025 Revised 01/24 9 Received for record retention: Office of the Clerk to the Board __________________________________________Date:_________ Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? INSR ADDL SUBR LTR INSD WVD DATE (MM/DD/YYYY) PRODUCER CONTACT NAME: FAXPHONE (A/C, No):(A/C, No, Ext): E-MAIL ADDRESS: INSURER A : INSURED INSURER B : INSURER C : INSURER D : INSURER E : INSURER F : POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFF POLICY EXPTYPE OF INSURANCE LIMITS(MM/DD/YYYY)(MM/DD/YYYY) AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY UMBRELLA LIAB EXCESS LIAB WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, may be attached if more space is required) AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE EACH OCCURRENCE $ DAMAGE TO RENTED CLAIMS-MADE OCCUR $PREMISES (Ea occurrence) MED EXP (Any one person)$ PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER:GENERAL AGGREGATE $ PRO-POLICY LOC PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG $JECT OTHER:$ COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT $(Ea accident) ANY AUTO BODILY INJURY (Per person)$ OWNED SCHEDULED BODILY INJURY (Per accident)$AUTOS ONLY AUTOS HIRED NON-OWNED PROPERTY DAMAGE $AUTOS ONLY AUTOS ONLY (Per accident) $ OCCUR EACH OCCURRENCE $ CLAIMS-MADE AGGREGATE $ DED RETENTION $$ PER OTH- STATUTE ER E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $ E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $ If yes, describe under E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC # COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY Y / N N / A (Mandatory in NH) SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER:REVISION NUMBER: CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION © 1988-2015 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORDACORD 25 (2016/03) CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE Lockton Companies, LLC 444 W. 47th St., Ste. 900 Kansas City MO 64112-1906 (816) 960-9000 kcasu@lockton.com Comfort Systems USA (MidAtlantic), LLC 1057 Bill Tuck Highway South Boston VA 24592 Indian Harbor Insurance Company 36940 Old Republic Insurance Company 24147 Travelers Property Casualty Company of America 25674 Zurich American Insurance Company 16535 X X X CONTRACTUAL LIAB X XCU INCLUDED 10,000,000 10,000,000 10,000 10,000,000 20,000,000 20,000,000 X X X 10,000,000 XXXXXXX XXXXXXX XXXXXXX XXXXXXX X X X 10,000 10,000,000 10,000,000 XXXXXXX N X 10,000,000 10,000,000 10,000,000 INSTALL FLTR/BUILDERS RISK PROFESSIONAL/POLLUTION $15,000,000 PER OCCURRENCE $10,000,000 PER CLAIM; $20,000,000 AGGREGATE A MWTB31586224 11/1/2024 11/1/2025 A MWZX31795624 11/1/2024 11/1/2025 A MWZX31795924 11/1/2024 11/1/2025 A MWZY31586124 11/1/2024 11/1/2025 A MWZX31795524 11/1/2024 11/1/2025 A MWZX31795824 11/1/2024 11/1/2025 C MBR435533603 11/1/2024 11/1/2025 D CEO744642007 11/1/2024 11/1/2025 B CUP-7T469438-24-NF 11/1/2024 11/1/2025 A MWC31586024 11/1/2024 11/1/2025 11/1/2025 1492591 Y N Y N Y N Y 2/18/2025 N N 21427045 21427045 XXXXXXX ORANGE COUNTY 300 WEST TRYON STREET, PO BOX 818 HILLSBOROUGH, NC 27278 RE: PROJECT: ORANGE COUNTY SPORTPLEX HVAC REPLACEMENT. ORANGE COUNTY, ITS OFFICERS, OFFICIAL AGENTS AND EMPLOYEES ARE ADDITIONAL INSUREDS ON GENERAL LIABILITY, AUTO LIABILITY AND UMBRELLA/EXCESS LIABILITY, AS REQUIRED BY WRITTEN CONTRACT AND SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE POLICY. WAIVER OF SUBROGATION IN FAVOR OF THE ADDITIONAL INSUREDS APPLIES ON WORKERS COMPENSATION/EMPLOYER’S LIABILITY, AS REQUIRED BY WRITTEN CONTRACT AND WHERE ALLOWED BY LAW. COVERAGE IS SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE POLICY. FOR CANCELLATION FOR ANY REASON OTHER THAN NONPAYMENT OF PREMIUM, THE INSURER(S) WILL SEND 30 DAYS NOTICE OF CANCELLATION TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. X X Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 1 Revised 01/24 EXHIBIT 1----GENERAL CONDITIONS Table of Contents Page Article 1. Definitions......................................................................................................................3 Article 2. Correlation, Interpretation, and Intent of Contract Documents……...............................7 Article 3. Familiarity with Work, Conditions and Laws..................................................................8 Article 4. Bonds............................................................................................................................9 Article 5. Insurance and Indemnity ..............................................................................................9 Article 6. Other Record Documents and Submittals...................................................................16 Article 7. Contractor....................................................................................................................18 Article 8. Owner .........................................................................................................................26 Article 9. Construction Manager ................................................................................................26 Article 10. Designer ...................................................................................................................26 Article 11. Testing and Surveying..............................................................................................27 Article 12. Separate Contracts...................................................................................................27 Article 13. Contract Time ..........................................................................................................28 Article 14. Changes in the Work ...............................................................................................31 Article 15. Change of the Contract Price ..................................................................................33 Article 16. Unforeseen Conditions.............................................................................................35 Article 17. Correction of Work before Final Payment ...............................................................35 Article 18. Correction of Work after Substantial Completion; Warranties and Guaranties........36 Article 19. Owner's Right to Do Work .......................................................................................37 Article 20. Partial Payments .....................................................................................................37 Article 21. Final Payment..........................................................................................................40 Article 22. Contractor, Subcontractor and Supplier Affidavit ....................................................41 Article 23. Assignments and Subcontracts................................................................................41 Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 2 Revised 01/24 Article 24. Measurements........................................................................................................41 Article 25. Contractor and Subcontractor Relationships..........................................................42 Article 26. Use of Premises .....................................................................................................42 Article 27. Cutting, Patching and Fitting ..................................................................................42 Article 28. Dispute Resolution ................................................................................................43 Article 29. Taxes......................................................................................................................43 Article 30. Operation of Owner's Facilities...............................................................................44 Article 31. Third Party Beneficiary Clause...............................................................................44 Article 32. Measurement of Quantities ....................................................................................44 Article 33. Termination by the Owner for Cause .....................................................................44 Article 34. Termination or Suspension by the Owner for Convenience...................................45 Article 35. Minority Business Enterprise Program……………………….……………………….46 Article 36 E-Verify, Iran Divestment, Israel Boycott, and Digital.……………………………..46 Article 37. General...................................................................................................................46 Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 3 Revised 01/24 ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS 1.1 Agreement - The Construction Contract, these General Conditions, and any Supplementary Conditions. 1.2 AIA - The American Institute of Architects. 1.3 ASTM - The American Society for Testing and Materials. 1.4 Beneficial Occupancy – Use of the Project by the Owner after Substantial Completion, but prior to Final Completion.. 1.5 Change Order - A written order to the Contractor signed by the Owner and the Designer authorizing an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time issued after execution of the Construction Contract. See paragraph 14.1. 1.6 Completion Date - Those dates identified as Completion Dates in the Contract Construction Schedule or elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 1.7 Construction Contract – The document executed by the Contractor and the Owner to formally memorialize their consent to the terms of the Agreement. 1.8 Construction Change Directive – A written order to the Contractor signed by the Owner and the Designer directing an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work after execution of the Construction Contract, in circumstances when the parties have been unable to agree on an adjustment to the Contract Price or the Contract Time, but the Owner requests that the Contractor proceed with said addition, deletion, or revision in the Work subject to adjustment of the Contract Price or Contract Time under the procedures described herein. 1.9 Construction Manager(s) - The person(s) or firm designated as the Construction Manager in the Contract Documents, or their authorized representatives. The Construction Manager(s), as referred to herein, will be referred to hereinafter as if each were of the singular number and masculine gender. 1.10 Contract Construction Schedule - That schedule described in Article 13 hereof and identified as the Contract Construction Schedule. 1.11 Contract Documents - All of the documents that make up the Agreement, plus the Drawings and Specifications that describe the scope of the Work, plus allowable Modifications to the Contract Documents. 1.12 Contract Price - The total monies payable to the Contractor under the Contract Documents pursuant to paragraph 15.1 of the Agreement. 1.13 Contract Time - The number of calendar days stated in, or computed from, the Contract Documents for the completion of the Work, or any portion thereof. See, particularly, Article 13 Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 4 Revised 01/24 hereof and the Contract Construction Schedule. Time of completion as specified therein is of the essence. The time used and referred to on the Project will be that time which is observed in Raleigh, North Carolina, being Eastern Daylight Savings Time (EDT), Eastern Standard Time (EST), or other as designated by the Designer. 1.14 Contractor - The Contractor shall be that party identified as such in the Contract Documents. 1.15 Days - Unless otherwise indicated, the term "days" shall mean consecutive calendar days. 1.16 Daylight Hours - The hours or portions of hours between sunrise and sunset local time. 1.17 Designer(s) – The person or firm designated as the Designer in the Contract Documents, or their authorized representatives. The Designer(s), as referred to herein, shall mean architect, landscape architect, or engineer. They will be referred to hereinafter as if each were of the singular number and masculine gender. On projects for which there is no Designer designated references to approvals or authorizations of or by the Designer shall be interpreted to refer to approvals or authorizations of Owner or Owner’s designee. 1.18 Drawings - The Drawings are the graphic and pictorial portions of the Contract Documents, wherever located and whenever issued, showing the design, location, and dimensions of the Work, and generally including plans, elevations, sections, details, schedules and diagrams. A list of the Drawings is contained in the Contract Documents. 1.19 Field Order - A written order issued by the Designer which clarifies or interprets the Contract Documents or orders minor changes in the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. See paragraph 14.2. 1.20 Final Completion - The point at which the Contractor has completed the Work, with the exception of guaranty and warranty obligations and as determined by the Designer and becomes entitled to final payment upon the recommendation of the Designer and determination by the Owner. 1.21 The words "furnish," "furnish and install," "install," and "provide" or words with similar meanings shall be interpreted, unless otherwise stated, to mean furnish and install complete, in place and ready for service. 1.22 Liquidated Damages – See paragraph 13.18 of these General Conditions. 1.23 Modification - (A) a written amendment to the Contract Documents signed by the Owner and the Contractor and identified therein as such, (B) a Change Order, (C) Construction Change Directive, or (D) a Field Order. A Modification may only be issued after execution of the Agreement. 1.24 Notice of Award - The written notice by the Owner to the Contractor that the Contractor is the successful Bidder and that upon compliance with the conditions precedent to be fulfilled by the Contractor within the time specified, the Owner will execute and deliver the Agreement to him. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 5 Revised 01/24 1.25 Notice to Proceed - See paragraph 13.3. 1.26 Owner - The Owner is the person designated as such in the Agreement. 1.27 Owner's Representative - A person, or persons, authorized and employed by the Owner and designated from time to time by written notice to the Contractor to administer the Contract Documents, and to observe and monitor the Work on behalf of the Owner with authority and responsibility as herein specified. 1.28 Notice - The term "notice" or "written notice" as used herein shall mean and include all written notices, demands, instructions, and claims approvals and disapprovals furnished by the Owner or the Designer to obtain compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, as well as all written notices, demands, instructions and claims furnished by the Contractor as required by the Contract Documents. Where notice is required under the terms of the Contract Documents written notice shall always be required, and oral or "constructive" notice shall be insufficient and ineffective as notice. Email or other electronic delivery shall be insufficient and ineffective as notice unless specifically allowed by the Supplementary Conditions or a Modification to the Agreement. Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served on the date that it is delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm, to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, to an authorized representative of such individual, firm, or corporation, or on the date that it is mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to the last business address of such individual, firm, or corporation known to the person giving the notice. Written notice may also be given by facsimile transmission, provided that proof of delivery is obtained. In the case of delivery in person, such delivery shall not be effective unless and until a written and signed receipt showing the date and time of delivery is obtained. 1.29 Project - The total construction of which the Work performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part. 1.30 Project Expediter – As used herein, is an entity stated in the Contract Documents, designated to effectively facilitate scheduling and coordination of Work activities. For the purpose of a single prime contract, the single prime contractor is designated as the Project Expediter. For the purpose of a project involving separate prime contracts, the Contractor for general work shall be designated as the Project Expediter unless otherwise indicated in the Supplementary General Conditions. See paragraph 7.27. 1.31 Project Manager - That person designated by the Contractor in accordance with paragraph 7.2 who shall be in general charge of the Work and its performance and who shall have the authority set forth in the last sentence of paragraph 7.2. 1.32 Request for Information - A written communication from the Contractor to the Designer for any interpretation of, or information needed, required, or desired under the Contract Documents. The Owner reserves the right to determine the reasonable format and contents required for a Request for Information. In any Request for Information, the Contractor shall state a reasonable date by which a response is necessary in order to avoid delay in progress on the Work and shall make such request sufficiently in advance of such date as to avoid any such delay. The Designer shall respond in writing to the Request for Information by the date stated by the Contractor unless he cannot reasonably do so, in which case he shall prior to that date notify Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 6 Revised 01/24 the Contractor of the date by which he can reasonably respond. The Contractor shall not be entitled to any additional time for the completion of the Work or any portion thereof by reason of the Designer's failure to respond if he has not submitted his Request for Information sufficiently in advance to allow the Designer a reasonable time within which to respond. 1.33 Request for Payment - The form, in the form of AIA Document G702 (latest ed.) or other published document approved by Owner, which is to be used by the Contractor in requesting progress payments and which is to include a Schedule of Values as required by the Contract Documents and an affidavit of the Contractor that progress payments theretofore received from the Owner on account of the Work have been applied by the Contractor to discharge in full all the Contractor's obligations incurred in connection with Work covered by all prior applications for payment. See paragraph 20.2. 1.34 Resident Superintendent - That person designated by the Contractor in accordance with paragraph 7.2 who has day-to-day responsibility for the prosecution of the Work and the obtaining of proper materials and equipment, and adequate labor and who shall have the authority set forth in the last sentence of paragraph 7.2. 1.35 Schedule of Values - Any breakdown of the Contract Price which may be required by the Contract Documents, and designated as such. See paragraph 20.1. 1.36 Specifications - That portion of the Contract Documents consisting generally of the written requirements for materials, equipment, construction systems, standards, and workmanship for the Work and performance of related services. 1.37 Subcontractor - A person, firm, or corporation who has entered into a direct contract with the Contractor to perform any of the Work at the Project. 1.38 Submittal - Shop drawings, product data, samples, and other documents required by the Contract Documents to be submitted by the Contractor to the Designer. 1.39 Submittal Register - See paragraph 13.2 of these General Conditions. 1.40 Substantial Completion - The point at which the Work, and Work by other Contractors on or in connection with the Project, as determined by the Designer, is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents that it can be beneficially occupied by the Owner, and the Work can be utilized by the Owner for its intended use, and all necessary permits and permissions for Beneficial Occupancy and utilization having been obtained by the Contractor. All operations and maintenance manuals, Owner training, and as-built drawings must be submitted prior to Substantial Completion being achieved. 1.41 Sub-subcontractor - A person or entity that has a direct or indirect contract with a Subcontractor to perform any of the Work at the Project. 1.42 Work - The construction and services required by the Contract Documents, including all labor, materials, equipment, and services provided or to be provided by the Contractor to fulfill the Contractor’s obligations. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 7 Revised 01/24 1.43 All references in the Contract Documents to the masculine shall be interpreted as including the feminine or neuter and all references in the Contract Documents to the singular or the plural shall be interpreted as including the other, as may be appropriate in the reasonable interpretation of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 2. CORRELATION, INTERPRETATION AND INTENT OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 2.1 It is the intent of the Specifications and Drawings and other Contract Documents to describe a complete Project in accordance with the Contract Documents. 2.2 The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. If the Contractor finds a conflict, error or discrepancy in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall notify the Designer in writing before proceeding with the Work affected thereby. In resolving such conflicts, errors and discrepancies, the Contract Documents shall be given preference in the following order: Construction Contract, Modifications, Addenda, General Conditions, Specifications, and Drawings. Figure dimensions on Drawings shall govern over scale dimensions, and detailed Drawings shall govern over general Drawings. Any Work that may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents as being required to produce the intended result shall be supplied whether or not it is specifically called for. Work, materials or equipment described in words which, so applied, have a well-known technical trade meaning shall be deemed to refer to such meaning and to incorporate any recognized standards which are a part of such meaning if not otherwise defined within the Contract Documents. 2.3 Miscellaneous items, accessories and work which are not specifically mentioned, but which are essential to produce a complete and properly operating installation, or useable structure or plant providing the indicated function shall be furnished and installed without change in the Contract Price. Such miscellaneous items and accessories shall be of the same quality standards, including material, style, finish, strength, class, weight and other applicable characteristics, as specified for the major component of which the miscellaneous item or accessory is an essential part, and shall be approved by the Designer before installation. This requirement is not intended to include major components not covered by or inferable from the Contract Documents. 2.4 The Work of all trades under the Contract Documents shall be coordinated by the Contractor in such a manner as to obtain the best workmanship possible for the entire Project and all components of the Work shall be installed or erected in accordance with the best practices of the particular trade. 2.5 The Contractor shall fully complete the Work and shall be responsible for all of the Work under the Contract Documents to which the Construction Contract applies. If the Contractor is prevented from doing so by any limitation of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall immediately give notice thereof to the Designer and the Owner in writing. 2.6 Standard specifications or manufacturers' literature, when referenced, shall be of the latest revision or printing unless otherwise stated and is intended to establish the minimum requirements acceptable. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 8 Revised 01/24 2.7 For those materials specified without the use of brand names, the Contractor shall submit within thirty (30) days after his receiving the Construction Contract for signatures, any product that meets the express requirements of the Specifications. Such Submittal shall include manufacturer's data, test reports, performance data and certifications, samples, erection details, and other applicable information as required to permit determination by the Designer whether such proposed products are suitable. The Designer shall be the sole judge as to the suitability of any proposed product. The burden of proof of quality rests with the Contractor. 2.8 The Contractor is required to examine and read the complete set of Contract Documents for information concerning the Work, because some of the Work for which the Contractor will be responsible may be indicated on or in documentation applying primarily to the Work of one or more other separate prime contractors. No allowance will be made for the Contractor’s failure to become familiar with the complete set of project documents. 2.9 Contractor’s requests for clarification or information shall clearly define the cause(s) of Contractor’s request and, as appropriate, shall include Contractor’s interpretation and Contractor’s proposed solution. ARTICLE 3. FAMILIARITY WITH WORK, CONDITIONS AND LAWS 3.1 The Contractor has investigated prior to bidding and is satisfied with all conditions affecting the Work, including but not restricted to those bearing upon transportation, disposal, handling and storage of materials, availability of labor, water, electrical power, roads and uncertainties of weather, or similar physical conditions at the Project site, and the character of equipment and facilities needed prior to and during prosecution of the Work. The Contractor is satisfied as to the character, quality and quantity of surface and subsurface materials or obstacles to be encountered insofar as this information is reasonably ascertainable from inspection of the Project site, including all exploratory work done by the Owner, as well as from information presented by the Contract Documents, or any other information made available to the Contractor prior to receipt of bids. Any failure by the Contractor to become acquainted with the available information shall not relieve the Contractor from the responsibility for estimating properly the difficulty or cost of successfully performing the Work. 3.2 The Contractor shall be entitled to make all inferences from the Contract Documents that would reasonably be made by a contractor having knowledge and experience with similar work; however, the Contractor shall not be entitled to infer from the Contract Documents any fact or condition which would not be inferred by a contractor having knowledge and experience with similar work and the Contractor shall be required to obtain independently such other information as a knowledgeable and experienced contractor would prudently obtain in order to evaluate any such condition. 3.3 The Contractor specifically acknowledges familiarity with all Federal, State, and local laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations which may in any manner affect those engaged or employed in the Work, or the materials or equipment in or about the Work, or in any way affect the conduct of the Work and agrees that the Contractor and the Contractor’s employee s, subcontractors, and suppliers will, at all times, comply with same. If the Contractor shall discover any provisions in the Contract Documents which are contrary to or inconsistent with any such law, ordinance, rule, or regulation, the Contractor shall immediately give notice thereof to the Designer and the Owner in writing, identifying any items of Work affected, and the Contractor shall not proceed Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 9 Revised 01/24 until the Contractor has received written direction from the Designer with respect to these items. If the Contractor performs contrary to or inconsistently with any such law, ordinance, rule, or regulation without such written direction, the Contractor shall bear all costs which are a consequence of such performance. 3.4 At times selected by the Designer after execution by the Contractor of the Construction Agreement, a pre-construction conference shall be scheduled and conducted for the benefit of the Project. ARTICLE 4. BONDS 4.1 A performance bond in the full amount of the Contract Price shall be required of the Contractor to guarantee the faithful performance of the Work in compliance with the Contract Documents, in such form as may be required by law and approved by the Owner. The bond shall be dated the same date as the Construction Contract and must be accompanied by a current copy of the power of attorney for the attorney-in-fact executing such bond on behalf of a surety company licensed to do business in the state of North Carolina. 4.2 A payment bond in the full amount of the Contract Price shall be required of the Contractor to guarantee the payment of all labor and material costs or claims in connection with compliance with the Contract. The payment bond shall be in such form as may be required by law and approved by the Owner. Said bond shall be dated and executed in the same manner as the performance bond in paragraph 4.1. ARTICLE 5. INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY 5.1 CONTRACTOR PROVIDED INSURANCE The Contractor shall, without limiting its obligations or liabilities, procure, pay for and maintain such insurance as is required by law and as is required by this Agreement to protect the Contractor and the Owner from claims for damages for bodily injury, including death, and from claims for property damage which may arise from the Contractor's or its representatives', consultants', Subcontractors', agents', or employees' operations under this Agreement. Such insurance shall be of the kinds and have limits of liability and coverages not less than the minimum limits hereinafter specified or required by law, whichever is greater. The Owner makes no representation as to the adequacy or sufficiency of such coverages. The following requirements shall in no way be construed to limit or eliminate the liability of the Contractor, which arises from performance of Work under the Agreement. The Contractor is strictly responsible for any losses, claims, and costs of any kind which exceed the Contractor's limits of liability, or which may be outside the coverage scope of the policies. The insurance specified shall be provided by an insurer approved by the Owner, authorized to do such business in the State of North Carolina, and on terms approved by the Owner. Insurance companies utilized shall have a minimum rating of A- and Class VII as evaluated by the most current A.M. Best Rating Guide. If the insurer has a Best Rating less than A- and Class VII, the Contractor must receive specific written approval from the Owner prior to proceeding with any Work under the Agreement. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 10 Revised 01/24 All agents and brokers shall hold valid licenses from the State of North Carolina. Before commencing mobilization to the Project site and not later than 7 days after the receipt of the Construction Contract by the Contractor for signatures, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner a certificate or certificates of insurance in a form satisfactory to the Owner. Upon request of the Owner, the Contractor shall provide the Owner with certified copies of the insurance policies required by this Article, including without limitation declaration pages, conditions, exclusions and endorsements, and confirmation that each policy premium has been paid for the required term of this Agreement. A copy of the umbrella policy shall be provided to the Orange County Risk Manager. Certificates shall be signed by a person authorized by that insurer to bind coverage on its behalf. All insurance policies shall provide, as evidenced by Certificates of Insurance, that the insurance shall not be canceled, reduced, restricted, or changed in any way without at least 30 days prior written notice to the Owner. With regard to expiration, cancellation, reduction, restriction, or any other change, certificates shall state: "Should any of the following described policies be canceled before expiration date or be due to expire within 30 days, the insurer shall mail 30 days prior written notice to named certificate holder." In the event of any such cancellation, non-renewal, reduction, restriction, or change in any insurance, the Contractor is obligated to replace such insurance within 7 days without a gap in coverage and file accordingly such notice with the Owner, and other interested parties. Failing immediate receipt of evidence of such replacement of insurance the Owner reserves the right to procure such insurance as the Owner considers desirable and the Contractor shall pay or reimburse the cost of the premium in respect thereof. It is expressly provided, however, that any action or inaction on the part of the Owner in this respect shall in no way change or reduce the Contractor's responsibilities and liabilities under this Agreement. Self-funded, policy fronting, or other non-risk transfer insurance mechanisms are not acceptable without prior written approval of the Owner. Full disclosure of such a program must be made prior to commencing mobilization to the Project site. Failure to make a full disclosure constitutes a material breach of the Agreement, justifying termination for default. The Contractor shall name the Owner, the Designer, the Designer’s consultants, and the Construction Manager as additional insureds under all its insurance contracts (except workers' compensation) with respect to and including without limitation liability arising out of activities performed by or on behalf of the Contractor, products and completed operations of the Contractor, and automobiles owned, hired, leased, or borrowed by the Contractor. The coverage shall contain no special limitations on the scope of protection afforded to additional insureds. For any claims related to this Project, the Contractor's insurance or self-insurance shall be primary and noncontributory with respect to the Owner’s insurance. Any insurance or self - insurance maintained by the Owner shall be excess and noncontributory with respect to the Contractor's insurance. All policies of insurance shall contain a clause waiving rights of subrogation against the Owner, unless the Owner approves otherwise in writing. Limits of coverage are not to be amended by deductible clauses of any nature without the express written consent of the Owner. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for any deductible assumptions that may exist in any insurance policies required under this Agreement. In addition, the Contractor shall be responsible and shall not be reimbursed for any losses arising from any risk or exposure not insured as required herein, or not covered as a result of a normal policy exclusion or that falls Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 11 Revised 01/24 within the self-insured retention, if Contractor self-insured. The Contractor's insurance shall apply separately to each insured against whom claim is made or suit is brought, except with respect to the limits of the insurer's liability. The claim provisions in the Contractor’s insurance policies must specifically state the insurance company or Contractor’s Third Party Administrator, if self-insured, has both the right and duty to adjust a claim and provide defense. The policies shall not contain any provision or definition which would serve to exclude or eliminate from coverage third party claims, including exclusions of claims for bodily or other injury to shareholders, partners, officers, directors, or employees of the insured, the premises owner, real estate manager, or the insured's Subcontractor, or any family relative of such persons. If the policies contain any warranty stating that coverage is null and void (or words to that effect) if the Contractor does not comply with the most stringent regulations governing the Work, it shall be modified so that coverage shall be afforded in all cases except for the Contractor's willful or intentional noncompliance with applicable government regulations. Any failure by any person to comply with reporting or other provisions of the policy including breach of warranties, shall not affect coverage provided to the Owner and its representatives, officials, and employees. The insolvency or bankruptcy of the Insured or of the Insured's estate shall not relieve the insurance companies of their obligations under these policies. Any clauses to the contrary are unacceptable and must be stricken. Failure to comply with these requirements shall be a material breach of this Agreement justifying termination for default. 5.1.1 Worker's Compensation and Employers' Liability Insurance The Contractor and its Subcontractors shall procure and maintain Workers' Compensation Insurance in the amount and type required by the State of North Carolina and federal law for all employees employed under the Agreement who may come within the protection of Workers' Compensation Laws and covering all operations under the Agreement whether performed by the Contractor or by his Subcontractors. In jurisdictions not providing complete Workers' Compensation protection, the Contractor and his Subcontractors shall maintain employers' liability insurance in an amount, form, company, and agency satisfactory to the State of North Carolina and the Owner for the benefit of all employees not protected by Workers' Compensation Laws and covering all operations under the Agreement whether performed by the Contractor or by his Subcontractors. The Contractor shall pay such assessments as will protect the Contractor and the Owner from claims under the Workers' Compensation Laws, workers' or workmen's compensation disability benefits, and other similar employee benefit acts. The current Experience Modification Factor shall be indicated on the Certificate of Insurance. Coverage under this section shall be as required by federal and state Workers' Compensation and Occupational Disease Statutes, and shall have minimum limits as follows: Coverage A: Statutory, State of North Carolina Employers' Liability: Each Accident $1,000,000 Disease - Policy Limit $1,000,000 Disease - Each Employee $1,000,000 Such insurance shall include Voluntary Compensation coverage, a Waiver of Subrogation in favor of the Owner as well as other endorsements that may be required by applicable jurisdictions. 5.1.2 Automobile Liability Insurance Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 12 Revised 01/24 The Contractor shall procure and maintain automobile insurance against liability for bodily injury and property damage as described below, that may arise with respect to the Work being performed under the Agreement, and as will provide protection from claims which may arise out of or result from the Contractor's performance of the Work and the Contractor's other obligations under the Agreement, whether such performance of the Work is by the Contractor, by any representative or Subcontractor, by anyone, both officially and personally, directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable. This policy of insurance shall carry the following minimum Limit of Liability: Combined Single Limit $1,000,000 per occurrence; Aggregate $2,000,000.00. The policy of insurance shall contain or be endorsed to include the following: a) owned, hired, and non-owned automobile liability. b) If the policy contains a warranty stating that coverage is null and void (or words to that effect) if the transporter does not comply with the most stringent regulations governing the Work, it shall be modified so that coverage shall be afforded in all cases except for the transporter's willful or intentional noncompliance with applicable government regulations. Any failure by any party to comply with reporting or other provisions of the policy including breach of warranties, shall not affect coverage provided to the Owner and its representatives, officials, and employees. No subcontracting of waste hauling shall be permitted without prior, written approval of the Owner. 5.1.3 General Liability This policy must be written on an Occurrence basis, with the following minimum Limits of Liability: General Aggregate per project $2,000,000.00 Products/Completed Operations Aggregate $2,000,000.00 Bodily Injury and Property Damage csl/each occurrence $1,000,000.00 Personal Injury and Advertising Injury $2,000,000.00 The policy of insurance shall contain or be endorsed to include the following: a) Blanket Contractual Liability covering Contractor’s indemnification obligations under this Agreement, in accordance with ISO policy form CG 00 01. Modifications to the standard provision will not be acceptable if they serve to reduce coverage. b) Premises/Operations Liability. c) Explosion, collapse, and underground fault. d) Independent Contractors and Independent Subcontractors coverage. e) Broad Form Property Damage. f) Personal Injury g) Cross Liability/Severability of Interest clause. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 13 Revised 01/24 h) Employer’s Stop-Gap Liability endorsement, if applicable. i) Amendment of the Pollution Exclusion Endorsement to allow coverage for bodily injury or property damage caused by heat, smoke, or fumes from a hostile fire. j) Designated General Aggregate Limit Endorsement if required by the Contract Documents. Coverage shall remain continuously in effect and without interruption for at least 6 years from the date of the Notice of Award and shall include coverage for exposures arising from operations that have been completed. The Contractor shall furnish the Owner and each other additional insured listed in the Agreement to whom the Certificates have been issued, evidence satisfactory to the Owner of continuation of such insurance at the date of Preliminary Acceptance and each year thereafter. 5.1.4 Pollution Legal Liability (PLL) Pollution Legal Liability coverage will be provided as follows: $1,000,000.00 per occurrence; Aggregate $2,000,000.00. 5.1.5 Umbrella Liability The Contractor shall maintain an occurrence basis (as distinguished from a “claims made” basis) Umbrella Liability policy (true follow form) over the underlying General Liability, Automobile Liability, and Employer's Liability, with the following limits of liability: Each Occurrence $3,000,000, Aggregate $3,000,000. On a fully insured basis such coverage will be subject to a deductible no greater than $10,000 per occurrence where coverage is not provided by the underlying insurance, but is provided by the Umbrella Liability policy. The Contractor may use any combination of primary and umbrella insurance policies to comply with the insurance requirements, provided the resulting insurance is equivalent to the insurance stated herein. All Occupational Disease exclusions must be deleted. Any Pollution Exclusion must be amended to allow coverage for bodily injury or property damage caused by spill, upset, overturn, heat, smoke, or fumes from a hostile fire. 5.1.6 Property Insurance The Contractor shall purchase All Risk Property Insurance on a Completed Value Form in the names of the Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, and sub-subcontractors as their interests may appear with limits as follows: a) Full insurance value of the Work, or b) Amount equal to the Contract Price for the Work, whichever is higher. The Contractor is responsible for all physical damage to owned or rented machinery, tools, equipment, forms, and other items owned, rented or used by the Contractor or Subcontractor(s) in the performance of the Work including all of Owner’s property in Contractor’s care, custody, Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 14 Revised 01/24 or control, and all such property while it is in transit. The insurance coverage evidencing such shall include a waiver of subrogation in favor of the Owner. 5.1.7 Valuable Papers and Records The Contractor shall provide valuable papers and records insurance with coverage in an amount commensurate with project scope and set forth in the Supplementary General Conditions. 5.1.8 Claims The Contractor shall notify the Owner within 24 hours of any claims or alleged claims received by the Contractor covered by any of the policies of insurance required in this Agreement. The Contractor shall provide a written copy of the claim or alleged claim to the Owner within 3 days of the Contractor's receipt of the claim or alleged claim. If a claim is settled to the satisfaction of the claimant, the Contractor shall submit a copy of the claimant's release to the Owner. If a claim or alleged claim is rejected by the Contractor or its insurance company, the Contractor shall immediately report this fact to the Owner. Should 30 days elapse after the claim or alleged claim has been received by the Contractor, and the Contractor is not able to report a settlement or rejection of the claim, it shall report to the Owner the steps being taken with respect to the claim. Without limiting the foregoing, the Contractor shall notify in writing the county risk manager of any paid or incurred claims which may impair annual aggregate or general liability. 5.1.9 Deductibles and Self-insured Retentions Any deductibles or self-insured retentions must be declared to and approved by the Owner. At the option of the Owner, either: a) the insurer shall reduce to a maximum of $250,000 or eliminate such deductibles or self-insured retentions with respect to the Owner, or (b) the Contractor shall provide evidence of collateral provided to insurers or procure a bond guaranteeing payment of losses and related investigations, claim administration, and defense expenses within the deductible or self-insured retention amount. Any self-insured retention or deductible amount on the policy shall not reduce the amount of collectible limits or liability. 5.1.10 Subcontractors The Contractor shall include all Subcontractors as Insureds under its policies, or shall furnish separate certificates, policies, and endorsements for each Subcontractor the Contractor intends to use. If a Subcontractor does not take out insurance in his own name and the Contractor wishes to provide insurance protection for such Subcontractor and such Subcontractor's employees, the Contractor shall either (a) procure appropriate policies in the name of the Subcontractor, or (b) cause a rider or riders to be attached to the Contractor's policies which shall identify the Subcontractor thereby covered; provided, however, in the case of the latter option, such a rider need not be attached to the Contractor's workers' compensation policy if such policy by its terms is sufficiently broad to cover the employees of all Subcontractors performing Work under the Contract Documents. Except as otherwise approved by the Owner in writing, Limits of Liability and coverage scope must be at a minimum as stringent as required of the Contractor by the Contract Documents. All Work performed for the Contractor by any Subcontractor shall be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between the Contractor and the Subcontractor which shall contain provisions that waive all rights the contracting parties may have against one another for damages caused by fire or other perils covered by insurance as Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 15 Revised 01/24 provided herein. Insurance monies received from any loss shall be divided as the respective interest of the parties affected shall appear. 5.2 OWNER CONTROLLED PROJECT SPECIFIC INSURANCE In the event the Owner elects to purchase project-specific insurance affording coverage to the Contractor and Subcontractors, the terms and conditions of such coverage shall be set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. 5.3 CONTRACTOR AS JOINT VENTURE If the Contractor is completing this Project on a joint venture basis, both joint venture partners retain all liabilities assumed by this Agreement, individually and collectively. This may include, but is not limited to, all premiums due, deductibles/self-insured retentions, coinsurance provisions, claim provisions, insurance policy conditions, and indemnification provisions hereunder. Evidence of a Blanket Joint Venture Endorsement must be obtained from the General Liability and Contractor's Pollution Legal Liability carriers of each joint venture partner for a period of 6 years after completion of the Project, substantially as follows: With respect to "your work", and the "products-completed operations hazard", you are an insured for your liability arising out of the conduct of any partnership or joint venture of which you were a partner or member, even though this partnership or joint venture is not shown as a Named Insured in the Declarations. This coverage is excess over any available liability purchased specifically to insure the partnership or joint venture. This coverage will not inure to the benefit of any other party except you." 5.4 INDEMNIFICATION The Contractor, to the fullest extent not expressly prohibited by law, shall defend, indemnify, and save harmless the Owner, the Designer, the Construction Manager and their respective officials, officers, employees, and agents from and against any and all liabilities (foreseeable or unforeseeable), penalties, fines, liens, forfeitures, demands, claims, causes of actions, suits, judgments, and costs and expenses incidental thereto, (including, without limitation, amounts paid pursuant to investigations, defense or settlements, and reasonable attorneys' fees), which any or all of them may hereafter suffer, incur, be responsible for, or pay out as a result of but not limited to: a) bodily injury (including sickness, disease, or death) to any person including but not limited to, the Contractor's employees or its representatives while on the site of the Project; or b) actual or alleged damage (including loss of use) to any property (public or private, including the Project or other property on the Project site); or c) contamination of or adverse effects on the environment arising directly or indirectly out of or in connection with the performance of the Work, including but not limited to any hazardous or toxic waste, substance, or constituent of any substance subject to regulation under CERCLA, RCRA, TSCA, and other Federal and state authorities that is spilled, released, threatening to release, or disposed of or destroyed by the Contractor or its Subcontractors on or off the site of the Project or while in transport to or from the site; or Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 16 Revised 01/24 d) any violation or alleged violation of laws and regulations, arising out of or in any way connected with the Work, caused in whole or in part by the Contractor, any Subcontractor or supplier or any representatives of the Contractor. The Contractor shall not be required to indemnify the Owner against losses resulting from a breach of this Agreement by the Owner or its other agents and contractors, or resulting from negligence, misconduct or violation of laws on the part of the Owner or its other agents and contractors. e) upon completion of the Work the Contractor shall execute an affidavit, indemnification, and release stating there are no unpaid debts for any work that has been done or materials that have been furnished to the Project prior to and as of the date of substantial completion and further stating that Contractor shall indemnify, save and protect Owner and Owner’s lender, if any, harmless from and against any and all claims, liabilities, liens, losses, damages, causes of action, and expenses (including court costs and reasonable attorney’s fees related thereto) arising out of, in connection with, or resulting from any such claims, liabilities, liens, losses, damages, causes of action, or expenses. Such affidavit, indemnification, and release shall be in a form and substance acceptable to Owner. By executing this Agreement Contractor acknowledges the receipt of adequate consideration in return for said release. The Contractor further agrees to obtain, maintain, and pay for such liability insurance coverages and endorsements as will insure the provisions of this paragraph 5.4. Furthermore, the Contractor agrees to be liable for and to indemnify and reimburse the Owner for all legal fees and disbursements paid or incurred to enforce the provisions of this paragraph. The indemnification obligations under this paragraph shall not be limited in any way by the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable under worker's compensation acts, disability benefit acts, other employment benefit acts, or the amount of insurance carried or recovered. The Owner acknowledges that hazardous or toxic waste, material, chemicals, compounds or substances, or other environmental hazards, contamination or pollution, (referred to hereinafter as “environmental hazards”) may be present at the Project site that were not created, generated, or released at the Project site by the Contractor or its Subcontractors, agents or employees, acting alone or in concert with others. Unless the remediation, abatement or handling of such environmental hazards is part of the scope of the Work under this Agreement, then upon the discovery of such environmental hazards, the Contractor shall immediately, and in no event more than three days later, give notice to the Owner of the environmental hazards before they are disturbed. The Owner and the Designer shall thereupon promptly investigate the environmental hazards, and make such changes in the Drawings and Specifications as they may find necessary to abate, remediate, isolate or handle the environmental hazards. Any increase or decrease in the Contract Price or the Contract Time resulting from such changes shall be adjusted in the manner provided herein for adjustments as to extra or additional Work and changes. It is agreed that the Contractor shall have no liability under this Agreement for any environmental hazards existing prior to the date that Work commences under this Agreement unless the Contractor or its Subcontractors, agents or employees, acting alone or in concert with others, by their own negligence or misconduct, release or expose the Owner or third parties to the environmental hazards. The provisions of this paragraph shall survive the termination or cancellation or completion of this Agreement. 5.5 RISK MANAGEMENT POLICY Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 17 Revised 01/24 The Orange County Risk Management Policy shall not apply to construction contracts for amounts over $250,000. The terms of these General Conditions related to insurance shall be the sole authority governing insurance requirements for such contracts. ARTICLE 6. OTHER RECORD DOCUMENTS AND SUBMITTALS 6.1 The Designer shall furnish to the Contractor the number of copies of Drawings and Specifications stated in the Contract Documents. Additional copies of Drawings and Specifications may be obtained at the cost of reproduction and handling. 6.2 The Contractor shall submit to the Designer all Submittals required by the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall submit at least three (3) reproducible prints of all shop drawings. The Contractor shall submit samples in quantities required by the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall submit product data in at least five (5) copies. All shop drawings shall be reviewed by the Contractor and shall bear the Contractor's stamp of approval before being forwarded to the Designer. Submittals shall be submitted in such time as to cause no delay to the Work or any part thereof and in accordance with the Contract Construction Schedule and Submittal Register. The Designer shall review the submittal with reasonable promptness, noting desired corrections, if any. The Designer shall retain two (2) copies of the submittal and shall return the balance of the reviewed submittal to the Contractor for action. The Contractor shall furnish any corrected submittal to the Designer. The Designer shall retain two (2) copies of the corrected submittal and will return the balance of the reviewed submittal to the Contractor. All substitutions prior to the receipt of bids shall be in accordance with the Contract Documents. Refer to Instructions to Bidders, Substitutions. The Contractor acknowledges that the processing of shop drawings and other submittals is directly impacted by the clarity, completeness, and accuracy of said documents and that it is the Contractor’s responsibility to (i) review and coordinate each submittal with all other related or affected Work and (ii) approve each submittal before submitting same to the Designer for approval. 6.3 No substitutions and no deviations from any requirement of the Contract Documents shall be deemed allowed unless the Contractor has specifically informed the Designer and the Owner in writing of such deviations at the time of submittal and the Designer and the Owner have given written and specific approval to the substitutions or deviations. In proposing a deviation or substitution the Contractor warrants to the Owner, notwithstanding any review, allowance or approval by the Designer or the Owner that the deviation or substitution is at least equal to or better in quality and for the purpose intended, and that Contractor shall not by reason of any such review, allowance or approval be relieved from any obligation or responsibility contained in the Contract Documents. 6.4 Review of submittal by the Designer shall not be construed as relieving the Contractor from responsibility for compliance with terms or designs of the Contract Documents nor from responsibility for errors of any sort in the submittal. 6.5 The Contractor shall keep one record copy marked "As-Built" of all Specifications, Drawings, Addenda, Modifications, and Submittals at the Project in good order and annotated at least monthly to show all changes made during the construction process. Such monthly annotations Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 18 Revised 01/24 and their approval by the Designer shall be a condition precedent to approval by the Designer of each monthly Request for Payment. Said record copy shall be stored at the Project and fully protected from damage by fire or other hazard. This record copy shall be available to the Designer and Owner for inspection at all times and shall be delivered to the Designer for the Owner's purposes prior to the Designer's certifying Substantial Completion of the Work. 6.6 At completion of the Project and before Final Payment, the Contractor shall assemble and deliver to the Owner one complete set of all as-built drawings and one complete set of all approved submittals, product data, and samples which were reviewed by the Designer. These drawings and submittals shall be on paper, or in electronic or other media if required by the Supplementary Conditions. These drawings and submittals shall be categorized and packaged as directed by the Designer. ARTICLE 7. CONTRACTOR 7.1 The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work efficiently and with the Contractor’s best skill and attention. Except as may be set forth specifically in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, and for safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. The Contractor shall be responsible to see that the finished Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents. 7.2 The Contractor shall appoint a Project Manager and shall keep on the Project at all times during its progress a competent Resident Superintendent and necessary assistants who shall not be replaced without prior written approval by the Owner except under extraordinary circumstances, in which event immediate written notice shall be given to the Designer and the Owner. The Project Manager and the Resident Superintendent may be the same person or different persons. At any time, the Owner, in its sole and absolute discretion, may require the Contractor to replace the Project Manager or Resident Superintendent with an experienced and competent person or persons upon seven (7) days written notice from the Owner to the Contractor. Such replacement shall be at the Contractor's expense and at no cost to the Owner. Both the Project Manager and the Resident Superintendent shall have authority to act on behalf of the Contractor, and instructions, directions or notices given to either of them shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. 7.3 The Contractor shall provide sufficient competent and suitably qualified personnel, equipment, and supplies to lay out the Work and perform construction as required by the Contract Documents. The Contractor will at all times maintain good discipline and order at the site, and will comply with all applicable OSHA standards. Any person employed by the Contractor, any Subcontractor, or any sub-subcontractor who, in the opinion of the Designer or the Owner, does not perform his Work in a proper and skillful manner or is intemperate or disorderly shall, at the written request of the Owner or Designer, be removed forthwith by the Contractor, Subcontractor, or sub-subcontractor employing such person without cost to the Owner, and shall not be employed again in any portion of the Work without the written approval of the Owner or Designer. Should the Contractor fail to remove such person or persons or fail to furnish suitable and sufficient personnel for the proper prosecution of the Work within three (3) days after written Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 19 Revised 01/24 order, the Owner may withhold further payment by written notice until compliance with such order. 7.4 If, in the opinion of the Designer or the Owner, any Subcontractor on the Project is incompetent or otherwise unsatisfactory, he shall be replaced by the Contractor with no increase in the Contract Price if and when directed by the Designer or the Owner in writing. 7.5 The Contractor shall furnish all materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools appliances, fuel, light, heat, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the execution, maintenance, initial operation, and completion of the Work, other than those specifically excluded by the Contract Documents and to be furnished by the Owner or others. When use or storage of hazardous materials or equipment or methods of more than ordinary risk are necessary in accomplishing the Work, the Contractor shall give the Owner and Designer reasonable advance notice. If any materials are to be furnished or installed by the Owner or others under the terms of the Contract Documents, said materials shall be made available to the Contractor at the location(s) specified in the Contract Documents. All costs of handling, transportation from the specified location to the Project, storage, and installing of Owner-furnished materials shall be included in the Contract Price. The Contractor shall be responsible for any demurrage, damage, loss, or other deficiencies which may occur during the Contractor's handling, storage, or use of such Owner-furnished material. The Owner shall deduct from any monies due or to become due the Contractor any cost incurred by the Owner in making good any such damage, loss, or efficiency. All equipment which is proposed to be used in the Work shall be of sufficient size and in such mechanical condition as to meet the requirements of the Work and produce a satisfactory quality of work. Equipment used on any portion of the Work shall be such that no injury to previously completed Work, adjacent property, or existing facilities shall result from its use. When the methods and equipment to be used by the Contractor accomplishing the Work are not prescribed in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall be free to use any methods or equipment that will accomplish the Work in conformity with the requirements of the Contract Documents. When the Contract Documents specify the use of certain methods and equipment, such methods and equipment shall be used unless others are authorized by the Designer. If the Contractor desires to use a method or type of equipment other than specified in the Contract Documents, the Contractor may request authority from the Designer to do so. The request shall be in writing and shall include a full description of the methods and equipment proposed and of the reasons for desiring to make the change. If approval is given, it shall be on the condition that the Contractor shall be fully responsible for producing Work in conformity with the requirements of the Contract Documents. If, after trial use of the substituted methods or equipment, the Designer determines that the Work produced does not meet the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall discontinue the use of the substitute method or equipment and shall complete the remaining Work with the specified methods and equipment at no additional cost to the Owner. The Contractor shall remove any deficient Work and replace it with Work of specified quality, or take such other corrective action as the Designer may direct. No change in the Contract Price or in Contract Time shall be made as a result of authorizing a change in methods or equipment under this paragraph. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 20 Revised 01/24 7.6 All materials and equipment shall be new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. When special makes or grades of material which are normally packaged by the supplier or manufacturer are specified or approved, such materials shall be delivered to the Project site in their original packages or containers with seals unbroken and labels intact. Materials shall be so stored as to assure the preservation of their quantity, quality and fitness for the Work. Stored materials, even though approved before storage, may again be inspected by the Designer or Owner prior to their use in the Work and shall meet the requirements of the Contract Documents at the time they are incorporated into the Work. Stored materials shall be located so as to facilitate their prompt inspection. The Contractor shall coordinate the storage of all materials with the Designer and the Owner. Materials to be stored at the Project or on the Owner's property shall not create an obstruction to the Owner's or other contractor's reasonable activities. Private property shall not be used for storage purposes without written permission of the owner or lessee of such property. The Contractor shall make all arrangements and bear all expenses for the storage of materials on private property. Upon request, the Contractor shall furnish the Owner a copy of the property owner's permission. All storage sites on private or the Owner's property shall be restored to their original condition by the Contractor at his entire expense, except as otherwise agreed to (in writing) by the owner or lessee of the property. 7.7 All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance with the instructions of the applicable manufacturer, fabricator, or processor, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 7.8 The Contractor will be fully responsible for all acts and omissions of his Subcontractors and of persons directly or indirectly employed by them and of persons for whose acts any of them may be liable to the same extent that the Contractor is responsible for the acts and omissions of the Contractor’s own employees. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create any contractual relationship between any Subcontractor or supplier and the Owner or the Designer, or any obligation on the part of the Owner or the Designer to pay or see to the payment of any money due any such Subcontractor or material furnisher except as may otherwise be required by law. The Owner or the Designer may furnish to any Subcontractor or supplier, to the extent practicable, evidence of amounts paid to the Contractor on account of specific Work done. 7.9 The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control the Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors. 7.10 The Contractor agrees to bind specifically every Subcontractor to the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of the Owner and to furnish written evidence thereof to the Designer and the Owner within seven (7) days after written request by the Owner. 7.11 The Contractor shall attend job progress conferences and all other meetings or conferences as directed by the Designer. The Contractor shall be represented at these job progress conferences by a representative having the authority of the Project Manager and by such other representatives as the Designer may direct. Job progress conferences shall be open to Subcontractors, suppliers and any others who may contribute beneficially toward maintaining required job progress, and such personnel shall be encouraged by the Contractor to attend. It shall be the principal purpose of job progress conferences to effect coordination, cooperation and assistance in every practical way toward the end of maintaining progress of the Project on Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 21 Revised 01/24 schedule and to complete the Work and the Project by the specified Completion Dates. The Contractor shall be prepared to assess progress of the Work as required in the Contract Documents and to recommend remedial measures for correction of progress as may be appropriate. The Designer shall preside as chairman and arrange for minutes to be taken and circulated. In the event that the prosecution of the Work is discontinued for any reason, the Contractor shall notify the Designer and the Owner at least forty-eight (48) hours in advance of resuming operations. Should the terms of the Contract Documents require completion of one or more portions of the Work for the Beneficial Occupancy of the Owner prior to completion of the entire Work, the Contractor shall complete such portion(s) of the Work on or before the date specified. Such completion shall include the obtaining of all government or other permits, permissions, and approvals necessary to occupancy. The Contractor shall independently estimate the difficulties involved in arranging the Work to permit such Beneficial Occupancy and shall not claim any additional compensation or time extension by reason of any delay or increased cost due to completing such portion(s) of the Work. The Owner's possession and use of such portion(s) of the Work shall not be deemed an acceptance of any Work not completed in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Owner shall be responsible for the security, maintenance, utilities, and insurance of all portions of the Work completed and beneficially occupied by the Owner. 7.12 The Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties, and assume all costs incident to the use of any invention, design process, or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others, except for inventions, design processes, or devices specified by the Designer in the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, the Designer, and anyone directly employed by either of them, from and against all claims, damages, losses and expenses, including attorney's fees and costs of defense, arising out of any infringement or alleged infringement of such rights during or after completion of the Work, and shall defend all such claims in connection with any actual or alleged infringement of such rights. 7.13 The Contractor shall secure and pay for all permits, including without limitation construction permits and licenses, and will pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work. 7.14 The Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations applicable to the Work and shall protect and indemnify the Owner and the Owner’s officers, agents, or servants against any claim or liability arising from or based on the violation of any such law, ordinance, regulation, order, or decree, whether by the Contractor or by the Contractor’s employees, Subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, or their employees. 7.15 The Contractor shall be responsible for the entire site of the Project (except those under the Beneficial Occupancy of the Owner) and for its reasonable and necessary protection and security, as required by laws or ordinances governing such conditions, or by custom or sound construction practices, and shall share such responsibilities as may be agreed upon among them, or in the absence of such agreement, as may be directed by the Contract Documents, Owner, or Designer. The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage to the Owner's property, or that of others, by the Contractor or the Contractor’s employees, Subcontractors, Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 22 Revised 01/24 sub-subcontractors, or their employees or agents, and shall make good such damages. The Contractor shall be responsible for and pay for any such claims against the Owner. 7.16 The Contractor shall protect all landscaping designated to remain in the vicinity of the operations and barricade all walks, roads, and areas as necessary to keep the public away from the construction. 7.17 The Contractor shall provide cover and protect all portions of the Work and provide all materials necessary to protect the Work whether performed by the Contractor or any of the Subcontractors or sub-subcontractors. Any Work damaged through the lack of proper protection, or from any other cause, shall be repaired or replaced without extra cost to the Owner or extension to the Contract Time. The Contractor shall maintain the Work during construction and until the Work is accepted. This maintenance shall constitute continuous and effective effort prosecuted day by day, with adequate equipment and forces so that the Work is maintained in satisfactory condition at all times. All costs of maintenance shall be included in the Contract Price and the Contractor will not be paid an additional amount for such effort. Should the Owner or Designer observe that the Contractor at any time has failed to maintain the Work as provided herein, the Designer may immediately notify the Contractor of such noncompliance. Such notification shall specify a reasonable time within which the Contractor shall be required to remedy such unsatisfactory maintenance condition. Should the Contractor fail to properly respond to the Designer's notification, the Owner may, at the Contractor's expense, take such action as it may deem appropriate to remedy the defective maintenance, including suspension of the Contractor's Work or any part thereof. Any such expense incurred by the Owner shall be deducted from monies due or to become due the Contractor. Parking lots, streets, and walks connecting to the Project area shall be protected by the Contractor from deposits of mud, sand, stone, litter, or debris in any form. Pedestrian traffic areas around the construction limits must be maintained in a clean and safe condition at all times with required barricades and covered walkways. When excavation or other operations outside the Project limits is required, the Contractor shall, immediately following that work, return the area to its original condition. All catch basins and storm drain lines in the vicinity of the Project site shall be protected at all times from entry of dirt, rubble and other debris. The residue from the cleaning of trucks, wheelbarrows, concrete buggies, etc. must be prevented from entering the drainage system, and if cleaning is done, the residue must be contained and removed from the Project site with other refuse. 7.18 No burning of refuse or debris shall be allowed inside or around the Project during the course of construction without written authority from authorities having jurisdiction and the Owner. 7.19 The Contractor shall provide for and maintain necessary safety measures and safety programs for the protection of all persons involved with the Work. Such measures and programs shall include the requirements of the most current edition of the CAGC Safety and Health Manual [or the AGC Accident Prevention Manual in Construction], or equivalent requirements, and shall fully comply with all Federal, State, and local laws, rules, regulations, and building Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 23 Revised 01/24 code requirements relating to the prevention of accidents or injuries to persons on or about the location of the Work. All trenches, excavations, or other hazards in the vicinity of the Work shall be well barricaded, and properly lighted at night. When Work requires closing of an area normally used by the Owner or the public, the Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain temporary barricades, and properly light the area. The Contractor shall comply with any directions and public authorities in this respect. 7.20 The Contractor shall designate a responsible officer or employee as safety inspector, whose duties shall include accident prevention on the Project as well as implementation of the Contractor’s safety measures and safety programs on the Project. The name of the safety inspector shall be made known to the Designer and the Owner at the preconstruction conference. 7.21 In emergencies affecting the safety of persons, the Work, or property at the Project site or adjacent thereto, the Contractor is obligated to act in the Contractor’s discretion to prevent threatened damage, injury, or loss. As soon as practicable, the Contractor shall notify the Designer and Owner of such emergency. The Contractor shall give the Designer and the Owner prompt written notice of any significant changes in the Work or deviations from the Contract Documents caused by such emergency. If the Contractor believes that additional work done in an emergency entitles the Contractor to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time, the Contractor may make a claim therefore as provided in Articles 14 or 15. 7.22 The Contractor shall at all times keep the premises free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish caused by the Work. At least weekly and at the completion of the Work, the Contractor shall remove all waste materials and rubbish from and about the Project. At the completion of the Work, the Contractor shall remove all tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus materials. The Contractor shall leave the Work in condition for occupancy by the Owner such that no cleaning or other operations are required. Material cleared from the Project and deposited on adjacent property shall not be considered as having been disposed of satisfactorily. If the Contractor fails to keep the Project clean of waste materials or rubbish, fails to satisfactorily clean-up weekly or at the completion of the Work, the Owner may do so and the costs thereof may be deducted from any amounts due the Contractor. 7.23 Utilities, temporary facilities, and signs shall be provided as described in the Contract Documents. Absent a contrary direction in the Supplementary Conditions, the Contractor shall pay all bills for water, electricity, or other public utility service to the Project site. 7.24 The Contractor shall indemnify and hold the Owner, the Designer, the Designer's consultants, and their officers, agents, and employees harmless against all costs, damages, and expenses, including attorney's fees and costs of defense, arising out of claims by any separate contractor or by any Subcontractor, sub-subcontractor, or supplier engaged by or employed by the Contractor or employed by any of the Subcontractors claiming through him, including without limitation damages, losses, and expenses arising out of or relating to any inconvenience, delay, interference, or other action or non-action of the Contractor or the Contractor’s Subcontractors on the Project. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 24 Revised 01/24 The Contractor acknowledges that should the Contractor or any of the Contractor’s Subcontractors be damaged by any breach of contract by any other separate prime contractor on the Project, the Contractor may invoke applicable dispute resolution procedures with said other separate prime contractor or bring a direct civil action against said other separate prime contractor. The Contractor hereby expressly agrees that neither the Owner nor its officers, agents, or employees shall have any liability of any kind or nature whatsoever to the Contractor, its Subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, or suppliers arising out of or relating to any breach, inconvenience, delay, interference, or other action or non-action by any other separate prime contractor. The Contractor covenants not to sue the Owner for any loss or damage caused by any breach, inconvenience, delay, interference, or other action or non-action by any other separate prime contractor, notwithstanding whatever rights at law the Contractor might have to bring a civil action against the Owner for any breach, inconvenience, delay, interference, or other action or non-action of any other separate prime contractor. The Contractor agrees to look exclusively to the other prime contractor for relief or remedy. Nothing contained herein or appearing anywhere in the Contract Documents shall obligate or require the Owner to exercise any right or privilege, or to take any action or to refrain from taking any action under any contract it may have with any other prime contractor or party to the Project for the benefit of the Contractor or any Subcontractor, subSubcontractor, or supplier claiming through the Contractor. 7.25 Prior to completion of the Work and Final Payment of the Contract Price, excepting only those portions of the Work deemed accepted in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall have charge and care of the Work, and shall take every precaution against injury or damage to any part due to the action of the elements or from any other cause, whether arising from the execution or from the non-execution of the Work. The Contractor shall as required by the Owner replace, rebuild, repair, restore, and make good all injury or damage to any portion of the Work occasioned by any of the above causes before Final Completion and shall bear the expenses thereof. 7.26 In the event that the Work, or any portion thereof, is suspended at any time pursuant to an order of the Owner, the Contractor shall obey all instructions of the Owner regarding storage of materials, drainage, protection of the Work, and erection of temporary structures during the suspension period. 7.27 The Project Expediter for the Project shall be responsible for the coordination of the Work of itself and any other separate contractors, both as to space and time. The Project Expediter shall coordinate the implementation of the Contract Construction Schedule, all construction activities and close-out of the Project, including but not limited to all testing, inspection, certifications, and approvals required by public agencies. The Contractor and the Project Expediter shall each be required to notify the Designer and the Owner promptly of any event or condition which could affect the conduct or progress of the Work and shall cooperate fully with all other contractors on the Project site. 7.28 The Owner hereby delegates to the Project Expediter all of its duties to coordinate and to expedite the Work not expressly reserved to the Owner by other provisions of the Contract Documents. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 25 Revised 01/24 7.29 All Work performed pursuant to the Contract Documents shall conform in all respects to the North Carolina State Building Code and all other state, local, and national codes in effect at the time of and applicable to this Work. 7.30 The Contractor shall provide for and maintain necessary safety measures and safety programs for the protection of all persons at the Project site, and shall comply at all times with the requirements of the most current edition of the CAGC Safety and Health Manual [or the AGC Accident Prevention Manual in Construction], or the equivalent requirements of the Contractor’s safety program, and shall fully comply with all Federal, State, and local laws, rules, regulations, and building code requirements so as to prevent accidents or injuries to persons on or about the Project site. The Contractor shall clearly mark or post signs warning of existing hazards, and shall barricade excavations, elevator shafts, stairways, and similar hazards. The Contractor shall protect against damage or injury resulting from falling materials, and shall maintain all protective devices and signs throughout the progress of the Work. 7.31 The Contractor shall adhere to the rules, regulations, and interpretations of the North Carolina Department of Labor’s Occupational Safety and Health Standards for the Construction Industry (29 CFR Part 1926 as adopted in 13 NCAC 07F.0201, including 29 CFR Part 1910 General Industry Safety and Health Standards applicable to construction) and N.C. Gen. Stat. §95-126 through 155 (Occupational Safety and Health) as well as all revisions and amendments to such standards or statutes as may occur throughout the performance of the Work. 7.32 Any land disturbing activity performed by the Contractor in connection with the Project shall comply with all erosion control measures set forth in the Contract Documents and any additional measures which may be required in order to ensure that the Project is in full compliance with the Sedimentation Pollution Control Act of 1973, as implemented by Title 15 North Carolina administrative Code, Chapter 4, Sedimentation Control, Subchapters 4A, 4B and 4C, as amended (15 NCAC 4A, 4B, and 4C), and as may be revised or amended in the future. Upon receipt of notice that a land-disturbing activity is in violation of said Act, the Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that all steps or actions necessary to bring the Project in compliance with said Act are promptly taken. The Contractor shall be responsible for all penalties assessed pursuant to N.C. Gen. Stat. 113A-64 with respect to its Work, and shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner from all costs and expenses, including attorney's fees and costs of defense arising out of or related to the enforcement of the Act against any party or person described in this Article. 7.33 Any mechanical or electrical work such as sleeves, inserts, chases, etc. located in the Work of the Contractor for general work shall be built in by that Contractor. On multiple prime projects, the mechanical and electrical contractors shall set all sleeves, inserts, and other devices built into the structure in cooperation and under the supervision of the Contractor for general work. The responsibility for exact location of such items shall be that of the mechanical, plumbing, or electrical prime contractor. 7.34 The Contractor shall be responsible for permanently fixed service facilities and systems in use during progress of the Work and shall strictly adhere to the following procedures: a) Prior to acceptance of the Work by the Owner, the Contractor shall remove and replace any part of the permanent building systems damaged through use during construction. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 26 Revised 01/24 b) Temporary filters shall be installed in each of the heating and air conditioning units, return air grilles, and other locations to prevent intrusion of dust, dirt, and debris during construction. Temporary filters shall be removed and replaced with new filters immediately prior to Substantial Completion. c) Extra effort shall be maintained to keep the building clean and under no circumstances shall air systems be operated if finishing operations are creating dust in excess of what would be considered normal if the building were occupied. d) When the permanent lighting system is used during construction, lamps shall be replaced and shall be new on the date of Substantial Completion. ARTICLE 8. OWNER 8.1 The Owner shall issue communications and notices to the Contractor through the Designer to the extent contemplated by the Contract Documents. 8.2 In case of termination of the employment of the Designer, the Owner shall appoint as Designer a qualified person who shall have and assume all rights and duties held by the original Designer. 8.3 The Owner shall have the right to take possession of and use any portion of the Work notwithstanding the fact that the time for completion of such portion of the Work may not have expired, but such taking possession and use shall not be deemed an acceptance of any Work not completed in accordance with the Contract Documents. 8.4 A waiver on the part of the Owner of any breach of any part of the Contractor shall not be held to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach. 8.5 The Owner shall pay all permanent acreage fees, governmental impact fees, and meter deposits for permanent utilities. ARTICLE 9. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER 9.1 The Owner may employ one or more Construction Managers for the purpose of assisting the Owner, Designer, and Contractor in developing and administering budgets and cost controls, in evaluating constructability and value engineering proposals, in establishing and maintaining a critical path method (CPM) schedule, in coordinating or expediting the Work with other projects being constructed by the Owner or others adjacent or near the Work, or for such other purposes as the Owner may deem appropriate. From time to time the Owner may identify such Construction Managers(s) to the Contractor in writing identifying any tasks assigned to such Construction Managers(s). ARTICLE 10. DESIGNER 10.1 The Designer is charged with the responsibility of interpretation of the Contract Documents. The Designer’s decisions relating to aesthetic matters shall be final. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 27 Revised 01/24 10.2 All Work completed under the Contract Documents shall be subject to review by the Designer. No Work is to be covered without the Designer's review or prior authorization. Any Work so covered without the Designer's review or prior authorization shall be uncovered at the Contractor's expense. The Contractor shall notify the Designer in writing at least twenty-four (24) hours in advance of covering any Work. 10.3 The Designer shall not be responsible for the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, procedures, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, and shall not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, but shall be entitled to enforce any requirements in the Contract Documents specifying particular means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures. 10.4 The Designer shall be an Owner's representative during the construction period. The duties, responsibilities and authority of the Designer as the Owner's representative during construction are as set forth in the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 11. TESTING AND SURVEYING 11.1 Laboratory and field tests to determine compliance of construction with the Contract Documents shall be made by the Owner or testing consultants employed by the Owner except those required elsewhere in the Contract Documents to be paid for by the Contractor. The costs and expenses of providing samples for and assistance in any testing shall be borne by the Contractor and are included in the Contract Price. Any Work in which untested materials are used without approval or written permission of the Designer shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. Work found to be unacceptable or unauthorized will not be paid for and, if directed by the Designer shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. Unless otherwise designated, tests in accordance with the cited standard methods of ASTM or other generally recognized or specifically authorized methods which are current on the date of advertisement for bids shall be made at the expense of the Owner; provided, however, in the event that after such testing any Work is found to be defective or does not meet the requirements of the Contract Documents, the costs of retesting such Work and the costs of inspection services shall be paid by the Contractor. Samples shall be taken by a testing laboratory employed by the Owner. All materials being used are subject to inspection, tests, or rejection at any time prior to or during incorporation into the Work. Copies of all Owner test reports will be furnished to the Contractor at his written request. Copies of Contractor test reports shall be furnished to the Designer upon written request. 11.2 The Owner shall have the right to deduct the costs of additional testing as described in paragraph 11.1 from any money due the Contractor; or if no money is due the Contractor, the Owner shall have the right to recover these costs from the Contractor, from its sureties, or from both. 11.3 All layouts and surveying shall be accomplished by properly qualified personnel duly licensed in the State of North Carolina. ARTICLE 12. SEPARATE CONTRACTS 12.1 It is expressly understood that the Owner may deploy the Owner’s own employees or engage other separate prime contractors to perform Work as a part of the Project whose work Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 28 Revised 01/24 will be performed simultaneously and sequentially with the performance of the Work by the Contractor. It shall be necessary for the Contractor to coordinate construction activities with such other contractors, particularly with respect to access to work areas, storage of materials, and use of elevators and other common facilities. The Contractor shall diligently and in good faith cooperate with the Owner, the Designer, and all other contractors with respect to such matters and shall regularly and faithfully attend any and all meetings called by the Owner or the Designer with respect to such matters. Any disputes between the Contractor and any other separate prime contractor with respect to such matters shall be resolved in accordance with the claim and dispute resolution procedures in the Agreement. ARTICLE 13. CONTRACT TIME 13.1 Within fourteen (14) days after receipt of the Construction Contract by the Contractor for signatures, the Project Expediter shall prepare and submit to the Designer and Owner for review and approval a preliminary progress schedule for the Work pursuant to the requirements stated in the Contract Documents. 13.2 Within fourteen (14) days after initial receipt of the Construction Contract for signatures the Contractor shall submit to the Designer a Submittal Register listing all Submittals the Contractor is required to make or proposes to make under the Contract Documents, the dates on which the Contractor proposes to make such Submittals and the dates by which the Contractor reasonably requires a response from the Designer with respect to each Submittal. The dates submitted shall be incorporated into the Contract Construction Schedule as Completion Dates when they have been approved or modified by the Owner. The Designer shall not be required to review any Submittal from the Contractor until a Submittal Register acceptable to and approved by the Owner has been submitted by the Contractor. 13.3 Not later than thirty (30) days following execution and delivery of the Construction Agreement by Owner to Contractor, the Owner shall deliver to the Contractor a Notice to Proceed. The Notice to Proceed shall state a commencement date on which it is expected that the Contractor will begin the Work to be performed under the Agreement. The Contract Time shall be measured from said specified commencement date. The commencement date stated in the Notice to Proceed shall not be earlier than three (3) days after the Notice to Proceed is served on the Contractor. If, other than by mutual agreement, said specified commencement date is more than thirty (30) days after the date of execution and delivery of the Agreement from Owner to Contractor and the Contractor believes said delay justifies an increase in Contract Price or an extension of Contract Time, the Contractor may make a claim therefore as provided in Article 14 or Article 15. No Work shall be done prior to the date specified in the Notice to Proceed. A final Contract Construction Schedule shall be submitted for approval by the Contractor, Designer, and Owner no later than fourteen (14) days after Notice to Proceed. No payments shall be due the Contractor until this schedule is approved by all parties. 13.4 The Contract Construction Schedule is a Contract Document. The Contractor represents that the Contract Construction Schedule has been reviewed in detail, that the Contractor participated in its preparation, that all of the activities which impact, limit, or otherwise affect the time of completion of the Work are shown in the Contract Construction Schedule and that all of the activities of others which impact, limit, or otherwise affect the start, duration, or completion of Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 29 Revised 01/24 the Contractor’s activities are also shown. The Contractor further represents that the Contractor can and will complete each activity within the time shown for that activity. Time is of the essence with respect to each such activity and Completion Date. 13.5 If the Contractor submits a construction schedule, progress report, or any other document that indicates or otherwise expresses an intention to achieve completion of the Work prior to any Completion Date required by the Contract Documents or prior to expiration of the Contract Time, no liability of the Owner to the Contractor for any failure of the Contractor to so complete the Work shall be created or implied. 13.6 If the Contractor, for reasons beyond the Contractor’s control, is delayed in beginning any activity, the Contractor shall, nevertheless, have the same number of days as is shown in the Contract Construction Schedule for the activity, and the affected activity and any succeeding activity that is dependent upon that activity shall be adjusted accordingly; provided that at any time the Owner, by means of a Change Order, may require the Contractor to work overtime, to increase labor forces or to take any necessary or appropriate action to decrease the time required for any activity, and the Contractor shall be entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Price computed in accordance with Article 15 of these General Conditions. 13.7 At any time, the Owner may order the Contractor, on seven (7) days written notice, to begin any activity earlier than the starting date shown on the Contract Construction Schedule. 13.8 Should the Contractor fail to start any activity on the start date shown in the Contract Construction Schedule or as it may have been adjusted in accordance with paragraphs 13.5 or 13.6 above, or become delayed, the Contractor shall, without being entitled to any increase in the Contract Price or other compensation, work overtime, increase labor forces or take such other action as may be necessary or appropriate to complete the activity by the Completion Date shown on the Contract Construction Schedule, or as such Completion Date may have been adjusted. 13.9 The Designer and Owner or his Construction Consultant shall monitor progress of the work at all times and the Contractor shall cooperate with such monitoring and provide any and all information with respect to the progress of the Work and scheduling as the Owner may reasonably require. 13.10 On a monthly basis, the Contractor shall revise the Contract Construction Schedule, showing any adjustments made in accordance with paragraphs 13.5 or 13.6, above, by any Change Order, the progress of the Work, and any days gained or days lost with respect to any activity, and shall furnish copies thereof to the Owner and Designer. 13.11 Should any monthly revision of any Contract Construction Schedule show that the Contractor is behind on any activity, the late completion of which could delay Substantial Completion of the Work, the Owner shall be entitled to withhold from the next Progress Payment due the Contractor an amount not exceeding the amount the Owner would be entitled to in Liquidated Damages, should Substantial Completion be delayed by the same number of days that the Contractor is currently behind schedule. If, subsequently, the Contractor's progress, as shown by any succeeding monthly revision to the Contract Construction Schedule, is such that the anticipated delay no longer exists, the Owner shall pay with the Progress Payment next due to the Contractor such amounts as have been withheld in accordance with this paragraph. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 30 Revised 01/24 13.12 The Owner shall have the right to perform Work, hire and employ labor and craftsmen, rent equipment, subcontract with other parties, or do anything that the Owner deems necessary or appropriate to remedy or cure any delay by the Contractor in the progress of the Work. Such action by the Owner shall not, in any way, affect, void or limit any warranty, guaranty or other responsibility of the Contractor under the Contract Documents. Such action may be taken by the Owner only after three (3) days written notice to the Contractor. All costs incurred by the Owner in taking any such action shall be charged to the Contractor and deducted from any amounts remaining due under the Agreement. 13.13 The Contractor may be entitled to an extension of the Contract Time (but no increase in the Contract Sum) for delays arising from unforeseen causes beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the Owner, the Contractor or the Contractor’s Subcontractors as follows: a) Labor disputes and strikes that directly impact the critical path activities of the Contract Construction Schedule; b) Acts of God, tornado, fire, hurricane, blizzard, earthquake, typhoon, or flood that damage completed Work or stored materials. c) Acts of the public enemy; acts of the State, Federal, or local government in their sovereign capacities. d) Abnormal inclement weather as defined in Article 13.14. 13.14 On any day that the Contractor considers that the Project is delayed by adverse weather conditions, the Contractor shall identify in writing to the Designer and the Owner the adverse weather conditions affecting each activity, the specific nature of the activity affected, the number of hours lost, and the number of and identity (by responsibility or trade) of workers affected and shall obtain from the Designer written recognition of the delay. The time for performance of this Contract includes an allowance for a number of calendar days which may not be suitable for construction Work by reason of adverse weather. The Contract Time will be extended only if the number of calendar days of adverse weather recognized by the Designer exceeds the number of inclement weather days set forth below, and the Contractor demonstrates how this adverse weather impacts activities on the critical path of the Contract Construction Schedule. Month Number of Inclement Weather Days January 10 February 10 March 10 April 9 May 10 June 9 July 11 August 10 September 8 October 7 November 8 December 9 Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 31 Revised 01/24 13.15 If the Contractor believes that the progress of the Work has been adversely affected by adverse weather recognized by the Designer during a particular month, the Contractor shall submit a written request for extension of time to the Designer. Such a request for time extension of the Contract Time shall be submitted by the tenth (10th) day of the month following that month in which the adverse weather is encountered. The request shall include, but is not limited to, the following information: a) Detailed description of weather's effect on scheduled activities and its net effect on the critical path of the Project, and b) Weather records from the official weather station nearest the Project site and records of actual observation as contained in daily reports, correspondence, or other documentation. 13.16 The Contractor specifically recognizes that a delay by the Contractor in achieving any Completion Date can have the effect of delaying the Substantial Completion of the Project, that such delay in Substantial Completion of the Project will necessarily cause damages, losses, and expenses to the Owner, including, but not limited to and by way of illustration only, increased capitalized costs and interests for the Project, increased and extended Project overhead, Designer's and Consultant's fees, increased costs of construction, increased and extended operation costs of other facilities, and inefficiency and loss of productivity, and that such damages, losses, and expenses may not be readily identifiable or ascertainable at the time they are incurred or at any time. Therefore, and in recognition of these factors and the likelihood that actual damages from his delay will not be readily ascertainable, the Contractor agrees to pay to the Owner, as Liquidated Damages and not as a penalty, the sum identified in the Contract Documents hereto as the Liquidated Damages per Day, for each day by which the failure to meet any Completion Date shown in the Contract Construction Schedule, adjusted in accordance with this Article, delays the Substantial Completion of the Project. 13.17 The Contractor shall not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Price or other compensation from the Owner for any delay in the completion of or progress on the Work that is caused by a force majeure condition or is otherwise not caused by the sole and direct act or omission of the Owner and the Owner’s employees or agents. 13.18 The sum for Liquidated Damages is the amount stated in the Contract Documents as Liquidated Damages reasonably estimated in advance to cover the losses to be incurred by the Owner by reason of failure of said Contractor(s) to complete the Work within the time specified, such time being in the essence of this contract and a material consideration thereof. ARTICLE 14. CHANGES IN THE WORK 14.1 Without invalidating the Contract Documents, the Owner may, at any time, or from time to time order additions, deletions, or revisions in the Work. Said additions, deletions, or revisions shall be authorized only by written Change Orders, Construction Change Directives or Field Orders. Upon receipt of a Change Order, Construction Change Directive or Field Order, the Contractor shall proceed with the Work involved. All such Work shall be executed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents. If any change causes an increase or decrease in the Contract Price or an extension or shortening of the Contract Time, adjustments shall be made as provided in Article 14 or Article 15. In order to expedite the Work and avoid or minimize delay in the Work that might affect the Contract Price or Contract Time, the Desig ner may issue a Change Order in the form of a Construction Change Directive which when signed by the Owner and Designer, directs the Contractor to proceed promptly with the Work involved. Any claim for an adjustment in Contract Price or Time, if not defined in the Construction Change Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 32 Revised 01/24 Directive, shall be promptly made in writing in accordance with the procedures defined in Article 15.2. 14.2 The Designer may authorize minor changes or alterations in the Work not involving change in the Contract Price or in the Contract Time and not inconsistent with the overall intent of the Contract Documents. These may be accomplished by a Field Order. Such alterations shall not invalidate the Contract Documents nor release the surety. If the Contractor believes that any minor change or alteration authorized by the Designer entitles him to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of Contract Time, he may make a claim therefore as provided in Article 14 or Article 15. 14.3 Except in an emergency endangering life or property, no change shall be made by the Contractor except upon prior written Change Order, Directive or Field Order authorizing such Change. 14.4 Increases in the Contract Price or extensions of the Contract Time for additional Work performed by the Contractor shall only be in accordance with a written Change Order signed by the Owner and Designer. The Contractor shall not be entitled to additional time or to additional compensation for any Work performed or material supplied which is claimed to have been authorized or settled by an "oral" change, or by a "constructive" or "implied" change, or by a course of conduct, or by any action or non-action by the Owner, Designer, or any other persons, or by any means whatsoever other than by a written Change Order for such Work or material signed by the Owner and the Designer. 14.5 Changes in the Work resulting from emergency shall not invalidate the Contract Documents nor release the surety. 14.6 Neither the Owner nor the Designer shall be responsible for verbal instructions which have not been confirmed in writing, and in no case shall such instructions be interpreted as permitting a departure from the Contract Documents unless such instruction is confirmed in writing and supported by a proper Change Order, Construction Change Directive or Field Order, whether or not the cost is affected. 14.7 The Owner, in its sole discretion, may require that the Contractor notify the Contractor’s sureties of any changes affecting the general scope of the Work or change in the Contract Price, and that the amount of applicable bonds shall be adjusted accordingly. If this requirement is exercised, the Contractor shall furnish proof of such adjustment to the Designer and the Owner. If this requirement is exercised, the Change Orders shall require written consent of the Contractor's surety. At the time of signing a Change Order, the Contractor shall be required to certify as follows: "I certify that all sureties have been notified that my contract has been altered by the amount of this Change Order, and that a copy of the approved Change Order will be mailed to all sureties upon its receipt by me." If this requirement is exercised, no payment to the Contractor on account of any Change Order shall become due or payable until written evidence of the surety's consent to the Change Order has been furnished to the Designer and to the Owner, and the furnishing of such written consent is a condition precedent to such payment. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 33 Revised 01/24 14.8 The Contractor shall support all requests for Change Orders with a detailed cost breakdown showing cost of materials, labor, equipment, transportation, other items, Contractor's overhead and profit, and total cost, in accordance with methods defined in this Article, and, if the request seeks an extension of the Contract Time, with a time-related diagram which demonstrates specifically why an increase in construction time is needed. 14.9 When a request for a Change Order involves a Subcontractor, the Contractor shall provide quotation from same on Subcontractor's letterhead. The Subcontractor's quote shall list materials, equipment, and labor separately, and show overhead and profit in the manner provided in paragraph 14.8. ARTICLE 15. CHANGE OF THE CONTRACT PRICE 15.1 The Contract Price constitutes the total compensation payable to the Contractor for performing all Work under the Contract Documents. All duties, responsibilities, and obligations assigned to or undertaken by the Contractor shall be at his expense without change in the Contract Price. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order. 15.2 Any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be in writing and written notice of any event, action, or non-action which may become the basis of a claim shall be delivered to the Owner and the Designer within three (3) days of the occurrence of any such event, action or non-action giving rise to the claim. Such written notice is a condition precedent to the making of a claim, and such notice shall describe the basis of the potential claim with reasonable detail and clarity. A claim shall be made in writing and shall be delivered to the Designer and the Owner no later than fourteen (14) days after such notice. The claim shall describe in detail the basis for the claim, with specific reference to any provisions of the Contract Documents, by paragraph, drawing number, or other specific identification, and shall state the amount claimed and how it is calculated. If the Contractor, at the time the claim is made, is unable to state the amount claimed with accuracy, the Contractor shall so state and provide the estimated amount and the basis on which the amount is to be calculated. At the earliest date practicable, but in no event more than thirty (30) days after Contractor's notice of claim, the Contractor shall supplement the claim with an accurate statement of the amount claimed and how it has been calculated. The Contractor shall provide, in writing, in support of the claim all such explanations, arguments, data, receipts, expert opinions, or other documents or information as the Contractor deems appropriate to be considered in support of the claim. A claim may properly be rejected by the Owner by reason of the Contractor's failure to submit adequate or accurate documentation or information, except that within seven (7) days after being given notice that the claim has been rejected on this basis, the Contractor may submit additional documentation or information. No claim for a change of the Contract Price shall be considered or granted (except solely at the discretion of the Owner) unless a claim is so made, nor shall the Contractor be entitled to any increase in the Contract Price unless the Contractor has given notice and made such a written claim within the times required. The Owner shall decide, after obtaining the advice of the Designer, whether an increase in Contract Price is warranted, and the amount of such increase shall be determined as provided in paragraph 15.4 through 15.5, below. Any change in the Contract Price resulting from any such claim shall be incorporated in a Change Order. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 34 Revised 01/24 The Owner shall advise the Contractor of its decision with respect to the claim within fourteen (14) days of its receipt, or of the receipt of additional documentation or information if the absence of such has previously been the basis of rejection of the claim; provided, however, that if, in its sole discretion, the Owner deems that review or consideration of any part of the claim or any matter related thereto by its governing Board is necessary or appropriate, it shall so advise the Contractor and shall provide its decision to the Contractor within seven (7) days after such Board consideration, review or action. Any claim on which the Owner has not provided its decision to the Contractor within the applicable time period shall be deemed denied. If the Contractor is not satisfied with the decision of the Owner, the Contractor may within seven (7) days of receipt of the Owner's decision initiate the mediation process as described in Appendix A to the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction. 15.3 In determining the amount of a Contract Price adjustment, the parties shall apply the following methods, as appropriate: (A) Change in Work: The Owner and Contractor shall negotiate in good faith and attempt to agree upon the value of any change (extra or decrease) in Work prior to the issuance of a Change Order covering said Work. Such Change Order shall set forth the corresponding adjustment to the Contract Price. In the event the Owner and the Contractor are unable to agree, the Owner shall grant an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price. (B) Emergency Work: In the event of emergency endangering life or property, the Contractor may be directed by the Designer to proceed on a time and material basis, whereupon the Contractor shall so proceed and keep accurately, in such form as may be required by the Designer, a correct account of costs together with all proper invoices, payrolls, and supporting data therefore. 15.4 Where the Contract Price is to be adjusted, the following limitations shall apply in determining the amount of adjustment: (A) In the case of extra or emergency work, the Contract Price shall not be increased by more than the reasonable, actual, and documented net cost of the extra or emergency work plus ten percent (10%) of such net cost on Work performed by the Contractor and five percent (5%) thereof on any subcontracted Work for overhead and profit combined. (B) In the case of a decrease in Work, the Contract Price shall not be decreased by less than the net cost of the deleted Work plus five percent (5%) of such direct net cost for profit and overhead. The term 'net cost' as used herein shall include, as applicable, and shall be limited to, all direct labor, direct material, direct equipment, labor burden, sales taxes, shipping and handling charges, permits and fees, and insurance and bond premium adjustments, if any, attributable to the change. All other items of cost shall be considered as overhead and covered by the percentages allowed in sections A and B of this paragraph. The Contractor shall provide worksheets or tabulations describing the method by which the direct net cost was calculated, and shall provide all data needed to support the calculation of the direct net cost, all in a form acceptable to the Owner. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 35 Revised 01/24 15.5 Where the Contract Price is to be adjusted by negotiation, the Owner may authorize and designate the Designer to negotiate with the Contractor on behalf of the Owner; provided, however, any agreement reached between the Contractor and Designer shall be subject to approval by the Owner. ARTICLE 16. UNFORESEEN CONDITIONS 16.1 Should the Contractor encounter unforeseen conditions at the Project site materially differing from those shown on the Drawings or indicated in the Specifications or differing materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in this Agreement, the Contractor shall immediately, and in no event more than three days later, give notice to the Owner of such conditions before they are disturbed. The Owner and the Designer shall thereupon promptly investigate the conditions and if they find that they materially differ from those shown on the Drawings or indicated in the Specifications, they shall at once make such changes in the Drawings and Specifications as they may find necessary. Any increase or decrease in the Contract Price resulting from such changes shall be adjusted in the manner provided herein for adjustments as to extra or additional Work and changes. However, neither the Owner nor the Designer shall be liable or responsible for additional work, costs, or changes to the Work that could have been reasonably determined from any reports, surveys, and analyses made available for the Contractor's review or that could have been discovered by the Contractor through the performance of its obligations pursuant to the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 17. CORRECTION OF WORK BEFORE FINAL PAYMENT 17.1 The Owner has the authority to stop or suspend work, and the Designer has the authority to order Work removed or to order corrections of defective Work or Work not in compliance with the Contract Documents where such action may be necessary to ensure successful completion of the Work. Any work, materials, fabricated items, or other parts of the Work which have been found by the Designer to be defective or not in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be condemned and shall be removed from the Project by the Contractor, and immediately replaced by new Work in accordance with the Contract Documents at no additional cost to the Owner. Work or property of the Owner or others damaged or destroyed by virtue of such condemned Work shall be made good at the expense of the Contractor. Correction of condemned Work described above shall be commenced by the Contractor within twenty-four (24) hours after notice from the Designer or the Owner and shall be pursued to completion. Should the Contractor fail to proceed reasonably with the abovementioned corrections, the Owner may, three (3) days after the notice specified in the preceding sentence, proceed with correction, paying the cost, including costs of uncovering such condemned Work, of such corrections from amounts due or to become due to the Contractor. Condemned Work removed shall be the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the Project by him within ten (10) days after notice to remove it, and if not then removed, thereafter may be disposed of by the Owner without compensation to the Contractor and the cost of such disposal shall be deducted from amounts due or to become due to the Contractor. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 36 Revised 01/24 Should the cost of correction of the Work and, if applicable, disposal of the condemned Work by the Owner exceed amounts due or to become due the Contractor, then the Contractor and the Contractor’s sureties shall be liable for and shall pay to the Owner the amount of such excess. ARTICLE 18. CORRECTION OF WORK AFTER SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION; WARRANTIES AND GUARANTIES 18.1 Neither the final certificate, Final Payment, occupation of the premises by the Owner, nor any provision of the Contract Documents, nor any other act or instrument of the Owner or the Designer shall relieve the Contractor from responsibility for negligence, defective material or workmanship, or failure to comply with the Contract Documents. 18.2 The Contractor shall, at the Contractor’s sole cost and expense, make all necessary repairs, replacements, and corrections of any nature or description, interior or exterior, structural or non-structural, that shall become necessary by reason of defective workmanship or materials which appear within a period of one (1) year from the date of Substantial Completion; provided, however that notwithstanding the preceding, if any longer guarantee period is specified for any particular materials or workmanship under the Contract Documents, or under any subcontract, or in connection with any manufactured unit which is installed in the Project, or under the laws of the State of North Carolina, the longer guarantee period shall govern. 18.3 If, within any guarantee period, repairs or changes are required in connection with the Work, which are rendered necessary as the result of the use of materials, equipment, or workmanship which are inferior, defective, or not in accordance with the terms of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall, promptly upon receipt of notice from the Designer and without expense to the Owner: a) Completely repair or replace the Work so that it conforms to the Contract Documents; b) Correct all defects therein; c) Make good all damage which, in the opinion of the Designer, is the result of the use of materials, equipment, or workmanship which are inferior, defective, or not in accordance with the terms of the Contract Documents; and d) Make good any Work or material, or any equipment or contents disturbed in fulfilling any such guarantee. If, in fulfilling the requirements of the Contract Documents or of any guarantee embraced therein or required thereby, the Contractor disturbs any work, facility, premises, or construction belonging to the Owner, the Contractor shall restore such disturbed work to a condition satisfactory to the Owner, and shall guarantee such restored work to the same extent as if it were Work under the Contract Documents. If the Contractor, after notice, fails to proceed promptly to comply with the terms of the guarantee, the Owner may have the defects corrected, and the Contractor and the Contractor’s ureties shall be liable for all expenses incurred. "Promptly" is defined as within twenty-four (24) Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 37 Revised 01/24 hours for systems necessary to normal operation of the building and within seventy-two (72) hours for all other items. All special guarantees applicable to definite parts of the Work that may be shown in or required by Contract Documents shall be subject to the terms of this paragraph during the first year of the life of such special guarantee. Manufacturer's standard guarantees or warranties which do not comply with the time limit specified herein shall be extended by the Contractor automatically without further action on the part of the Owner or the Designer. 18.4 In the eleventh calendar month after the date of Substantial Completion, and at the request of the Owner, the Contractor, the Owner and the Designer shall make an inspection of the Work for the purpose of identifying defective workmanship or materials. If the Contractor, having been requested to do so by the Owner, fails to participate in such inspection, the Contractor shall be conclusively bound by any decision or ruling by the Designer as to any defective workmanship or material and as to the Contractor's responsibility for its repair or replacement. ARTICLE 19. OWNER'S RIGHT TO DO WORK 19.1 If, during the progress of the Work or during any period of guarantee, the Contractor fails to prosecute the Work properly or to perform any provision of the Contract Documents, the Owner, after three (3) days written notice to the Contractor from the Designer, or from the Owner after Final Payment, may perform or have performed that portion of the Work and may deduct the cost thereof from any amounts due or to become due the Contractor. Notwithstanding any action by the Owner under this paragraph, all warranties and bonds given or to be given by the Contractor shall remain in effect or shall be given by the Contractor. 19.2 Should the cost of such action by the Owner exceed the amount due or to become due the Contractor, the Contractor and his sureties shall be liable for and shall pay to the Owner the amount of such excess. ARTICLE 20. PARTIAL PAYMENTS 20.1 Within thirty (30) days after his initial receipt of the Construction Contract for signatures, the Contractor shall submit to the Designer a Schedule of Values. The Schedule of Values shall indicate the value of the Work, including applicable overhead and profit, for each Division and section of the Project Specifications. The Designer and Owner shall be provided with the Contractor's estimate papers, Subcontractor agreements, supplier quotes, or other documents substantiating these values if so requested in writing by the Designer. The Contractor shall provide the requested documentation within seven (7) days after receipt of the Designer's written request. The Schedule of Values shall be subject to approval by the Owner, and if the Owner and the Contractor cannot agree upon the Schedule of Values, the Designer shall prepare it, and the Schedule of Values as prepared by the Designer shall be binding on the Owner and the Contractor. No Request for Payment shall be certified by the Designer until the Designer has issued approval of said Schedule of Values. 20.2 Not later than the fifth (5th) day of each calendar month the Contractor shall submit to the Designer a Request for Payment for Work done during the previous calendar month. The Request for Payment shall be in form of AIA Document G702 (latest edition) and shall show substantially the value of Work done (including the value of material delivered to the Project or stored by the Contractor at another site, subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth) during Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 38 Revised 01/24 the previous calendar month, and shall sum up the financial status of the Work with the following information: a) Total Contract Price, including any adjustment thereto made pursuant to the Contract Documents. b) Value of Work completed and materials properly stored to date. c) Less amount retained. d) Less previous payments. e) Current amount due. f) Balance remaining. The Contractor, upon request of the Designer, shall substantiate the request with invoices, vouchers, payrolls, or other evidence. 20.3 When payment is requested or made on an account of stored materials, such materials must be stored on the Owner's property at such places and in such a manner as may be designated by the Designer. However, in the sole discretion of the Owner, with permission in writing from the Designer and Owner and under such circumstances as may be determined by the Owner, such materials may be stored in a bonded warehouse. The location and conditions for storage of such materials away from the Owner's property in a bonded warehouse shall be within the sole discretion of the Owner. Requests for Payment on account of stored materials shall be accompanied by paid invoices, bills of sale, warehouse receipts, or other documentary evidence establishing Owner's title to such materials, evidence that the stored materials are insured against loss and damage, and such other documentation as required by the Designer. Responsibility for the quantity, quality, and condition of such stored materials, whether stored on the Owner's property or away from the Owner's property, shall remain with the Contractor regardless of ownership or title. No payment shall be made on account of materials stored in a bonded warehouse unless the Contractor has acquired written permission from the Designer for such storage of materials and has complied with all conditions set forth in such permission regarding such storage of materials in a bonded warehouse. 20.4 Any Request for Payment received by the Designer on or before the fifth (5th) of the calendar month shall be certified for payment or returned for re-submission to the Contractor on or before the fifteenth (15th) of the calendar month. The Designer's certification shall be for the amount which was requested or that which the Designer has decided was justly due, and shall state in writing to the Contractor and Owner the reasons for withholding payment of any or all of the amount requested. 20.5 The Designer may fail to certify all or part of any payment requested for any of the following reasons: a) Defective Work not corrected. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 39 Revised 01/24 b) Suits, actions, or claims of any character filed against the Contractor, or due to the operations of the Contractor, or information or notice that a suit, action, or claim will be filed or has been made. c) Information or notice that a Subcontractor or a supplier has not received payment. d) The balance unpaid of the Contract Price is insufficient to complete the Work in the judgment of the Designer or Owner. e) Damage to the Owner or another contractor. f) Inability of the Contractor to meet a Completion Date, including an anticipated failure to meet a Completion Date entitling the Owner to withhold anticipated Liquidated Damages in accordance with paragraphs 13.15 and 13.17 hereof. g) Failure to furnish Submittal as required by the Contract Documents on a timely basis in accordance with the Submittal Register. h) Such other reason as to the Designer may appear prudent, proper, or equitable. When grounds for withholding certification have been corrected, the Designer shall so certify to the Owner and the Owner shall make any payment due with respect to such certification as a part of his next payment after such certification. 20.6 No certificate issued or progress payment made shall constitute an acceptance of the Work or any part thereof. 20.7 The amount certified by the Designer for payment shall be ninety-five percent (95%) of the value of Work completed and materials stored since the Designer's last certification as shown on the Request for Payment, less any amounts not certified in accordance with paragraph 20.4, and this amount shall be paid by the Owner on or before the last business day of the month, but payment shall not be past due until not paid within fifteen (15) days thereafter. 20.8 After certification by the Designer that the Work is fifty percent (50%) complete, based on a determination that the Contractor's gross project invoices, excluding the value of materials stored off-site, equal or exceed fifty percent (50%) of the value of the Contract, (except the value of materials stored on-site shall not exceed twenty percent (20%) of the Contractor's gross project invoices for the purpose of determining whether the Project is fifty percent (50%) complete) and the Contractor has provided to the Owner the written consent of its sureties to the cessation of further percentage retention, the amount certified for payment with respect to subsequent Requests for Payment shall be one hundred percent (100%) of the value of Work completed and materials stored since the Designer's last certification as shown on the Request for Payment, less any amounts not certified in accordance with paragraphs 20.4 and 20.5; provided, however, that the aggregate of periodic payments shall not exceed ninety-seven and one half percent (97.5%) of the Contract Price. If the Owner determines that the Contractor's performance under the Contract is unsatisfactory, the Owner may resume withholding percentage retention from each subsequent periodic payment application up to the maximum amount of five percent (5%) of the Contract Price. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 40 Revised 01/24 ARTICLE 21. FINAL PAYMENT 21.1 If the Work of the Contractor is limited to demolition, pilings, caissons and structural steel, the remaining unpaid balance of the Contractor’s Contract Price, less a sum equal to five-tenths percent (0.5%) of the Contract Price, shall be paid within sixty days following receipt of the following documents, all of which must be received before payment shall become due: (i) request for payment from the Contractor; (ii) receipt of consent from the Contractor’s surety to the payment; and (iii) approval or certification from the Designer that the work performed by the Contractor is acceptable and in accordance with the Contract Documents. 21.2 Except as set forth in paragraph 21.1, within forty five days after Substantial Completion of the Project, the remaining unpaid balance of the Contract Price shall be paid to the Contractor, less an amount equal to two and one-half times the value of punch list work or other work remaining to be completed or corrected, as reasonably estimated by the Owner. 21.3 Upon Substantial Completion, the Designer shall prepare and submit to the Contractor a deficiency list identifying all portions of the Work which are known by the Designer at that time to be incomplete or defective. Within thirty (30) days of receipt of this deficiency list, the Contractor shall complete and correct all items on that list along with all other Work required to achieve Final Completion of the Work. At any time prior to completion of the period of warranty, the Designer may submit to the Contractor a supplemental deficiency list, in which case the Contractor shall complete or correct any and all new items identified on the supplemental deficiency list within the time period stipulated in paragraph 18.3. 21.4 Final Payment of any remaining balance of the Contract Price shall not be due to the Contractor until the Contractor achieves Final Completion of the Project. 21.5 The making and acceptance of Final Payment shall constitute a waiver of all claims by the Owner except: a) Claims arising from unsettled liens or claims against the Contractor. b) Defective Work or materials appearing after Final Payment. c) Failure of the Contractor to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. d) As conditioned in the Performance Bond. e) Claims made prior to Final Payment which remain unsettled. f) Amounts due arising under Articles 18 and 28. g) Claims for recovery of overpayment based upon incorrect measurement, estimate, or certificate. 21.6 The making and acceptance of Final Payment shall constitute a waiver of all claims by the Contractor except those claims previously made in writing pursuant to paragraph 15.2 and not finally resolved. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 41 Revised 01/24 21.7 The Designer shall not authorize Final Payment until all of the Work under the Contract Documents has been certified by the Designer as completed, proper and suitable for occupancy and use, and has been approved by all federal, state and local agencies having jurisdiction. 21.8 The final Request for Payment shall be identified on its face as such and shall be presented by the Contractor to the Designer within thirty (30) days of completion of the Work. Final payment of the retained amount due the Contractor shall be made by the Owner within thirty (30) days after the later of (i) full and Final Completion of all Work required by the Contract Documents, and certification of such Work in accordance with paragraph 20.4; (ii) submission of the affidavits of other documentation required by Article 22; (iii) submission by the Contractor of a Request for Payment identified on its face as final and including the Designer's certification. ARTICLE 22. CONTRACTOR, SUBCONTRACTOR AND SUPPLIER AFFIDAVIT 22.1 The Final Payment due the Contractor on account of the Contract Documents shall not become due until the Contractor has furnished to the Owner through the Designer: (A) an affidavit by the Contractor signed, sworn, and notarized to the effect that all payments for materials, services, or for any other reason in connection with the Work or performance of the Contract Documents have been satisfied and that no claims or liens exist against the Contractor in connection with the same; (B) affidavits from each Subcontractor and supplier signed, sworn, and notarized to the effect that (i) each such Subcontractor or supplier has been paid in full by the Contractor for all Work performed and materials supplied by him in connection with the Project, and (ii) that all payments for materials, services, and for any other reason in connection with the subcontract or supply contract have been satisfied and that no claims or liens exist against the Subcontractor or supplier in connection therewith; and (C) the written consent of the Contractor’s sureties to Final Payment. In the event that the Contractor cannot obtain an affidavit, as required above, from any Subcontractor or supplier, the Contractor shall state in the Contractor’s affidavit that no claims or liens exist against such Subcontractor or supplier to the best of the Contractor's knowledge, and that if any appear afterwards, the Contractor shall save the Owner harmless for all costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, on account thereof. ARTICLE 23. ASSIGNMENTS AND SUBCONTRACTS 23.1 The Contractor shall not assign any portion of this Agreement nor subcontract the Work in its entirety without the prior written consent of the Owner. Except as may be required under terms of the bonds required by the Contract Documents, no funds or sums of money due or to become due to the Contractor under the Contract Documents may be assigned. ARTICLE 24. MEASUREMENTS 24.1 Before ordering material or doing Work which is dependent for proper size or installation upon coordination with building conditions, the Contractor shall verify all dimensions and shall be responsible for the correctness of same. No consideration will be given for any claim based on differences between the actual dimensions and those indicated in the Contract Documents. Any discrepancies between the Contract Documents and the existing conditions shall be referred to the Designer for adjustment before any Work affected thereby is begun. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 42 Revised 01/24 ARTICLE 25. CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTOR RELATIONSHIPS 25.1 Within thirty (30) days after initial receipt of the Construction Contract for signatures the Contractor shall submit to the Designer and Owner for acceptance a current list of the names of Subcontractors and such other persons and organizations (including those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design) proposed for any and all portions of the Work. The Contractor shall provide this list at this time even if the Contractor was required to submit a list of proposed Subcontractors with the Contractor’s bid. The Designer shall promptly reply to the Contractor in writing stating whether or not the Owner or the Designer, after due investigation, has objection to any such proposed person or entity or if it needs additional information to evaluate the persons on the list. Failure of the Designer to reply within ten (10) days after the Contractor has furnished all required information shall constitute notice of no objection. The Contractor shall not contract with any such proposed person or entity to whom the Owner or the Designer has made reasonable objection. If the Designer or Owner has reasonable objection to any such proposed person or entity, the Contractor shall submit a substitute to whom the Owner and the Designer have no reasonable objection. The Contractor shall make no substitution for any Subcontractor, person, or entity previously allowed without first notifying the Designer and Owner in writing and no substitution may be made if the Owner or Designer makes a reasonable objection to such substitution. 25.2 The Contractor agrees that the terms of the Contract Documents, including all portions thereof, shall apply to all Subcontractors of the Contractor as if they were the Contractor, and that the Subcontractors of the Contractor shall, by means of their subcontracts, be bound by all the terms of the Contract Documents including, but not limited to, Article 26 of these General Conditions. 25.3 Payments to Subcontractors shall be made in accordance with the provisions of N.C. Gen. Stat. §143-134.1. ARTICLE 26. USE OF PREMISES 26.1 The Contractor shall confine apparatus, the storage of materials, the operations of workers, and the disposal of material to limits indicated by law, ordinances, permits, and directions of the Designer, if any. 26.2 The Contractor shall not load or permit any part of the Work to be loaded with a weight that will endanger its safety, intended performance, or configuration. 26.3 The Contractor shall enforce all of the Designer's instructions, including, but not limited to, those regarding signs, advertisements, fires, and smoking. ARTICLE 27. CUTTING, PATCHING AND FITTING 27.1 The Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting, and patching of the Work that may be required to make its several parts come together properly and fit it to receive or to be received by Work shown in or which can be reasonably implied from the Contract Documents. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 43 Revised 01/24 ARTICLE 28. DISPUTE RESOLUTION 28.1 The laws of the State of North Carolina shall apply to the interpretation and enforcement of this Agreement. Any and all suits or actions to enforce, interpret, or seek damages with respect to any provision of, or the performance or nonperformance of, this Agreement shall be brought in the General Court of Justice of North Carolina sitting in Orange County, North Carolina, and it is agreed by the parties that no other court shall have jurisdiction or venue with respect to such suits or actions. In any dispute arising pursuant to the terms of this Agreement the Parties shall follow and abide by the Rules and Procedures for Orange County Design, Building Construction, Renovation, and Repair Projects. The policy is incorporated herein by reference and may be viewed at http://www.orangecountync.gov/departments/purchasing_division/contracts.php). Regardless of the outcome of any dispute each Party shall be responsible for its own legal costs including reasonable attorneys’ fees. 28.2 Any person or firm that expressly or impliedly agrees to perform labor or services or to provide material, supplies, equipment, work, performance or payment bonds, insurance or indemnification for the construction of the Project or the Work shall be deemed a party to this Agreement solely for the purpose of this Article 28. The Contractor, by means of its subcontracts, shall specifically require its Subcontractors to be bound by this Article. ARTICLE 29. TAXES 29.1 The Contractor has included in the Contract Price and shall pay all taxes assessed by any authority on the Work or the labor and materials used therein. The Contractor shall maintain all tax records during the life of the Project and furnish the Owner with a complete listing of all taxes paid by taxing authority, invoice number, date, amount, etc. in a form acceptable to the Owner. The Contractor is required to maintain a file showing taxes paid on the Project for three (3) years after Final Payment or turn said documents over to the Owner for his files. 29.2 The following is a list of requirements to be followed by the Contractor in maintaining proper records and reporting the North Carolina Sales and Use Tax and Local Sales and Use Tax. The Contractor shall comply fully with the requirements outlined below, in order that the Owner may recover the amount of the tax permitted under the law. a) It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to furnish the Owner documentary evidence showing the materials used and sales and use tax paid by the Contractor and each of his Subcontractors. Such evidence shall be transmitted to the Owner with each pay request regardless of whether taxes were paid in that period. b) The documentary evidence shall consist of a certified statement by the Contractor and each of the Contractor’s Subcontractors individually, showing total purchases of materials from each separate vendor and total sales and use taxes paid to each vendor. Certified statements must show the invoice number, or numbers, covered, and inclusive dates of such invoices. c) Materials used from Contractor's or Subcontractor's warehouse stock shall be shown in a certified statement at warehouse stock prices. d) The Contractor shall not be required to certify the Subcontractor's statements. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 44 Revised 01/24 ARTICLE 30. OPERATION OF OWNER'S FACILITIES 30.1 The Contractor agrees that all Work done under the Contract Documents shall be carried on in such a manner so as to ensure the regular and continuous operation of the adjoining or adjacent facilities. The Contractor further agrees that the sequence of operations under the Contract Documents shall be scheduled and carried out so as to ensure said regular and continuous operation. The Contractor shall not close any areas of construction until so authorized by the Designer. The Contractor shall control operations to assure the least inconvenience to the public. Under all circumstances, safety shall be the most important consideration. ARTICLE 31. THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARY CLAUSE 31.1 It is specifically agreed between the parties executing the Agreement that, with the specific exception set forth paragraph 7.24 hereof, and that exception only, the Contract Documents and the provisions therein are not intended to make the public, or any member thereof, or any other individual or entity, a third-party beneficiary of the Agreement, or to authorize anyone not a party to the Contract Documents to maintain a suit for personal injuries or property damage pursuant to the terms of provisions of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 32. MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES 32.1 All Work completed under the Contract Documents shall be measured by the Contractor using United States customary units of measurement. The method of measurement and computations to be used in determination of quantities of material furnished and of Work performed under the Contract Documents shall be those methods set forth in the Contract Documents or, if not specifically set forth therein, the method generally recognized as conforming to good engineering practice. ARTICLE 33. TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CAUSE 33.1 If the Contractor fails to begin or complete the Work under the Contract Documents within the time specified, or fails to perform the Work with sufficient labor and equipment or with sufficient materials to insure the prompt completion of said Work, or shall perform the Work unsuitably or shall discontinue the prosecution of the Work for three (3) days, or if the Contractor shall become insolvent, be declared bankrupt, commit any act of bankruptcy or insolvency, allow any final judgment to stand against the Contractor or its affiliated companies unsatisfied for a period of forty-eight (48) hours, make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or for any other cause whatsoever shall not carry on the Work in an acceptable manner, the Owner may give notice in writing to the Contractor and the Contractor’s sureties of such delay, neglect, or default, specifying the same, and if the Contractor within a period of three (3) days after such notice shall not proceed in good faith and with reasonable speed to correct such delay, neglect, or default in accordance with such notice, the Owner shall have full power and authority, to the extent permitted by law, without violating the Contract Documents, to take the prosecution of the Work out of the hands of the Contractor, to appropriate or use any or all materials and equipment at the Project as may be suitable and acceptable, and may enter into an agreement for the completion of the Work or pursue such other methods as in the Owner's opinion shall be necessary or appropriate for the completion of the Work in an acceptable Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 45 Revised 01/24 manner. All costs and charges incurred by the Owner in proceeding in accordance with the preceding sentence, including attorney's fees, and all costs incurred by the Owner in completing the Work shall be deducted from any money due or which becomes due the Contractor. If such costs and expenses incurred by the Owner shall be less than the sum which would have been payable under Contract Documents if it had been completed by the Contractor, then the Contractor shall be entitled to receive the difference, but if such costs and expenses shall exceed the sum which would have been payable under the Contract Documents, the Contractor and the Contractor’s surety shall be liable to the Owner for and shall pay to the Owner the amount of such excess. ARTICLE 34. TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION BY THE OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE 34.1 The Owner may, without cause, order the Contractor to terminate, suspend, delay, or interrupt the Work in whole or in part for such period of time as the Owner may determine. The Owner may terminate the Agreement upon seven (7) days written notice to the Contractor for the Owner’s convenience and without further liability or obligation to the Owner. 34.2 If the Contractor is subsequently ordered by the Owner to resume the Work, any cost or expenses to which the Contractor may be entitled by reason of the suspension, delay, or interruption shall be recovered by means of a Change Order in accordance with Articles 13 and 14 hereof and the Contract Construction Schedule shall be adjusted in accordance with Article 13 hereof. 34.3 In the event of termination by the Owner under this Article, the Contractor shall be entitled to receive the reasonable and documented direct costs incurred prior to termination, including the cost of materials purchased for the Work which purchases cannot be canceled or which material cannot reasonably be used by the Contractor on other work, and the cost of closing down the Project in a safe and efficient manner, plus ten percent (10%) thereof for overhead and profit, subject to the following conditions: a) When the Contract is terminated before completion of all items of Work, payment shall be made for the actual number of units or items of Work completed at the applicable contract prices, or as mutually agreed for items of Work partially complete. If a mutual agreement cannot be reached, the Owner shall have the authority to make such equitable adjustment as it deems warranted and the Final Payment shall be made accordingly. b) Reimbursement for organization of any Work and moving equipment to and from the job shall be considered when not otherwise provided for in the Contract Documents where the volume of completed Work is too small to compensate the Contractor for those expenses under unit prices. If a mutual agreement cannot be reached, the Owner will have the authority to make such equitable adjustments as it deems warranted and the Final Payment will be made accordingly. c) Materials obtained by the Contractor for the Work that have been inspected and accepted by the Designer and that are not incorporated in the Work shall, at the request of the Contractor, be purchased from the Contractor at the Contractor's actual cost as shown by receipted bills and actual costs records at such points of delivery as may be determined by the Owner. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 46 Revised 01/24 d) No payment shall be made by Owner to Contractor except as herein above provided. No claim for loss of anticipated profits shall be considered or allowed. e) Termination of the Contract shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibilities for any completed portion of the Work nor shall it relieve his sureties of their obligation for and concerning any just claims arising out of the Work performed. The Contractor shall not be entitled to any other compensation, including compensation for lost profit, lost opportunity, or any other direct or consequential cost, loss, or damage. f) Either party may terminate this Agreement upon notice to the other party that obligations pursuant to this Agreement are made impossible due to declarations of emergency by Orange County or by North Carolina due to events directly impacting Orange County. Both parties shall remain responsible for all payment and performance due up to the receipt of such notice, but shall have no further obligation or responsibility beyond that date provided the terminating party has taken all reasonable steps to complete the performance of its obligations. ARTICLE 35 MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE PROGRAM 35.1 The Contractor shall at all times comply with the Orange County Minority Business Enterprise Policy. All documentation substantiating compliance with the requirements of this program shall be delivered to the Owner as stipulated in the Contract Documents. A copy of the Orange County Minority Business Enterprise Policy is included in the Project Manual. ARTICLE 36 E-VERIFY AND DIGITAL SIGNATURES 36.1 By executing the Agreement Contractor affirms Contractor, its agents and subcontractors, are and shall remain in compliance with Article 2 of Chapter 64 of the North Carolina General Statutes. 36.2 This Agreement together with any amendments or modifications may be executed electronically. All electronic signatures affixed hereto evidence the consent of the Parties to utilize electronic signatures and intent of the Parties to comply with Article 11A and Article 40 of North Carolina General Statute Chapter 66. 36.3 By executing the Agreement Contractor certifies that Contractor has not been identified, and has not utilized the services of any agent or subcontractor identified, on the list created by the State Treasurer pursuant to G.S. 147-86.58. 36.4 By executing the Agreement Contractor certifies that Contractor has not been identified, and has not utilized the services of any agent or subcontractor identified, on the list created by the State Treasurer pursuant to G.S. 147-86.81. ARTICLE 37 GENERAL 37.1 If any provision of the Agreement shall be declared invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of the Agreement shall continue in full force and effect. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 47 Revised 01/24 37.2 The titles to Articles herein are for convenience only, are not substantive parts of the General Conditions, and are not to be considered in interpreting the Contract Documents. END OF GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION—EXHIBIT 1 Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Revised 01/24 ORANGE COUNTY NORTH CAROLINA DISPUTE RESOLUTION RULES AND PROCEDURES FOR ORANGE COUNTY DESIGN, BUILDING CONSTRUCTION, RENOVATION, AND REPAIR PROJECTS RULE 1. INITIATING MEDIATED SETTLEMENT CONFERENCES A. Purpose of Mandatory Settlement Conferences. Pursuant to G.S. §143-128(f1) and 143- 135.26(11), these Rules are promulgated to implement a mediated settlement program designed to focus the parties’ attention on settlement rather than on claim preparation and to provide an opportunity for orderly settlement negotiations to take place. Nothing herein is intended to limit or prevent the parties from engaging in settlement procedures voluntarily at any time prior to or during commencement of the dispute resolution process. B. Initiating the Dispute Resolution Process 1. Any party to a County public construction contract (referred to herein generally as the “Contract”) governed by Article 8. Ch. 143 of the General Statutes and identified in G.S. § 143- 128(f1) and who is a party to a dispute arising out of the Contract and the construction process in which the amount in controversy is at least $15,000 may submit a written request to the County for mediation of the dispute. 2. Prior to submission of a written request for mediation to the County, the party requesting mediation should give notice of any and all claims in accordance with their respective contracts, obtain decisions on the claims as required or allowed by their respective contracts, and attempt to resolve the dispute according to the terms and conditions in their respective contracts. The Mediator may adjourn any mediated settlement conference if the Mediator believes, in his or her sole discretion, that the parties have not satisfied all of the terms and conditions of their respective contracts and that doing so will enhance the prospects for a negotiated settlement. C. Condition Precedent to Litigation. Before any party to a Contract may commence a civil action against the County seeking remedies for breach or non-performance of the Contract by the County, said party must first initiate the dispute resolution process under these rules and attend and participate in good faith in the mediated settlement conference. RULE 2. SELECTION OF MEDIATOR A. Mediator Listing. A List of Mediators acceptable to the County is maintained by the County Attorney and that list is incorporated by reference into these Rules. B. Selection of Mediator. The party requesting mediation shall select a Mediator from the List of Mediators and shall file, with the County, a Notice of Selection of Mediator within 21 days of the request for mediation. Such notice shall state the name, address, and phone number of the Mediator selected. If Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Revised 01/24 the Mediator selected is not available or declines to participate for any reason, the requesting party shall select another person from the List of Mediators. If the party requesting mediation does not select and designate a mediator within 21 days of the request for mediation, the County shall have the right in its absolute discretion to appoint a mediator from its List of Mediators. C. Disqualification of Mediator. Any party may request replacement of the Mediator for good cause. Nothing in this provision shall preclude Mediators from disqualifying themselves. RULE 3. THE MEDIATED SETTLEMENT CONFERENCE A. Where Conference is to be Held. Unless all parties and the Mediator otherwise agree, the mediated settlement conference shall be held in county seat of Orange County. The Mediator shall be responsible for reserving a place, making arrangements for the conference, and giving timely notice of the time and location of the conference to all attorneys, unrepresented parties and other persons or entities required to attend. B. When Conference is to be Held. The mediation shall be completed within 90 days after selection of the Mediator unless all parties to the mediation agree to a different schedule. C. Request to Accelerate or Extend Deadline for Completion. Any party or the Mediator may request the County to accelerate or extend the deadline for completion of the conference. Such request shall state the reasons the acceleration or extension is sought and shall be served by the moving party upon the other parties and the Mediator. Objections to the request must be promptly communicated to the County and to the Mediator. The County, with the concurrence of the designated Mediator, may grant the request by adjusting the time for completion of the conference. D. Recesses. The Mediator may recess the mediation conference at any time and may set times for reconvening. If the Mediator determines the time and place where the conference is to reconvene before the conference is recessed, no further notice is required to persons present at the conference. E. Project Delay. The mediated settlement conference that results from a construction contract dispute shall not be cause for the delay of the construction project. RULE 4. DUTIES OF PARTIES AND OTHER PARTICIPANTS IN FORMAL DISPUTE RESOLUTION PROCESS A. Attendance. 1. All parties to the dispute must designate an official representative to attend the mediation. 2. “Attendance” means physical attendance, not by telephone or other electronic means. Any attendee representing a party must have authority from that party to bind it to any agreement reached as a result of the mediation. 3. Attorneys representing parties may attend the mediation, but are not required to do so. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Revised 01/24 4. Sureties and insurance company representatives are required to physically attend the mediation unless the Mediator and all of the other parties to the mediation excuse their attendance or consent to their attendance by telephone or other electronic means. 5. The parties who attend a duly scheduled mediation conference shall have the right to recover their share of the Mediator’s compensation from any party or parties who fail to attend the conference without good cause. B. Finalizing Agreement. If an agreement is reached in the conference, the terms of the agreement shall be confirmed in writing and signed by all parties. C. Payment of Mediation Fee: Mediation Fees charged by the Mediator shall be paid in accordance with G.S. § 143-128(f1). D. Failure to Compensate Mediator. Any party’s failure to compensate the Mediators in accordance with G.S. § 143-128(f1) shall subject that party to a withholding by the County of said amount of money from the party’s payment or any other moneys owed by that party to the County. Should the County fail to compensate the Mediator, it shall hereby be subject to a civil cause of action from the Mediator for the County’s portion of the Mediator’s total fee as required by G.S. § 143-128(f1). RULE 5. AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF MEDIATORS A. Authority of Mediator. 1.Control of Conference. The Mediator shall at all times be in control of the conference and the procedures to be followed. 2.Private Consultation. The Mediator may communicate privately with any participant or counsel prior to and during the conference. The fact that private communications have occurred with a participant shall be disclosed to all other participants at the beginning of the conference. 3.Scheduling the Conference. The Mediator shall make a good faith effort to schedule the conference at a time that is convenient with the participants, attorneys and Mediator. In the absence of agreement, the Mediator shall select the date for the conference. 4.Determining good cause for a party’s failure to appear at a scheduled mediation conference. B.Duties of Mediator. 1.The Mediator shall define and describe the following at the beginning of the conference: a.The process of mediation. b.The difference between mediation and other forms of conflict resolution. c.The costs of the mediated settlement conference. d.That the mediated settlement conference is not a trial, the Mediator is not a judge, and the parties retain their legal rights if they do not reach settlement; however, the Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Revised 01/24 Mediator will advise all parties that failure to appear at mediation without good cause may result in imposition of sanctions and may be asserted as a bar to lawsuits by claimants who have failed to exhaust this administrative remedy. e.The circumstances under which the Mediator may meet and communicate privately with any of the parties or with any other person. f.Whether and under what conditions communications with the Mediator will be held in confidence during the conference. g.The inadmissibility of conduct and statements as provided by G.S. §7A-38.1(1). h.The duties and responsibilities of the Mediator and the participants. i.That any agreement reached will be reached by mutual consent. 2. Disclosure: The Mediator has a duty to be impartial and to advise all participants of any possible bias, prejudice or partiality. 3. Declaring Impasse: The Mediator may determine at any time during the mediation conference that an impasse exists and that the conference should end. 4. Reporting Results of Conference. The Mediator shall submit a written report to the County and the other parties within 10 days of the conference stating whether or not the parties reached an agreement. The Mediator’s report shall indicate the absence of any party from the mediated settlement conference without permission or good cause. 5. Scheduling and Holding the Conference. It is the duty of the Mediator to schedule the conference and conduct it prior to the deadline of completion set by the rules. The Mediator shall strictly observe deadlines for completion of the conference unless said time limit is changed by agreement of the parties. RULE 6. COSTS AND COMPENSATION OF THE MEDIATOR The Parties shall compensate the Mediator for mediation services at the rate proposed by the Mediator and agreed to by the parties at the time the Mediator is selected. The Parties shall be jointly responsible for the Mediator’s costs and expenses subject to Rule 4.C. above. Each Party is responsible for its own costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, related to the Meiation. RULE 7. RULE MAKING These Rules may be amended by the County at any time. Amendments will not affect mediations where claims or requests for mediation have been filed at the time the amendment takes effect . RULE 8. DEFINITIONS A. “County” shall mean Orange County North Carolina. B. “Project Designer” is that person or firm stipulated as project designer in the Contract Documents for the project. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Revised 01/24 C. “Claim” is a demand or assertion by a party seeking adjustment or interpretation of Contract terms, payment of money, extension of time or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. The term “Claim” also includes other disputes and matters in question between the parties to a Contract involved in the County’s building construction renovation and repair projects arising out of or relating to the Contract or the construction process. Claims must be initiated by a written notice. The responsibility to substantiate Claims shall rest with the party making the Claim. D. “Good Cause” generally includes any circumstance beyond the control of a party, which prevents that party from meeting obligations. When good cause is asserted as an excuse for a party’s failure to appear at a mediation conference or to otherwise comply with the requirements of these Rules, the Mediator, in his or her sole discretion, will determine whether good cause exists to excuse the party’s failure to appear or otherwise comply with these rules. RULE 9. TIME LIMITS A. Any time limit provided for by these Rules may be waived or extended at the sole discretion of the County, if no Mediator has been selected, and at the discretion of the County with concurrence of the Mediator if a Mediator has been selected. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C PROJECT:PROJECT LOCATION:INDEX OF DRAWINGS:OWNER:THESE DRAWINGS ARE INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE AND AS SUCH SHALL REMAIN THE PROPERTY OF PROGRESSIVE DESIGN COLLABORATIVE, LTD. THEY SHALL NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER WORK OTHER THAN THAT AUTHORIZED BY PROGRESSIVE DESIGN COLLABORATIVE, LTD. UPON COMPLETION OF THE WORK, ALL COPIES, EXCEPT THE OWNER'S, SHALL BE RETURNED TO PROGRESSIVE DESIGN COLLABORATIVE, LTD.ORANGE COUNTY SPORTPLEX HVAC REPLACEMENTORANGE COUNTY SPORTPLEX101 Meadowlands Dr.Hillsborough, NC 27278ORANGE COUNTY306 Revere Road, A102Hillsborough, NC 27278PDC# 23022G1.01SHEET INDEX - COVER SHEETSheet Number Sheet NameG1.01 COVER SHEETM0.00 LEAD SHEETM0.01 DEMOLITION PLAN - AREA A.1M0.02 DEMOLITION PLAN - AREA A.2M1.01 DUCTWORK AND PIPING PLAN - AREA A.1M1.02 DUCTWORK AND PIPING PLAN - AREA A.2M5.01 DETAILSM6.01 POOL UNIT CONTROLSM7.01 MECHANICAL SCHEDULESE0.00 ELECTRICAL LEAD SHEETE0.01 PARTIAL DEMOLITION PLAN - AREA A.2E1.01 PARTIAL NEW WORK PLAN - AREA A.2E2.01 PANEL SCHEDULES AND RISER DIAGRAME3.01 DETAILSVICINITYCAMPUSDocusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C GENERAL NOTES SYMBOL LEGENDSYMBOLDESCRIPTIONABBREVIATIONSMECHANICAL SUMMARYMECHANICAL SYSTEMS, SERVICE SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENTCODE2018 NC ENERGY CODE: PRESCRIPTIVE ___X___ PERFORMANCE _______ASHRAE 90.1-2013: PRESCRIPTIVE _______ PERFORMANCE _______ADDITIONAL PRESCRIPTIVE COMPLIANCE: N/A_____ 506.2.1 MORE EFFICIENT MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT_____ 506.2.2 REDUCED LIGHTING POWER DENSITY_____ 506.2.3 ENERGY RECOVERY VENTILATION SYSTEMS_____ 506.2.4 HIGHER EFFICIENCY SERVICE WATER HEATING_____ 506.2.5 ON-SITE SUPPLY OF RENEWABLE ENERGY_____ 506.2.6 AUTOMATIC DAYLIGHTING CONTROLS THERMAL ZONE: 4AWINTER DRY BULB: 20.0 DEGREES FSUMMER DRY BULB: 94.6 DEGREES FSUMMER WET BULB: 74.3 DEGREES FSUMMER HR/MCDB: 129.5 / 81.2 DEGREES FINTERIOR DESIGN CONDITIONSWINTER DRY BULB: 70 DEGREES FSUMMER DRY BULB: 75 DEGREES FRELATIVE HUMIDITY: 55 %BUILDING HEATING LOAD: EXISTINGBUILDING COOLING LOAD: EXISTING (LOAD IS POOL DEHUMIDIFICATION)MECHANICAL SPACING CONDITIONING SYSTEMUNITARYDESCRIPTION OF UNIT: REFER TO SCHEDULE ON DRAWINGSHEATING EFFICIENCY: REFER TO SCHEDULE ON DRAWINGSCOOLING EFFICIENCY: REFER TO SCHEDULE ON DRAWINGSSIZE CATEGORY OF UNIT: REFER TO SCHEDULE ON DRAWINGSBOILER: TOTAL BOILER OUTPUT. IF OVERSIZED, STATE REASON. EXISTINGCHILLER: TOTAL CHILLER CAPACITY. IF OVERSIZED, STATE REASON. EXISTINGREFER TO EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES FOR UNIT EFFICIENCIES.DESIGNER STATEMENT:TO THE BEST OF MY KNOWLEDGE AND BELIEF, THE DESIGN OF THIS BUILDING COMPLIES WITH THEMECHANICAL SYSTEMS, SERVICE SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS OF THE NORTH CAROLINASTATE ENERGY CODESUPPLY DUCTRETURN DUCTBALANCING DAMPEROUTSIDE AIR INTAKEDUCT SMOKE DETECTORMOTORIZED DAMPER, PARALLEL BLADE FOR SHUT-OFF, OPPOSED BLADE FOR MODULATING, 24V ACTUATOR.R RC CT#TEMPERATURE SENSOR. LABEL INDICATES UNIT CONTROLLED.REFRIGERANT PIPINGCONDENSATE PIPING_ x __ x __ x _MDMANUAL BALANCING DAMPER, OPPOSED BLADE, DOUBLE FLANGED. PROVIDE FACTORY SLEEVE, AND MANUAL HAND QUADRANT WITH INSULATION EXTENSION. AIR PERFORMANCE TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AMCA. LEAKAGE CLASS 1, 8 CFM/SF AT 4 in w.g.VDFIRE DAMPER. 1.5 HOUR FOR 1 HR AND 2HR CONSTRUCTION, 3 HOUR FOR 3 HR CONSTRUCTION. TYPE B WITH BLADES OUT OF AIR STREAM. UL 555 LISTED. PROVIDE FACTORY SLEEVE. PROVIDE MULTI-SECTION ASSEMBLY AS REQUIRED FOR DUCT DIMENSIONS. PROVIDE THIN-LINE MODEL OR OUT OF WALL MODEL WHERE APPROPRIATE.FDDPDIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SENSOR.SDPOINT OF DISCONNECTION / DEMOLITIONPOINT OF CONNECTIONG G LOW PRESSURE NATURAL GAS PIPINGMPG MEDIUM NATURAL GAS PIPINGEPOE-STOP FOR BOILERSHHWS HOT WATER SUPPLYHHWRHOT WATER RETURNGLYGLYCOL PIPINGMECHANICAL ABBREVIATIONSACCU AIR COOLED CONDENSING UNITACU AIR CONDITIONING UNITAD ACCESS DOORAF AIR FILTERAFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOORAHU AIR HANDLING UNITALUM ALUMINUMAMP AMPEREAP ACCESS PANELARCH ARCHITECTURALAVG AVERAGECC AIR COLLED CONDENSERB BOILERB.I. BLACK IRONBB BASEBOARD RADIATIONBDD BACKDRAFT DAMPERBHP BRAKE HORSEPOWERBO BLANK OFFBTU BRITISH THERMAL UNITBTUH BRITISH THERMAL UNITS PER HOURCA COMPRESSED AIRCAP CAPACITYCAU COMPRESSED AIRCC COOLING COILCFM CUBIC FEET PER MINUTECH CHILLERCI CAST IRONCL CENTER LINECO CARBON MONOXIDECO CLEAN OUTCONC CONCRETECT COOLI NG TOWERCU CONDENSING UNITCUH CABINET UNIT HEATERCV CONSTANT VOLUMECY CYCLEDB DRY BULB TEMPERATUREDELF DEFLECTIONDIFF DIFFUSERDN DOWNDWG DRAWINGDX DIRECT EXPANSIONEA EACHEAT ENTERING AIR TEMPERATUREEF EXHAUST FANEFF EFFICIENCYEHC ELECTRIC HEAT COILESP EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSUREET EXPANSION TANKEUH ELECTRIC UNIT HEATEREWT ENTERING WATER TEMPERATUREEXH EXHAUSTF.D. FLOOR DRAINFA FREE AREAFCU FAN COIL UNITFD FIRE DAMPERFLEX FLEXIBLEFM FLOW METERFP FAN POWERED BOXFPM FEET PER MINUTEFT FEETFT2 SQUARE FEETFT3 CUBIC FEET°F DEGREES FARENHEITGA GAUGEGC GENERAL CONTRACTORGE GENERAL EXHAUSTGPM GALLONS PER MINUTEGR GRILLE*H ENTHAPLY DIFFERENCEHC HEATING COILHORIZ HORIZONTALHP HORSEPOWERHR HOURHU HUMIDIFIERHVAC HEATING VENTILATION & AIRCONDITIONINGHX HEAT EXCHANGERSHEET INDEX - MECHANICALSheetNumberSheet NameCurrentRevisionCurrentRevision DateM0.00 LEAD SHEETM0.01 DEMOLITION PLAN - AREA A.1M0.02 DEMOLITION PLAN - AREA A.2M1.01 DUCTWORK AND PIPING PLAN - AREA A.1M1.02 DUCTWORK AND PIPING PLAN - AREA A.2M5.01 DETAILSM6.01 POOL UNIT CONTROLSM7.01 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES1. THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE COMPLIMENTARY AND WHAT IS REQUIRED BY ONE SHALL BE AS BINDING AS IF REQUIRED BY ALL. IN THE CASE OF A CONFLICT, DISAGREEMENT, OR AMBIGUITY, PROVIDE THE BETTER QUALITY. IN THE CASE OF A CONFLICT, DISAGREEMENT, OR AMBIGUITY, PROVIDE THE GREATER QUANTITY OF WORK.2. COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH THAT OF THE OTHER DISCIPLINES PRIOR TO THE INSTALLATION OF ANY PIPING, DUCTWORK, OR EQUIPMENT.3. PERFORM A COMPLETE REVIEW OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF THE MECHANICAL SYSTEMS AND REVIEW ANY CONFLICTS WITH THE ENGINEER. 4. DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PROCESS, PROTECT ALL EQUIPMENT, DEVICES, DUCTWORK, PIPING, AND APPURTENANCES FROM DIRT, DEBRIS, AND RAIN. STORE IN A COVERED LOCATION OFF OF THE FLOOR AND ABOVE STANDING WATER. ITEMS FOUND LYING IN STANDING WATER ON THE JOB SITE WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED FOR INSTALLATION.5. ENSURE THAT ITEMS TO BE FURNISHED OR PROVIDED WILL FIT IN THE SPACE AVAILABLE. MAKE NECESSARY FIELD MEASUREMENTS TO ASCERTAIN SPACE REQUIREMENTS, INCLUDING THOSE FOR CONNECTIONS, AND PROVIDE SUCH SIZES AND SHAPES OF EQUIPMENT THAT ARE THE TRUE INTENT AND MEANING OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. PROVIDE THE ENGINEER WITH SCALED COORDINATION DRAWINGS OF ALL MECHANICAL SPACES AND ABOVE CEILING INSTALLATIONS.6. LOCATE ALL EQUIPMENT TO PROVIDE MAXIMUM SPACE FOR MAINTENANCE AND SERVICE.7. PROVIDE ALL ELECTRICAL AND CONTROL CONNECTIONS TO THE EQUIPMENT PROVIDED. REFER TO THE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS OF JUNCTION BOXES, DISCONNECTS, CIRCUIT BREAKERS (PANELBOARDS). TYPE, SIZE, AND NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS AND CONDUITS TO EQUIPMENT SHALL BE EQUIVALENT TO THE CONDUCTORS AND CONDUITS PROVIDED BY DIVISION 26. IN CASE OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTION TO A CIRCUIT BREAKER, THE NUMBER AND SIZE OF THE CONDUCTORS AND CONDUITS SHALL CONFORM TO THE LATEST NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE REGULATIONS. ALL MOTOR STARTERS, SWITCHES, CONTROL DEVICES, ETC., PROVIDED BY DIVISION 23 SHALL BE RECESSED IN THE WALLS, EXCEPT WHEN THESE ITEMS ARE LOCATED IN MECHANICAL SPACES. PROVIDE A NAMEPLATE FOR ALL EQUIPMENT, SWITCHES, CONTROL DEVICES, ETC. REFER TO THE GENERAL PROVISIONS SECTION OF THE DIVISION 23 SPECIFICATIONS.8. PROVIDE ALL SUPPORT DEVICES NECESSARY FOR THE WORK. COORDINATE ALL LOCATIONS WITH OTHER DISCIPLINES PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.9. REFER TO THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR FLOOR PLAN DIMENSIONS AND ELEVATIONS. DO NOT SCALE THESE DRAWINGS.10. PROVIDE ALL PENETRATIONS PERTAINING TO THE WORK THROUGH THE ROOF, WALLS, AND FLOORS. PROVIDE THE WATERPROOFING AROUND THE OPENINGS.11. COORDINATE THE SIZE AND LOCATION OF ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH THE ROOF WITH DIVISION 07 AND OTHER DISCIPLINES.12. FIRE SEAL ALL FLOOR AND FIRE WALL PIPE AND CONDUIT PENETRATIONS WITH A UL APPROVED METHOD.13. PROVIDE ALL CUTTING AND PATCHING OF FLOORS AND WALLS FOR THE WORK UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.14. ALL WALL AND FLOOR PENETRATIONS SHALL BE SEALED. SEAL ALL RATED FLOOR AND WALL PENETRATIONS WITH A UL APPROVED METHOD. FOR NON-RATE WALLS AND FLOORS, THE ANNULAR SPACE SHALL BE PACKED WITH MINERAL WOOL, OR ANOTHER SUITABLE NON-COMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL, AND CAULKED AIR RIGHT.15. CONDENSATE DRAINS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 1"∅COPPER, INSULATED WITH A 25/50 RATED CLOSED CELL RUBBER TUBING HAVING A NOMINAL WALL THICKNESS OF 1". PROVIDE A P-TRAP WITH VENT AND CLEANOUT PLUG AT THE UNIT. ALL CONDENSATE LINES SHALL BE ROUTED TO A FLOOR DRAIN OR AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS.16. DUCT DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE INSIDE CLEAR UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 17. PROVIDE FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTORS AT SUPPLY, RETURN, AND EXHAUST DUCTWORK CONNECTIONS TO ALL AIR HANDLING UNITS AND FANS.18. PROVIDE SHEET METAL COLLAR AT ALL LOCATIONS WHERE DUCTS PENETRATE WALLS. COLLARS SHALL BE OF A GAGE EQUIVALENT TO THE DUCTWORK.19. PROVIDE FIRE DAMPERS AT DUCT PENETRATIONS THROUGH THE FIRE RATED PARTITIONS, BARRIERS, AND WALLS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE RATED WALLS OF 3 HOURS OR MORE SHALL BE PROTECTED BY A LISTED FIRE DOOR, SATISFACTORY FOR CLASS A OPENINGS, ON BOTH SIDES OF THE WALL.20. ALL ACCESS DOORS IN THE DUCTWORK SHALL BE LOCATED TO EASILY ACCESS FIRE DAMPERS. COORDINATE CEILING ACCESS PANEL LOCATIONS WITH ALL OTHER DISCIPLINES. ALL ACCESS DOORS IN DUCTWORK FOR FIRE DAMPERS, DUCT-MOUNTED COILS, CONTROL DAMPERS, HUMIDIFIERS, DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS, AND OTHER DEVICES SHALL CONFORM TO THE FOLLOWING SCHEDULE:DUCT WIDTH ACCESS DOOR SIZEUP TO 17" WIDE 16"x12" (OR AS LARGE AS POSSIBLE)18" TO 22" 16"x16"22" AND LARGER 18"x18"21. PROVIDE BALANCING DAMPERS IN ALL LOW PRESSURE DUCTS FOR SYSTEM BALANCING.22. PROVIDE ADJUSTABLE CONTROL DEFLECTION DEVICES AT ALL BRANCH DUCT TAKE-OFFS.23. ALL ELBOWS IN DUCTWORK SHALL BE 1-1/2W RADIUS ELBOWS, UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. WHERE RECTANGULAR ELBOWS ARE INDICATED, INSTALL DOUBLE WIDTH TURNING VANES.24. WHERE INDICATED, INSTALL SMOKE DETECTORS (FURNISHED AND WIRED BY DIVISION 26) IN THE RETURN AIR DUCT OF EACH AIR HANDLING UNIT.25. INSTALL THERMOSTATS, SENSORS, AND OTHER CONTROLS 48" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR OR AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. COORDINATE WITH OTHER DISCIPLINES TO ALIGN EXACTLY WITH ADJACENT DEVICES SUCH AS LIGHT SWITCHES AND CONTROLS.26. PROVIDE ALL THERMOSTATS, SENSORS, CONTROLS, WIRING, AND CONDUIT.27. WHERE DUCTWORK CONNECTS TO EXTERIOR LOUVERS, PRIME AND PAINT DUCTWORK BLACK TO PREVENT DUCTWORK FROM BEING VISIBLE THROUGH THE LOUVER.28. ALL DUCT LAYOUT AND LOCATIONS INDICATED ARE DIAGRAMMATIC. VISIT THE SITE, BECOME FAMILIAR WITH THE EXISTING CONDITIONS, AND COORDINATE THE DUCT LAYOUT WITH ALL DISCIPLINES PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.29. SUPPORT ALL DUCTWORK, PIPING, EQUIPMENT, AND APPURTENANCES FROM THE BUILDING STRUCTURE AND NOT THE ROOF DECK.30. ALL HANGER RODS SHALL BE CUT TO WITHIN 1" OF THE BOTTOM NUT. IN MECHANICAL ROOMS, ALL HANGERS OR OTHER EQUIPMENT BELOW 7'-4" SHALL BE WRAPPED WITH FOAM INSULATION FOR PERSONNEL PROTECTION.31. INSULATE ALL SUPPLY DIFFUSERS AND DUCTED RETURN DIFFUSERS WITH 2" - 1# R.6 DUCT WRAP. CUT DIFFUSERS SO THERE IS A FOLDED 2" LAP ON ALL FOUR SIDES. TAPE WITH FSK TAPE WHERE INSULATED FLEX MEETS DUCT INSULATION, AND SO THERE ARE NO RAW EDGES OF FIBERGLASS.32. EQUIPMENT SHALL MEET OR EXCEED ALL REQUIREMENTS IN THE 2013 VERSION OF ASHRAE STANDARD 90.1 AND THE INTERNATIONAL ENERGY CONSERVATION CODE WITH NORTH CAROLINA AMENDMENTS.33. COORDINATE THE ROUGH-IN OF HYDRONIC PIPING WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND OTHER TRADES. 34. ALL HYDRONIC PIPING SHALL BE PERMANENTLY IDENTIFIED BY CONTENT, FUNCTION, AND DIRECTION OF FLOW (I.E., HOT WATER SUPPLY →). ALL IDENTIFICATION MARKERS SHALL BE PERMANENTLY STENCILED ON THE PIPING IN A LEGIBLE MANNER AT NO GREATER DISTANCE THAN 10'-0" ON CENTER. WHERE COLOR CODED PVC INSULATION JACKETING IS NOT SPECIFIED, ALL PIPING IN MECHANICAL ROOMS AND FINISHED AREAS ARE TO BE PAINTED AS FOLLOWS:HOT WATER RED WITH WHITE BACKGROUND AND RED LETTERSGAS PIPING PAINT PIPE YELLOW35. PROVIDE FLEXIBLE PIPE CONNECTIONS AT ALL HYDRONIC PIPING CONNECTIONS AT CHILLERS, BASE MOUNTED PUMPS, AIR HANDLING UNITS, FAN BOXES, AND OTHER ROTATING EQUIPMENT.36. INSTALL A MANUAL AIR VENT AT EVERY HIGH POINT IN THE ENTIRE HYDRONIC PIPING SYSTEM.37. METALLIC LINES SHALL BE IDENTIFIED WITH DURABLE PRINTED PLASTIC WARNING TAPE, MINIMUM 3" WIDE, WITH LETTERING TO IDENTIFY BURIED LINE BELOW.38. NON-METALLIC PIPES, OTHER THAN GAS LINES, SHALL BE IDENTIFIED BY DETECTABLE WARNING TAPE, MINIMUM 2" WIDE, WITH LETTERING TO IDENTIFY BURIED LINE BELOW.39. WRAP ALL EXTERIOR ABOVE GROUND HYDRONIC PIPING WITH ELECTRIC TRACE LINE PRIOR TO INSULATING. WRAP INSULATION WITH ALUMINUM JACKET AND SEAL ALL JOINTS.40. DO NOT INSTALL PIPING OR DUCTWORK OVER ANY ELECTRICAL PANEL OR SWITCHGEAR.41. PROVIDE EQUIPMENT SUPPORT PAD (WHERE NOT EXISTING) FOR ALL BASE MOUNTED EQUIPMENT. PAD SHALL BE 4" HIGH FOR ALL OTHER MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. 8" MINIMUM FROM EQUIPMENT TO END OF PAD ON ALL SIDES.42. ZIP TIES WILL NOT BE PERMITTED FOR USE AS CABLE SUPPORTS. WHERE NOT REQUIRED TO BE INSTALLED IN RACEWAY BY THE SPECIFICATION, PROVIDE J-HOOK SUPPORTS AND BRIDLE RINGS. CABLE SHALL BE INDEPENDENTLY SUPPORTED AND SHALL NOT BE SUPPORTED OF THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES.43. EACH ABOVE GROUND SECTION OF GAS PIPING SHALL BE ELECTRICALLY BONDED PER NC FUEL GAS CODE SECTION 31044. WHERE PIPING CONTAINING GAS IS TO BE REMOVED, OBSERVE PROCEDURE OF NCFGC 406.7.1, NFPA 54 7.2.7 AND 8.3.1 AND NFPA 56(PS) - DISCONNECT THE GAS PIPING FROM THE GAS SOURCE, VENT TO THE OUTDOORS, AND THOROUGHLY PURGE WITH AIR, WATER, OR INERT GAS BEFORE CUTTING OR WELDING.MECHANICAL ABBREVIATIONSHZ HERTZIF INJECTION FANIN INCHESINSUL INSULATIONISDL ISOLATIONKE KITCHEN EXHAUSTKW KILOWATTLAT LEAVING AIR TEMPERATURELBS POUNDSLF LINEAR FEETLLC LIQUID LEVEL CONTROLLERLWT LEAVING WATER TEMPERATUREMAT MIXED AIR TEMPERATUREMAX MAXIMUMMIN MINIMUMN.C. NORMALLY CLOSEDN.O. NORMALLY OPENNC NOISE CRITERIANIC NOT IN CONTRACTNK NECKNPSH NET POSITIVE SUCTION HEATNTS NOT TO SCALEOA OUTSIDE AIROAI OUTSIDE AIR INTAKEOBD OPPOSED BLADE DAMPEROD OUTSIDE DAMPEROV OUTLET VELOCITYP PUMPPD PRESSURE DROPPH PHASEPRESS PRESSUREPRV PRESSURE REDUCING VALVEPSIG POUNDS PER SQUARE INCHΔP PRESSURE DIFFERENTIALRA RETURN AIRREFRIG REFRIGERANTREG REGISTERRET RETURNRF RELIEF / RETURN FANRH RELATIVE HUMIDITYRM ROOMRO REVERSE OSMOSISRPM REVOLUTIONS PER MINUTERTU ROOFTOP UNITSA SUPPLY AIRSD SMOKE DAMPERSF SUPPLY FANSM SHEET METALSP STATIC PRESSURESQ. FT. SQUARE FEETSS STAINLESS STEELST SOUND TRAPT TANKTC TEMPERATURE CONTROLTE TOILET EXHAUSTTG TRANSFER GRILLETSP TOTAL STATIC PRESSURETYP TYPICALΔT TEMPERATURE DIFFERENTIALUH UNIT HEATERV VOLTAGEVAV VARIABLE AIR VOLUMEVD VOLUME DAMPERVEL VELOCITYVFD VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVEVIB VIBRATIONW WATTWB WET BULB TEMPERATUREWC WATER COLUMNWMS WIRE MESH SCREENWP WORKING PRESSUREDRAWN BY:CHECKED BY:REVISIONSSCAMPBELL@PDCENGINEERS.COMORANGE COUNTY SPORTPLEX HVACREPLACEMENTLEAD SHEETM0.00BID/PERMIT SETORANGE COUNTYJAVSWCPDC 2302205/17/2024NUMBER DATE DESCRIPTION11/18/2024 Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C WALL RATINGS LEGEND1 HR RATED WALL2 HR RATED WALLSMOKE20x2026x2630x3036x3640x4040x4040x4040x4036x3630x3026x2620x2040x4040x402 1/2"2 1/2"TH1EXISTING DUCTWORK TO REMAINEXISTING DUCTWORK TO REMAINGENERAL NOTES:A. WHERE EXISTING EQUIPMENT, DUCT, AND PIPING IS BEING REMOVED, REMOVE ALL EXISTING HANGERS, RODS, AND SUPPORTING HARDWARE.B. PATCH AND PAINT TO MATCH ALL SURFACES AND FINISHES IMPACTED BY THE WORK.KEYNOTES:DRAWN BY:CHECKED BY:REVISIONSSCAMPBELL@PDCENGINEERS.COMKEYPLANNOT TO SCALEA.1ORANGE COUNTY SPORTPLEX HVACREPLACEMENTDEMOLITIONPLAN - AREA A.1M0.01BID/PERMIT SETORANGE COUNTYJAV SWCPDC 2302205/17/202404' 8' 16'1/8" = 1'-0"DEMOLITION PLAN -AREA A.111. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING TEMPERATURE SENSOR FOR EXISTING POOL DEHUMIDIFICATION UNIT.NUMBER DATE DESCRIPTION11/18/2024 Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 40x4060x3060x3040x40AHU-1AHU-2RTU-94"4"3"3"2 1/2"2 1/2"2 1/2"2 1/2"2 1/2"2 1/2"3"3"2 1/2"2 1/2"3"3"2 1/2"2 1/2"2 1/2"2 1/2"2"GGG2"2"1CU-2CU-12HHWRHHWSHHWRHHWSHHWRHHWSHHWRHHWSHHWRHHWSWALL RATINGS LEGEND1 HR RATED WALL2 HR RATED WALLSMOKEDRAWN BY:CHECKED BY:REVISIONSSCAMPBELL@PDCENGINEERS.COMKEYPLANNOT TO SCALEA.2ORANGE COUNTY SPORTPLEX HVACREPLACEMENTDEMOLITIONPLAN - AREA A.2M0.02BID/PERMIT SETORANGE COUNTYAuthor CheckerPDC 2302205/17/202404' 8' 16'1/8" = 1'-0"DEMOLITION PLAN -AREA A.21GENERAL NOTES:A. WHERE EXISTING EQUIPMENT, DUCT, AND PIPING IS BEING REMOVED, REMOVE ALL EXISTING HANGERS, RODS, AND SUPPORTING HARDWARE.B. PATCH AND PAINT ALL SURFACES AND FINISHES IMPACTED BY THE WORK.KEYNOTES:1. DISCONNECT EXISTING POOL DEHUMIDIFICATION UNIT FROM EXISTING DUCTWORK, PIPING, AND ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS AND REMOVE. EXISTING ROOF CURB SHALL REMAIN.2. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING CONDENSING UNIT AND ALL INTERCONNECTING PIPING.NUMBER DATE DESCRIPTION11/18/2024 Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C WALL RATINGS LEGEND1 HR RATED WALL2 HR RATED WALLSMOKE40x12190040x12190040x12190040x12190040x12190040x12190040x12190040x12190040x12190036x1655036x1655036x1655036x1655036x1655036x1655036x1655036x1655036x1655040x4040x4036x3630x3026x2620x2040x12190040x12190040x12190040x12190040x12190040x12190040x12190040x12190040x12190036x1655036x1655036x1655036x1655036x1655036x1655036x1655036x1655036x1655040x4040x4036x3630x3026x2620x20RG22000RG22000TAHU-1H1KEYNOTES:1. PROVIDE THERMOSTAT AND HUMIDITY. PROVIDE GALVANIZED LOCKABLE GUARD OVER SENSORS. MOUNT AT 48" AFF.GENERAL NOTES:A. REINSULATE ALL EXISTING DUAL TEMPERATURE PIPING PER THE SPECIFICATIONS FOR CHILLED WATER PIPING.B. PROVIDE ALL TRANSITIONS AND FITTINGS TO TRANSITION TO EXISTING DUCTWORK AT WALLS OF PLATFORM. TYPICAL ALL UNITS.C. EXISTING CONCRETE HOUSEKEEPING PADS FOR AHUS SHALL BE REUSED. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL CONCRETE BLOCKS UNDER UNITS, WHERE THE FOOTPRINT OF THE NEW UNIT EXTENDS PAST THE EDGE OF THE EXISTING PAD. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD MEASURE EACH PAD AND COORDINATE WITH APPROVED SUBMITTALS. CUT BLOCKS TO ENSURE EACH UNIT IS COMPLETELY LEVEL AND IS SUPPORTED PER MANUFACTURER.DRAWN BY:CHECKED BY:REVISIONSSCAMPBELL@PDCENGINEERS.COMKEYPLANNOT TO SCALEA.1ORANGE COUNTY SPORTPLEX HVACREPLACEMENTDUCTWORK ANDPIPING PLAN -AREA A.1M1.01BID/PERMIT SETORANGE COUNTYJAV SWCPDC 2302205/17/202404' 8' 16'1/8" = 1'-0"DUCTWORK AND PIPING PLAN -AREA A.11NUMBER DATE DESCRIPTION11/18/2024 Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C AHU-12213"3"GHHWRHHWS2 1/2"2 1/2"4"4"3"3"2 1/2"2 1/2"2 1/2"2 1/2"2 1/2"2 1/2"HHWSHHWRHHWRHHWSGGHHWRHHWSHHWRHHWS2 1/2"2 1/2"2 1/2"2 1/2"CU-1GLYGLYGLYGLY3"3"45EXISTING PIPING ABOVE CEILINGEXISTING PIPING ABOVE CEILINGC633WALL RATINGS LEGEND1 HR RATED WALL2 HR RATED WALLSMOKEDRAWN BY:CHECKED BY:REVISIONSSCAMPBELL@PDCENGINEERS.COMKEYPLANNOT TO SCALEA.2ORANGE COUNTY SPORTPLEX HVACREPLACEMENTDUCTWORK ANDPIPING PLAN -AREA A.2M1.02BID/PERMIT SETORANGE COUNTYAuthor CheckerPDC 2302205/17/202404' 8' 16'1/8" = 1'-0"DUCTWORK AND PIPING PLAN -AREA A.21GENERAL NOTES:A. WHERE EXISTING EQUIPMENT, DUCT, AND PIPING IS BEING REMOVED, REMOVE ALL EXISTING HANGERS, RODS, AND SUPPORTING HARDWARE.B. PATCH AND PAINT ALL SURFACES AND FINISHES IMPACTED BY THE WORK.C. HEAT TRACE ANY/ALL ABOVE ROOF HYDRONIC PIPING.KEYNOTES:1. PROVIDE CURB ADAPTER AND PROVIDE SCHEDULED UNIT SET ON EXISTING CURB.2. RECONNECT TO EXISTING HOT WATER PIPING AND DUCTWORK. FIELD CONFIRM EXACT LOCATION BELOW ROOF AND ROUTING TO NEW UNIT. PROVIDE NEW CONTROL VALVE AND ACTUATOR. MATCH EXISTING CONFIGURATION (2-WAY OR 3-WAY).3. EXISTING POOL DEHUMIDIFICATION UNIT TO REMAIN.4. RECONNECT TO EXISTING POOL HEAT RECOVERY LOOP PIPING. FIELD CONFIRM EXACT LOCATION BELOW ROOF AND ROUTING TO NEW UNIT. PROVIDE NEW CONTROL VALVE AND ACTUATOR. MATCH EXISTING CONFIGURATION (2-WAY OR 3-WAY).5. SET DRY COOLER UNIT AT SAME LOCATION AS EXISTING AND ATTACH TO ROOF RAILS. 6. EXTEND CONDENSATE TO NEAREST ROOF DRAIN.CONTRACTOR MUST FIELD MEASURE AND CONFIRM NEW UNITS CAN BE ACCOMMODATED TO EXISTING ROOF CURBS WITH CURB ADAPTERS. NEW BASIS OF DESIGN UNITS ARE DIFFERENT IN FOOTPRINT FROM EXISTING. ONE IS MUCH LARGER AND THE OTHER IS SMALLER IN ONE DIMENSION. FIELD CONFIRM ALL.NUMBER DATE DESCRIPTION11/18/2024 Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 6 1/2FOOTMIN.FRONT VIEWSIDE VIEWOKOKPANELPANEL6 FTORLESS N.E.C ARTICLE 110-26(F)(1)FIXTUREFIXTURESTRUCTURALCEILINGSUSPENDEDCEILINGDEDICATEDELECTRICALSPACEDEDICATEDELECTRICALSPACE30"MIN3'-0"MINSECTION110-26WORKINGSPACESECTION110-26WORKINGSPACEFRONT VIEWSIDE VIEWOKOKPANELPANEL6 1/2 FTMINIMUM N.E.C ARTICLE 110-26FIXTUREFIXTURESTRUCTURALCEILINGSUSPENDEDCEILINGREINFORCEMENT MAY BE USED FOR ATTACHMENTIF IT QUALIFIES FOR BOTH DUTIES.DO NOT EXCEED LOAD RATINGS FOR METHOD USED.FROM SMACNA DUCT STANDARDSTRAPEZE HANGERS1.2.NOTES:ROUND DUCT SUPPORTSTRAP HANGERSHANGERS FORSTACKED DUCT3"12"1" MINIMUMMAXIMUMSPACINGRODNUTSANGLESALTERNATELOCATIONHANGER STRAPSLING - AVOIDDISRUPTIONOF INSULATIONLOAD RATEDFASTENERS(TYPICAL)BAND OF SAME SIZEAS HANGER STRAPHANGER RODSOR STRAPSBANDSCREWS(TYPICAL)HANGER STRAPRODSTRAP OR ANGLESIZE BOLT(S)FOR LOADDRAIN PANAPPROVEDAIR GAPHEIGHTTOTALHEIGHTOF TRAPHXFULL SIZE VENT; EXTENDTWO(2) PIPE DIAMETERSABOVE RIM OF DRAIN PANUNION(TYPICAL)REMOVABLE CAPFULL SIZEDRAINCLEANOUTFULL SIZE OFDRAIN CONNECTIONLOCAL FLOOR DRAINBLOW THROUGHX = MINIMUM 1" PLUS CASING STATIC PRESSUREH = MINIMUM 1"X = 1/2 "H"H = MINIMUM 1" PLUS CASING STATIC PRESSUREDRAW THROUGHCAULKFLANGE & SECURETO WALL & DUCTFLANGE SHALL EXTENDTO THE ENTIRE PERIMETEROF THE DUCT(PLAN VIEW)SWIVEL RINGPIPEALL THREAD ROD WITH TWO NUTS & FENDER WASHERSBOTTOM CHORD OFBAR JOISTTOP OF BAR JOIST TO CENTER LINE OF PIPE(DIM. "B") MINIMUM DISTANCEROUNDED TO NEAREST INCH AND NOTED ON PLANSWIVEL RING TAKE OUT"C""A""B""D"TOP OF BAR JOISTNOTE ON PLAN: HANGER NUMBER AND "A" DIMENSION3/4"PIPESIZERODSIZE'B'DIM.MIN 'C'DIM.MAX 'C'DIM.1"1-1/4"1-1/2"2"2-1/2"3"3-1/2"4"5"6"8"3/8"1/2"SIZE OF ANGLE IRON ON BOTTOM CHORD OF BAR JOIST PLUS 1-1/2"1/2"5/8"13/16"15/16"1-3/16"1-7/16"1-3/4"2"2-1/4"2-3/4"3-5/16"4-5/16"1-5/8"1-3/4"1-7/8"2"2-3/8"2-3/4"3-1/4"3-5/8"3-7/8"4-3/4"5-1/2"6-3/4"BAR JOIST HANGER WITH NUTS AND WASHERSNOTE:BALL OR BUTTERFLY VALVEP/T PORT (TYPICAL)MANUAL AIR VENT(TYPICAL)AIR FLOWDRAIN PLUG(TYPICAL)AUTOFLOW DEVICE(TYPICAL)STRAINER WITHHOSE BIBBMOTOR OPERATEDCONTROL VALVE(TYPICAL)HOSE BIBB DRAIN(TYPICAL)UNION(TYPICAL)COILCOILPETE'S PLUG(TYPICAL)1.2.3.PIPING SHOWN IS SCHEMATIC. COORDINATE WITH CONTROL SUB-CONTRACTOR FOR EXACTVALVE PIPING CONFIGURATION. COIL PIPING SHALL ALLOW FOR EASY COIL REMOVAL.IF AUTO-FLOW DEVICES USED, ALL COMPONENTS SHOWN SHALL STILL BE PROVIDED.CONNECTIONS TO COIL WITH FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS (TYPICAL)P/T PORT (TYPICAL)FULL-SIZE BYPASS (TYPICAL)PIPING SHOWN IS SCHEMATIC. COORDINATEWITH CONTROL SUB-CONTRACTOR FOR EXACTVALVE PIPING CONFIGURATION. COIL PIPINGSHALL ALLOW FOR EASY COIL REMOVAL.NOTE:ISOLATION VALVEPRESSURE GAUGE WITHSHUT-OFF COCK (TYPICAL)THERMOMETER(TYPICAL)AIR FLOWDRAIN PLUG(TYPICAL)HOSE BIBB DRAIN(TYPICAL)COILUNION(TYPICAL)BALANCING VALVE(TYPICAL)MOTOR OPERATEDCONTROL VALVE(TYPICAL)STRAINER WITHHOSE BIBBAUTOFLOW DEVICE(TYPICAL)MANUALAIR VENT(TYPICAL)PETE'S PLUG(TYPICAL)CONNECTIONS TO COIL WITH FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS (TYPICAL)FULL SIZE BYPASS (TYPICAL)NOCNCCOILRETURNSUPPLYMODEL YC-COMBINATION BALL VALVE, Y-STRAINER AND UNION WITH TWO P/T'S, AUTOMATIC AIR VENT, BY-PASS ADAPTER AND HOSE END DRAIN VALVE WITH CAP AND CHAINMODEL AC-AUTO FLOW VALVE WITH P/TPORTS, UNION AND SHUT-OFF VALVE3-WAY CONTROL VALVE PROVIDED BY CONTROLS MANUFACTURERMODEL UP-UNION WITH MANUALAIR VENT AND P/T PLUGTHE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR HAS THE OPTION OF USING THE DETAILED AND SPECIFIED COIL HOOK-UPS.1. ALL COMPONENTS MUST BE EQUIVALENT IN QUALITY TO THE SINGULAR COMPONENTS. 2. ALL MODEL NUMBERS ARE BASED ON FLOW DESIGN, INC. 3. VALVE LOCATION MUST NOT INTERFERE WITH COIL OR FILTER REMOVAL.4. PROVIDE EXTENDED HANDLES ON ALL VALVES TO BE INSULATED.NOTES:FULL SIZE BYPASS WITH BALL VALVE. REMOVE AFTER FLUSHING.CIRCUIT SETTERVALVE TO BE LOCATED WITHIN 5'-0"OF FLOOR WHERE SYSTEM PIPING ISEXPOSED AND WITHIN 6" OF CEILINGWHERE SYSTEM PIPING IS ABOVECEILING. NIPPLE IS SAME SIZE ASSYSTEM PIPE.NOTE:LOCATE A TEST WELL AT EACH POINTOF TEMPERATURE SENSING ANDCONTROL WHERE INDICATED.NOTES:1.2.MOUNT AS SHOWN OR VERTICALWHERE POSSIBLE.1/2"1/2" GLOBEVALVE3/4"LOW POINT INSYSTEM PIPE(TYPICAL)HOSE ENDCONNECTION3/4" VALVE1/4" BALL VALVE- NO GAUGE COCKCOIL PIPE SIPHON(STEAM PIPING ONLY)PULSATION DAMPERPRESSURE GAUGESYSTEM WATER DRAINTHERMOMETER TEST WELLPRESSURE GAUGESYSTEM AIR VENT45°CORRUGATEDALUMINUMJACKETINSULATIONSHEET METAL SADDLEELECTRIC HEAT TRACE LINETHE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR HAS THE OPTION OF USING THE DETAILED AND SPECIFIED COIL HOOK-UPS.1. ALL COMPONENTS MUST BE EQUAL IN QUALITY TO THE SINGULAR COMPONENTS. 2. ALL MODEL NUMBERS ARE BASED ON FLOW DESIGN, INC. 3. VALVE LOCATION MUST NOT INTERFERE WITH COIL OR FILTER REMOVAL.4. PROVIDE EXTENDED HANDLES ON ALL VALVES TO BE INSULATED.NOTES:SUPPLYRETURNCOILMODEL YC-COMBINATION BALL VALVE, Y-STRAINER AND UNION WITH TWO P/T'S, AUTOMATIC AIR VENT AND HOSE END DRAIN VALVE WITH CAP AND CHAINMODEL AC-AUTO FLOW VALVE WITH P/TPORTS, UNION AND SHUT-OFF VALVECONTROL VALVE BY CONTROLS MANUFACTURERMODEL UP-UNION WITH MANUALAIR VENT AND P/T PLUGFULL SIZE BYPASS. REMOVE AFTER FLUSHING.NOT TO SCALEDETAIL -DEDICATED SPACE FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT1NOT TO SCALEDETAIL -WORKING CLEARANCE FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT12NOT TO SCALEDETAIL -TYPICAL DUCT HANGERS3NOT TO SCALEDETAIL -CONDENSATE DRAIN DETAIL4NOT TO SCALEDETAIL -NON-RATED DUCT PENETRATION5NOT TO SCALEHANGERS6DRAWN BY:CHECKED BY:REVISIONSSCAMPBELL@PDCENGINEERS.COMORANGE COUNTY SPORTPLEX HVACREPLACEMENTDETAILSM5.01BID/PERMIT SETORANGE COUNTYJAV SWCPDC 2302205/17/2024NOT TO SCALECOIL PIPING -TWO(2)-WAY VALVE7NOT TO SCALECOIL PIPING -THREE(3)-WAY VALVE8NOT TO SCALECOIL HOOK-UP DETAIL -3 WAY VALVES10NOT TO SCALEDETAIL -MISC. HYDRONIC ACCESSORIES11NOT TO SCALEDETAIL -EXTERIOR HYDRONIC AND GLYCOL PIPING12NOT TO SCALEDETAIL -COIL HOOK-UP DETAIL -2 WAY VALVES9NUMBER DATE DESCRIPTION11/18/2024 Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C DRAWN BY:CHECKED BY:REVISIONSSCAMPBELL@PDCENGINEERS.COMORANGE COUNTY SPORTPLEX HVACREPLACEMENTPOOL UNITCONTROLSM6.01BID/PERMIT SETORANGE COUNTYJAV SWCPDC 2302205/17/2024POOL UNIT SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONSSystem Startup 1. Power is turned on or the system is restarted 2. After a short initial delay to allow the sensors to stabilize, the blower starts and operates continuously3. Based on sensor feedback, the system shall begin or resume operation based on the sequence belowAirside Configuration1. The system continuously delivers the specified supply air volume to the natatorium2. The minimum exhaust air volume is set to meet the engineer's schedule.3. The minimum outdoor air volume is set to meet the engineer's schedule.Dehumidification Mode 1. The return air relative humidity is above the humidity setpoint2. Return air dewpoint is above dewpoint setpoint.3. The compressor enters the Compressor Start sequence4. If the system cannot maintain the relative humidity below setpoint, the second compressor circuit will start5. Compressor waste heat is rejected into a glycol fluid loop which feeds the reheat coils and the air conditioning air-cooled heat exchanger in parallel.6. The reheat coils are fully modulating (0-100%). The reheat output will modulate to maintain the space temperature at set point year-round. Reheat coils that are on off or only give heat from one circuit are not acceptable since they do not closely match the requirement of the space and cause swings in space conditions.Air Conditioning Mode1. The return air temperature is above the room temperature setpoint2. The compressor starts, if not already operating in Dehumidification Mode3. Excess compressor hot gas is diverted to a fluid-cooled heat exchanger. Up to 100% of compressor heat is rejected into the glycol fluid loop which is pumped outdoors to an outdoor air-cooled heat exchanger for 100% heat rejection at summer design ambient conditions4. 100% of compressor heat is rejected at the outdoor air-cooled heat exchanger on a summer design day. On off-peak days, the air reheat output will modulate to maintain the space temperature at the set point5. If the system cannot maintain the return air temperature setpoint, the second compressor will startSpace Heating Mode1. The return air temperature is below the room temperature setpoint2. The microprocessor space heating output signal (0-10 volts) is sent to the heating coil controller. The signal output will regulate based on the return air temperatureExhaust Air Heat Recovery Mode1. The minimum outdoor air damper and minimum exhaust fan(s) are tied to the system's occupancy schedule and will operate as programmed2. Once the outdoor air temperature falls below the heat recovery setpoint (65 °F by default; field-adjustable) the glycol pump shall circulate a glycol mixture between the exhaust air and the outdoor air heat recovery coils, recovering heat from the space condition exhaust air and using it to preheat the incoming outside airPool Water Heating Mode1. The return pool water temperature is below the pool water setpoint and the pool water flow switch or minimum temperature differential is satisfied. 2. If the compressor is already operating due to a Dehumidification or Air Conditioning demand, the fluid control valve will divert fluid to the Titanium pool water heat exchanger to modulate the heating of the pool water. Pool water heating that does not use a titanium pool water heater or modulation to match the demands of the pool are not acceptable. 3. If there is no pre-existing demand for the compressor to operate, the microprocessor sends a signal to the auxiliary pool water heater (remote by others) to operate. The compressor will not operate solely for a pool water heating demand unless specifically configured to do so at the controller. Aux Pool Heat contact will be closed with insufficient flow. In order to prevent the pool from overheating, it is recommended that a field-installed aquastat (provided by others) be installed in series with these wires.4. Field-installed pool water temperature sensor(s) are provided to enable the smart pool feature. This feature provides the ability to activate booster pool water pump(s) feeding the unit when pool water heating is in demand.Freeze Protection1. The supply air temperature falls below the freezestat setpoint2. Exhaust fan(s) are stopped and outdoor air damper(s) are fully closed3. When the freezestat alarm is tripped, it must be manually cleared by the operatorDrain Pan Float Switch / Water Sensor1. Controls Contractor shall provide float switch in drain pan and wire to fan shutdown.2. If the float switch is activated, send alarm to BAS front end. Float switch activation shall require a manual reset.SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONSA. GENERAL ZONING/SCHEDULING1. Each AHU is a zone that can be individually assigned an operation schedule or operate in conjunction with other zones as defined by the Owner. If an override button associated with the AHU is pushed during normally occupied times, no change in operation will occur. If an override button is pushed during normally unoccupied times, both the AHU and central heating and/or cooling plant will turn on and operate in the occupied mode for the programmed time duration (set for two hours).2. Scheduling a. Regular Scheduling: Each zone has regular, day-to-day schedule of occupied hours. The Owner shall be consulted during the Submittal phase to establish all schedules. b. The controls system shall use an Optimized Start/Stop algorithm to maximum energy efficiency and occupant comfort. The HVAC equipment in each zone will start early enough so that the space temperatures in the zone are at setpoint by the beginning of occupied hours. The start time shall be automatically adjusted with changes in outside air temperature and based on adaptive occupant behavior. c. Holidays: Holidays can be scheduled up to a year in advance. During scheduled holidays, the zones remain in unoccupied mode. Consult the Owner on holiday scheduling.d. Special Event Scheduling: Special events can be scheduled up to a year in advance during which a zone will operate in occupied mode regardless of the zone’s regular schedule or scheduled holidays. e. BAS Operator Overrides: The BAS operator can override the entire building either on or off at single points in the global control module’s software. B. POOL DEHUMIDIFICATION UNIT1. The pool dehumidification unit shall run according to its own packaged controls.2. The controls contractor shall provide data cabling and conduit as required to connect the pool dehumidification unit to the BAS through a BACnet interface. Controls Contractor shall pull in available points at provide graphics on BAS front end.3. In addition to the sequence noted above, the BAS shall monitor (or calculate) the following analog and digital input and outputs listed on the Drawings and display all points on a neatly configured graphic at the operator workstation.4. EXHAUST AIR AND OUTDOOR AIR HEAT RECOVERY (RUN AROUND LOOP)A. The glycol run around heat recovery loop captures energy from the energy rich exhaust air and transfers It to the incoming outdoor air stream. Tempering the cold incoming Outdoor Air prior to blending with the recirculated air provides condensation and freeze up protection. THE POINTS IN THE TABLE ABOVE FOR THE POOL DEHUMIDIFICATION UNIT SHALL BE MONITORED BY THE BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM VIA BACNET AND DISPLAYED ON THE GRAPHICS AT THE OPERATOR WORKSTATION.CONTROL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE CONTROLS PROTOCOL WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO ORDERING (BACNET MS/TP, BACNET IP, OR BACNET OVER ETHERNET)PROVIDE DATA CABLING, INTERFACING CARD, AND CONDUIT AS REQUIRED TO PULL THESE POINTS FROM THE UNIT BACK TO THE BAS.POOL DEHUM. UNIT POINTS LISTPOINTPOINTTYPEACTIVE ALARM PRESENTDIAUX HEAT STAGES ACTIVEAICOMPRESSOR 1 STATUSDICOMPRESSOR 2 STATUSDICOMPRESSOR SYSTEM 1 ACTIVE FAULT CODE AICOMPRESSOR SYSTEM 2 ACTIVE FAULT CODE AIDEHUMIDIFICATION MODEDIEMERGENCY HEATDOEVAPORATOR BYPASS DAMPER POSITION AIEVAPORATOR DISCH AIR TEMPAIEVAPORATOR DISCH RELATIVE HUMIDITY AIEXHAUST AIRFLOW CFMAIEXHAUST FAN MOTOR STATUSDIFORCE NON-PURGE MODEDOFORCE OCCUPIED MODE (WRITABLE) DOFORCE PURGE MODEDOFORCE UNOCCUPIED MODEDOHEAT RECOVERY PUMP STATUSDIHEAT RECOVERY SETPOINTAOMODULATED HEATAIOCCUPIED STATUSDIOUTSIDE AIR DAMPER POSITIONAIOUTSIDE AIR RELATIVE HUMIDITYAIOUTSIDE AIR TEMPAIOUTSIDE AIRFLOW CFMAIPURGE AIRFLOW CFMAIPURGE FAN MOTOR STATUSDIPURGE MODE STATUSDIRECIRCULATION AIR DAMPER POSITION AIREHEAT LEVELAIRETURN AIR CO2 PPMAIRETURN AIR RELATIVE HUMIDITYAIRETURN AIR TEMPAISPACE AIR PRESSUREAISPACE AIR RELATIVE HUMIDITYAISPACE AIR TEMPAISPACE DEWPOINTCALCULATEDSUPPLY AIR TEMPAISUPPLY AIRFLOW CFMAISUPPLY FAN MOTOR STATUSDISURFACE COLD WALL TEMPAIUNIT STATUSDINUMBER DATE DESCRIPTION11/18/2024 Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C DRAWN BY:CHECKED BY:REVISIONSSCAMPBELL@PDCENGINEERS.COMORANGE COUNTY SPORTPLEX HVACREPLACEMENTMECHANICALSCHEDULESM7.01BID/PERMIT SETORANGE COUNTYJAV SWCPDC 2302205/17/2024GENERAL NOTES:A. PROVIDE SINGLE POINT POWER CONNECTIONB. PROVIDE CURB ADAPTER TO MATCH UP TO EXISTING ROOF CURB. MINIMUM 2" INSULATION THICKNESS (R-8).C. EQUIVALENTS BY DESERT AIRE, DECTRON, OR SERESCO.D. PERFORMANCE LISTED IS AT 105°F AMBIENT OUTSIDE CONDITIONS.E. PROVIDE A SEPARATE COMPARTMENT OUTSIDE THE AIR STREAM FOR THE COMPRESSORS, TXV, AND CONTROLS.F. UNIT SHALL HAVE MINIMUM TWO INCH CLOSED CELL FOAM INJECTED DOUBLE WALL PANEL CONSTRUCTION.G. UNIT STRUCTURAL MEMBERS SHALL BE EXTRUDED ALUMINUM.H. INTERIOR WALL PANELS SHALL BE ALUMINUM CONSTRUCTION.I. UNIT FLOORING SHALL BE DIAMOND TREAD PLATE TYPE.J. AUXILIARY HEAT SHALL BE HOT WATER.K. SIZING ASSUMES THE FOLLOWING PARAMETERS:a. COMPETITION POOL AREA: 6,370 SF (80 DEG F)b. RECREATION POOL AREA: 4,352 SF (86 DEG F)c. CHILDRENS POOL / SPA AREA: 234 SF (102 DEG F)d. WET DECK AREA: 7499 SFe. ACTIVITY LEVEL FACTORY: 1.0 FOR ALLL. OUTSIDE AIR SUMMER DESIGN CONDITIONS: 94.8°F DB/77.3°F WBM. OUTSIDE AIR WINTER DESIGN CONDITIONS: 16.2°F DBN. COILS SHALL BE FULLY DIPPED AND COATED WITH A POLYESTER/ENAMEL COATING FOR MAXIMUM CORROSION PROTECTION. COATING SHALL COMPLY WITH ASTM B117/D1654 AND ASTM D2126 FOR CORROSION RESISTANCE AGAINST COMMON ACIDS, SALT, AND GASES.O. SUPPLY FAN MOTOR SHALL HAVE FACTORY VFD.P. PROVIDE HEAT RECOVERY COILS BETWEEN EXHAUST AND OUTSIDE AIR FLOW STREAMS. FACTORY GLYCOL PUMP AND HEAT RECOVERY RUNAROUND COILS WITH 33% PROPYLENE BETWEEN OUTSIDE AIR AND EXHAUST AIRSTREAMS. COILS SHALL BE FULLY COATED WITH EPOXY COATING FOR CORROSION PROTECTION.Q. PROVIDE FACTORY DISCONNECT SWITCH AND MINIMUM 35 kA SCCRR. PROVIDE BACNET INTERFACES. PROVIDE HOT WATER AUXILIARY HEATING COIL. 180/160 EWT/LWT. MAX 6 FT PRESSURE DROP.T. PROVIDE POOL HEATING OPTION.U. PROVIDE REMOTE CONDENSING UNITV. PROVIDE MERV 13 RETURN AIR, OUTSIDE AIR, AND EXHAUST AIR FILTERSW. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING ALL GLYCOL SYSTEM FILLINGPOOL DEHUMIDIFICATION UNITTAG MAKE MODELSUPPLY FAN EXHAUST FANOUTSIDEAIR(CFM)PURGE FAN COMPRESSORS POOL PARAMETERSMOISTURECAPACITY(LBS/HR)TOTALCAPACITY(MBH)SENSIBLECAPACITY(MBH)POOL HEATINGREHEAT(MBH)HEAT RECOVERY HOT WATER COILUNITMCA/MOCPVOLT/PHWEIGHT(LBS)REMARKSAIRFLOW(CFM)ESP(in)FANNO/HPAIRFLOW(CFM)ESP(in)FANNO/HPAIRFLOW(CFM)NOMOTORS/HPTYPE NO REFRIGERANT RLAPOOL AIRTEMP. °FPOOLAIR RH%POOL 1WATERTEMP. °FPOOL 2WATERTEMP °FCAPACITY(MBH)GPMPD(PSI)GLYCOLPUMPNO/HPRUNAROUNDCOIL ROWSGLYCOLEDB(°F)LDB(°F)GPMHEATING(MBH)VALVETYPEAHU-1 POOL PAK PPK-190-GB-X 22,000 1.50 2/15.0 5,500 0.50 2/4.8 5,000 N/A N/A SCROLL 2 R410A 32.1 83 60 80 85 243.8 576.3 313.0 390.0 70 10 720.4 1/1.75 4 33% 83.0 114.4 58 GPM 580.0 3-WAY 128/150 480/3 12,700REMOTE OUTDOOR AIR DRY COOLERMARK MANUFACTURER MODELTOTALCOOLING(MBH)FLUID FAN ELECTRICALWEIGHT(LBS)DIMENSIONS(LxWxH)REMARKSGPMCONN(IN)VOL(GAL)QTY FLA MCA MFS V PHCU-1 POOL PAK NG-V-32 720.4 100 3 57.2 6 4.7 30 30 480 3 3600 148x101x80GENERAL NOTES:A. PROVIDE SINGLE POINT POWER CONNECTIONB. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR INITIAL GLYCOL FILLC. EQUIVALENTS BY DESERT AIRE, DECTRON, OR SERESCO.NUMBER DATE DESCRIPTION11/18/2024 Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C SYMBOL LEGENDJGFIWPDESCRIPTIONREMARKSWEATHER RESISTANT DUPLEX GROUNDING TYPE RECEPTACLE - AT +16" ABOVE GRADE TO BOTTOM OF OUTLET BOX, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.WIRING AND CONDUIT INSTALLED CONCEALED IN WALL SPACE OR ABOVE FINISHED CEILINGHUBBELL, LEGRAND, OR LEVITON - WITH METALLIC ,HEAVY DUTY, IN-USE COVERHOME RUN CIRCUIT TO PANELBOARDJUNCTION BOX WITH REMOVABLE COVER - SIZE PER NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODESYMBOLEXISTING 277/480 VOLT, 2500 AMP "MDP" SWITCHBOARDEXISTING 120/208 VOLT PANELBOARD WITH NEUTRAL AND GROUND BUSEXISTING 277/480 VOLT PANELBOARD WITH NEUTRAL, AND GROUND BUSDISCONNECT SWITCH, HEAVY DUTYABBREVIATIONSABBREV.AACA/CADAAFFAFGAICALANSIATSCATSA/VAWGBASBFCCCBCCTVCKTCTCUDDBDCDLDISCEECBEWCEXFUTFAFACPFATCFDRGAAGAPGENGECGFIGFCIGFEPGFPGNDGRSHHHOAHPIEEEIGKCMILKVKVAKWKWHLCLSLSIGMAXMCBMCCMDPMINMHMLOMTSN/ANCNECNEMAN or NEUTNFPANICNOO/HPPAPBPCPHPTRCRSCSECSPDSWSWBDSWGRTCTEMPTGBTGMBTTBTVTYP.U/CU/GUGEULUONUPSVVFDWGWPXFERXFMRDEFINITIONAMPS, AMPERE, AMPERAGEABOVE COUNTERALTERNATING CURRENTAMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACTABOVE FINISHED FLOORABOVE FINISHED GRADEAMPERE INTERRUPTING CURRENTALUMINUMAMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD INSTITUTEAUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH CONTROLAUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCHAUDIO/VISUALAMERICAN WIRE GAUGEBUILDING AUOTMATION SYSTEMBELOW FINISHED CEILINGCONDUITCIRCUIT BREAKERCLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISIONCIRCUITCURRENT TRANSFORMERCOPPERDIMMING OR DIMMERDISTRIBUTION BOARDDIRECT CURRENTDAY-LIGHTINGDISCONNECT SWITCHEMERGENCYENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERELECTRIC WATER COOLEREXISTINGFUTUREFIRE ALARMFIRE ALARM CONTROL PANELFIRE ALARM TERMINAL CABINETFEEDERGENERATOR ALARM ANNUNCIATORGENERATOR ALARM PANELGENERATORGROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTORGROUND FAULT INTERRUPTERGROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTERGROUND FAULT EQUIPMENT PROTECTIONGROUND FAULT PROTECTIONGROUNDGALVANIZED RIGID STEELHAND HOLEHAND-OFF AUTOMATICHORSEPOWERINSTITUE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERSISOLATED GROUNDTHOUSAND CIRCULAR MILSKILOVOLTKILOVOLT AMPSKILOWATTKILOWATT HOURSLIGHTING CONTACTORLOUD SPEAKERLONG TIME, SHORT TIME, INSTANTANEOUS AND GROUND FAULT PROTECTIONMAXIMUMMAIN CIRCUIT BREAKERMOTOR CONTROL CENTERMAIN DISTRIBUTION PANELMINIMUMMAN HOLEMAIN LUGS ONLYMANUAL TRANSFER SWITCHNOT APPLICABLENORMALLY CLOSEDNATIONAL ELECTRIC CODENATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURER'S ASSOCIATIONNEUTRALNATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATIONNOT IN CONTRACTNORMALLY OPENOVER HEADPOLEPUBLIC ADDRESSPULL BOXPHOTOCELLPHASE POTENTIAL TRANSFORMERPOTENTIAL TRANSFORMERRECEPTACLE CONTACTORRIGID STEEL CONDUITSECURITYSURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICESWITCHSWITCHBOARDSWITCHGEARTIME CLOCKTEMPORARYTECHNOLOGY GROUND BARTECHNOLOGY MAIN GROUND BARTELEPHONE TERMINAL BOARDTELEVISIONTYPICALUNDER COUNTERUNDERGROUNDUNDERGROUND ELECTRICUNDERWRITERS' LABORATORIESUNLESS OTHERWISE NOTEDUNINTERRUPTABLE POWER SUPPLYVOLTS, VOLTAGEVARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVEWIRE GUARDWEATHERPROOFTRANSFERTRANSFORMERGENERAL NOTESSHEET INDEX - ELECTRICALSheet Number Sheet Name Current Revision Current Revision DateE0.00 ELECTRICAL LEAD SHEETE0.01 PARTIAL DEMOLITION PLAN - AREA A.2E1.01 PARTIAL NEW WORK PLAN - AREA A.2E2.01 PANEL SCHEDULES AND RISER DIAGRAME3.01 DETAILSA.THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ANY AND ALL WORK WITH OTHER TRADES INVOLVED IN THE PROJECT, PRIOR TO THE INSTALLATION OF HIS EQUIPMENT SO AS TO AVOID CONFLICTS DURING CONSTRUCTION AND ALLOW FOR OPTIMUM MAINTENANCE AND WORKING SPACE.B.USE OF THE CONDUIT SYSTEM FOR EQUIPMENT GROUNDING SHALL NOT BE ACCEPTABLE. A SEPARATE GREEN GROUND WIRE SHALL RUN WITH THE CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS IN EACH CIRCUIT.C.ALL FUSES, DISCONNECT SWITCHES, AND BREAKER SIZES SHOWN FOR MECHANICL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE VERIFIED BEFORE THE PURCHASE OR INSTALLATION OF SAID EQUIPMENT, WITH THE EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER AND MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. REFER TO MECHANICAL SPECIFICATION "ELECTRICAL WORK".D.ALL WORK AND MATERIAL SHALL BE PROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH STATE, LOCAL AND NATIONAL CODES AND ORDINANCES.E.EACH CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE HIS OWN SUPPORT OF ALL DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY HIM AND SHALL SUPPORT SUCH EQUIPMENT PER APPROVED GOVERNING CODES OR PER APPROVAL OF THE ENGINEER. UNACCEPTABLE WORKMANSHIP OR MATERIALS SHALL BE REPLACED AT THE REQUEST OF THE ENGINEER AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE.F.ALL JUNCTION BOXES AND CONDUIT RUNS (WITH OR WITHOUT WIRES) SHALL BE COLOR CODED WITH PAINT, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS.G.ALL WIRE AND CONDUIT SIZES ARE BASED ON 75°C THHN OR THWN WIRE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.H.THE LOCATION OF ALL WALL MOUNTED DEVICES, INCLUDING MOUNTING HEIGHTS, SHALL BE FIELD VERIFIED PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.I.WHERE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT PENETRATES EXTERIOR WALLS OR THE ROOF, THEY SHALL BE PROPERLY SEALED WITH METHODS APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER. SUBMIT DETAIL OF PROPOSED SEALING METHODS.J.ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL ACCESS PANELS AS REQUIRED FOR ELECTRICAL CODE COMPLIANCE AND TO ACCESS ANY INSTALLATION THAT WILL REQUIRE FUTURE MAINTENANCE. THESE DOORS SHALL BE 20" X 20". EACH ROOM WITH A DRYWALL CEILING SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM OF ONE ACCESS DOOR PROVIDED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. THE DRYWALL SUBCONTRACTOR WILL PROVIDE THE REQUIRED FRAMED OPENING AND INSTALL THE ACCESS DOORS.K.CONDUCTORS FOR BRANCH CIRCUITS SHALL BE SIZED TO PREVENT VOLTAGE DROP EXCEEDING 3% AT THE FARTHEST OUTLET OF POWER, HEATING AND LIGHTING LOADS, OR ANY COMBINATION OF SUCH LOADS. THE MAXIMUM TOTAL VOLTAGE DROP ON BOTH FEEDERS AND BRANCH CIRCUITS TO THE FARTHEST OUTLET SHALL NOT EXCEED 5%.1. WHERE THE CONDUCTOR LENGTH FROM THE PANEL TO THE FIRST OUTLET ON A 120V CIRCUIT EXCEED 50'-0" THE BRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS FROM THE PANEL TO THE FIRST OUTLET SHALL NOT BE SMALLER THAN #10AWG. INCREASE THE BRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUCTOR SIZE AN ADDITIONAL WIRE SIZE FOR EACH ADDITIONAL 125' FOR THE ENTIRE CIRCUIT. THE GROUND CONDUCTOR SIZE SHALL BE INCREASED PROPORTIONALLY TO THE INCREASED PHASE CONDUCTORS AS PER NEC 2020 250.122 (B).2. WHERE THE CONDUCTOR LENGTH FROM THE PANEL TO THE FIRST OUTLET ON A 277V CIRCUIT EXCEEDS 125'-0", THE BRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS FROM THE PANEL TO THE FIRST OUTLET SHALL NOT BE SMALLER THAN #10 AWG. CONDUCTOR SIZE OF REMAINING BRANCH CIRCUIT SHALL INCREASE AS NEEDED TO MEET ABOVE VOLTAGE DROP LIMITATIONS. THE GROUND CONDUCTOR SIZE SHALL BE INCREASED PROPORTIONALLY TO THE INCREASED PHASE CONDUCTORS AS PER NEC 2020 250.122(B).L.ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT SITE PRIOR TO BID. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL ELECTRICAL WORK (IE RELOCATING/MOVING CONDUITS/WIRING, LIGHT FIXTURES, ETC.) TO ACCOMODATE THE REPLACEMENT OF MECHANCIAL EQUIPMENT AND PIPING. CLOSE COORDINATION WITH MECHANCIAL CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED.DRAWN BY:CHECKED BY:REVISIONSTBUTKOVICH@PDCENGINEERS.COMORANGE COUNTY SPORTPLEX HVACREPLACEMENTELECTRICALLEAD SHEETE0.00BID/PERMIT SETORANGE COUNTYJPT JTBPDC 2302205/17/2024NUMBER DATE DESCRIPTION11/18/2024 Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C CU-1AHU-1EXISTINGMDPEXISTINGSDP111SDP1-5SDP1-3WALL RATINGS LEGEND1 HR RATED WALL2 HR RATED WALLSMOKEDRAWN BY:CHECKED BY:REVISIONSTBUTKOVICH@PDCENGINEERS.COMKEYPLANNOT TO SCALEA.2ORANGE COUNTY SPORTPLEX HVACREPLACEMENTPARTIALDEMOLITIONPLAN - AREA A.2E0.01BID/PERMIT SETORANGE COUNTYAuthorCheckerPDC 2302205/17/202404' 8'16'1/8" = 1'-0"DEMOLITION POWER PLAN -Building A.21NUMBER DATE DESCRIPTIONGENERAL NOTES:A. EXISTING PANELS ARE SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY AND SHALL REMAIN, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.B. EXISTING CIRCUITS, SHOWN IN BOX, SHALL BE FIELD VERIFIED PRIOR TO PERFORMING DEMOLITION. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL USE LOCKOUT/TAGOUT WHEN DE-ENERGIZING CIRCUITS.C. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE CLOSELY WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR.D. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR CAN REUSE EXISTING CONDUIT IF POSSIBLE, BUT SHALL MAKE SURE IT IS ADEQUATELY SUPPORTED WHEN REUSED.E. PATCH AND PAINT ALL SURFACES AND FINISHES IMPACTED BY THIS WORK.KEYNOTES:1. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING RACEWAY AND WIRING BACK TO SOURCE PANEL.11/18/2024 Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C AHU-1CU-1EXISTINGSDP1EXISTINGMDPGFIWPGFIWP12SDP1-3SDP1-54433WALL RATINGS LEGEND1 HR RATED WALL2 HR RATED WALLSMOKEDRAWN BY:CHECKED BY:REVISIONSTBUTKOVICH@PDCENGINEERS.COMKEYPLANNOT TO SCALEA.2ORANGE COUNTY SPORTPLEX HVACREPLACEMENTPARTIAL NEWWORK PLAN -AREA A.2E1.01BID/PERMIT SETORANGE COUNTYAuthor CheckerPDC 2302205/17/202408' 16' 32'1/8" = 1'-0"NEW WORK POWER PLAN -Building A.21NUMBER DATE DESCRIPTIONGENERAL NOTES:A. EXISTING PANELS SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY AND SHALL REMAIN, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.KEYNOTES:1. REFER TO MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE ON DRAWING E7.01. CONDENSING UNIT HAS A SINGLE POINT CONNECTION.2. 600 VOLT, 200 AMP, 3 POLE, NEMA-3R DISCONNECT SWITCH PROVIDED WITH UNIT. REFER TO MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE ON DRAWING E7.01.3. PROVIDE WEATHER RESISTANT GFCI SERVICE RECEPTACLE WITH HEAVY DUTY, METALLIC, IN-USE COVER. WIRE TO NEAREST RECEPTACLE CIRCUIT.4. REFER TO PANEL SCHEDULE FOR CONDUIT/WIRE SIZES.11/18/2024 Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C PANELKL208Y/120V200A3ɸ, 4W1. REFER TO PANEL SCHEDULE FOR CONDUIT AND WIRE SIZES. 200A200ATXFRMRT2480-120/208V75 KVATXFRMRT1480-120/208V225 KVAPANELRP2208Y/120V200A3ɸ, 4WM.C.B.PANELRP3208Y/120V200A3ɸ, 4WM.C.B.PANELPP1208Y/120V200A3ɸ, 4WM.C.B.PANELLP1480Y/277V125A3ɸ, 4WM.L.O.PANELSDP1480Y/277V800A3ɸ, 4WM.L.O.MCC1200A3ɸ, 4WM.L.O.PANELKH480Y/277V125A3ɸ, 4WPANELLP2480Y/277V125A3ɸ, 4WLEGENDEXISTING TO REMAINEXISTING TO BE REMOVEDNEW TO BE ADDEDMAIN CIRCUIT BREAKERMAIN LUGS ONLYGROUNDGROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTORM.C.B.M.L.O.GGECMDP277/480V, 3ɸ, 4W2500 AMPDUKEENERGYPROGRESSUTILITYTRANSFORMER2500AM.C.B.DISTRIBUTION SECTIONEXISTING MV PRIMARY#3/0GEC3 SETS 4 #600Kcmil,1 #3/0G IN 4"C PER SET2 SETS 4 #500Kcmil,1 #1/0G IN 4"C PER SET4 #1, 1 #6GIN 1 1/2"C4 #4/0, 1 #4G IN 2 1/2"C4 #1, 1 #6G IN 1 1/2"CPANELSDP2480Y/277V800A3ɸ, 4WM.L.O.TXFRMRT3480-120/208VPANELRP4208Y/120V200A3ɸ, 4WM.C.B.PANELPP2208Y/120V200A3ɸ, 4WM.C.B.PANELRP1208Y/120V200A3ɸ, 4WM.C.B.PANELLP3480Y/277V125A3ɸ, 4WM.L.O.4 #1, 1 #6G IN 1 1/2"C2 SETS 4 #600Kcmil,1 #1/0G IN 4"C PER SET4 #500Kcmil, 1 #3G IN 3 1/2"C4 #1, 1 #6G IN 1 1/2"C4 #3/0, 1 #4G IN 2"C4 #3/0, 1 #4G IN 2"C4 #500Kcmil, 1 #3G IN 3 1/2"C4 #3/0, 1 #4G IN 2"C6 SETS 4 #600Kcmil IN 4"C PER SETKEYNOTES:1(-140.94)(-140.94)105.04105.040.360.36(-36.26)36.26 x44KVACONNECTEDDIVERSITYTOTALTOTALKVARECEPTACLE LOAD ADDEDHVAC LOAD ADDEDHVAC LOAD REMOVEDx1.0x1.0I =(1000)480 x 3=AMPS REMOVED FROM EXISTING 2500 AMP MDP SERVICE(-36.26)PEAK DEMAND: 831KW / 0.85 = 978KVA x 1.25 = 1222KVA (1471 AMPS) ON EXISTING 2500 AMP MDPx1.02.PHASE B46.980KVA169.6AMP3.PHASE C46.980 KVA 169.6 AMP4.(L) LIGHTING0.00125% 0.00(O) OTHER 0.00 100% 0.00(K) KITCHEN EQUIP 0.00 100% 0.00TOTAL 140.94 100% 140.94NOTES:PANEL TOTALS1.PHASE A46.980 KVA 169.6 AMPH0.000MLOAD TOTAL:46.98 46.98 46.98LOAD TYPE CONNECTED DEMAND FED FROM: EXISTING MDP480Y/277V 3 PHASE 4 WIRE (R) RECEPTACLES 0.00 100%0.00 MOUNT: SURFACEMAINS:MLO 800 A BUS (M) MOTOR 0.00 100% 0.00 NEMA: 118000 AIC SE LABEL (H) HVAC 140.94 100% 140.94 MFG/MODEL#:SQUARE-D/I-LINEH31.02431.024HHRTU-1EXISTING 600.00030 EXISTING RTU-2H7H0.000H8H0.000HHRTU-5 EXISTING 300.00030 EXISTING FAMILY POOL UV LIGHTL9H0.000L10H0.000HH15.956AHU-1 EXISTING 9015.956150 EXISTING AHU-2H3H15.95615.956H4H15.95615.956HH31.024CONDENSING UNIT #1 EXISTING 22531.02415 EXISTING CONDENSING UNIT #2H5H31.02431.024H6H0.000LHAHU-10 EXISTING 300.00060 EXISTING COMPETITION POOL UV LIGHTL11H0.000L12H0.000LHCOOLING TOWER IMMERSION HEATERS EXISTING 300.00060 EXISTING ELEVATORM13H0.000M14EXISTING PANEL SDP1CKTLOAD TYPELOAD KVADESCRIPTIONCPH N GCBPHASECB PH N G C DESCRIPTIONLOAD KVALOAD TYPECKTAB CHAHU-3 EXISTING 150.00060 EXISTING CONDENSING UNIT #3H1H0.000H22.PHASE B35.013 KVA 126.4 AMP3.PHASE C35.013 KVA 126.4 AMP4.(L) LIGHTING 0.00 125% 0.00(O) OTHER 0.00 100% 0.00(K) KITCHEN EQUIP 0.00 100% 0.00TOTAL 105.04 100% 105.04NOTES:PANEL TOTALS1.PROVIDE NEW BREAKER AND ASSOCIATED CONDUIT/WIRING FOR NEW LOAD.PHASE A35.013 KVA 126.4 AMPO0.000MLOAD TOTAL: 35.01 35.01 35.01LOAD TYPE CONNECTED DEMAND FED FROM: EXISTING MDP480Y/277 V 3 PHASE 4 WIRE (R) RECEPTACLES 0.00 100% 0.00 MOUNT: SURFACEMAINS: MLO 800 A BUS (M) MOTOR 0.00 100% 0.00 NEMA: 118000 AIC SE LABEL (H) HVAC 105.04 100% 105.04 MFG/MODEL#:SQUARE-D/I-LINEH0.000LHAHU-10 EXISTING 300.00060 EXISTING COMPETITION POOL UV LIGHTL11H0.000L12H0.000LOCOOLING TOWER IMMERSION HEATERS EXISTING 300.00060 EXISTING ELEVATORM13O0.000M14H6.6486.648HHRTU-1 EXISTING 600.00030 EXISTING RTU-2H7H0.000H8H0.000HHRTU-5 EXISTING 300.00030 EXISTING FAMILY POOL UV LIGHTL9H0.000L10REVISED PANEL SDP1CKTLOAD TYPELOAD KVADESCRIPTION C PH N G CBPHASECB PH N G C DESCRIPTIONLOAD KVALOAD TYPECKTA B CHAHU-3 EXISTING 150.00060 EXISTING CONDENSING UNIT #3H1H0.000H2H0.000HH28.365NEW AHU-1 (NOTE 1) 2"1/0 N/A 615028.365150 EXISTING AHU-2H3H28.36528.365H4H28.36528.365HH6.648NEW CU-1 (NOTE 1) 3/4" 10 N/A 10 306.64830 EXISTING CONDENSING UNITH5H6.6486.648H6DRAWN BY:CHECKED BY:REVISIONSTBUTKOVICH@PDCENGINEERS.COMORANGE COUNTY SPORTPLEX HVACREPLACEMENTPANELSCHEDULESAND RISERDIAGRAME2.01BID/PERMIT SETORANGE COUNTYJPT JTBPDC 2302205/17/2024NUMBER DATE DESCRIPTIONNOT TO SCALEPOWER RISER1NOT TO SCALELOAD SUMMARY211/18/2024 Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C LP-2LP-2NEATLY HAND WRITTEN CIRCUIT IDENTIFIER OR SYSTEM CONDUCTORS CONTAINED WITHIN COLOR CODE JUNCTION BOX COVER WITH PAINT COLORS AS INDICATED IN SPECIFICATIONS FOR SYSTEM CONTAINED WITHINNOTE:CONTRACTOR SHALL IDENTIFY JUNCTION BOX COVERS WITH ONE OF THE TWO METHODS SHOW ABOVE, BUT NOT BOTH. ALL JUNCTION BOX COV ERS SHALL BE CONSISTENTLY IDENTIFIED ACROSS THE ENTIRE PROJECT.JUNCTION BOX LABELINGSECTION A-AFILL, VOID, OR CAVITY MATERIAL: SILICON CAULK.THROUGH PENETRANTS - ONE PIPE, OR CONDUIT.NON-RATED FLOOR OR WALL.AAKEYED NOTES:2133.2.1.ANSI/UL1479 (ASTM E814)CAN/ULC S115F Ratings —1 and 2 Hr (See Items 1 and3)F Ratings — 1 and 2 Hr (See Items 1 and3)T Rating — 0 Hr FT Rating — 0 HrL Rating at Ambient — Less Than 1CFM/sq ftFH Ratings —1 and 2 Hr (See Items 1and 3)L Rating at 400 F — Less Than 1 CFM/sqftFTH Rating — 0 HrL Rating at Ambient — Less Than 1CFM/sq ftL Rating at 400 F — Less Than 1 CFM/sqftSystem No. W-L-1054CRClassified byUnderwriters Laboratories, Inc.to UL 1479 and CAN/ULC-S115US1. Wall Assembly — The 1 or 2 hr fire-rated gypsum wallboard/stud wall assembly shall be constructed of the materials and in the manner specifiedin the individual U300 or U400 Series Wall and Partition Designs in the UL Fire Resistance Directory and shall include the following constructionfeatures:A. Studs — Wall framing may consist of either wood studs or steel channel studs. Wood studs to consist of nom 2 by 4 in. (51 by 102 mm)lumber spaced 16 in. (406 mm) OC. Steel studs to be min 2-1/2 in. (64 mm) wide and spaced max 24 in. (610 mm) OC. When steel studs areused and the diam of opening exceeds the width of stud cavity, the opening shall be framed on all sides using lengths of steel stud installedbetween the vertical studs and screw-attached to the steel studs at each end. The framed opening in the wall shall be 4 to 6 in. (102 to 152mm) wider and 4 to 6 in. (102 to 152 mm) higher than the diam of the penetrating item such that, when the penetrating item is installed in theopening, a 2 to 3 in. (51 to 76 mm) clearance is present between the penetrating item and the framing on all four sides.B. Gypsum Board* — 5/8 in. (16 mm) thick, 4 ft (122 cm) wide with square or tapered edges. The gypsum board type, thickness, number oflayers, fastener type and sheet orientation shall be as specified in the individual U300 or U400 Series Design in the UL Fire ResistanceDirectory. Max diam of opening is 32-1/4 in. (819 mm) for steel stud walls. Max diam of opening is 14-1/2 in. (368 mm) for wood stud walls.The F and FH Ratings of the firestop system are equal to the fire rating of the wall assembly.2. Through-Penetrants — One metallic pipe, conduit or tubing to be installed either concentrically or eccentrically within the firestop system.The annular space shall be min 0 in. to max 2-1/4 in. (57 mm). Pipe may be installed with continuous point contact. Pipe, conduit or tubing to berigidly supported on both sides of wall assembly. The following types and sizes of metallic pipes, conduits or tubing may be used:A. Steel Pipe — Nom 30 in. (762 mm) diam (or smaller) Schedule 10 (or heavier) steel pipe.B. Iron Pipe — Nom 30 in. (762 mm) diam (or smaller) cast or ductile iron pipe.C.Conduit — Nom 4 in. (102 mm) diam (or smaller) steel electrical metallic tubing or 6 in. (152 mm) . diam steel conduit.D.Copper Tubing — Nom 6 in. (152 mm) diam (or smaller) Type L (or heavier) copper tubing.E. Copper Pipe — Nom 6 in. (152 mm) diam (or smaller) regular (or heavier) copper pipe.3. Fill, Void or Cavity Material* — Sealant — Min 5/8 in. (16 mm) thickness of fill material applied within the annulus, flush with both surfacesof wall. At the point or continuous contact locations between pipe and wall, a min 1/2 in. (13 mm) diam bead of fill material shall be applied at thepipe wall interface on both surfaces of wall.HILTI CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS, DIV OF HILTI INC — FS-One Sealant or FS-ONE MAX Intumescent Sealant*Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such asCanada), respectively.SECTION A-AAA1A321BANSI/UL1479 (ASTM E814) CAN/ULC S115F Rating — 2 Hr F Rating — 2 HrT Ratings — 0 and 1 Hr (See Items 2and 4)FT Ratings — 0 and 1 Hr (See Items 2and 4)L Rating At Ambient — 4 CFM/sq ftFH Rating — 2 HrL Rating At 400 F — Less Than 1CFM/sq ftFTH Ratings — 0 and 1 Hr (See Items2 and 4)L Rating At Ambient —4 CFM/sq ftL Rating At 400 F —Less Than 1CFM/sq ftSystem No. C-AJ-5091CRClassified byUnderwriters Laboratories, Inc.to UL 1479 and CAN/ULC-S115US1. Floor or Wall Assembly — Min 4-1/2 in. (114 mm) thick reinforced lightweight or normal weight (100-150 pcf or 1600-2400 kg/m³) concrete. Wallmay also be constructed of any UL Classified Concrete Blocks*. Max diam of opening is 29 in. (737 mm).See Concrete Blocks (CAZT) category in the Fire Resistance directory for names of manufacturers.2. Metallic Sleeve — (Optional) — Nom 30 in. (762 mm) diam (or smaller) Schedule 10 (or heavier) steel pipe sleeve cast or grouted into floor orwall assembly, flush with floor or wall surfaces or extending a max of 3 in. (76 mm) above floor or beyond both surfaces of wall. If the steel sleeveextends beyond the top surface of the floor or both surfaces of the wall, the T Rating of the firestop system is 0 hr.2A. Sheet Metal Sleeve — (Optional) - Max 6 in. (152 mm) diam, min 26 ga galv steel provided with a 26 ga galv steel square flange spot welded tothe sleeve at approximately mid- height, or flush with bottom of sleeve in floors, and sized to be a min of 2 in. (51 mm) larger than the sleevediam. The sleeve is to be cast in place flush with bottom surface of floor and may extend a max of 1 in. (25 mm) above the top surface of thefloor.2B. Sheet Metal Sleeve — (Optional) - Max 12 in. (305 mm) diam, min 24 ga galv steel provided with a 24 ga galv steel square flange spot weldedto the sleeve at approximately mid- height, or flush with bottom of sleeve in floors, and sized to be a min of 2 in. (51 mm) larger than the sleevediam. The sleeve is to be cast in place flush with bottom surface of floor and may extend a max of 1 in. (25 mm) above the top surface of the floor.3. Through Penetrants — One metallic pipe or tubing to be installed either concentrically or eccentrically within the firestop system. Pipe ortubing to be rigidly supported on both sides of floor or wall assembly. The following types and sizes of metallic pipes or tubing may be used:A. Steel Pipe — Nom 12 in. (305 mm) diam (or smaller) Schedule 10 (or heavier) steel pipe.B. Iron Pipe — Nom 12 in. (305 mm) diam (or smaller) cast or ductile iron pipe.C.Copper Pipe — Nom 6 in. (152 mm) diam (or smaller) Regular (or heavier) copper pipe.D.Copper Tubing — Nom 6 in. (152 mm) diam (or smaller) Type L (or heavier) copper tubing.4. Pipe Covering — Min 1/2 in. (13 mm) to max 2 in. (51 mm) thick hollow cylindrical heavy density (min 3.5 pcf or 56 kg/m³) glass fiber unitsjacketed on the outside with an all-service jacket. Longitudinal joints sealed with metal fasteners or factory-applied, self-sealing lap tape.Transverse joints secured with metal fasteners or with butt tape supplied with the product. The annular space between the insulated pipe and theedge of the periphery of the opening shall be min 1/2 in. (13 mm) to max 12 in. (305 mm). When thickness of pipe covering is less than 2 in. (51mm), the T Rating for the firestop system is 0 hr.See Pipe Equipment Covering — Materials — (BRGU) category in the Building Materials Directory for names of manufacturers. Any pipecovering material meeting the above specifications and bearing the UL Classification Marking with a Flame Spread Index of 25 or less anda Smoke Developed Index of 50 or less may be used.4A. Pipe Covering — (Not Shown) — As an alternate to Item 4, max 2 in. (51 mm) thick cylindrical calcium silicate (min 14 pcf or 224 kg/m³) unitssized to the outside diam of the pipe or tube may be used. Pipe insulation secured with stainless steel bands or min 18 AWG stainless steel wirespaced max 12 in. (305 mm) OC. The annular space shall be min 1/2 in. (13 mm) to max 12 in. (305 mm).5. Firestop System — The firestop system shall consist of the following:A. Packing Material — Min 4 in. (102 mm) thickness of min 4 pcf (64 kg/m³) mineral wool batt insulation firmly packed into opening as apermanent form. Packing material to be recessed from top surface of floor or from both surfaces of wall as required to accommodate therequired thickness of fill material.B. Fill, Void or Cavity Material* — Sealant — Min 1/2 in. (13 mm) thickness of fill material applied within the annulus, flush with top surface offloor or with both surfaces of wall.HILTI CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS, DIV OF HILTI INC — FS-One Sealant or FS-ONE MAX Intumescent Sealant*Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such asCanada), respectively.SECTION A-AAA125B435AANSI/UL1479 (ASTM E814)CAN/ULC S115F Rating — 3 HrF Rating — 3 HrT Rating — 0 HrFT Rating — 0 HrL Rating At Ambient — Less Than 1 CFM/sq ftFH Rating — 3 HrL Rating At 400 F — 4 CFM/sq ftFTH Rating — 0 HrL Rating At Ambient — Less Than 1 CFM/sq ftL Rating At 400 F — 4 CFM/sq ftSystem No. C-AJ-1226CRClassified byUnderwriters Laboratories, Inc.to UL 1479 and CAN/ULC-S115US1. Floor or Wall Assembly — Min 4-1/2 in. (114 mm) thick reinforced lightweight or normal weight (100-150 pcf or 1600-2400 kg/m³) concrete. Wall may also be constructed of any ULClassified Concrete Blocks*. Max diam of opening is 32 in. (813 mm).2. Metallic Sleeve — (Optional) Nom 32 in. (813 mm) diam (or smaller) Schedule 40 (or heavier) steel sleeve cast or grouted into floor or wall assembly, flush with floor or wall surfaces orextending a max of 3 in. (76 mm) above floor or beyond both surfaces of wall.2A. Sheet Metal Sleeve — (Optional) Max 6 in. (152 mm) diam, min 26 ga. galv steel provided with a 26 ga galv steel square flange spot welded to the sleeve at approx mid-height, or flushwith bottom of sleeve in floors, and sized to be a min of 2 in. (51 mm) larger than the sleeve diam. The sleeve is to be cast in place and may extend a max of 4 in. (102 mm) below thebottom of the deck and a max of 1 in. (25 mm) above the top surface of the concrete floor.2B. Sheet Metal Sleeve — (Optional) - Max 12 in. (305 mm) diam, min 24 ga galv steel provided with a 24 ga galv steel square flange spot welded to the sleeve at approx mid-height, orflush with bottom of sleeve in floors, and sized to be a min of 2 in. (51 mm) larger than the sleeve diam. The sleeve is to be cast in place and may extend a max of 4 in. (102 mm) belowthe bottom of the deck and a max of 1 in. (25 mm) above the top surface of the concrete floor.3. Through-Penetrant — One metallic pipe, tube or conduit to be installed either concentrically or eccentrically within the firestop system. The annular space between penetrant andperiphery of opening shall be min 0 in. (point contact) to max 1-7/8 in. (48 mm). Penetrant may be installed with continuous point contact. Penetrant to be rigidly supported on both sidesof floor or wall assembly. The following types and sizes of metallic penetrants may be used:A. Steel Pipe — Nom 30 in. (762 mm) diam (or smaller) Schedule 10 (or heavier) steel pipe.B. Iron Pipe — Nom 30 in. (762 mm) diam (or smaller) cast or ductile iron pipe.C. Copper Pipe — Nom 6 in. (152 mm) diam (or smaller) Regular (or heavier) copper pipe.D. Copper Tubing — Nom 6 in. (152 mm) diam (or smaller) Type L (or heavier) copper tubing.E. Conduit — Nom 6 in. (152 mm) diam (or smaller) steel conduit.F. Conduit — Nom 4 in. (102 mm) diam (or smaller) steel electrical metallic tubing (EMT).4. Firestop System — The firestop system shall consist of the following:A. Packing Material — Min 4 in. (102 mm) thickness of min 4 pcf (64 kg/m³) mineral wool batt insulation firmly packed into opening as a permanent form. Packing material to berecessed from top surface of floor or sleeve or from both surfaces of wall or sleeve as required to accommodate the required thickness of fill material.B. Fill, Void or Cavity Material* — Sealant — Min 1/4 in. (6 mm) thickness of fill material applied within the annulus, flush with top surface of floor or sleeve or with both surfaces of wallor sleeve. At the point or continuous contact locations between penetrant and concrete or sleeve, a min 1/4 in. (6 mm) diam bead of fill material shall be applied at the concrete orsleeve/ pipe penetrant interface on the top surface of floor and on both surfaces of wall.HILTI CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS, DIV OF HILTI INC — FS-One Sealant or FS-ONE MAX Intumescent Sealant*Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively.SECTION A-AAA234B314B4AA COMBINATION STARTER SHALL BE USED IN LIEU OF A SEPARATEDISCONNECT SWITCH AND STARTER, WHERE AVAILABLE.PANELBOARDJWIRING IN ELECTRICAL WORKFINAL CONNECTIONS INSIDE EQUIPMENTTO BE MADE BY THE HVAC OR PLUMBINGCONTRACTOR OR OTHER TRADESWIRING IN ELECTRICAL WORKJUNCTION BOX MAY BE SHOWN ONELECTRICAL PLANS FOR SOMEEQUIPMENT (NOT NECESSARY IFWIRING IS CONNECTED DIRECTLYTO STARTER OR DISCONNECT SWITCH)BRANCH CIRCUIT AND CONDUIT IN ELECTRICAL WORK. SEE PANELBOARD SCHEDULES FOR WIRE AND BREAKER SIZES TO HVAC AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENTEXTERNALLY OR INTERNALLY MOUNTEDDISCONNECT SWITCH FURNISHED BY HVACOR PLUMBING CONTRACTOR, OR OTHERTRADES AND INSTALLED AND WIRED BY THEELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. CONTROLCONNECTIONS BY CONTROLS CONTRACTOR.EXTERNALLY MOUNTED STARTER FURNISHED BY HVAC OR PLUMBING CONTRACTOR OR OTHER TRADES, INSTALLED BY THE ELECTRICAL LINE AND LOAD CONNECTIONS BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. CONTROL CONNECTIONS BY CONTROLS CONTRACTOREQUIPMENT IN HVAC OR PLUMBING WORKOR WORK OF OTHER TRADES. SEE HVAC,PLUMBING, AND ARCHITECTURAL PLANSFOR LOCATION OF ALL EQUIPMENT30" MIN3'-0" MINSECTION110-26WORKINGSPACESECTION110-26WORKINGSPACEFRONT VIEWSIDE VIEWOKOKPANELPANEL6 1/2 FTMINIMUM N.E.C ARTICLE 110-26FIXTUREFIXTURESTRUCTURALCEILINGSUSPENDEDCEILINGNOT TO SCALEJUNCTION BOX LABELING4NOT TO SCALENON-RATED WALL PIPE PENETRATION3NOT TO SCALETYPICAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS1NOT TO SCALEWORKING CLEARANCE FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT2DRAWN BY:CHECKED BY:REVISIONSTBUTKOVICH@PDCENGINEERS.COMORANGE COUNTY SPORTPLEX HVACREPLACEMENTDETAILSE3.01BID/PERMIT SETORANGE COUNTYGS JTBPDC 2302205/17/2024NUMBER DATE DESCRIPTION11/18/2024 Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C ORANGE COUNTY, NORTH CAROLINA SPORTSPLEX POOL HVAC REPLACEMENT HILLSBOROUGH, NORTH CAROLINA PDC PROJECT #23022 DECEMBER 2024 Prepared by Progressive Design Collaborative, Ltd. 3101 Poplarwood Court, Suite 320, Raleigh, North Carolina 27604 Phone (919) 790-9989 – Fax (919) 790-9367 License #: C-0183 11/18/24 11/18/24 Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 00 - PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS BID/ACCEPTANCE FORM CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT SAMPLE EXHIBIT 1 - GENERAL CONDITIONS AND SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS DISPUTE RESOLUTION RULES AND PROCEDURES LIVING WAGE CONTRACT POLICY E-VERIFY AFFIDAVIT ORANGE COUNTY NON-DISCRIMINATION CERTIFICATION SUPPLEMENTAL VENDOR INFORMATION MINORITY BUSINESS REQUIREMENTS BID BOND AND PERFORMANCE BOND FORMS SAFETY QUESTIONNAIRE MINIMUM INSURANCE COVERAGE REQUIREMENTS DIVISION 23 - HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC) 23 00 00 MECHANICAL ALTERNATES 1 23 01 00 HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS 7 23 05 12 ELECTRICAL WORK 1 23 05 13 COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 3 23 05 17 SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR HVAC PIPING 3 23 05 29 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 6 23 05 31 COIL HOOKUPS 3 23 05 33 HEAT TRACING FOR HVAC PIPING 4 23 05 53 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 4 23 05 93 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 11 23 07 13 DUCT INSULATION 5 23 07 19 HVAC PIPING INSULATION 7 23 08 00 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC 5 Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C TABLE OF CONTENTS 23 21 13 HYDRONIC PIPING 7 23 21 14 HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES 4 23 23 00 REFRIGERANT PIPING 6 23 25 00 HVAC WATER TREATMENT 6 23 31 00 HVAC DUCTS AND CASINGS 6 23 33 00 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 6 23 84 16 POOL DEHUMIDIFICATION UNIT 10 DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL 26 01 00 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 4 26 05 05 ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION 2 26 05 19 POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 6 26 05 26 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 3 26 05 29 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 2 26 05 33.13 CONDUIT FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 7 26 05 33.16 BOXES AND CABINETS 3 26 05 53 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 3 26 27 26 WIRING DEVICES 4 26 28 13 FUSES 2 26 28 16.16 ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 4 Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement Section 00 11 13 - ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS INVITATION FOR PROPOSALS FOR ORANGE COUNTY SPORTSPLEX POOL HVAC UNIT Pursuant to Section 143-129 of the General Statutes of North Carolina, formal single prime bids are solicited and will be received in the office of Orange County Financial / Administrative Services, 131 W. Margaret Lane Suite 300, Hillsborough, North Carolina 27278 at any time before 2:00 PM on JANUARY 9, 2025, and then publicly opened and read aloud. Bidders are welcome to attend the bid opening, but bidder presence is not required and no weight or other consideration toward any award decision will be given to any bidder’s attendance or absence at the bid opening. A mandatory pre-bid conference will be held at the project site (101 Meadowlands Drive, Hillsborough, NC 27278) on December 18, 2024, at 10:00 AM. Proposals must be enclosed in a sealed envelope addressed to Orange County, Financial Services, Attn: Jovana Amaro. The outside of the envelope must be marked "PROPOSAL FOR ORANGE COUNTY SPORTSPLEX POOL HVAC UNIT REPLACEMENT" and shall indicate the name, address, telephone number and state license number of the bidder. Proposals must be submitted on the printed form, or exact copies thereof, contained in the Contract Documents. Performance and Payment Bonds are required for this project. All Contractors are notified that North Carolina Statutory provisions as to licensing for contractors will be observed in receiving, reading, and awarding of contracts. Plans and specifications, including Contract Documents, are available upon request from Progressive Design Collaborative, 3101 Poplarwood Court, Suite 320, Raleigh, NC 27604, Phone: 919 -790-9989 or email Stacie Gado at sgado@pdcengineers.com. The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all proposals. The bidder to whom the contract may be awarded must comply with the requirements of G.S. Section 143-131, as amended. No bids may be withdrawn after the scheduled closing time for the receipt of proposals for a period of forty - five (45) days. END OF SECTION 00 11 13 Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement Section 00 52 00 - BID/ACCEPTANCE FORM for ORANGE COUNTY SPORTSPLEX POOL HVAC REPLACEMENT This project consists of the following: Sportsplex – Replace (1) HVAC Unit that serves the indoor swimming pool. We are in receipt of Addendum 1 Addendum 2 Addendum 3 Addendum 4 Addendum 5 Addendum 6 The undersigned, as bidder, proposes and agrees if this bid is accepted to contract with ORANGE COUNTY, NORTH CAROLINA for the furnishing of all materials, equipment, and labor necessary to complete the construction of the work described in these documents in full and complete accordance with plans, specifications, and contract documents, and to the full and entire satisfaction of the Owner for the sum of: BASE BID (Sportsplex HVAC Unit) Dollars $ General Subcontractor License #: Mechanical Subcontractor, License # Electrical Subcontractor License #: Respectively submitted this day of 202_ (Contractor’s Name) By: Title: (Owner, partner, corp. Pres. Or Vice President) Address: Email Address: (Corporate Seal) License #: ACCEPTED by Total amount of accepted by the owner, included base bid and bid alternates: TITLE: END OF SECTION 00 52 00 PDC Project 23022 BID/ACCEPTANCE FORM 00 52 00 - 1 Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Revised 01/24 1 [Departmental Use Only] TITLE Sportsplex Pool HVAC FY 2024-2025 NORTH CAROLINA CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT OVER $250,000.00 ORANGE COUNTY THIS CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT (hereinafter called “Agreement”), made as of the day of , 20 , by and between , (hereinafter called the “Contractor”), and Orange County, a political subdivision of the State of North Carolina, (hereinafter called the “County,” “Orange County,” or “Owner”). W I T N E S S E T H: That the Contractor and the Owner, for the consideration herein named, agree as follows: 1. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS; PRIORITY The Contract Documents consist of this Agreement , the General Conditions which are fully incorporated in this Agreement, the Request for Proposals, designer approved communications and field orders, the Proposal, Construction Documents and Drawings and Written Specifications. The Contract Documents form the Contract. In the event of any inconsistency between or among the Contract Documents the Contract Documents shall be interpreted in the following order of priority: a. This Agreement and incorporated General Conditions attached as Exhibit 1. b. Designer approved and stamped construction documents and drawings and written specifications. c. Designer approved communications and field orders. d. Request for Proposals and addenda thereto. e. Proposal. 2. SCOPE OF WORK The Contractor shall furnish and deliver all of the materials, and perform, and be fully responsible for all of the Work required by this Agreement within the time period stipulated in a written Notice -to-Proceed to be executed by the Contractor and Owner and in accordance with the following enumerated documents, which are made a part hereof as if fully contained herein: a. Construction Drawings prepared by (Sheet dated ) b. Written specifications prepared by the Designer. c. proposal dated , 20 which fully describes the work to be performed, such work (hereinafter called the “Work”). Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Revised 01/24 2 d. Related documents listed under Section 1 above. 3. TERM AND SCHEDULING a. The Contractor agrees to commence work pursuant to the written Notice-to Proceed. b. The Contractor agrees to complete substantially all Work included by , 20 . c. Time is of the essence with respect to all dates specified in the Contract Documents as Completion Dates. d. The Contractor shall perform the Work in the time, manner and form required by the Contract Documents and as stipulated in a written Notice-to-Proceed to be executed by the Contractor and Owner. 4. STANDARD OF CARE AND DUTIES OF CONTRACTOR a. The Contractor shall exercise reasonable care and diligence in performing the Work in accordance with the generally accepted standards of this type of Contractor practice throughout the United States and in accordance with applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations applicable to the performance of these services. Contractor is solely responsible for the professional quality, accuracy, timely completion, and submission of all work. b. The Contractor shall not load or permit any part of the Work to be loaded with a weight that will endanger its safety, intended performance or configuration. c. Contractor shall be responsible for all Contractor, Subcontractor, and Sub-subcontractor errors or omissions, in the performance of the Agreement together with the errors and omissions of any agent or employee of the Contractor or any Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor. Contractor shall correct any and all errors, omissions, discrepancies, ambiguities, mistakes , or conflicts at no additional cost to the Owner. d. Contractor is an independent contractor of Owner. Any and all employees of the Contractor engaged by the Contractor in the performance of any work or services required of the Contractor under this Agreement, shall be considered employees or agents of the Contractor only and not of the Owner, and any and all claims that may or might arise under any workers compensation or other law or contract on behalf of said employees while so engaged shall be the sole obligation and responsibility of the Contractor. e. Contractor shall at all times remain in compliance with all applicable local, state, and federal laws, rules, and regulations including but not limit ed to all state and federal non-discrimination laws, policies, rules, and regulations and the Orange County Non-Discrimination Policy and Orange County Living Wage Policy (each Orange County policy is incorporated herein by reference and may be viewed at http://www.orangecountync.gov/departments/purchasing_division/contracts.php ). Any violation of the Orange County Non-Discrimination Policy is a breach of this Agreement and County may immediately terminate this Agreement without further obligation on the part of the County. This paragraph is not intended to limit and does not limit the definition of breach to discrimination. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Revised 01/24 3 f. If activities related to the performance of this Agreement require specific licenses, certifications, or related credentials Contractor represents that it and its employees, agents and subcontractors engaged in such activities possess such licenses, certifications, or credentials and that such licenses certifications, or credentials are current, active, and not in a state of suspension or revocation. g. The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work efficiently and with the Contractor’s best skill and attention. Except as specifically set forth in the Contract Documents the Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences , and procedures of construction, and for safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. The Contractor shall be responsible to see that the finished Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents. h. The Contractor shall appoint a competent Project Manager with general authority to manage the Project for the Contractor. The Contractor shall also keep on the Project at all times during the Work of the Contractor a competent Resident Superintendent and necessary assistants who shall not be replaced without prior written approval by the Designer or by the Owner if a Designer is not retained for the Project. i. If, in the opinion of the Designer, any Subcontractor on the Project is incompetent or otherwise unsatisfactory, such Subcontractor shall be replaced by the Contractor with no increase in the Contract Price if and when directed by the Designer. j. The Contractor shall attend all progress conferences and all other meetings or conferences. The Contractor shall be represented at these progress conferences by a representative having the authority of the Project Manager and by such other representatives as the Designer may direct. k. Costs and expenses of providing samples for and assistance in any testing shall be borne by the Contractor. Any Work in which untested materials are used without written approval or written permission of the Owner or Designer shall be removed and replaced at Contractor’s expense. l. The Contractor shall obtain all necessary permits including all permits required to complete the Work in compliance with local, state, and federal law. 5. PAYMENT & TAXES a. The Owner hereby agrees to pay to the Contractor for the faithful performance of this Agreement, and the Contractor hereby agrees to perform all of the Work for a sum not-to- exceed Dollars ($ ). Not later than the fifth (5th) day of each calendar month the Contractor shall submit to the Owner’s Representative, generally the Designer if a Designer is retained on the Work, a Request for Payment for work done during the previous calendar month. (i) The Request for Payment shall be in form of a standardized invoice or AIA Document G702-703 appropriately addressed to Owner’s Representative at and shall show substantially the value of work done during the previous calendar month. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Revised 01/24 4 (ii) The amount due for payment shall be ninety-five percent (95%) of the value of work completed since the last Request for Payment and this amount shall be paid by the Owner on or before the last business day of the month. Owner shall retain five percent (5%) (the “Retainage”). (1) Upon Owner’s Representative’s certification that fifty percent (50%) of the Work has been satisfactorily completed Retainage shall be reduced to two and one half percent (2½%). (2) Upon Owner’s Representative’s certification that ninety percent (90%) of the Work has been satisfactorily completed Retainage may be discontinued. Retainage may be discontinued, at Owner’s Discretion, so long as work continues to be completed satisfactorily and on schedule. (3) The Owner may discontinue withholding retainage in accordance with the provisions of NCGS-143-(b1)(2) when the project is 50% complete. (iii) Final payment shall not be due to the Contractor until thirty (30) days after Final Completion of the Work, including punch list work, has been satisfactorily (as determined by the County) completed and an appropriate Affidavit, Indemnification, and Release as required in Section 5.4(e) of Exhibit 1 has been received and approved by Owner. b. Should Owner reasonably determine that Contractor has failed to perform the Work related to a Request for Payment, Owner, at its discretion may provide the Contractor ten (10) days to cure the breach. Owner may withhold the accompanying payment without penalty until such time as Contractor cures the breach. (i) Should Contractor or its representatives fail to cure the breach within ten (10) days, or fail to reasonably agree to such modified schedule, Owner may immediately terminate this Agreement in writing, without penalty or incurring further obligation to Contractor. (ii) This section shall not be interpreted to limit the definition of breach to the failure to perform the Work related to a Request for Payment. c. The Contractor has included in the Contract Price and shall pay all taxes assessed by any authority on the Work or the labor and materials used therein. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to furnish the Owner documentary evidence showing the materials used and sales and use tax paid by the Contractor and each of its subcontractors. d. Should the Owner receive notice that the Contractor has failed to pay a Subcontractor for the Work performed related to a Request for Payment, Owner shall have the authority to withhold payment of the disputed amount until parties resolve their dispute. Failure to pay the Contractor pursuant to this section of the Agreement shall not be deemed to be a breach of the Agreement. 6. NON–APPROPRIATION Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Revised 01/24 5 a. Contractor acknowledges that Owner is a governmental entity, and the validity of this Agreement is based upon the availability of public funding under the authority of its statutory mandate. b. In the event that public funds are unavailable or not appropriated for the performance of Owner’s obligations under this Agreement, then this Agreement shall automatically expire without penalty to Owner immediately upon written notice to Contractor of the unavailability or non-appropriation of public funds. It is expressly agreed that Owner shall not activate this non-appropriation provision for its convenience or to circumvent the requirements of this Agreement. c. In the event of a change in the Owner’s statutory authority, mandate or mandated functions, by state or federal legislative or regulatory action, which adversely affects Owner’s authority to continue its obligations under this Agreement, then this Agreement shall automatically terminate without penalty to Owner upon written notice to Contractor of such limitation or change in Owner’s legal authority. 7. NOTICES Any notice required by this Agreement shall be in writing and delivered by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested to the following: Owner: Contractor: Orange County Attn: P.O. Box 8181 Hillsborough, NC 27278 8. MISCELLANEOUS a. Duties and Obligations imposed by the Contract Documents shall be in addition to any Duties and Obligations imposed by state, federal or local law, rules, regulations and ordinances. b. No act or failure to act by the Owner or Contractor shall constitute a waiver of any right or duty granted them under the Contract Documents, nor shall any act or failure to act constitute any approval except as specifically agreed in writing. c. The Work shall be tested and inspected as required by the Contract Documents and as required by law. Unless prohibited by law the costs of all such tests and inspections related to state and federal codes such as ADA, Administrative, Electrical, Plumbing, Mechanical and Building Codes shall be borne by the Contractor. The costs for material and structural testing shall be conducted by an independent third party at the expense of the Owner. Delays related to any of the aforementioned tests and inspections shall not be grounds for delaying the completion of the work. If any such tests and inspections reveal deficiencies in the Work such that the Work does not comply with terms or requirements of the Contract Documents and the requirements of any code or law the Contractor is solely responsible for the cost of bringing such deficiencies into compliance with the terms of the Contract Documents and any code or law. d. Should the Designer, if a Designer is retained for the project involving the Work, or Owner reject any portion of the Work for failing to comply with the Contract Documents Contractor Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Revised 01/24 6 shall immediately, at Contractor’s expense, correct the Work. Any such rejection may be made before or after substantial completion. If applicable, any additional expense borne by the Designer under this section shall be paid at Contractor’s expense. e. The County has designated ( ) to act as the County's representative with respect to the Project and shall have the authority to render decisions within guidelines established by the County Manager or the County Board of Commissioners and shall be available during working hours as often as may be reasonably required to render decisions and to furnish information. f. The Contractor shall not assign any portion of this Agreement nor subcontract the Work in its entirety without the prior written consent of the Owner. g. In the event of a breach by Contractor Owner has sole authority to determine the reasonableness of Contractor’s actions to remedy such breach or complete the performance of its obligations. h. Upon request of the Owner, the Contractor shall submit to County all relevant documentation, including but not limited to, job cost records, to support its claims for final compensation and if such request is made final compensation shall not be due until all relevant documentation is received, reviewed, and approved by Owner. 9. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES a. Owner and Contractor mutually waive any claim against each other for consequential damages. Consequential Damages include: (i) Damages incurred by Owner for loss of use, income, financing, or business. (ii) Damages incurred by Contractor for office expenses, including personnel, loss of financing, profit, income, business, damage to reputation, or any other non-direct damages. 10. ENTIRE AGREEMENT All of the documents listed, referenced or described in this Agreement, the written Notice -to-Proceed, together with Modifications made or issued in accordance herewith are the Contract Documents, and the work, labor, materials, and completed construction required by the Contract Documents and all parts thereof is the Work. The Contract Documents constitute the entire agreement between Owner and Contractor. This Agreement may be amended only by written instrument signed by both parties. Modifications may be evidenced by facsimile signatures. If any provision of the Agreement or General Conditions shall be declared invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of the Agreement shall continue in full force and effect. [SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW] Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Revised 01/24 7 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and date first above written in a number of counterparts, each of which shall, without proof or accounting for other counterparts, be deemed an original contract. ORANGE COUNTY: CONTRACTOR: By: _________________________________ By: __________________________________ Printed Name and Title Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Revised 01/24 8 ORANGE COUNTY—INTERNAL USE ONLY ______________________________________________________________________________ Finance Information Vendor Name: Vendor Contact Person: Phone: Address: City State: Zip: Department: Amount: Purpose: Budget Code(s): Vendor # Vendor Status with NCSOS: Vendor is a BOCC consultant: Yes No Contract Details Contract Type: New Amendment (Original Contract: ) (Most Recent Amendment ) Effective Date End Date Notice Date (Notice Purpose ) Award Approved by Board (Agenda Date: ); Made or Administered by Signature Authority - BOCC Express Delegation (Agenda Date: ) - Policy 9.4: Under $5,000; Service Under $90,000; Construction Under $250,000 - Budget Policy Section XV (Capital Improvement Project: ) Bidding Informal Bidding ($30k-$90k); Formal RFP ($90k+); Other (<$30k); Exception(# ) Department Affirmation This agreement is approved as to technical form and content and I as Department Director affirmatively state work on this project has not been initiated prior to execution of the agreement ; OR This agreement is approved as to technical form and content . Services related to this agreement have already begun or been completed. Description of the nature of the emergency condition that was addressed: Department Director’s Signature ________________________________________ Date: ________ Information Technologies This agreement has been reviewed and is approved as to information technology content and specifications: Office of the Chief Information Officer___________________________________ Date: ________ Inapplicable because no hardware/software purchases or related services Risk Management This agreement is approved for sufficiency of insurance standards, specifications, and requirements: Office of the Risk Management Officer___________________________________ Date: _________ Financial Services This instrument has been pre-audited in the manner required by the Local Government Budget and Fiscal Control Act: Office of the Chief Financial Officer ____________________________________ Date: _________ Legal Services This agreement is approved as to legal form and sufficiency: Office of the County Attorney __________________________________________Date: ________ Clerk to the Board All Docusign contracts must be copied to the Clerk upon completion: occlerkdocs@orangecountync.gov The following signature block is for hard copies only and is not required for Docusign contracts: Received for record retention: Office of the Clerk to the Board __________________________________________Date:_________ Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 1 Revised 01/24 EXHIBIT 1----GENERAL CONDITIONS Table of Contents Page Article 1. Definitions......................................................................................................................3 Article 2. Correlation, Interpretation, and Intent of Contract Documents……...............................7 Article 3. Familiarity with Work, Conditions and Laws..................................................................8 Article 4. Bonds............................................................................................................................9 Article 5. Insurance and Indemnity ..............................................................................................9 Article 6. Other Record Documents and Submittals...................................................................16 Article 7. Contractor....................................................................................................................18 Article 8. Owner .........................................................................................................................26 Article 9. Construction Manager ................................................................................................26 Article 10. Designer ...................................................................................................................26 Article 11. Testing and Surveying..............................................................................................27 Article 12. Separate Contracts...................................................................................................27 Article 13. Contract Time ..........................................................................................................28 Article 14. Changes in the Work ...............................................................................................31 Article 15. Change of the Contract Price ..................................................................................33 Article 16. Unforeseen Conditions.............................................................................................35 Article 17. Correction of Work before Final Payment ...............................................................35 Article 18. Correction of Work after Substantial Completion; Warranties and Guaranties........36 Article 19. Owner's Right to Do Work .......................................................................................37 Article 20. Partial Payments .....................................................................................................37 Article 21. Final Payment..........................................................................................................40 Article 22. Contractor, Subcontractor and Supplier Affidavit ....................................................41 Article 23. Assignments and Subcontracts................................................................................41 Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 2 Revised 01/24 Article 24. Measurements........................................................................................................41 Article 25. Contractor and Subcontractor Relationships..........................................................42 Article 26. Use of Premises .....................................................................................................42 Article 27. Cutting, Patching and Fitting ..................................................................................42 Article 28. Dispute Resolution ................................................................................................43 Article 29. Taxes......................................................................................................................43 Article 30. Operation of Owner's Facilities...............................................................................44 Article 31. Third Party Beneficiary Clause...............................................................................44 Article 32. Measurement of Quantities ....................................................................................44 Article 33. Termination by the Owner for Cause .....................................................................44 Article 34. Termination or Suspension by the Owner for Convenience...................................45 Article 35. Minority Business Enterprise Program……………………….……………………….46 Article 36 E-Verify, Iran Divestment, Israel Boycott, and Digital.……………………………..46 Article 37. General...................................................................................................................46 Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 3 Revised 01/24 ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS 1.1 Agreement - The Construction Contract, these General Conditions, and any Supplementary Conditions. 1.2 AIA - The American Institute of Architects. 1.3 ASTM - The American Society for Testing and Materials. 1.4 Beneficial Occupancy – Use of the Project by the Owner after Substantial Completion, but prior to Final Completion.. 1.5 Change Order - A written order to the Contractor signed by the Owner and the Designer authorizing an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time issued after execution of the Construction Contract. See paragraph 14.1. 1.6 Completion Date - Those dates identified as Completion Dates in the Contract Construction Schedule or elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 1.7 Construction Contract – The document executed by the Contractor and the Owner to formally memorialize their consent to the terms of the Agreement. 1.8 Construction Change Directive – A written order to the Contractor signed by the Owner and the Designer directing an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work after execution of the Construction Contract, in circumstances when the parties have been unable to agree on an adjustment to the Contract Price or the Contract Time, but the Owner requests that the Contractor proceed with said addition, deletion, or revision in the Work subject to adjustment of the Contract Price or Contract Time under the procedures described herein. 1.9 Construction Manager(s) - The person(s) or firm designated as the Construction Manager in the Contract Documents, or their authorized representatives. The Construction Manager(s), as referred to herein, will be referred to hereinafter as if each were of the singular number and masculine gender. 1.10 Contract Construction Schedule - That schedule described in Article 13 hereof and identified as the Contract Construction Schedule. 1.11 Contract Documents - All of the documents that make up the Agreement, plus the Drawings and Specifications that describe the scope of the Work, plus allowable Modifications to the Contract Documents. 1.12 Contract Price - The total monies payable to the Contractor under the Contract Documents pursuant to paragraph 15.1 of the Agreement. 1.13 Contract Time - The number of calendar days stated in, or computed from, the Contract Documents for the completion of the Work, or any portion thereof. See, particularly, Article 13 Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 4 Revised 01/24 hereof and the Contract Construction Schedule. Time of completion as specified therein is of the essence. The time used and referred to on the Project will be that time which is observed in Raleigh, North Carolina, being Eastern Daylight Savings Time (EDT), Eastern Standard Time (EST), or other as designated by the Designer. 1.14 Contractor - The Contractor shall be that party identified as such in the Contract Documents. 1.15 Days - Unless otherwise indicated, the term "days" shall mean consecutive calendar days. 1.16 Daylight Hours - The hours or portions of hours between sunrise and sunset local time. 1.17 Designer(s) – The person or firm designated as the Designer in the Contract Documents, or their authorized representatives. The Designer(s), as referred to herein, shall mean architect, landscape architect, or engineer. They will be referred to hereinafter as if each were of the singular number and masculine gender. On projects for which there is no Designer designated references to approvals or authorizations of or by the Designer shall be interpreted to refer to approvals or authorizations of Owner or Owner’s designee. 1.18 Drawings - The Drawings are the graphic and pictorial portions of the Contract Documents, wherever located and whenever issued, showing the design, location, and dimensions of the Work, and generally including plans, elevations, sections, details, schedules and diagrams. A list of the Drawings is contained in the Contract Documents. 1.19 Field Order - A written order issued by the Designer which clarifies or interprets the Contract Documents or orders minor changes in the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. See paragraph 14.2. 1.20 Final Completion - The point at which the Contractor has completed the Work, with the exception of guaranty and warranty obligations and as determined by the Designer and becomes entitled to final payment upon the recommendation of the Designer and determination by the Owner. 1.21 The words "furnish," "furnish and install," "install," and "provide" or words with similar meanings shall be interpreted, unless otherwise stated, to mean furnish and install complete, in place and ready for service. 1.22 Liquidated Damages – See paragraph 13.18 of these General Conditions. 1.23 Modification - (A) a written amendment to the Contract Documents signed by the Owner and the Contractor and identified therein as such, (B) a Change Order, (C) Construction Change Directive, or (D) a Field Order. A Modification may only be issued after execution of the Agreement. 1.24 Notice of Award - The written notice by the Owner to the Contractor that the Contractor is the successful Bidder and that upon compliance with the conditions precedent to be fulfilled by the Contractor within the time specified, the Owner will execute and deliver the Agreement to him. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 5 Revised 01/24 1.25 Notice to Proceed - See paragraph 13.3. 1.26 Owner - The Owner is the person designated as such in the Agreement. 1.27 Owner's Representative - A person, or persons, authorized and employed by the Owner and designated from time to time by written notice to the Contractor to administer the Contract Documents, and to observe and monitor the Work on behalf of the Owner with authority and responsibility as herein specified. 1.28 Notice - The term "notice" or "written notice" as used herein shall mean and include all written notices, demands, instructions, and claims approvals and disapprovals furnished by the Owner or the Designer to obtain compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, as well as all written notices, demands, instructions and claims furnished by the Contractor as required by the Contract Documents. Where notice is required under the terms of the Contract Documents written notice shall always be required, and oral or "constructive" notice shall be insufficient and ineffective as notice. Email or other electronic delivery shall be insufficient and ineffective as notice unless specifically allowed by the Supplementary Conditions or a Modification to the Agreement. Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served on the date that it is delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm, to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, to an authorized representative of such individual, firm, or corporation, or on the date that it is mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to the last business address of such individual, firm, or corporation known to the person giving the notice. Written notice may also be given by facsimile transmission, provided that proof of delivery is obtained. In the case of delivery in person, such delivery shall not be effective unless and until a written and signed receipt showing the date and time of delivery is obtained. 1.29 Project - The total construction of which the Work performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part. 1.30 Project Expediter – As used herein, is an entity stated in the Contract Documents, designated to effectively facilitate scheduling and coordination of Work activities. For the purpose of a single prime contract, the single prime contractor is designated as the Project Expediter. For the purpose of a project involving separate prime contracts, the Contractor for general work shall be designated as the Project Expediter unless otherwise indicated in the Supplementary General Conditions. See paragraph 7.27. 1.31 Project Manager - That person designated by the Contractor in accordance with paragraph 7.2 who shall be in general charge of the Work and its performance and who shall have the authority set forth in the last sentence of paragraph 7.2. 1.32 Request for Information - A written communication from the Contractor to the Designer for any interpretation of, or information needed, required, or desired under the Contract Documents. The Owner reserves the right to determine the reasonable format and contents required for a Request for Information. In any Request for Information, the Contractor shall state a reasonable date by which a response is necessary in order to avoid delay in progress on the Work and shall make such request sufficiently in advance of such date as to avoid any such delay. The Designer shall respond in writing to the Request for Information by the date stated by the Contractor unless he cannot reasonably do so, in which case he shall prior to that date notify Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 6 Revised 01/24 the Contractor of the date by which he can reasonably respond. The Contractor shall not be entitled to any additional time for the completion of the Work or any portion thereof by reason of the Designer's failure to respond if he has not submitted his Request for Information sufficiently in advance to allow the Designer a reasonable time within which to respond. 1.33 Request for Payment - The form, in the form of AIA Document G702 (latest ed.) or other published document approved by Owner, which is to be used by the Contractor in requesting progress payments and which is to include a Schedule of Values as required by the Contract Documents and an affidavit of the Contractor that progress payments theretofore received from the Owner on account of the Work have been applied by the Contractor to discharge in full all the Contractor's obligations incurred in connection with Work covered by all prior applications for payment. See paragraph 20.2. 1.34 Resident Superintendent - That person designated by the Contractor in accordance with paragraph 7.2 who has day-to-day responsibility for the prosecution of the Work and the obtaining of proper materials and equipment, and adequate labor and who shall have the authority set forth in the last sentence of paragraph 7.2. 1.35 Schedule of Values - Any breakdown of the Contract Price which may be required by the Contract Documents, and designated as such. See paragraph 20.1. 1.36 Specifications - That portion of the Contract Documents consisting generally of the written requirements for materials, equipment, construction systems, standards, and workmanship for the Work and performance of related services. 1.37 Subcontractor - A person, firm, or corporation who has entered into a direct contract with the Contractor to perform any of the Work at the Project. 1.38 Submittal - Shop drawings, product data, samples, and other documents required by the Contract Documents to be submitted by the Contractor to the Designer. 1.39 Submittal Register - See paragraph 13.2 of these General Conditions. 1.40 Substantial Completion - The point at which the Work, and Work by other Contractors on or in connection with the Project, as determined by the Designer, is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents that it can be beneficially occupied by the Owner, and the Work can be utilized by the Owner for its intended use, and all necessary permits and permissions for Beneficial Occupancy and utilization having been obtained by the Contractor. All operations and maintenance manuals, Owner training, and as-built drawings must be submitted prior to Substantial Completion being achieved. 1.41 Sub-subcontractor - A person or entity that has a direct or indirect contract with a Subcontractor to perform any of the Work at the Project. 1.42 Work - The construction and services required by the Contract Documents, including all labor, materials, equipment, and services provided or to be provided by the Contractor to fulfill the Contractor’s obligations. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 7 Revised 01/24 1.43 All references in the Contract Documents to the masculine shall be interpreted as including the feminine or neuter and all references in the Contract Documents to the singular or the plural shall be interpreted as including the other, as may be appropriate in the reasonable interpretation of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 2. CORRELATION, INTERPRETATION AND INTENT OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 2.1 It is the intent of the Specifications and Drawings and other Contract Documents to describe a complete Project in accordance with the Contract Documents. 2.2 The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. If the Contractor finds a conflict, error or discrepancy in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall notify the Designer in writing before proceeding with the Work affected thereby. In resolving such conflicts, errors and discrepancies, the Contract Documents shall be given preference in the following order: Construction Contract, Modifications, Addenda, General Conditions, Specifications, and Drawings. Figure dimensions on Drawings shall govern over scale dimensions, and detailed Drawings shall govern over general Drawings. Any Work that may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents as being required to produce the intended result shall be supplied whether or not it is specifically called for. Work, materials or equipment described in words which, so applied, have a well-known technical trade meaning shall be deemed to refer to such meaning and to incorporate any recognized standards which are a part of such meaning if not otherwise defined within the Contract Documents. 2.3 Miscellaneous items, accessories and work which are not specifically mentioned, but which are essential to produce a complete and properly operating installation, or useable structure or plant providing the indicated function shall be furnished and installed without change in the Contract Price. Such miscellaneous items and accessories shall be of the same quality standards, including material, style, finish, strength, class, weight and other applicable characteristics, as specified for the major component of which the miscellaneous item or accessory is an essential part, and shall be approved by the Designer before installation. This requirement is not intended to include major components not covered by or inferable from the Contract Documents. 2.4 The Work of all trades under the Contract Documents shall be coordinated by the Contractor in such a manner as to obtain the best workmanship possible for the entire Project and all components of the Work shall be installed or erected in accordance with the best practices of the particular trade. 2.5 The Contractor shall fully complete the Work and shall be responsible for all of the Work under the Contract Documents to which the Construction Contract applies. If the Contractor is prevented from doing so by any limitation of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall immediately give notice thereof to the Designer and the Owner in writing. 2.6 Standard specifications or manufacturers' literature, when referenced, shall be of the latest revision or printing unless otherwise stated and is intended to establish the minimum requirements acceptable. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 8 Revised 01/24 2.7 For those materials specified without the use of brand names, the Contractor shall submit within thirty (30) days after his receiving the Construction Contract for signatures, any product that meets the express requirements of the Specifications. Such Submittal shall include manufacturer's data, test reports, performance data and certifications, samples, erection details, and other applicable information as required to permit determination by the Designer whether such proposed products are suitable. The Designer shall be the sole judge as to the suitability of any proposed product. The burden of proof of quality rests with the Contractor. 2.8 The Contractor is required to examine and read the complete set of Contract Documents for information concerning the Work, because some of the Work for which the Contractor will be responsible may be indicated on or in documentation applying primarily to the Work of one or more other separate prime contractors. No allowance will be made for the Contractor’s failure to become familiar with the complete set of project documents. 2.9 Contractor’s requests for clarification or information shall clearly define the cause(s) of Contractor’s request and, as appropriate, shall include Contractor’s interpretation and Contractor’s proposed solution. ARTICLE 3. FAMILIARITY WITH WORK, CONDITIONS AND LAWS 3.1 The Contractor has investigated prior to bidding and is satisfied with all conditions affecting the Work, including but not restricted to those bearing upon transportation, disposal, handling and storage of materials, availability of labor, water, electrical power, roads and uncertainties of weather, or similar physical conditions at the Project site, and the character of equipment and facilities needed prior to and during prosecution of the Work. The Contractor is satisfied as to the character, quality and quantity of surface and subsurface materials or obstacles to be encountered insofar as this information is reasonably ascertainable from inspection of the Project site, including all exploratory work done by the Owner, as well as from information presented by the Contract Documents, or any other information made available to the Contractor prior to receipt of bids. Any failure by the Contractor to become acquainted with the available information shall not relieve the Contractor from the responsibility for estimating properly the difficulty or cost of successfully performing the Work. 3.2 The Contractor shall be entitled to make all inferences from the Contract Documents that would reasonably be made by a contractor having knowledge and experience with similar work; however, the Contractor shall not be entitled to infer from the Contract Documents any fact or condition which would not be inferred by a contractor having knowledge and experience with similar work and the Contractor shall be required to obtain independently such other information as a knowledgeable and experienced contractor would prudently obtain in order to evaluate any such condition. 3.3 The Contractor specifically acknowledges familiarity with all Federal, State, and local laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations which may in any manner affect those engaged or employed in the Work, or the materials or equipment in or about the Work, or in any way affect the conduct of the Work and agrees that the Contractor and the Contractor’s employees, subcontractors, and suppliers will, at all times, comply with same. If the Contractor shall discover any provisions in the Contract Documents which are contrary to or inconsistent with any such law, ordinance, rule, or regulation, the Contractor shall immediately give notice thereof to the Designer and the Owner in writing, identifying any items of Work affected, and the Contractor shall not proceed Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 9 Revised 01/24 until the Contractor has received written direction from the Designer with respect to these items. If the Contractor performs contrary to or inconsistently with any such law, ordinance, rule, or regulation without such written direction, the Contractor shall bear all costs which are a consequence of such performance. 3.4 At times selected by the Designer after execution by the Contractor of the Construction Agreement, a pre-construction conference shall be scheduled and conducted for the benefit of the Project. ARTICLE 4. BONDS 4.1 A performance bond in the full amount of the Contract Price shall be required of the Contractor to guarantee the faithful performance of the Work in compliance with the Contract Documents, in such form as may be required by law and approved by the Owner. The bond shall be dated the same date as the Construction Contract and must be accompanied by a current copy of the power of attorney for the attorney-in-fact executing such bond on behalf of a surety company licensed to do business in the state of North Carolina. 4.2 A payment bond in the full amount of the Contract Price shall be required of the Contractor to guarantee the payment of all labor and material costs or claims in connection with compliance with the Contract. The payment bond shall be in such form as may be required by law and approved by the Owner. Said bond shall be dated and executed in the same manner as the performance bond in paragraph 4.1. ARTICLE 5. INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY 5.1 CONTRACTOR PROVIDED INSURANCE The Contractor shall, without limiting its obligations or liabilities, procure, pay for and maintain such insurance as is required by law and as is required by this Agreement to protect the Contractor and the Owner from claims for damages for bodily injury, including death, and from claims for property damage which may arise from the Contractor's or its representatives', consultants', Subcontractors', agents', or employees' operations under this Agreement. Such insurance shall be of the kinds and have limits of liability and coverages not less than the minimum limits hereinafter specified or required by law, whichever is greater. The Owner makes no representation as to the adequacy or sufficiency of such coverages. The following requirements shall in no way be construed to limit or eliminate the liability of the Contractor, which arises from performance of Work under the Agreement. The Contractor is strictly responsible for any losses, claims, and costs of any kind which exceed the Contractor's limits of liability, or which may be outside the coverage scope of the policies. The insurance specified shall be provided by an insurer approved by the Owner, authorized to do such business in the State of North Carolina, and on terms approved by the Owner. Insurance companies utilized shall have a minimum rating of A- and Class VII as evaluated by the most current A.M. Best Rating Guide. If the insurer has a Best Rating less than A- and Class VII, the Contractor must receive specific written approval from the Owner prior to proceeding with any Work under the Agreement. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 10 Revised 01/24 All agents and brokers shall hold valid licenses from the State of North Carolina. Before commencing mobilization to the Project site and not later than 7 days after the receipt of the Construction Contract by the Contractor for signatures, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner a certificate or certificates of insurance in a form satisfactory to the Owner. Upon request of the Owner, the Contractor shall provide the Owner with certified copies of the insurance policies required by this Article, including without limitation declaration pages, conditions, exclusions and endorsements, and confirmation that each policy premium has been paid for the required term of this Agreement. A copy of the umbrella policy shall be provided to the Orange County Risk Manager. Certificates shall be signed by a person authorized by that insurer to bind coverage on its behalf. All insurance policies shall provide, as evidenced by Certificates of Insurance, that the insurance shall not be canceled, reduced, restricted, or changed in any way without at least 30 days prior written notice to the Owner. With regard to expiration, cancellation, reduction, restriction, or any other change, certificates shall state: "Should any of the following described policies be canceled before expiration date or be due to expire within 30 days, the insurer shall mail 30 days prior written notice to named certificate holder." In the event of any such cancellation, non-renewal, reduction, restriction, or change in any insurance, the Contractor is obligated to replace such insurance within 7 days without a gap in coverage and file accordingly such notice with the Owner, and other interested parties. Failing immediate receipt of evidence of such replacement of insurance the Owner reserves the right to procure such insurance as the Owner considers desirable and the Contractor shall pay or reimburse the cost of the premium in respect thereof. It is expressly provided, however, that any action or inaction on the part of the Owner in this respect shall in no way change or reduce the Contractor's responsibilities and liabilities under this Agreement. Self-funded, policy fronting, or other non-risk transfer insurance mechanisms are not acceptable without prior written approval of the Owner. Full disclosure of such a program must be made prior to commencing mobilization to the Project site. Failure to make a full disclosure constitutes a material breach of the Agreement, justifying termination for default. The Contractor shall name the Owner, the Designer, the Designer’s consultants, and the Construction Manager as additional insureds under all its insurance contracts (except workers' compensation) with respect to and including without limitation liability arising out of activities performed by or on behalf of the Contractor, products and completed operations of the Contractor, and automobiles owned, hired, leased, or borrowed by the Contractor. The coverage shall contain no special limitations on the scope of protection afforded to additional insureds. For any claims related to this Project, the Contractor's insurance or self-insurance shall be primary and noncontributory with respect to the Owner’s insurance. Any insurance or self- insurance maintained by the Owner shall be excess and noncontributory with respect to the Contractor's insurance. All policies of insurance shall contain a clause waiving rights of subrogation against the Owner, unless the Owner approves otherwise in writing. Limits of coverage are not to be amended by deductible clauses of any nature without the express written consent of the Owner. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for any deductible assumptions that may exist in any insurance policies required under this Agreement. In addition, the Contractor shall be responsible and shall not be reimbursed for any losses arising from any risk or exposure not insured as required herein, or not covered as a result of a normal policy exclusion or that falls Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 11 Revised 01/24 within the self-insured retention, if Contractor self-insured. The Contractor's insurance shall apply separately to each insured against whom claim is made or suit is brought, except with respect to the limits of the insurer's liability. The claim provisions in the Contractor’s insurance policies must specifically state the insurance company or Contractor’s Third Party Administrator, if self-insured, has both the right and duty to adjust a claim and provide defense. The policies shall not contain any provision or definition which would serve to exclude or eliminate from coverage third party claims, including exclusions of claims for bodily or other injury to shareholders, partners, officers, directors, or employees of the insured, the premises owner, real estate manager, or the insured's Subcontractor, or any family relative of such persons. If the policies contain any warranty stating that coverage is null and void (or words to that effect) if the Contractor does not comply with the most stringent regulations governing the Work, it shall be modified so that coverage shall be afforded in all cases except for the Contractor's willful or intentional noncompliance with applicable government regulations. Any failure by any person to comply with reporting or other provisions of the policy including breach of warranties, shall not affect coverage provided to the Owner and its representatives, officials, and employees. The insolvency or bankruptcy of the Insured or of the Insured's estate shall not relieve the insurance companies of their obligations under these policies. Any clauses to the contrary are unacceptable and must be stricken. Failure to comply with these requirements shall be a material breach of this Agreement justifying termination for default. 5.1.1 Worker's Compensation and Employers' Liability Insurance The Contractor and its Subcontractors shall procure and maintain Workers' Compensation Insurance in the amount and type required by the State of North Carolina and federal law for all employees employed under the Agreement who may come within the protection of Workers' Compensation Laws and covering all operations under the Agreement whether performed by the Contractor or by his Subcontractors. In jurisdictions not providing complete Workers' Compensation protection, the Contractor and his Subcontractors shall maintain employers' liability insurance in an amount, form, company, and agency satisfactory to the State of North Carolina and the Owner for the benefit of all employees not protected by Workers' Compensation Laws and covering all operations under the Agreement whether performed by the Contractor or by his Subcontractors. The Contractor shall pay such assessments as will protect the Contractor and the Owner from claims under the Workers' Compensation Laws, workers' or workmen's compensation disability benefits, and other similar employee benefit acts. The current Experience Modification Factor shall be indicated on the Certificate of Insurance. Coverage under this section shall be as required by federal and state Workers' Compensation and Occupational Disease Statutes, and shall have minimum limits as follows: Coverage A: Statutory, State of North Carolina Employers' Liability: Each Accident $1,000,000 Disease - Policy Limit $1,000,000 Disease - Each Employee $1,000,000 Such insurance shall include Voluntary Compensation coverage, a Waiver of Subrogation in favor of the Owner as well as other endorsements that may be required by applicable jurisdictions. 5.1.2 Automobile Liability Insurance Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 12 Revised 01/24 The Contractor shall procure and maintain automobile insurance against liability for bodily injury and property damage as described below, that may arise with respect to the Work being performed under the Agreement, and as will provide protection from claims which may arise out of or result from the Contractor's performance of the Work and the Contractor's other obligations under the Agreement, whether such performance of the Work is by the Contractor, by any representative or Subcontractor, by anyone, both officially and personally, directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable. This policy of insurance shall carry the following minimum Limit of Liability: Combined Single Limit $1,000,000 per occurrence; Aggregate $2,000,000.00. The policy of insurance shall contain or be endorsed to include the following: a) owned, hired, and non-owned automobile liability. b) If the policy contains a warranty stating that coverage is null and void (or words to that effect) if the transporter does not comply with the most stringent regulations governing the Work, it shall be modified so that coverage shall be afforded in all cases except for the transporter's willful or intentional noncompliance with applicable government regulations. Any failure by any party to comply with reporting or other provisions of the policy including breach of warranties, shall not affect coverage provided to the Owner and its representatives, officials, and employees. No subcontracting of waste hauling shall be permitted without prior, written approval of the Owner. 5.1.3 General Liability This policy must be written on an Occurrence basis, with the following minimum Limits of Liability: General Aggregate per project $2,000,000.00 Products/Completed Operations Aggregate $2,000,000.00 Bodily Injury and Property Damage csl/each occurrence $1,000,000.00 Personal Injury and Advertising Injury $2,000,000.00 The policy of insurance shall contain or be endorsed to include the following: a) Blanket Contractual Liability covering Contractor’s indemnification obligations under this Agreement, in accordance with ISO policy form CG 00 01. Modifications to the standard provision will not be acceptable if they serve to reduce coverage. b) Premises/Operations Liability. c) Explosion, collapse, and underground fault. d) Independent Contractors and Independent Subcontractors coverage. e) Broad Form Property Damage. f) Personal Injury g) Cross Liability/Severability of Interest clause. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 13 Revised 01/24 h) Employer’s Stop-Gap Liability endorsement, if applicable. i) Amendment of the Pollution Exclusion Endorsement to allow coverage for bodily injury or property damage caused by heat, smoke, or fumes from a hostile fire. j) Designated General Aggregate Limit Endorsement if required by the Contract Documents. Coverage shall remain continuously in effect and without interruption for at least 6 years from the date of the Notice of Award and shall include coverage for exposures arising from operations that have been completed. The Contractor shall furnish the Owner and each other additional insured listed in the Agreement to whom the Certificates have been issued, evidence satisfactory to the Owner of continuation of such insurance at the date of Preliminary Acceptance and each year thereafter. 5.1.4 Pollution Legal Liability (PLL) Pollution Legal Liability coverage will be provided as follows: $1,000,000.00 per occurrence; Aggregate $2,000,000.00. 5.1.5 Umbrella Liability The Contractor shall maintain an occurrence basis (as distinguished from a “claims made” basis) Umbrella Liability policy (true follow form) over the underlying General Liability, Automobile Liability, and Employer's Liability, with the following limits of liability: Each Occurrence $3,000,000, Aggregate $3,000,000. On a fully insured basis such coverage will be subject to a deductible no greater than $10,000 per occurrence where coverage is not provided by the underlying insurance, but is provided by the Umbrella Liability policy. The Contractor may use any combination of primary and umbrella insurance policies to comply with the insurance requirements, provided the resulting insurance is equivalent to the insurance stated herein. All Occupational Disease exclusions must be deleted. Any Pollution Exclusion must be amended to allow coverage for bodily injury or property damage caused by spill, upset, overturn, heat, smoke, or fumes from a hostile fire. 5.1.6 Property Insurance The Contractor shall purchase All Risk Property Insurance on a Completed Value Form in the names of the Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, and sub-subcontractors as their interests may appear with limits as follows: a) Full insurance value of the Work, or b) Amount equal to the Contract Price for the Work, whichever is higher. The Contractor is responsible for all physical damage to owned or rented machinery, tools, equipment, forms, and other items owned, rented or used by the Contractor or Subcontractor(s) in the performance of the Work including all of Owner’s property in Contractor’s care, custody, Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 14 Revised 01/24 or control, and all such property while it is in transit. The insurance coverage evidencing such shall include a waiver of subrogation in favor of the Owner. 5.1.7 Valuable Papers and Records The Contractor shall provide valuable papers and records insurance with coverage in an amount commensurate with project scope and set forth in the Supplementary General Conditions. 5.1.8 Claims The Contractor shall notify the Owner within 24 hours of any claims or alleged claims received by the Contractor covered by any of the policies of insurance required in this Agreement. The Contractor shall provide a written copy of the claim or alleged claim to the Owner within 3 days of the Contractor's receipt of the claim or alleged claim. If a claim is settled to the satisfaction of the claimant, the Contractor shall submit a copy of the claimant's release to the Owner. If a claim or alleged claim is rejected by the Contractor or its insurance company, the Contractor shall immediately report this fact to the Owner. Should 30 days elapse after the claim or alleged claim has been received by the Contractor, and the Contractor is not able to report a settlement or rejection of the claim, it shall report to the Owner the steps being taken with respect to the claim. Without limiting the foregoing, the Contractor shall notify in writing the county risk manager of any paid or incurred claims which may impair annual aggregate or general liability. 5.1.9 Deductibles and Self-insured Retentions Any deductibles or self-insured retentions must be declared to and approved by the Owner. At the option of the Owner, either: a) the insurer shall reduce to a maximum of $250,000 or eliminate such deductibles or self-insured retentions with respect to the Owner, or (b) the Contractor shall provide evidence of collateral provided to insurers or procure a bond guaranteeing payment of losses and related investigations, claim administration, and defense expenses within the deductible or self-insured retention amount. Any self-insured retention or deductible amount on the policy shall not reduce the amount of collectible limits or liability. 5.1.10 Subcontractors The Contractor shall include all Subcontractors as Insureds under its policies, or shall furnish separate certificates, policies, and endorsements for each Subcontractor the Contractor intends to use. If a Subcontractor does not take out insurance in his own name and the Contractor wishes to provide insurance protection for such Subcontractor and such Subcontractor's employees, the Contractor shall either (a) procure appropriate policies in the name of the Subcontractor, or (b) cause a rider or riders to be attached to the Contractor's policies which shall identify the Subcontractor thereby covered; provided, however, in the case of the latter option, such a rider need not be attached to the Contractor's workers' compensation policy if such policy by its terms is sufficiently broad to cover the employees of all Subcontractors performing Work under the Contract Documents. Except as otherwise approved by the Owner in writing, Limits of Liability and coverage scope must be at a minimum as stringent as required of the Contractor by the Contract Documents. All Work performed for the Contractor by any Subcontractor shall be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between the Contractor and the Subcontractor which shall contain provisions that waive all rights the contracting parties may have against one another for damages caused by fire or other perils covered by insurance as Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 15 Revised 01/24 provided herein. Insurance monies received from any loss shall be divided as the respective interest of the parties affected shall appear. 5.2 OWNER CONTROLLED PROJECT SPECIFIC INSURANCE In the event the Owner elects to purchase project-specific insurance affording coverage to the Contractor and Subcontractors, the terms and conditions of such coverage shall be set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. 5.3 CONTRACTOR AS JOINT VENTURE If the Contractor is completing this Project on a joint venture basis, both joint venture partners retain all liabilities assumed by this Agreement, individually and collectively. This may include, but is not limited to, all premiums due, deductibles/self-insured retentions, coinsurance provisions, claim provisions, insurance policy conditions, and indemnification provisions hereunder. Evidence of a Blanket Joint Venture Endorsement must be obtained from the General Liability and Contractor's Pollution Legal Liability carriers of each joint venture partner for a period of 6 years after completion of the Project, substantially as follows: With respect to "your work", and the "products-completed operations hazard", you are an insured for your liability arising out of the conduct of any partnership or joint venture of which you were a partner or member, even though this partnership or joint venture is not shown as a Named Insured in the Declarations. This coverage is excess over any available liability purchased specifically to insure the partnership or joint venture. This coverage will not inure to the benefit of any other party except you." 5.4 INDEMNIFICATION The Contractor, to the fullest extent not expressly prohibited by law, shall defend, indemnify, and save harmless the Owner, the Designer, the Construction Manager and their respective officials, officers, employees, and agents from and against any and all liabilities (foreseeable or unforeseeable), penalties, fines, liens, forfeitures, demands, claims, causes of actions, suits, judgments, and costs and expenses incidental thereto, (including, without limitation, amounts paid pursuant to investigations, defense or settlements, and reasonable attorneys' fees), which any or all of them may hereafter suffer, incur, be responsible for, or pay out as a result of but not limited to: a) bodily injury (including sickness, disease, or death) to any person including but not limited to, the Contractor's employees or its representatives while on the site of the Project; or b) actual or alleged damage (including loss of use) to any property (public or private, including the Project or other property on the Project site); or c) contamination of or adverse effects on the environment arising directly or indirectly out of or in connection with the performance of the Work, including but not limited to any hazardous or toxic waste, substance, or constituent of any substance subject to regulation under CERCLA, RCRA, TSCA, and other Federal and state authorities that is spilled, released, threatening to release, or disposed of or destroyed by the Contractor or its Subcontractors on or off the site of the Project or while in transport to or from the site; or Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 16 Revised 01/24 d) any violation or alleged violation of laws and regulations, arising out of or in any way connected with the Work, caused in whole or in part by the Contractor, any Subcontractor or supplier or any representatives of the Contractor. The Contractor shall not be required to indemnify the Owner against losses resulting from a breach of this Agreement by the Owner or its other agents and contractors, or resulting from negligence, misconduct or violation of laws on the part of the Owner or its other agents and contractors. e) upon completion of the Work the Contractor shall execute an affidavit, indemnification, and release stating there are no unpaid debts for any work that has been done or materials that have been furnished to the Project prior to and as of the date of substantial completion and further stating that Contractor shall indemnify, save and protect Owner and Owner’s lender, if any, harmless from and against any and all claims, liabilities, liens, losses, damages, causes of action, and expenses (including court costs and reasonable attorney’s fees related thereto) arising out of, in connection with, or resulting from any such claims, liabilities, liens, losses, damages, causes of action, or expenses. Such affidavit, indemnification, and release shall be in a form and substance acceptable to Owner. By executing this Agreement Contractor acknowledges the receipt of adequate consideration in return for said release. The Contractor further agrees to obtain, maintain, and pay for such liability insurance coverages and endorsements as will insure the provisions of this paragraph 5.4. Furthermore, the Contractor agrees to be liable for and to indemnify and reimburse the Owner for all legal fees and disbursements paid or incurred to enforce the provisions of this paragraph. The indemnification obligations under this paragraph shall not be limited in any way by the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable under worker's compensation acts, disability benefit acts, other employment benefit acts, or the amount of insurance carried or recovered. The Owner acknowledges that hazardous or toxic waste, material, chemicals, compounds or substances, or other environmental hazards, contamination or pollution, (referred to hereinafter as “environmental hazards”) may be present at the Project site that were not created, generated, or released at the Project site by the Contractor or its Subcontractors, agents or employees, acting alone or in concert with others. Unless the remediation, abatement or handling of such environmental hazards is part of the scope of the Work under this Agreement, then upon the discovery of such environmental hazards, the Contractor shall immediately, and in no event more than three days later, give notice to the Owner of the environmental hazards before they are disturbed. The Owner and the Designer shall thereupon promptly investigate the environmental hazards, and make such changes in the Drawings and Specifications as they may find necessary to abate, remediate, isolate or handle the environmental hazards. Any increase or decrease in the Contract Price or the Contract Time resulting from such changes shall be adjusted in the manner provided herein for adjustments as to extra or additional Work and changes. It is agreed that the Contractor shall have no liability under this Agreement for any environmental hazards existing prior to the date that Work commences under this Agreement unless the Contractor or its Subcontractors, agents or employees, acting alone or in concert with others, by their own negligence or misconduct, release or expose the Owner or third parties to the environmental hazards. The provisions of this paragraph shall survive the termination or cancellation or completion of this Agreement. 5.5 RISK MANAGEMENT POLICY Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 17 Revised 01/24 The Orange County Risk Management Policy shall not apply to construction contracts for amounts over $250,000. The terms of these General Conditions related to insurance shall be the sole authority governing insurance requirements for such contracts. ARTICLE 6. OTHER RECORD DOCUMENTS AND SUBMITTALS 6.1 The Designer shall furnish to the Contractor the number of copies of Drawings and Specifications stated in the Contract Documents. Additional copies of Drawings and Specifications may be obtained at the cost of reproduction and handling. 6.2 The Contractor shall submit to the Designer all Submittals required by the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall submit at least three (3) reproducible prints of all shop drawings. The Contractor shall submit samples in quantities required by the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall submit product data in at least five (5) copies. All shop drawings shall be reviewed by the Contractor and shall bear the Contractor's stamp of approval before being forwarded to the Designer. Submittals shall be submitted in such time as to cause no delay to the Work or any part thereof and in accordance with the Contract Construction Schedule and Submittal Register. The Designer shall review the submittal with reasonable promptness, noting desired corrections, if any. The Designer shall retain two (2) copies of the submittal and shall return the balance of the reviewed submittal to the Contractor for action. The Contractor shall furnish any corrected submittal to the Designer. The Designer shall retain two (2) copies of the corrected submittal and will return the balance of the reviewed submittal to the Contractor. All substitutions prior to the receipt of bids shall be in accordance with the Contract Documents. Refer to Instructions to Bidders, Substitutions. The Contractor acknowledges that the processing of shop drawings and other submittals is directly impacted by the clarity, completeness, and accuracy of said documents and that it is the Contractor’s responsibility to (i) review and coordinate each submittal with all other related or affected Work and (ii) approve each submittal before submitting same to the Designer for approval. 6.3 No substitutions and no deviations from any requirement of the Contract Documents shall be deemed allowed unless the Contractor has specifically informed the Designer and the Owner in writing of such deviations at the time of submittal and the Designer and the Owner have given written and specific approval to the substitutions or deviations. In proposing a deviation or substitution the Contractor warrants to the Owner, notwithstanding any review, allowance or approval by the Designer or the Owner that the deviation or substitution is at least equal to or better in quality and for the purpose intended, and that Contractor shall not by reason of any such review, allowance or approval be relieved from any obligation or responsibility contained in the Contract Documents. 6.4 Review of submittal by the Designer shall not be construed as relieving the Contractor from responsibility for compliance with terms or designs of the Contract Documents nor from responsibility for errors of any sort in the submittal. 6.5 The Contractor shall keep one record copy marked "As-Built" of all Specifications, Drawings, Addenda, Modifications, and Submittals at the Project in good order and annotated at least monthly to show all changes made during the construction process. Such monthly annotations Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 18 Revised 01/24 and their approval by the Designer shall be a condition precedent to approval by the Designer of each monthly Request for Payment. Said record copy shall be stored at the Project and fully protected from damage by fire or other hazard. This record copy shall be available to the Designer and Owner for inspection at all times and shall be delivered to the Designer for the Owner's purposes prior to the Designer's certifying Substantial Completion of the Work. 6.6 At completion of the Project and before Final Payment, the Contractor shall assemble and deliver to the Owner one complete set of all as-built drawings and one complete set of all approved submittals, product data, and samples which were reviewed by the Designer. These drawings and submittals shall be on paper, or in electronic or other media if required by the Supplementary Conditions. These drawings and submittals shall be categorized and packaged as directed by the Designer. ARTICLE 7. CONTRACTOR 7.1 The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work efficiently and with the Contractor’s best skill and attention. Except as may be set forth specifically in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, and for safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. The Contractor shall be responsible to see that the finished Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents. 7.2 The Contractor shall appoint a Project Manager and shall keep on the Project at all times during its progress a competent Resident Superintendent and necessary assistants who shall not be replaced without prior written approval by the Owner except under extraordinary circumstances, in which event immediate written notice shall be given to the Designer and the Owner. The Project Manager and the Resident Superintendent may be the same person or different persons. At any time, the Owner, in its sole and absolute discretion, may require the Contractor to replace the Project Manager or Resident Superintendent with an experienced and competent person or persons upon seven (7) days written notice from the Owner to the Contractor. Such replacement shall be at the Contractor's expense and at no cost to the Owner. Both the Project Manager and the Resident Superintendent shall have authority to act on behalf of the Contractor, and instructions, directions or notices given to either of them shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. 7.3 The Contractor shall provide sufficient competent and suitably qualified personnel, equipment, and supplies to lay out the Work and perform construction as required by the Contract Documents. The Contractor will at all times maintain good discipline and order at the site, and will comply with all applicable OSHA standards. Any person employed by the Contractor, any Subcontractor, or any sub-subcontractor who, in the opinion of the Designer or the Owner, does not perform his Work in a proper and skillful manner or is intemperate or disorderly shall, at the written request of the Owner or Designer, be removed forthwith by the Contractor, Subcontractor, or sub-subcontractor employing such person without cost to the Owner, and shall not be employed again in any portion of the Work without the written approval of the Owner or Designer. Should the Contractor fail to remove such person or persons or fail to furnish suitable and sufficient personnel for the proper prosecution of the Work within three (3) days after written Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 19 Revised 01/24 order, the Owner may withhold further payment by written notice until compliance with such order. 7.4 If, in the opinion of the Designer or the Owner, any Subcontractor on the Project is incompetent or otherwise unsatisfactory, he shall be replaced by the Contractor with no increase in the Contract Price if and when directed by the Designer or the Owner in writing. 7.5 The Contractor shall furnish all materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools appliances, fuel, light, heat, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the execution, maintenance, initial operation, and completion of the Work, other than those specifically excluded by the Contract Documents and to be furnished by the Owner or others. When use or storage of hazardous materials or equipment or methods of more than ordinary risk are necessary in accomplishing the Work, the Contractor shall give the Owner and Designer reasonable advance notice. If any materials are to be furnished or installed by the Owner or others under the terms of the Contract Documents, said materials shall be made available to the Contractor at the location(s) specified in the Contract Documents. All costs of handling, transportation from the specified location to the Project, storage, and installing of Owner-furnished materials shall be included in the Contract Price. The Contractor shall be responsible for any demurrage, damage, loss, or other deficiencies which may occur during the Contractor's handling, storage, or use of such Owner-furnished material. The Owner shall deduct from any monies due or to become due the Contractor any cost incurred by the Owner in making good any such damage, loss, or efficiency. All equipment which is proposed to be used in the Work shall be of sufficient size and in such mechanical condition as to meet the requirements of the Work and produce a satisfactory quality of work. Equipment used on any portion of the Work shall be such that no injury to previously completed Work, adjacent property, or existing facilities shall result from its use. When the methods and equipment to be used by the Contractor accomplishing the Work are not prescribed in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall be free to use any methods or equipment that will accomplish the Work in conformity with the requirements of the Contract Documents. When the Contract Documents specify the use of certain methods and equipment, such methods and equipment shall be used unless others are authorized by the Designer. If the Contractor desires to use a method or type of equipment other than specified in the Contract Documents, the Contractor may request authority from the Designer to do so. The request shall be in writing and shall include a full description of the methods and equipment proposed and of the reasons for desiring to make the change. If approval is given, it shall be on the condition that the Contractor shall be fully responsible for producing Work in conformity with the requirements of the Contract Documents. If, after trial use of the substituted methods or equipment, the Designer determines that the Work produced does not meet the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall discontinue the use of the substitute method or equipment and shall complete the remaining Work with the specified methods and equipment at no additional cost to the Owner. The Contractor shall remove any deficient Work and replace it with Work of specified quality, or take such other corrective action as the Designer may direct. No change in the Contract Price or in Contract Time shall be made as a result of authorizing a change in methods or equipment under this paragraph. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 20 Revised 01/24 7.6 All materials and equipment shall be new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. When special makes or grades of material which are normally packaged by the supplier or manufacturer are specified or approved, such materials shall be delivered to the Project site in their original packages or containers with seals unbroken and labels intact. Materials shall be so stored as to assure the preservation of their quantity, quality and fitness for the Work. Stored materials, even though approved before storage, may again be inspected by the Designer or Owner prior to their use in the Work and shall meet the requirements of the Contract Documents at the time they are incorporated into the Work. Stored materials shall be located so as to facilitate their prompt inspection. The Contractor shall coordinate the storage of all materials with the Designer and the Owner. Materials to be stored at the Project or on the Owner's property shall not create an obstruction to the Owner's or other contractor's reasonable activities. Private property shall not be used for storage purposes without written permission of the owner or lessee of such property. The Contractor shall make all arrangements and bear all expenses for the storage of materials on private property. Upon request, the Contractor shall furnish the Owner a copy of the property owner's permission. All storage sites on private or the Owner's property shall be restored to their original condition by the Contractor at his entire expense, except as otherwise agreed to (in writing) by the owner or lessee of the property. 7.7 All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance with the instructions of the applicable manufacturer, fabricator, or processor, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 7.8 The Contractor will be fully responsible for all acts and omissions of his Subcontractors and of persons directly or indirectly employed by them and of persons for whose acts any of them may be liable to the same extent that the Contractor is responsible for the acts and omissions of the Contractor’s own employees. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create any contractual relationship between any Subcontractor or supplier and the Owner or the Designer, or any obligation on the part of the Owner or the Designer to pay or see to the payment of any money due any such Subcontractor or material furnisher except as may otherwise be required by law. The Owner or the Designer may furnish to any Subcontractor or supplier, to the extent practicable, evidence of amounts paid to the Contractor on account of specific Work done. 7.9 The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control the Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors. 7.10 The Contractor agrees to bind specifically every Subcontractor to the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of the Owner and to furnish written evidence thereof to the Designer and the Owner within seven (7) days after written request by the Owner. 7.11 The Contractor shall attend job progress conferences and all other meetings or conferences as directed by the Designer. The Contractor shall be represented at these job progress conferences by a representative having the authority of the Project Manager and by such other representatives as the Designer may direct. Job progress conferences shall be open to Subcontractors, suppliers and any others who may contribute beneficially toward maintaining required job progress, and such personnel shall be encouraged by the Contractor to attend. It shall be the principal purpose of job progress conferences to effect coordination, cooperation and assistance in every practical way toward the end of maintaining progress of the Project on Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 21 Revised 01/24 schedule and to complete the Work and the Project by the specified Completion Dates. The Contractor shall be prepared to assess progress of the Work as required in the Contract Documents and to recommend remedial measures for correction of progress as may be appropriate. The Designer shall preside as chairman and arrange for minutes to be taken and circulated. In the event that the prosecution of the Work is discontinued for any reason, the Contractor shall notify the Designer and the Owner at least forty-eight (48) hours in advance of resuming operations. Should the terms of the Contract Documents require completion of one or more portions of the Work for the Beneficial Occupancy of the Owner prior to completion of the entire Work, the Contractor shall complete such portion(s) of the Work on or before the date specified. Such completion shall include the obtaining of all government or other permits, permissions, and approvals necessary to occupancy. The Contractor shall independently estimate the difficulties involved in arranging the Work to permit such Beneficial Occupancy and shall not claim any additional compensation or time extension by reason of any delay or increased cost due to completing such portion(s) of the Work. The Owner's possession and use of such portion(s) of the Work shall not be deemed an acceptance of any Work not completed in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Owner shall be responsible for the security, maintenance, utilities, and insurance of all portions of the Work completed and beneficially occupied by the Owner. 7.12 The Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties, and assume all costs incident to the use of any invention, design process, or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others, except for inventions, design processes, or devices specified by the Designer in the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, the Designer, and anyone directly employed by either of them, from and against all claims, damages, losses and expenses, including attorney's fees and costs of defense, arising out of any infringement or alleged infringement of such rights during or after completion of the Work, and shall defend all such claims in connection with any actual or alleged infringement of such rights. 7.13 The Contractor shall secure and pay for all permits, including without limitation construction permits and licenses, and will pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work. 7.14 The Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations applicable to the Work and shall protect and indemnify the Owner and the Owner’s officers, agents, or servants against any claim or liability arising from or based on the violation of any such law, ordinance, regulation, order, or decree, whether by the Contractor or by the Contractor’s employees, Subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, or their employees. 7.15 The Contractor shall be responsible for the entire site of the Project (except those under the Beneficial Occupancy of the Owner) and for its reasonable and necessary protection and security, as required by laws or ordinances governing such conditions, or by custom or sound construction practices, and shall share such responsibilities as may be agreed upon among them, or in the absence of such agreement, as may be directed by the Contract Documents, Owner, or Designer. The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage to the Owner's property, or that of others, by the Contractor or the Contractor’s employees, Subcontractors, Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 22 Revised 01/24 sub-subcontractors, or their employees or agents, and shall make good such damages. The Contractor shall be responsible for and pay for any such claims against the Owner. 7.16 The Contractor shall protect all landscaping designated to remain in the vicinity of the operations and barricade all walks, roads, and areas as necessary to keep the public away from the construction. 7.17 The Contractor shall provide cover and protect all portions of the Work and provide all materials necessary to protect the Work whether performed by the Contractor or any of the Subcontractors or sub-subcontractors. Any Work damaged through the lack of proper protection, or from any other cause, shall be repaired or replaced without extra cost to the Owner or extension to the Contract Time. The Contractor shall maintain the Work during construction and until the Work is accepted. This maintenance shall constitute continuous and effective effort prosecuted day by day, with adequate equipment and forces so that the Work is maintained in satisfactory condition at all times. All costs of maintenance shall be included in the Contract Price and the Contractor will not be paid an additional amount for such effort. Should the Owner or Designer observe that the Contractor at any time has failed to maintain the Work as provided herein, the Designer may immediately notify the Contractor of such noncompliance. Such notification shall specify a reasonable time within which the Contractor shall be required to remedy such unsatisfactory maintenance condition. Should the Contractor fail to properly respond to the Designer's notification, the Owner may, at the Contractor's expense, take such action as it may deem appropriate to remedy the defective maintenance, including suspension of the Contractor's Work or any part thereof. Any such expense incurred by the Owner shall be deducted from monies due or to become due the Contractor. Parking lots, streets, and walks connecting to the Project area shall be protected by the Contractor from deposits of mud, sand, stone, litter, or debris in any form. Pedestrian traffic areas around the construction limits must be maintained in a clean and safe condition at all times with required barricades and covered walkways. When excavation or other operations outside the Project limits is required, the Contractor shall, immediately following that work, return the area to its original condition. All catch basins and storm drain lines in the vicinity of the Project site shall be protected at all times from entry of dirt, rubble and other debris. The residue from the cleaning of trucks, wheelbarrows, concrete buggies, etc. must be prevented from entering the drainage system, and if cleaning is done, the residue must be contained and removed from the Project site with other refuse. 7.18 No burning of refuse or debris shall be allowed inside or around the Project during the course of construction without written authority from authorities having jurisdiction and the Owner. 7.19 The Contractor shall provide for and maintain necessary safety measures and safety programs for the protection of all persons involved with the Work. Such measures and programs shall include the requirements of the most current edition of the CAGC Safety and Health Manual [or the AGC Accident Prevention Manual in Construction], or equivalent requirements, and shall fully comply with all Federal, State, and local laws, rules, regulations, and building Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 23 Revised 01/24 code requirements relating to the prevention of accidents or injuries to persons on or about the location of the Work. All trenches, excavations, or other hazards in the vicinity of the Work shall be well barricaded, and properly lighted at night. When Work requires closing of an area normally used by the Owner or the public, the Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain temporary barricades, and properly light the area. The Contractor shall comply with any directions and public authorities in this respect. 7.20 The Contractor shall designate a responsible officer or employee as safety inspector, whose duties shall include accident prevention on the Project as well as implementation of the Contractor’s safety measures and safety programs on the Project. The name of the safety inspector shall be made known to the Designer and the Owner at the preconstruction conference. 7.21 In emergencies affecting the safety of persons, the Work, or property at the Project site or adjacent thereto, the Contractor is obligated to act in the Contractor’s discretion to prevent threatened damage, injury, or loss. As soon as practicable, the Contractor shall notify the Designer and Owner of such emergency. The Contractor shall give the Designer and the Owner prompt written notice of any significant changes in the Work or deviations from the Contract Documents caused by such emergency. If the Contractor believes that additional work done in an emergency entitles the Contractor to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time, the Contractor may make a claim therefore as provided in Articles 14 or 15. 7.22 The Contractor shall at all times keep the premises free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish caused by the Work. At least weekly and at the completion of the Work, the Contractor shall remove all waste materials and rubbish from and about the Project. At the completion of the Work, the Contractor shall remove all tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus materials. The Contractor shall leave the Work in condition for occupancy by the Owner such that no cleaning or other operations are required. Material cleared from the Project and deposited on adjacent property shall not be considered as having been disposed of satisfactorily. If the Contractor fails to keep the Project clean of waste materials or rubbish, fails to satisfactorily clean-up weekly or at the completion of the Work, the Owner may do so and the costs thereof may be deducted from any amounts due the Contractor. 7.23 Utilities, temporary facilities, and signs shall be provided as described in the Contract Documents. Absent a contrary direction in the Supplementary Conditions, the Contractor shall pay all bills for water, electricity, or other public utility service to the Project site. 7.24 The Contractor shall indemnify and hold the Owner, the Designer, the Designer's consultants, and their officers, agents, and employees harmless against all costs, damages, and expenses, including attorney's fees and costs of defense, arising out of claims by any separate contractor or by any Subcontractor, sub-subcontractor, or supplier engaged by or employed by the Contractor or employed by any of the Subcontractors claiming through him, including without limitation damages, losses, and expenses arising out of or relating to any inconvenience, delay, interference, or other action or non-action of the Contractor or the Contractor’s Subcontractors on the Project. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 24 Revised 01/24 The Contractor acknowledges that should the Contractor or any of the Contractor’s Subcontractors be damaged by any breach of contract by any other separate prime contractor on the Project, the Contractor may invoke applicable dispute resolution procedures with said other separate prime contractor or bring a direct civil action against said other separate prime contractor. The Contractor hereby expressly agrees that neither the Owner nor its officers, agents, or employees shall have any liability of any kind or nature whatsoever to the Contractor, its Subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, or suppliers arising out of or relating to any breach, inconvenience, delay, interference, or other action or non-action by any other separate prime contractor. The Contractor covenants not to sue the Owner for any loss or damage caused by any breach, inconvenience, delay, interference, or other action or non-action by any other separate prime contractor, notwithstanding whatever rights at law the Contractor might have to bring a civil action against the Owner for any breach, inconvenience, delay, interference, or other action or non-action of any other separate prime contractor. The Contractor agrees to look exclusively to the other prime contractor for relief or remedy. Nothing contained herein or appearing anywhere in the Contract Documents shall obligate or require the Owner to exercise any right or privilege, or to take any action or to refrain from taking any action under any contract it may have with any other prime contractor or party to the Project for the benefit of the Contractor or any Subcontractor, subSubcontractor, or supplier claiming through the Contractor. 7.25 Prior to completion of the Work and Final Payment of the Contract Price, excepting only those portions of the Work deemed accepted in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall have charge and care of the Work, and shall take every precaution against injury or damage to any part due to the action of the elements or from any other cause, whether arising from the execution or from the non-execution of the Work. The Contractor shall as required by the Owner replace, rebuild, repair, restore, and make good all injury or damage to any portion of the Work occasioned by any of the above causes before Final Completion and shall bear the expenses thereof. 7.26 In the event that the Work, or any portion thereof, is suspended at any time pursuant to an order of the Owner, the Contractor shall obey all instructions of the Owner regarding storage of materials, drainage, protection of the Work, and erection of temporary structures during the suspension period. 7.27 The Project Expediter for the Project shall be responsible for the coordination of the Work of itself and any other separate contractors, both as to space and time. The Project Expediter shall coordinate the implementation of the Contract Construction Schedule, all construction activities and close-out of the Project, including but not limited to all testing, inspection, certifications, and approvals required by public agencies. The Contractor and the Project Expediter shall each be required to notify the Designer and the Owner promptly of any event or condition which could affect the conduct or progress of the Work and shall cooperate fully with all other contractors on the Project site. 7.28 The Owner hereby delegates to the Project Expediter all of its duties to coordinate and to expedite the Work not expressly reserved to the Owner by other provisions of the Contract Documents. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 25 Revised 01/24 7.29 All Work performed pursuant to the Contract Documents shall conform in all respects to the North Carolina State Building Code and all other state, local, and national codes in effect at the time of and applicable to this Work. 7.30 The Contractor shall provide for and maintain necessary safety measures and safety programs for the protection of all persons at the Project site, and shall comply at all times with the requirements of the most current edition of the CAGC Safety and Health Manual [or the AGC Accident Prevention Manual in Construction], or the equivalent requirements of the Contractor’s safety program, and shall fully comply with all Federal, State, and local laws, rules, regulations, and building code requirements so as to prevent accidents or injuries to persons on or about the Project site. The Contractor shall clearly mark or post signs warning of existing hazards, and shall barricade excavations, elevator shafts, stairways, and similar hazards. The Contractor shall protect against damage or injury resulting from falling materials, and shall maintain all protective devices and signs throughout the progress of the Work. 7.31 The Contractor shall adhere to the rules, regulations, and interpretations of the North Carolina Department of Labor’s Occupational Safety and Health Standards for the Construction Industry (29 CFR Part 1926 as adopted in 13 NCAC 07F.0201, including 29 CFR Part 1910 General Industry Safety and Health Standards applicable to construction) and N.C. Gen. Stat. §95-126 through 155 (Occupational Safety and Health) as well as all revisions and amendments to such standards or statutes as may occur throughout the performance of the Work. 7.32 Any land disturbing activity performed by the Contractor in connection with the Project shall comply with all erosion control measures set forth in the Contract Documents and any additional measures which may be required in order to ensure that the Project is in full compliance with the Sedimentation Pollution Control Act of 1973, as implemented by Title 15 North Carolina administrative Code, Chapter 4, Sedimentation Control, Subchapters 4A, 4B and 4C, as amended (15 NCAC 4A, 4B, and 4C), and as may be revised or amended in the future. Upon receipt of notice that a land-disturbing activity is in violation of said Act, the Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that all steps or actions necessary to bring the Project in compliance with said Act are promptly taken. The Contractor shall be responsible for all penalties assessed pursuant to N.C. Gen. Stat. 113A-64 with respect to its Work, and shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner from all costs and expenses, including attorney's fees and costs of defense arising out of or related to the enforcement of the Act against any party or person described in this Article. 7.33 Any mechanical or electrical work such as sleeves, inserts, chases, etc. located in the Work of the Contractor for general work shall be built in by that Contractor. On multiple prime projects, the mechanical and electrical contractors shall set all sleeves, inserts, and other devices built into the structure in cooperation and under the supervision of the Contractor for general work. The responsibility for exact location of such items shall be that of the mechanical, plumbing, or electrical prime contractor. 7.34 The Contractor shall be responsible for permanently fixed service facilities and systems in use during progress of the Work and shall strictly adhere to the following procedures: a) Prior to acceptance of the Work by the Owner, the Contractor shall remove and replace any part of the permanent building systems damaged through use during construction. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 26 Revised 01/24 b) Temporary filters shall be installed in each of the heating and air conditioning units, return air grilles, and other locations to prevent intrusion of dust, dirt, and debris during construction. Temporary filters shall be removed and replaced with new filters immediately prior to Substantial Completion. c) Extra effort shall be maintained to keep the building clean and under no circumstances shall air systems be operated if finishing operations are creating dust in excess of what would be considered normal if the building were occupied. d) When the permanent lighting system is used during construction, lamps shall be replaced and shall be new on the date of Substantial Completion. ARTICLE 8. OWNER 8.1 The Owner shall issue communications and notices to the Contractor through the Designer to the extent contemplated by the Contract Documents. 8.2 In case of termination of the employment of the Designer, the Owner shall appoint as Designer a qualified person who shall have and assume all rights and duties held by the original Designer. 8.3 The Owner shall have the right to take possession of and use any portion of the Work notwithstanding the fact that the time for completion of such portion of the Work may not have expired, but such taking possession and use shall not be deemed an acceptance of any Work not completed in accordance with the Contract Documents. 8.4 A waiver on the part of the Owner of any breach of any part of the Contractor shall not be held to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach. 8.5 The Owner shall pay all permanent acreage fees, governmental impact fees, and meter deposits for permanent utilities. ARTICLE 9. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER 9.1 The Owner may employ one or more Construction Managers for the purpose of assisting the Owner, Designer, and Contractor in developing and administering budgets and cost controls, in evaluating constructability and value engineering proposals, in establishing and maintaining a critical path method (CPM) schedule, in coordinating or expediting the Work with other projects being constructed by the Owner or others adjacent or near the Work, or for such other purposes as the Owner may deem appropriate. From time to time the Owner may identify such Construction Managers(s) to the Contractor in writing identifying any tasks assigned to such Construction Managers(s). ARTICLE 10. DESIGNER 10.1 The Designer is charged with the responsibility of interpretation of the Contract Documents. The Designer’s decisions relating to aesthetic matters shall be final. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 27 Revised 01/24 10.2 All Work completed under the Contract Documents shall be subject to review by the Designer. No Work is to be covered without the Designer's review or prior authorization. Any Work so covered without the Designer's review or prior authorization shall be uncovered at the Contractor's expense. The Contractor shall notify the Designer in writing at least twenty-four (24) hours in advance of covering any Work. 10.3 The Designer shall not be responsible for the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, procedures, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, and shall not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, but shall be entitled to enforce any requirements in the Contract Documents specifying particular means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures. 10.4 The Designer shall be an Owner's representative during the construction period. The duties, responsibilities and authority of the Designer as the Owner's representative during construction are as set forth in the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 11. TESTING AND SURVEYING 11.1 Laboratory and field tests to determine compliance of construction with the Contract Documents shall be made by the Owner or testing consultants employed by the Owner except those required elsewhere in the Contract Documents to be paid for by the Contractor. The costs and expenses of providing samples for and assistance in any testing shall be borne by the Contractor and are included in the Contract Price. Any Work in which untested materials are used without approval or written permission of the Designer shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. Work found to be unacceptable or unauthorized will not be paid for and, if directed by the Designer shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. Unless otherwise designated, tests in accordance with the cited standard methods of ASTM or other generally recognized or specifically authorized methods which are current on the date of advertisement for bids shall be made at the expense of the Owner; provided, however, in the event that after such testing any Work is found to be defective or does not meet the requirements of the Contract Documents, the costs of retesting such Work and the costs of inspection services shall be paid by the Contractor. Samples shall be taken by a testing laboratory employed by the Owner. All materials being used are subject to inspection, tests, or rejection at any time prior to or during incorporation into the Work. Copies of all Owner test reports will be furnished to the Contractor at his written request. Copies of Contractor test reports shall be furnished to the Designer upon written request. 11.2 The Owner shall have the right to deduct the costs of additional testing as described in paragraph 11.1 from any money due the Contractor; or if no money is due the Contractor, the Owner shall have the right to recover these costs from the Contractor, from its sureties, or from both. 11.3 All layouts and surveying shall be accomplished by properly qualified personnel duly licensed in the State of North Carolina. ARTICLE 12. SEPARATE CONTRACTS 12.1 It is expressly understood that the Owner may deploy the Owner’s own employees or engage other separate prime contractors to perform Work as a part of the Project whose work Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 28 Revised 01/24 will be performed simultaneously and sequentially with the performance of the Work by the Contractor. It shall be necessary for the Contractor to coordinate construction activities with such other contractors, particularly with respect to access to work areas, storage of materials, and use of elevators and other common facilities. The Contractor shall diligently and in good faith cooperate with the Owner, the Designer, and all other contractors with respect to such matters and shall regularly and faithfully attend any and all meetings called by the Owner or the Designer with respect to such matters. Any disputes between the Contractor and any other separate prime contractor with respect to such matters shall be resolved in accordance with the claim and dispute resolution procedures in the Agreement. ARTICLE 13. CONTRACT TIME 13.1 Within fourteen (14) days after receipt of the Construction Contract by the Contractor for signatures, the Project Expediter shall prepare and submit to the Designer and Owner for review and approval a preliminary progress schedule for the Work pursuant to the requirements stated in the Contract Documents. 13.2 Within fourteen (14) days after initial receipt of the Construction Contract for signatures the Contractor shall submit to the Designer a Submittal Register listing all Submittals the Contractor is required to make or proposes to make under the Contract Documents, the dates on which the Contractor proposes to make such Submittals and the dates by which the Contractor reasonably requires a response from the Designer with respect to each Submittal. The dates submitted shall be incorporated into the Contract Construction Schedule as Completion Dates when they have been approved or modified by the Owner. The Designer shall not be required to review any Submittal from the Contractor until a Submittal Register acceptable to and approved by the Owner has been submitted by the Contractor. 13.3 Not later than thirty (30) days following execution and delivery of the Construction Agreement by Owner to Contractor, the Owner shall deliver to the Contractor a Notice to Proceed. The Notice to Proceed shall state a commencement date on which it is expected that the Contractor will begin the Work to be performed under the Agreement. The Contract Time shall be measured from said specified commencement date. The commencement date stated in the Notice to Proceed shall not be earlier than three (3) days after the Notice to Proceed is served on the Contractor. If, other than by mutual agreement, said specified commencement date is more than thirty (30) days after the date of execution and delivery of the Agreement from Owner to Contractor and the Contractor believes said delay justifies an increase in Contract Price or an extension of Contract Time, the Contractor may make a claim therefore as provided in Article 14 or Article 15. No Work shall be done prior to the date specified in the Notice to Proceed. A final Contract Construction Schedule shall be submitted for approval by the Contractor, Designer, and Owner no later than fourteen (14) days after Notice to Proceed. No payments shall be due the Contractor until this schedule is approved by all parties. 13.4 The Contract Construction Schedule is a Contract Document. The Contractor represents that the Contract Construction Schedule has been reviewed in detail, that the Contractor participated in its preparation, that all of the activities which impact, limit, or otherwise affect the time of completion of the Work are shown in the Contract Construction Schedule and that all of the activities of others which impact, limit, or otherwise affect the start, duration, or completion of Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 29 Revised 01/24 the Contractor’s activities are also shown. The Contractor further represents that the Contractor can and will complete each activity within the time shown for that activity. Time is of the essence with respect to each such activity and Completion Date. 13.5 If the Contractor submits a construction schedule, progress report, or any other document that indicates or otherwise expresses an intention to achieve completion of the Work prior to any Completion Date required by the Contract Documents or prior to expiration of the Contract Time, no liability of the Owner to the Contractor for any failure of the Contractor to so complete the Work shall be created or implied. 13.6 If the Contractor, for reasons beyond the Contractor’s control, is delayed in beginning any activity, the Contractor shall, nevertheless, have the same number of days as is shown in the Contract Construction Schedule for the activity, and the affected activity and any succeeding activity that is dependent upon that activity shall be adjusted accordingly; provided that at any time the Owner, by means of a Change Order, may require the Contractor to work overtime, to increase labor forces or to take any necessary or appropriate action to decrease the time required for any activity, and the Contractor shall be entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Price computed in accordance with Article 15 of these General Conditions. 13.7 At any time, the Owner may order the Contractor, on seven (7) days written notice, to begin any activity earlier than the starting date shown on the Contract Construction Schedule. 13.8 Should the Contractor fail to start any activity on the start date shown in the Contract Construction Schedule or as it may have been adjusted in accordance with paragraphs 13.5 or 13.6 above, or become delayed, the Contractor shall, without being entitled to any increase in the Contract Price or other compensation, work overtime, increase labor forces or take such other action as may be necessary or appropriate to complete the activity by the Completion Date shown on the Contract Construction Schedule, or as such Completion Date may have been adjusted. 13.9 The Designer and Owner or his Construction Consultant shall monitor progress of the work at all times and the Contractor shall cooperate with such monitoring and provide any and all information with respect to the progress of the Work and scheduling as the Owner may reasonably require. 13.10 On a monthly basis, the Contractor shall revise the Contract Construction Schedule, showing any adjustments made in accordance with paragraphs 13.5 or 13.6, above, by any Change Order, the progress of the Work, and any days gained or days lost with respect to any activity, and shall furnish copies thereof to the Owner and Designer. 13.11 Should any monthly revision of any Contract Construction Schedule show that the Contractor is behind on any activity, the late completion of which could delay Substantial Completion of the Work, the Owner shall be entitled to withhold from the next Progress Payment due the Contractor an amount not exceeding the amount the Owner would be entitled to in Liquidated Damages, should Substantial Completion be delayed by the same number of days that the Contractor is currently behind schedule. If, subsequently, the Contractor's progress, as shown by any succeeding monthly revision to the Contract Construction Schedule, is such that the anticipated delay no longer exists, the Owner shall pay with the Progress Payment next due to the Contractor such amounts as have been withheld in accordance with this paragraph. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 30 Revised 01/24 13.12 The Owner shall have the right to perform Work, hire and employ labor and craftsmen, rent equipment, subcontract with other parties, or do anything that the Owner deems necessary or appropriate to remedy or cure any delay by the Contractor in the progress of the Work. Such action by the Owner shall not, in any way, affect, void or limit any warranty, guaranty or other responsibility of the Contractor under the Contract Documents. Such action may be taken by the Owner only after three (3) days written notice to the Contractor. All costs incurred by the Owner in taking any such action shall be charged to the Contractor and deducted from any amounts remaining due under the Agreement. 13.13 The Contractor may be entitled to an extension of the Contract Time (but no increase in the Contract Sum) for delays arising from unforeseen causes beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the Owner, the Contractor or the Contractor’s Subcontractors as follows: a) Labor disputes and strikes that directly impact the critical path activities of the Contract Construction Schedule; b) Acts of God, tornado, fire, hurricane, blizzard, earthquake, typhoon, or flood that damage completed Work or stored materials. c) Acts of the public enemy; acts of the State, Federal, or local government in their sovereign capacities. d) Abnormal inclement weather as defined in Article 13.14. 13.14 On any day that the Contractor considers that the Project is delayed by adverse weather conditions, the Contractor shall identify in writing to the Designer and the Owner the adverse weather conditions affecting each activity, the specific nature of the activity affected, the number of hours lost, and the number of and identity (by responsibility or trade) of workers affected and shall obtain from the Designer written recognition of the delay. The time for performance of this Contract includes an allowance for a number of calendar days which may not be suitable for construction Work by reason of adverse weather. The Contract Time will be extended only if the number of calendar days of adverse weather recognized by the Designer exceeds the number of inclement weather days set forth below, and the Contractor demonstrates how this adverse weather impacts activities on the critical path of the Contract Construction Schedule. Month Number of Inclement Weather Days January 10 February 10 March 10 April 9 May 10 June 9 July 11 August 10 September 8 October 7 November 8 December 9 Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 31 Revised 01/24 13.15 If the Contractor believes that the progress of the Work has been adversely affected by adverse weather recognized by the Designer during a particular month, the Contractor shall submit a written request for extension of time to the Designer. Such a request for time extension of the Contract Time shall be submitted by the tenth (10th) day of the month following that month in which the adverse weather is encountered. The request shall include, but is not limited to, the following information: a) Detailed description of weather's effect on scheduled activities and its net effect on the critical path of the Project, and b) Weather records from the official weather station nearest the Project site and records of actual observation as contained in daily reports, correspondence, or other documentation. 13.16 The Contractor specifically recognizes that a delay by the Contractor in achieving any Completion Date can have the effect of delaying the Substantial Completion of the Project, that such delay in Substantial Completion of the Project will necessarily cause damages, losses, and expenses to the Owner, including, but not limited to and by way of illustration only, increased capitalized costs and interests for the Project, increased and extended Project overhead, Designer's and Consultant's fees, increased costs of construction, increased and extended operation costs of other facilities, and inefficiency and loss of productivity, and that such damages, losses, and expenses may not be readily identifiable or ascertainable at the time they are incurred or at any time. Therefore, and in recognition of these factors and the likelihood that actual damages from his delay will not be readily ascertainable, the Contractor agrees to pay to the Owner, as Liquidated Damages and not as a penalty, the sum identified in the Contract Documents hereto as the Liquidated Damages per Day, for each day by which the failure to meet any Completion Date shown in the Contract Construction Schedule, adjusted in accordance with this Article, delays the Substantial Completion of the Project. 13.17 The Contractor shall not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Price or other compensation from the Owner for any delay in the completion of or progress on the Work that is caused by a force majeure condition or is otherwise not caused by the sole and direct act or omission of the Owner and the Owner’s employees or agents. 13.18 The sum for Liquidated Damages is the amount stated in the Contract Documents as Liquidated Damages reasonably estimated in advance to cover the losses to be incurred by the Owner by reason of failure of said Contractor(s) to complete the Work within the time specified, such time being in the essence of this contract and a material consideration thereof. ARTICLE 14. CHANGES IN THE WORK 14.1 Without invalidating the Contract Documents, the Owner may, at any time, or from time to time order additions, deletions, or revisions in the Work. Said additions, deletions, or revisions shall be authorized only by written Change Orders, Construction Change Directives or Field Orders. Upon receipt of a Change Order, Construction Change Directive or Field Order, the Contractor shall proceed with the Work involved. All such Work shall be executed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents. If any change causes an increase or decrease in the Contract Price or an extension or shortening of the Contract Time, adjustments shall be made as provided in Article 14 or Article 15. In order to expedite the Work and avoid or minimize delay in the Work that might affect the Contract Price or Contract Time, the Designer may issue a Change Order in the form of a Construction Change Directive which when signed by the Owner and Designer, directs the Contractor to proceed promptly with the Work involved. Any claim for an adjustment in Contract Price or Time, if not defined in the Construction Change Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 32 Revised 01/24 Directive, shall be promptly made in writing in accordance with the procedures defined in Article 15.2. 14.2 The Designer may authorize minor changes or alterations in the Work not involving change in the Contract Price or in the Contract Time and not inconsistent with the overall intent of the Contract Documents. These may be accomplished by a Field Order. Such alterations shall not invalidate the Contract Documents nor release the surety. If the Contractor believes that any minor change or alteration authorized by the Designer entitles him to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of Contract Time, he may make a claim therefore as provided in Article 14 or Article 15. 14.3 Except in an emergency endangering life or property, no change shall be made by the Contractor except upon prior written Change Order, Directive or Field Order authorizing such Change. 14.4 Increases in the Contract Price or extensions of the Contract Time for additional Work performed by the Contractor shall only be in accordance with a written Change Order signed by the Owner and Designer. The Contractor shall not be entitled to additional time or to additional compensation for any Work performed or material supplied which is claimed to have been authorized or settled by an "oral" change, or by a "constructive" or "implied" change, or by a course of conduct, or by any action or non-action by the Owner, Designer, or any other persons, or by any means whatsoever other than by a written Change Order for such Work or material signed by the Owner and the Designer. 14.5 Changes in the Work resulting from emergency shall not invalidate the Contract Documents nor release the surety. 14.6 Neither the Owner nor the Designer shall be responsible for verbal instructions which have not been confirmed in writing, and in no case shall such instructions be interpreted as permitting a departure from the Contract Documents unless such instruction is confirmed in writing and supported by a proper Change Order, Construction Change Directive or Field Order, whether or not the cost is affected. 14.7 The Owner, in its sole discretion, may require that the Contractor notify the Contractor’s sureties of any changes affecting the general scope of the Work or change in the Contract Price, and that the amount of applicable bonds shall be adjusted accordingly. If this requirement is exercised, the Contractor shall furnish proof of such adjustment to the Designer and the Owner. If this requirement is exercised, the Change Orders shall require written consent of the Contractor's surety. At the time of signing a Change Order, the Contractor shall be required to certify as follows: "I certify that all sureties have been notified that my contract has been altered by the amount of this Change Order, and that a copy of the approved Change Order will be mailed to all sureties upon its receipt by me." If this requirement is exercised, no payment to the Contractor on account of any Change Order shall become due or payable until written evidence of the surety's consent to the Change Order has been furnished to the Designer and to the Owner, and the furnishing of such written consent is a condition precedent to such payment. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 33 Revised 01/24 14.8 The Contractor shall support all requests for Change Orders with a detailed cost breakdown showing cost of materials, labor, equipment, transportation, other items, Contractor's overhead and profit, and total cost, in accordance with methods defined in this Article, and, if the request seeks an extension of the Contract Time, with a time-related diagram which demonstrates specifically why an increase in construction time is needed. 14.9 When a request for a Change Order involves a Subcontractor, the Contractor shall provide quotation from same on Subcontractor's letterhead. The Subcontractor's quote shall list materials, equipment, and labor separately, and show overhead and profit in the manner provided in paragraph 14.8. ARTICLE 15. CHANGE OF THE CONTRACT PRICE 15.1 The Contract Price constitutes the total compensation payable to the Contractor for performing all Work under the Contract Documents. All duties, responsibilities, and obligations assigned to or undertaken by the Contractor shall be at his expense without change in the Contract Price. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order. 15.2 Any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be in writing and written notice of any event, action, or non-action which may become the basis of a claim shall be delivered to the Owner and the Designer within three (3) days of the occurrence of any such event, action or non-action giving rise to the claim. Such written notice is a condition precedent to the making of a claim, and such notice shall describe the basis of the potential claim with reasonable detail and clarity. A claim shall be made in writing and shall be delivered to the Designer and the Owner no later than fourteen (14) days after such notice. The claim shall describe in detail the basis for the claim, with specific reference to any provisions of the Contract Documents, by paragraph, drawing number, or other specific identification, and shall state the amount claimed and how it is calculated. If the Contractor, at the time the claim is made, is unable to state the amount claimed with accuracy, the Contractor shall so state and provide the estimated amount and the basis on which the amount is to be calculated. At the earliest date practicable, but in no event more than thirty (30) days after Contractor's notice of claim, the Contractor shall supplement the claim with an accurate statement of the amount claimed and how it has been calculated. The Contractor shall provide, in writing, in support of the claim all such explanations, arguments, data, receipts, expert opinions, or other documents or information as the Contractor deems appropriate to be considered in support of the claim. A claim may properly be rejected by the Owner by reason of the Contractor's failure to submit adequate or accurate documentation or information, except that within seven (7) days after being given notice that the claim has been rejected on this basis, the Contractor may submit additional documentation or information. No claim for a change of the Contract Price shall be considered or granted (except solely at the discretion of the Owner) unless a claim is so made, nor shall the Contractor be entitled to any increase in the Contract Price unless the Contractor has given notice and made such a written claim within the times required. The Owner shall decide, after obtaining the advice of the Designer, whether an increase in Contract Price is warranted, and the amount of such increase shall be determined as provided in paragraph 15.4 through 15.5, below. Any change in the Contract Price resulting from any such claim shall be incorporated in a Change Order. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 34 Revised 01/24 The Owner shall advise the Contractor of its decision with respect to the claim within fourteen (14) days of its receipt, or of the receipt of additional documentation or information if the absence of such has previously been the basis of rejection of the claim; provided, however, that if, in its sole discretion, the Owner deems that review or consideration of any part of the claim or any matter related thereto by its governing Board is necessary or appropriate, it shall so advise the Contractor and shall provide its decision to the Contractor within seven (7) days after such Board consideration, review or action. Any claim on which the Owner has not provided its decision to the Contractor within the applicable time period shall be deemed denied. If the Contractor is not satisfied with the decision of the Owner, the Contractor may within seven (7) days of receipt of the Owner's decision initiate the mediation process as described in Appendix A to the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction. 15.3 In determining the amount of a Contract Price adjustment, the parties shall apply the following methods, as appropriate: (A) Change in Work: The Owner and Contractor shall negotiate in good faith and attempt to agree upon the value of any change (extra or decrease) in Work prior to the issuance of a Change Order covering said Work. Such Change Order shall set forth the corresponding adjustment to the Contract Price. In the event the Owner and the Contractor are unable to agree, the Owner shall grant an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price. (B) Emergency Work: In the event of emergency endangering life or property, the Contractor may be directed by the Designer to proceed on a time and material basis, whereupon the Contractor shall so proceed and keep accurately, in such form as may be required by the Designer, a correct account of costs together with all proper invoices, payrolls, and supporting data therefore. 15.4 Where the Contract Price is to be adjusted, the following limitations shall apply in determining the amount of adjustment: (A) In the case of extra or emergency work, the Contract Price shall not be increased by more than the reasonable, actual, and documented net cost of the extra or emergency work plus ten percent (10%) of such net cost on Work performed by the Contractor and five percent (5%) thereof on any subcontracted Work for overhead and profit combined. (B) In the case of a decrease in Work, the Contract Price shall not be decreased by less than the net cost of the deleted Work plus five percent (5%) of such direct net cost for profit and overhead. The term 'net cost' as used herein shall include, as applicable, and shall be limited to, all direct labor, direct material, direct equipment, labor burden, sales taxes, shipping and handling charges, permits and fees, and insurance and bond premium adjustments, if any, attributable to the change. All other items of cost shall be considered as overhead and covered by the percentages allowed in sections A and B of this paragraph. The Contractor shall provide worksheets or tabulations describing the method by which the direct net cost was calculated, and shall provide all data needed to support the calculation of the direct net cost, all in a form acceptable to the Owner. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 35 Revised 01/24 15.5 Where the Contract Price is to be adjusted by negotiation, the Owner may authorize and designate the Designer to negotiate with the Contractor on behalf of the Owner; provided, however, any agreement reached between the Contractor and Designer shall be subject to approval by the Owner. ARTICLE 16. UNFORESEEN CONDITIONS 16.1 Should the Contractor encounter unforeseen conditions at the Project site materially differing from those shown on the Drawings or indicated in the Specifications or differing materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in this Agreement, the Contractor shall immediately, and in no event more than three days later, give notice to the Owner of such conditions before they are disturbed. The Owner and the Designer shall thereupon promptly investigate the conditions and if they find that they materially differ from those shown on the Drawings or indicated in the Specifications, they shall at once make such changes in the Drawings and Specifications as they may find necessary. Any increase or decrease in the Contract Price resulting from such changes shall be adjusted in the manner provided herein for adjustments as to extra or additional Work and changes. However, neither the Owner nor the Designer shall be liable or responsible for additional work, costs, or changes to the Work that could have been reasonably determined from any reports, surveys, and analyses made available for the Contractor's review or that could have been discovered by the Contractor through the performance of its obligations pursuant to the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 17. CORRECTION OF WORK BEFORE FINAL PAYMENT 17.1 The Owner has the authority to stop or suspend work, and the Designer has the authority to order Work removed or to order corrections of defective Work or Work not in compliance with the Contract Documents where such action may be necessary to ensure successful completion of the Work. Any work, materials, fabricated items, or other parts of the Work which have been found by the Designer to be defective or not in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be condemned and shall be removed from the Project by the Contractor, and immediately replaced by new Work in accordance with the Contract Documents at no additional cost to the Owner. Work or property of the Owner or others damaged or destroyed by virtue of such condemned Work shall be made good at the expense of the Contractor. Correction of condemned Work described above shall be commenced by the Contractor within twenty-four (24) hours after notice from the Designer or the Owner and shall be pursued to completion. Should the Contractor fail to proceed reasonably with the abovementioned corrections, the Owner may, three (3) days after the notice specified in the preceding sentence, proceed with correction, paying the cost, including costs of uncovering such condemned Work, of such corrections from amounts due or to become due to the Contractor. Condemned Work removed shall be the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the Project by him within ten (10) days after notice to remove it, and if not then removed, thereafter may be disposed of by the Owner without compensation to the Contractor and the cost of such disposal shall be deducted from amounts due or to become due to the Contractor. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 36 Revised 01/24 Should the cost of correction of the Work and, if applicable, disposal of the condemned Work by the Owner exceed amounts due or to become due the Contractor, then the Contractor and the Contractor’s sureties shall be liable for and shall pay to the Owner the amount of such excess. ARTICLE 18. CORRECTION OF WORK AFTER SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION; WARRANTIES AND GUARANTIES 18.1 Neither the final certificate, Final Payment, occupation of the premises by the Owner, nor any provision of the Contract Documents, nor any other act or instrument of the Owner or the Designer shall relieve the Contractor from responsibility for negligence, defective material or workmanship, or failure to comply with the Contract Documents. 18.2 The Contractor shall, at the Contractor’s sole cost and expense, make all necessary repairs, replacements, and corrections of any nature or description, interior or exterior, structural or non-structural, that shall become necessary by reason of defective workmanship or materials which appear within a period of one (1) year from the date of Substantial Completion; provided, however that notwithstanding the preceding, if any longer guarantee period is specified for any particular materials or workmanship under the Contract Documents, or under any subcontract, or in connection with any manufactured unit which is installed in the Project, or under the laws of the State of North Carolina, the longer guarantee period shall govern. 18.3 If, within any guarantee period, repairs or changes are required in connection with the Work, which are rendered necessary as the result of the use of materials, equipment, or workmanship which are inferior, defective, or not in accordance with the terms of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall, promptly upon receipt of notice from the Designer and without expense to the Owner: a) Completely repair or replace the Work so that it conforms to the Contract Documents; b) Correct all defects therein; c) Make good all damage which, in the opinion of the Designer, is the result of the use of materials, equipment, or workmanship which are inferior, defective, or not in accordance with the terms of the Contract Documents; and d) Make good any Work or material, or any equipment or contents disturbed in fulfilling any such guarantee. If, in fulfilling the requirements of the Contract Documents or of any guarantee embraced therein or required thereby, the Contractor disturbs any work, facility, premises, or construction belonging to the Owner, the Contractor shall restore such disturbed work to a condition satisfactory to the Owner, and shall guarantee such restored work to the same extent as if it were Work under the Contract Documents. If the Contractor, after notice, fails to proceed promptly to comply with the terms of the guarantee, the Owner may have the defects corrected, and the Contractor and the Contractor’s ureties shall be liable for all expenses incurred. "Promptly" is defined as within twenty-four (24) Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 37 Revised 01/24 hours for systems necessary to normal operation of the building and within seventy-two (72) hours for all other items. All special guarantees applicable to definite parts of the Work that may be shown in or required by Contract Documents shall be subject to the terms of this paragraph during the first year of the life of such special guarantee. Manufacturer's standard guarantees or warranties which do not comply with the time limit specified herein shall be extended by the Contractor automatically without further action on the part of the Owner or the Designer. 18.4 In the eleventh calendar month after the date of Substantial Completion, and at the request of the Owner, the Contractor, the Owner and the Designer shall make an inspection of the Work for the purpose of identifying defective workmanship or materials. If the Contractor, having been requested to do so by the Owner, fails to participate in such inspection, the Contractor shall be conclusively bound by any decision or ruling by the Designer as to any defective workmanship or material and as to the Contractor's responsibility for its repair or replacement. ARTICLE 19. OWNER'S RIGHT TO DO WORK 19.1 If, during the progress of the Work or during any period of guarantee, the Contractor fails to prosecute the Work properly or to perform any provision of the Contract Documents, the Owner, after three (3) days written notice to the Contractor from the Designer, or from the Owner after Final Payment, may perform or have performed that portion of the Work and may deduct the cost thereof from any amounts due or to become due the Contractor. Notwithstanding any action by the Owner under this paragraph, all warranties and bonds given or to be given by the Contractor shall remain in effect or shall be given by the Contractor. 19.2 Should the cost of such action by the Owner exceed the amount due or to become due the Contractor, the Contractor and his sureties shall be liable for and shall pay to the Owner the amount of such excess. ARTICLE 20. PARTIAL PAYMENTS 20.1 Within thirty (30) days after his initial receipt of the Construction Contract for signatures, the Contractor shall submit to the Designer a Schedule of Values. The Schedule of Values shall indicate the value of the Work, including applicable overhead and profit, for each Division and section of the Project Specifications. The Designer and Owner shall be provided with the Contractor's estimate papers, Subcontractor agreements, supplier quotes, or other documents substantiating these values if so requested in writing by the Designer. The Contractor shall provide the requested documentation within seven (7) days after receipt of the Designer's written request. The Schedule of Values shall be subject to approval by the Owner, and if the Owner and the Contractor cannot agree upon the Schedule of Values, the Designer shall prepare it, and the Schedule of Values as prepared by the Designer shall be binding on the Owner and the Contractor. No Request for Payment shall be certified by the Designer until the Designer has issued approval of said Schedule of Values. 20.2 Not later than the fifth (5th) day of each calendar month the Contractor shall submit to the Designer a Request for Payment for Work done during the previous calendar month. The Request for Payment shall be in form of AIA Document G702 (latest edition) and shall show substantially the value of Work done (including the value of material delivered to the Project or stored by the Contractor at another site, subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth) during Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 38 Revised 01/24 the previous calendar month, and shall sum up the financial status of the Work with the following information: a) Total Contract Price, including any adjustment thereto made pursuant to the Contract Documents. b) Value of Work completed and materials properly stored to date. c) Less amount retained. d) Less previous payments. e) Current amount due. f) Balance remaining. The Contractor, upon request of the Designer, shall substantiate the request with invoices, vouchers, payrolls, or other evidence. 20.3 When payment is requested or made on an account of stored materials, such materials must be stored on the Owner's property at such places and in such a manner as may be designated by the Designer. However, in the sole discretion of the Owner, with permission in writing from the Designer and Owner and under such circumstances as may be determined by the Owner, such materials may be stored in a bonded warehouse. The location and conditions for storage of such materials away from the Owner's property in a bonded warehouse shall be within the sole discretion of the Owner. Requests for Payment on account of stored materials shall be accompanied by paid invoices, bills of sale, warehouse receipts, or other documentary evidence establishing Owner's title to such materials, evidence that the stored materials are insured against loss and damage, and such other documentation as required by the Designer. Responsibility for the quantity, quality, and condition of such stored materials, whether stored on the Owner's property or away from the Owner's property, shall remain with the Contractor regardless of ownership or title. No payment shall be made on account of materials stored in a bonded warehouse unless the Contractor has acquired written permission from the Designer for such storage of materials and has complied with all conditions set forth in such permission regarding such storage of materials in a bonded warehouse. 20.4 Any Request for Payment received by the Designer on or before the fifth (5th) of the calendar month shall be certified for payment or returned for re-submission to the Contractor on or before the fifteenth (15th) of the calendar month. The Designer's certification shall be for the amount which was requested or that which the Designer has decided was justly due, and shall state in writing to the Contractor and Owner the reasons for withholding payment of any or all of the amount requested. 20.5 The Designer may fail to certify all or part of any payment requested for any of the following reasons: a) Defective Work not corrected. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 39 Revised 01/24 b) Suits, actions, or claims of any character filed against the Contractor, or due to the operations of the Contractor, or information or notice that a suit, action, or claim will be filed or has been made. c) Information or notice that a Subcontractor or a supplier has not received payment. d) The balance unpaid of the Contract Price is insufficient to complete the Work in the judgment of the Designer or Owner. e) Damage to the Owner or another contractor. f) Inability of the Contractor to meet a Completion Date, including an anticipated failure to meet a Completion Date entitling the Owner to withhold anticipated Liquidated Damages in accordance with paragraphs 13.15 and 13.17 hereof. g) Failure to furnish Submittal as required by the Contract Documents on a timely basis in accordance with the Submittal Register. h) Such other reason as to the Designer may appear prudent, proper, or equitable. When grounds for withholding certification have been corrected, the Designer shall so certify to the Owner and the Owner shall make any payment due with respect to such certification as a part of his next payment after such certification. 20.6 No certificate issued or progress payment made shall constitute an acceptance of the Work or any part thereof. 20.7 The amount certified by the Designer for payment shall be ninety-five percent (95%) of the value of Work completed and materials stored since the Designer's last certification as shown on the Request for Payment, less any amounts not certified in accordance with paragraph 20.4, and this amount shall be paid by the Owner on or before the last business day of the month, but payment shall not be past due until not paid within fifteen (15) days thereafter. 20.8 After certification by the Designer that the Work is fifty percent (50%) complete, based on a determination that the Contractor's gross project invoices, excluding the value of materials stored off-site, equal or exceed fifty percent (50%) of the value of the Contract, (except the value of materials stored on-site shall not exceed twenty percent (20%) of the Contractor's gross project invoices for the purpose of determining whether the Project is fifty percent (50%) complete) and the Contractor has provided to the Owner the written consent of its sureties to the cessation of further percentage retention, the amount certified for payment with respect to subsequent Requests for Payment shall be one hundred percent (100%) of the value of Work completed and materials stored since the Designer's last certification as shown on the Request for Payment, less any amounts not certified in accordance with paragraphs 20.4 and 20.5; provided, however, that the aggregate of periodic payments shall not exceed ninety-seven and one half percent (97.5%) of the Contract Price. If the Owner determines that the Contractor's performance under the Contract is unsatisfactory, the Owner may resume withholding percentage retention from each subsequent periodic payment application up to the maximum amount of five percent (5%) of the Contract Price. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 40 Revised 01/24 ARTICLE 21. FINAL PAYMENT 21.1 If the Work of the Contractor is limited to demolition, pilings, caissons and structural steel, the remaining unpaid balance of the Contractor’s Contract Price, less a sum equal to five-tenths percent (0.5%) of the Contract Price, shall be paid within sixty days following receipt of the following documents, all of which must be received before payment shall become due: (i) request for payment from the Contractor; (ii) receipt of consent from the Contractor’s surety to the payment; and (iii) approval or certification from the Designer that the work performed by the Contractor is acceptable and in accordance with the Contract Documents. 21.2 Except as set forth in paragraph 21.1, within forty five days after Substantial Completion of the Project, the remaining unpaid balance of the Contract Price shall be paid to the Contractor, less an amount equal to two and one-half times the value of punch list work or other work remaining to be completed or corrected, as reasonably estimated by the Owner. 21.3 Upon Substantial Completion, the Designer shall prepare and submit to the Contractor a deficiency list identifying all portions of the Work which are known by the Designer at that time to be incomplete or defective. Within thirty (30) days of receipt of this deficiency list, the Contractor shall complete and correct all items on that list along with all other Work required to achieve Final Completion of the Work. At any time prior to completion of the period of warranty, the Designer may submit to the Contractor a supplemental deficiency list, in which case the Contractor shall complete or correct any and all new items identified on the supplemental deficiency list within the time period stipulated in paragraph 18.3. 21.4 Final Payment of any remaining balance of the Contract Price shall not be due to the Contractor until the Contractor achieves Final Completion of the Project. 21.5 The making and acceptance of Final Payment shall constitute a waiver of all claims by the Owner except: a) Claims arising from unsettled liens or claims against the Contractor. b) Defective Work or materials appearing after Final Payment. c) Failure of the Contractor to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. d) As conditioned in the Performance Bond. e) Claims made prior to Final Payment which remain unsettled. f) Amounts due arising under Articles 18 and 28. g) Claims for recovery of overpayment based upon incorrect measurement, estimate, or certificate. 21.6 The making and acceptance of Final Payment shall constitute a waiver of all claims by the Contractor except those claims previously made in writing pursuant to paragraph 15.2 and not finally resolved. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 41 Revised 01/24 21.7 The Designer shall not authorize Final Payment until all of the Work under the Contract Documents has been certified by the Designer as completed, proper and suitable for occupancy and use, and has been approved by all federal, state and local agencies having jurisdiction. 21.8 The final Request for Payment shall be identified on its face as such and shall be presented by the Contractor to the Designer within thirty (30) days of completion of the Work. Final payment of the retained amount due the Contractor shall be made by the Owner within thirty (30) days after the later of (i) full and Final Completion of all Work required by the Contract Documents, and certification of such Work in accordance with paragraph 20.4; (ii) submission of the affidavits of other documentation required by Article 22; (iii) submission by the Contractor of a Request for Payment identified on its face as final and including the Designer's certification. ARTICLE 22. CONTRACTOR, SUBCONTRACTOR AND SUPPLIER AFFIDAVIT 22.1 The Final Payment due the Contractor on account of the Contract Documents shall not become due until the Contractor has furnished to the Owner through the Designer: (A) an affidavit by the Contractor signed, sworn, and notarized to the effect that all payments for materials, services, or for any other reason in connection with the Work or performance of the Contract Documents have been satisfied and that no claims or liens exist against the Contractor in connection with the same; (B) affidavits from each Subcontractor and supplier signed, sworn, and notarized to the effect that (i) each such Subcontractor or supplier has been paid in full by the Contractor for all Work performed and materials supplied by him in connection with the Project, and (ii) that all payments for materials, services, and for any other reason in connection with the subcontract or supply contract have been satisfied and that no claims or liens exist against the Subcontractor or supplier in connection therewith; and (C) the written consent of the Contractor’s sureties to Final Payment. In the event that the Contractor cannot obtain an affidavit, as required above, from any Subcontractor or supplier, the Contractor shall state in the Contractor’s affidavit that no claims or liens exist against such Subcontractor or supplier to the best of the Contractor's knowledge, and that if any appear afterwards, the Contractor shall save the Owner harmless for all costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, on account thereof. ARTICLE 23. ASSIGNMENTS AND SUBCONTRACTS 23.1 The Contractor shall not assign any portion of this Agreement nor subcontract the Work in its entirety without the prior written consent of the Owner. Except as may be required under terms of the bonds required by the Contract Documents, no funds or sums of money due or to become due to the Contractor under the Contract Documents may be assigned. ARTICLE 24. MEASUREMENTS 24.1 Before ordering material or doing Work which is dependent for proper size or installation upon coordination with building conditions, the Contractor shall verify all dimensions and shall be responsible for the correctness of same. No consideration will be given for any claim based on differences between the actual dimensions and those indicated in the Contract Documents. Any discrepancies between the Contract Documents and the existing conditions shall be referred to the Designer for adjustment before any Work affected thereby is begun. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 42 Revised 01/24 ARTICLE 25. CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTOR RELATIONSHIPS 25.1 Within thirty (30) days after initial receipt of the Construction Contract for signatures the Contractor shall submit to the Designer and Owner for acceptance a current list of the names of Subcontractors and such other persons and organizations (including those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design) proposed for any and all portions of the Work. The Contractor shall provide this list at this time even if the Contractor was required to submit a list of proposed Subcontractors with the Contractor’s bid. The Designer shall promptly reply to the Contractor in writing stating whether or not the Owner or the Designer, after due investigation, has objection to any such proposed person or entity or if it needs additional information to evaluate the persons on the list. Failure of the Designer to reply within ten (10) days after the Contractor has furnished all required information shall constitute notice of no objection. The Contractor shall not contract with any such proposed person or entity to whom the Owner or the Designer has made reasonable objection. If the Designer or Owner has reasonable objection to any such proposed person or entity, the Contractor shall submit a substitute to whom the Owner and the Designer have no reasonable objection. The Contractor shall make no substitution for any Subcontractor, person, or entity previously allowed without first notifying the Designer and Owner in writing and no substitution may be made if the Owner or Designer makes a reasonable objection to such substitution. 25.2 The Contractor agrees that the terms of the Contract Documents, including all portions thereof, shall apply to all Subcontractors of the Contractor as if they were the Contractor, and that the Subcontractors of the Contractor shall, by means of their subcontracts, be bound by all the terms of the Contract Documents including, but not limited to, Article 26 of these General Conditions. 25.3 Payments to Subcontractors shall be made in accordance with the provisions of N.C. Gen. Stat. §143-134.1. ARTICLE 26. USE OF PREMISES 26.1 The Contractor shall confine apparatus, the storage of materials, the operations of workers, and the disposal of material to limits indicated by law, ordinances, permits, and directions of the Designer, if any. 26.2 The Contractor shall not load or permit any part of the Work to be loaded with a weight that will endanger its safety, intended performance, or configuration. 26.3 The Contractor shall enforce all of the Designer's instructions, including, but not limited to, those regarding signs, advertisements, fires, and smoking. ARTICLE 27. CUTTING, PATCHING AND FITTING 27.1 The Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting, and patching of the Work that may be required to make its several parts come together properly and fit it to receive or to be received by Work shown in or which can be reasonably implied from the Contract Documents. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 43 Revised 01/24 ARTICLE 28. DISPUTE RESOLUTION 28.1 The laws of the State of North Carolina shall apply to the interpretation and enforcement of this Agreement. Any and all suits or actions to enforce, interpret, or seek damages with respect to any provision of, or the performance or nonperformance of, this Agreement shall be brought in the General Court of Justice of North Carolina sitting in Orange County, North Carolina, and it is agreed by the parties that no other court shall have jurisdiction or venue with respect to such suits or actions. In any dispute arising pursuant to the terms of this Agreement the Parties shall follow and abide by the Rules and Procedures for Orange County Design, Building Construction, Renovation, and Repair Projects. The policy is incorporated herein by reference and may be viewed at http://www.orangecountync.gov/departments/purchasing_division/contracts.php). Regardless of the outcome of any dispute each Party shall be responsible for its own legal costs including reasonable attorneys’ fees. 28.2 Any person or firm that expressly or impliedly agrees to perform labor or services or to provide material, supplies, equipment, work, performance or payment bonds, insurance or indemnification for the construction of the Project or the Work shall be deemed a party to this Agreement solely for the purpose of this Article 28. The Contractor, by means of its subcontracts, shall specifically require its Subcontractors to be bound by this Article. ARTICLE 29. TAXES 29.1 The Contractor has included in the Contract Price and shall pay all taxes assessed by any authority on the Work or the labor and materials used therein. The Contractor shall maintain all tax records during the life of the Project and furnish the Owner with a complete listing of all taxes paid by taxing authority, invoice number, date, amount, etc. in a form acceptable to the Owner. The Contractor is required to maintain a file showing taxes paid on the Project for three (3) years after Final Payment or turn said documents over to the Owner for his files. 29.2 The following is a list of requirements to be followed by the Contractor in maintaining proper records and reporting the North Carolina Sales and Use Tax and Local Sales and Use Tax. The Contractor shall comply fully with the requirements outlined below, in order that the Owner may recover the amount of the tax permitted under the law. a) It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to furnish the Owner documentary evidence showing the materials used and sales and use tax paid by the Contractor and each of his Subcontractors. Such evidence shall be transmitted to the Owner with each pay request regardless of whether taxes were paid in that period. b) The documentary evidence shall consist of a certified statement by the Contractor and each of the Contractor’s Subcontractors individually, showing total purchases of materials from each separate vendor and total sales and use taxes paid to each vendor. Certified statements must show the invoice number, or numbers, covered, and inclusive dates of such invoices. c) Materials used from Contractor's or Subcontractor's warehouse stock shall be shown in a certified statement at warehouse stock prices. d) The Contractor shall not be required to certify the Subcontractor's statements. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 44 Revised 01/24 ARTICLE 30. OPERATION OF OWNER'S FACILITIES 30.1 The Contractor agrees that all Work done under the Contract Documents shall be carried on in such a manner so as to ensure the regular and continuous operation of the adjoining or adjacent facilities. The Contractor further agrees that the sequence of operations under the Contract Documents shall be scheduled and carried out so as to ensure said regular and continuous operation. The Contractor shall not close any areas of construction until so authorized by the Designer. The Contractor shall control operations to assure the least inconvenience to the public. Under all circumstances, safety shall be the most important consideration. ARTICLE 31. THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARY CLAUSE 31.1 It is specifically agreed between the parties executing the Agreement that, with the specific exception set forth paragraph 7.24 hereof, and that exception only, the Contract Documents and the provisions therein are not intended to make the public, or any member thereof, or any other individual or entity, a third-party beneficiary of the Agreement, or to authorize anyone not a party to the Contract Documents to maintain a suit for personal injuries or property damage pursuant to the terms of provisions of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 32. MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES 32.1 All Work completed under the Contract Documents shall be measured by the Contractor using United States customary units of measurement. The method of measurement and computations to be used in determination of quantities of material furnished and of Work performed under the Contract Documents shall be those methods set forth in the Contract Documents or, if not specifically set forth therein, the method generally recognized as conforming to good engineering practice. ARTICLE 33. TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CAUSE 33.1 If the Contractor fails to begin or complete the Work under the Contract Documents within the time specified, or fails to perform the Work with sufficient labor and equipment or with sufficient materials to insure the prompt completion of said Work, or shall perform the Work unsuitably or shall discontinue the prosecution of the Work for three (3) days, or if the Contractor shall become insolvent, be declared bankrupt, commit any act of bankruptcy or insolvency, allow any final judgment to stand against the Contractor or its affiliated companies unsatisfied for a period of forty-eight (48) hours, make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or for any other cause whatsoever shall not carry on the Work in an acceptable manner, the Owner may give notice in writing to the Contractor and the Contractor’s sureties of such delay, neglect, or default, specifying the same, and if the Contractor within a period of three (3) days after such notice shall not proceed in good faith and with reasonable speed to correct such delay, neglect, or default in accordance with such notice, the Owner shall have full power and authority, to the extent permitted by law, without violating the Contract Documents, to take the prosecution of the Work out of the hands of the Contractor, to appropriate or use any or all materials and equipment at the Project as may be suitable and acceptable, and may enter into an agreement for the completion of the Work or pursue such other methods as in the Owner's opinion shall be necessary or appropriate for the completion of the Work in an acceptable Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 45 Revised 01/24 manner. All costs and charges incurred by the Owner in proceeding in accordance with the preceding sentence, including attorney's fees, and all costs incurred by the Owner in completing the Work shall be deducted from any money due or which becomes due the Contractor. If such costs and expenses incurred by the Owner shall be less than the sum which would have been payable under Contract Documents if it had been completed by the Contractor, then the Contractor shall be entitled to receive the difference, but if such costs and expenses shall exceed the sum which would have been payable under the Contract Documents, the Contractor and the Contractor’s surety shall be liable to the Owner for and shall pay to the Owner the amount of such excess. ARTICLE 34. TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION BY THE OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE 34.1 The Owner may, without cause, order the Contractor to terminate, suspend, delay, or interrupt the Work in whole or in part for such period of time as the Owner may determine. The Owner may terminate the Agreement upon seven (7) days written notice to the Contractor for the Owner’s convenience and without further liability or obligation to the Owner. 34.2 If the Contractor is subsequently ordered by the Owner to resume the Work, any cost or expenses to which the Contractor may be entitled by reason of the suspension, delay, or interruption shall be recovered by means of a Change Order in accordance with Articles 13 and 14 hereof and the Contract Construction Schedule shall be adjusted in accordance with Article 13 hereof. 34.3 In the event of termination by the Owner under this Article, the Contractor shall be entitled to receive the reasonable and documented direct costs incurred prior to termination, including the cost of materials purchased for the Work which purchases cannot be canceled or which material cannot reasonably be used by the Contractor on other work, and the cost of closing down the Project in a safe and efficient manner, plus ten percent (10%) thereof for overhead and profit, subject to the following conditions: a) When the Contract is terminated before completion of all items of Work, payment shall be made for the actual number of units or items of Work completed at the applicable contract prices, or as mutually agreed for items of Work partially complete. If a mutual agreement cannot be reached, the Owner shall have the authority to make such equitable adjustment as it deems warranted and the Final Payment shall be made accordingly. b) Reimbursement for organization of any Work and moving equipment to and from the job shall be considered when not otherwise provided for in the Contract Documents where the volume of completed Work is too small to compensate the Contractor for those expenses under unit prices. If a mutual agreement cannot be reached, the Owner will have the authority to make such equitable adjustments as it deems warranted and the Final Payment will be made accordingly. c) Materials obtained by the Contractor for the Work that have been inspected and accepted by the Designer and that are not incorporated in the Work shall, at the request of the Contractor, be purchased from the Contractor at the Contractor's actual cost as shown by receipted bills and actual costs records at such points of delivery as may be determined by the Owner. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 46 Revised 01/24 d) No payment shall be made by Owner to Contractor except as herein above provided. No claim for loss of anticipated profits shall be considered or allowed. e) Termination of the Contract shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibilities for any completed portion of the Work nor shall it relieve his sureties of their obligation for and concerning any just claims arising out of the Work performed. The Contractor shall not be entitled to any other compensation, including compensation for lost profit, lost opportunity, or any other direct or consequential cost, loss, or damage. f) Either party may terminate this Agreement upon notice to the other party that obligations pursuant to this Agreement are made impossible due to declarations of emergency by Orange County or by North Carolina due to events directly impacting Orange County. Both parties shall remain responsible for all payment and performance due up to the receipt of such notice, but shall have no further obligation or responsibility beyond that date provided the terminating party has taken all reasonable steps to complete the performance of its obligations. ARTICLE 35 MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE PROGRAM 35.1 The Contractor shall at all times comply with the Orange County Minority Business Enterprise Policy. All documentation substantiating compliance with the requirements of this program shall be delivered to the Owner as stipulated in the Contract Documents. A copy of the Orange County Minority Business Enterprise Policy is included in the Project Manual. ARTICLE 36 E-VERIFY AND DIGITAL SIGNATURES 36.1 By executing the Agreement Contractor affirms Contractor, its agents and subcontractors, are and shall remain in compliance with Article 2 of Chapter 64 of the North Carolina General Statutes. 36.2 This Agreement together with any amendments or modifications may be executed electronically. All electronic signatures affixed hereto evidence the consent of the Parties to utilize electronic signatures and intent of the Parties to comply with Article 11A and Article 40 of North Carolina General Statute Chapter 66. 36.3 By executing the Agreement Contractor certifies that Contractor has not been identified, and has not utilized the services of any agent or subcontractor identified, on the list created by the State Treasurer pursuant to G.S. 147-86.58. 36.4 By executing the Agreement Contractor certifies that Contractor has not been identified, and has not utilized the services of any agent or subcontractor identified, on the list created by the State Treasurer pursuant to G.S. 147-86.81. ARTICLE 37 GENERAL 37.1 If any provision of the Agreement shall be declared invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of the Agreement shall continue in full force and effect. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 47 Revised 01/24 37.2 The titles to Articles herein are for convenience only, are not substantive parts of the General Conditions, and are not to be considered in interpreting the Contract Documents. END OF GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION—EXHIBIT 1 Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Revised 01/24 ORANGE COUNTY NORTH CAROLINA DISPUTE RESOLUTION RULES AND PROCEDURES FOR ORANGE COUNTY DESIGN, BUILDING CONSTRUCTION, RENOVATION, AND REPAIR PROJECTS RULE 1. INITIATING MEDIATED SETTLEMENT CONFERENCES A. Purpose of Mandatory Settlement Conferences. Pursuant to G.S. §143-128(f1) and 143- 135.26(11), these Rules are promulgated to implement a mediated settlement program designed to focus the parties’ attention on settlement rather than on claim preparation and to provide an opportunity for orderly settlement negotiations to take place. Nothing herein is intended to limit or prevent the parties from engaging in settlement procedures voluntarily at any time prior to or during commencement of the dispute resolution process. B. Initiating the Dispute Resolution Process 1. Any party to a County public construction contract (referred to herein generally as the “Contract”) governed by Article 8. Ch. 143 of the General Statutes and identified in G.S. § 143- 128(f1) and who is a party to a dispute arising out of the Contract and the construction process in which the amount in controversy is at least $15,000 may submit a written request to the County for mediation of the dispute. 2. Prior to submission of a written request for mediation to the County, the party requesting mediation should give notice of any and all claims in accordance with their respective contracts, obtain decisions on the claims as required or allowed by their respective contracts, and attempt to resolve the dispute according to the terms and conditions in their respective contracts. The Mediator may adjourn any mediated settlement conference if the Mediator believes, in his or her sole discretion, that the parties have not satisfied all of the terms and conditions of their respective contracts and that doing so will enhance the prospects for a negotiated settlement. C. Condition Precedent to Litigation. Before any party to a Contract may commence a civil action against the County seeking remedies for breach or non-performance of the Contract by the County, said party must first initiate the dispute resolution process under these rules and attend and participate in good faith in the mediated settlement conference. RULE 2. SELECTION OF MEDIATOR A. Mediator Listing. A List of Mediators acceptable to the County is maintained by the County Attorney and that list is incorporated by reference into these Rules. B. Selection of Mediator. The party requesting mediation shall select a Mediator from the List of Mediators and shall file, with the County, a Notice of Selection of Mediator within 21 days of the request for mediation. Such notice shall state the name, address, and phone number of the Mediator selected. If Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Revised 01/24 the Mediator selected is not available or declines to participate for any reason, the requesting party shall select another person from the List of Mediators. If the party requesting mediation does not select and designate a mediator within 21 days of the request for mediation, the County shall have the right in its absolute discretion to appoint a mediator from its List of Mediators. C. Disqualification of Mediator. Any party may request replacement of the Mediator for good cause. Nothing in this provision shall preclude Mediators from disqualifying themselves. RULE 3. THE MEDIATED SETTLEMENT CONFERENCE A. Where Conference is to be Held. Unless all parties and the Mediator otherwise agree, the mediated settlement conference shall be held in county seat of Orange County. The Mediator shall be responsible for reserving a place, making arrangements for the conference, and giving timely notice of the time and location of the conference to all attorneys, unrepresented parties and other persons or entities required to attend. B. When Conference is to be Held. The mediation shall be completed within 90 days after selection of the Mediator unless all parties to the mediation agree to a different schedule. C. Request to Accelerate or Extend Deadline for Completion. Any party or the Mediator may request the County to accelerate or extend the deadline for completion of the conference. Such request shall state the reasons the acceleration or extension is sought and shall be served by the moving party upon the other parties and the Mediator. Objections to the request must be promptly communicated to the County and to the Mediator. The County, with the concurrence of the designated Mediator, may grant the request by adjusting the time for completion of the conference. D. Recesses. The Mediator may recess the mediation conference at any time and may set times for reconvening. If the Mediator determines the time and place where the conference is to reconvene before the conference is recessed, no further notice is required to persons present at the conference. E. Project Delay. The mediated settlement conference that results from a construction contract dispute shall not be cause for the delay of the construction project. RULE 4. DUTIES OF PARTIES AND OTHER PARTICIPANTS IN FORMAL DISPUTE RESOLUTION PROCESS A. Attendance. 1. All parties to the dispute must designate an official representative to attend the mediation. 2. “Attendance” means physical attendance, not by telephone or other electronic means. Any attendee representing a party must have authority from that party to bind it to any agreement reached as a result of the mediation. 3. Attorneys representing parties may attend the mediation, but are not required to do so. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Revised 01/24 4. Sureties and insurance company representatives are required to physically attend the mediation unless the Mediator and all of the other parties to the mediation excuse their attendance or consent to their attendance by telephone or other electronic means. 5. The parties who attend a duly scheduled mediation conference shall have the right to recover their share of the Mediator’s compensation from any party or parties who fail to attend the conference without good cause. B. Finalizing Agreement. If an agreement is reached in the conference, the terms of the agreement shall be confirmed in writing and signed by all parties. C. Payment of Mediation Fee: Mediation Fees charged by the Mediator shall be paid in accordance with G.S. § 143-128(f1). D. Failure to Compensate Mediator. Any party’s failure to compensate the Mediators in accordance with G.S. § 143-128(f1) shall subject that party to a withholding by the County of said amount of money from the party’s payment or any other moneys owed by that party to the County. Should the County fail to compensate the Mediator, it shall hereby be subject to a civil cause of action from the Mediator for the County’s portion of the Mediator’s total fee as required by G.S. § 143-128(f1). RULE 5. AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF MEDIATORS A. Authority of Mediator. 1.Control of Conference. The Mediator shall at all times be in control of the conference and the procedures to be followed. 2.Private Consultation. The Mediator may communicate privately with any participant or counsel prior to and during the conference. The fact that private communications have occurred with a participant shall be disclosed to all other participants at the beginning of the conference. 3.Scheduling the Conference. The Mediator shall make a good faith effort to schedule the conference at a time that is convenient with the participants, attorneys and Mediator. In the absence of agreement, the Mediator shall select the date for the conference. 4.Determining good cause for a party’s failure to appear at a scheduled mediation conference. B.Duties of Mediator. 1.The Mediator shall define and describe the following at the beginning of the conference: a.The process of mediation. b.The difference between mediation and other forms of conflict resolution. c.The costs of the mediated settlement conference. d.That the mediated settlement conference is not a trial, the Mediator is not a judge, and the parties retain their legal rights if they do not reach settlement; however, the Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Revised 01/24 Mediator will advise all parties that failure to appear at mediation without good cause may result in imposition of sanctions and may be asserted as a bar to lawsuits by claimants who have failed to exhaust this administrative remedy. e.The circumstances under which the Mediator may meet and communicate privately with any of the parties or with any other person. f.Whether and under what conditions communications with the Mediator will be held in confidence during the conference. g.The inadmissibility of conduct and statements as provided by G.S. §7A-38.1(1). h.The duties and responsibilities of the Mediator and the participants. i.That any agreement reached will be reached by mutual consent. 2. Disclosure: The Mediator has a duty to be impartial and to advise all participants of any possible bias, prejudice or partiality. 3. Declaring Impasse: The Mediator may determine at any time during the mediation conference that an impasse exists and that the conference should end. 4. Reporting Results of Conference. The Mediator shall submit a written report to the County and the other parties within 10 days of the conference stating whether or not the parties reached an agreement. The Mediator’s report shall indicate the absence of any party from the mediated settlement conference without permission or good cause. 5. Scheduling and Holding the Conference. It is the duty of the Mediator to schedule the conference and conduct it prior to the deadline of completion set by the rules. The Mediator shall strictly observe deadlines for completion of the conference unless said time limit is changed by agreement of the parties. RULE 6. COSTS AND COMPENSATION OF THE MEDIATOR The Parties shall compensate the Mediator for mediation services at the rate proposed by the Mediator and agreed to by the parties at the time the Mediator is selected. The Parties shall be jointly responsible for the Mediator’s costs and expenses subject to Rule 4.C. above. Each Party is responsible for its own costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, related to the Meiation. RULE 7. RULE MAKING These Rules may be amended by the County at any time. Amendments will not affect mediations where claims or requests for mediation have been filed at the time the amendment takes effect. RULE 8. DEFINITIONS A. “County” shall mean Orange County North Carolina. B. “Project Designer” is that person or firm stipulated as project designer in the Contract Documents for the project. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Revised 01/24 C. “Claim” is a demand or assertion by a party seeking adjustment or interpretation of Contract terms, payment of money, extension of time or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. The term “Claim” also includes other disputes and matters in question between the parties to a Contract involved in the County’s building construction renovation and repair projects arising out of or relating to the Contract or the construction process. Claims must be initiated by a written notice. The responsibility to substantiate Claims shall rest with the party making the Claim. D. “Good Cause” generally includes any circumstance beyond the control of a party, which prevents that party from meeting obligations. When good cause is asserted as an excuse for a party’s failure to appear at a mediation conference or to otherwise comply with the requirements of these Rules, the Mediator, in his or her sole discretion, will determine whether good cause exists to excuse the party’s failure to appear or otherwise comply with these rules. RULE 9. TIME LIMITS A. Any time limit provided for by these Rules may be waived or extended at the sole discretion of the County, if no Mediator has been selected, and at the discretion of the County with concurrence of the Mediator if a Mediator has been selected. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Section I: General Government and Administration Policy 10.0: Living Wage Contractor Policy Reviewed by: County Attorney/County Manager Approved by: County Manager Original Effective Date: April 21, 2016 Revisions: August 1, 2016 Policy Statement It is the policy of Orange County to ensure its employees, and all individuals who provide services for Orange County, are paid a living wage. Purpose To encourage all vendors and contractors to pay a living wage to all employees who perform work pursuant to a contract with Orange County. Applicability Applies to all Orange County contracts and purchases. Policy 10.1 Living Wage 10.1.1 Orange County is committed to providing its employees with a living wage and encourages all contractors and vendors doing business with Orange County to pursue the same goal. Orange County’s living wage is as reflected in the adopted Orange County Budget and as that budget document is amended from time to time. To the extent possible, Orange County recommends that contractors and vendors seeking to do business with Orange County provide a living wage to their employees. 10.1.2 Prior to final execution of a contract with Orange County all contractors and vendors seeking to do business with Orange County shall submit to the County’s representative a statement indicating whether those employees who will perform work on the Orange County contract are paid at least the living wage amount set out above. If such employees do not make at least the living wage amount set out above the contractor or vendor shall indicate in the statement the actual amount paid to such employees. For bid projects this statement should be submitted as part of the bid packet. This policy may be reviewed annually and updated as needed by the Manager’s Office Acknowledged Receipt by: ____________________________________________________ Company Name: ____________________________________________________________ Date: ___________________________________________________________________ Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA AFFIDAVIT ORANGE COUNTY ************************** I, ____________________________(the individual attesting below), being duly authorized by and on behalf of ________________________________ (the entity bidding on project hereinafter "Employer") after first being duly sworn hereby swears or affirms as follows: 1. Employer understands that E-Verify is the federal E-Verify program operated by the United States Department of Homeland Security and other federal agencies, or any successor or equivalent program used to verify the work authorization of newly hired employees pursuant to federal law in accordance with NCGS §64-25(5). 2. Employer understands that Employers Must Use E-Verify. Each employer, after hiring an employee to work in the United States, shall verify the work authorization of the employee through E-Verify in accordance with NCGS§64-26(a). 3. Employer is a person, business entity, or other organization that transacts business in this State and that employs 25 or more employees in this State. (mark Yes or No) a. YES _____, or b. NO _____ 4. Employer's subcontractors comply with E-Verify, and if Employer is the winning bidder on this project Employer will ensure compliance with E-Verify by any subcontractors subsequently hired by Employer. This ____ day of _______________, 20__. Signature of Affiant Print or Type Name: _________________________ State of North Carolina, _________ County Signed and sworn to (or affirmed) before me, this the _____ day of ________________, 20__. My Commission Expires: Notary Public (Affix Official/Notarial Seal) Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Chapter 12 Civil Rights. Sections 12-23 – 12-49 Reserved. AN ORDINANCE PROHIBITING DISCRIMINATION THROUGHOUT ORANGE COUNTY Sec. 12-50. - Title. This Ordinance shall be known and may be cited as the Orange County Non-Discrimination Ordinance. Sec. 12-51. – Policy and Severability. (a) It is the policy of Orange County not to enter into a contract with any business, company, or firm that has discriminated in the solicitation, selection, hiring or treatment of vendors, suppliers, subcontractors or commercial customers against a Protected Class, or on the basis of any otherwise unlawful use of individual or personal characteristics regarding such vendor's, suppliers, commercial customers, employees, or owners in connection with a county contract or solicitation; provided that nothing in this non-discrimination policy shall prohibit or limit otherwise lawful efforts to remedy the effects of discrimination that has occurred or is occurring in the marketplace. 1. It is the policy of Orange County that every Orange County created contract and subcontract for goods or services shall contain a non-discrimination clause that prohibits discrimination as that term is defined herein. (b) It is further the policy of Orange County that discrimination has no place in Orange County, North Carolina and it is the intent of this ordinance to provide uniform legal protection to individuals in all Protected Classes, making it unlawful for any person to discriminate in housing, public accommodations, and transportation. (c) Should any provision of this Ordinance be found to be unconstitutional by a court of law such provision shall be severed from the remainder of the Ordinance and such action shall not affect the enforceability of the remaining provisions of the Ordinance. Sec. 12-52. - Definitions. (a) Discrimination means any disadvantage, difference, or distinction in the solicitation, selection, hiring, service to, or treatment of a vendor, supplier, subcontractor, or customer on the basis of Protected Class status or on the basis of any otherwise unlawful use of personal or individual characteristics. (b) Housing and public accommodations have the same common meaning as those terms are defined in the Orange County Civil Rights Ordinance. (c) Person means any individual, business, or company, regardless of organizational structure, providing for profit goods, facilities, services, accommodations, transportation, or access to the general public. (d) Protected Class means age (as defined in the Orange County Civil Rights Ordinance), race, ethnicity, color, national origin, religion, creed, sex, sexual orientation, gender, gender identity, gender expression, marital status, familial status, source of income, disability, political affiliation, veteran status, disabled veteran status. (e) Public Accommodation has the same meaning as that term is defined in the Orange County Civil Rights Ordinance except that for purposes of this Ordinance Public Accommodation includes: 1. Transportation companies and transportation providers operating company-owned or privately- Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C owned vehicles providing transportation to the general public; and 2. Private residences providing short-term rentals to members of the general public. A short-term rental means the provision of a room, space, or residential unit that is suitable or intended for occupancy for dwelling, sleeping, or lodging purposes, for a period of fewer than 30 consecutive days, in exchange for a charge for the occupancy. Sec. 12-53. - Contractor bid requirements. (a) All requests for bids or proposals issued for county contracts shall include a certification to be completed by the bidder or proposer in substantially the following form: The undersigned bidder or proposer hereby certifies and agrees that the following information is correct: 1. In preparing its enclosed bid or proposal, the bidder or proposer has considered all bids and proposals submitted from qualified, potential subcontractors and suppliers, and has not engaged in discrimination as defined in Section 12-52 of the Orange County Non- discrimination Ordinance. 2. Without limiting any other remedies that Orange County may have for a false certification, it is understood and agreed that, if this certification is false, such false certification will constitute grounds for Orange C ounty to reject the bid or proposal submitted with this certification, and terminate any contract awarded based on such bid or proposal. It shall also subject the bidder or proposer to disqualification from participating in county contracts or bid processes for up to two years. 3. As a condition of contracting with Orange County, the bidder or proposer agrees to promptly provide to Orange County all information and documentation that may be requested by Orange County from time to time regarding the solicitation and selection of suppliers and subcontractors in connection with this solicitation process. Failure to maintain or failure to provide such information constitutes grounds for Orange County to reject the bid or proposal and to terminate, without penalty to Orange County, any contract awarded on such bid or proposal. All such information and documentation shall be maintained for a period of three years after the expiration of the contract. 4. As part of its bid or proposal, the bidder or proposer shall provide to Orange County a list of all instances within the past ten years where a complaint was filed or pending against bidder or proposer in a legal or administrative proceeding alleging that bidder or proposer discriminated against its subcontractors, vendors, suppliers, or commercial customers, and a description of the status or resolution of that complaint, including any remedial action taken. 5. As a condition of submitting a bid or proposal to Orange County the bidder or proposer agrees to comply with the Orange County Non-discrimination Ordinance. Falsification of this certification shall constitute a violation of the Orange County Non-Discrimination Ordinance and shall be grounds for rejection of the bid or proposal or termination, without fault to Orange County, of a contract. 6. As a condition of submitting a bid or proposal to Orange County the bidder or proposer agrees that Orange County may consider the information submitted as part of this certification in its determination of the responsibility of the bidder or proposer. The bidder or proposer, as the case may be, waives the right to challenge the rejection of a bid or proposal when such rejection is based, in its entirety, on information contained in this certification. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Sec. 12-54. - Prohibited acts. (a) It shall be unlawful for any person to deny any person the full and equal enjoyment of the goods, services, facilities, privileges, advantages, and accommodations of a place of public accommodation on the basis of Protected Class status or on the basis of any otherwise unlawful use of individual or personal characteristics. (b) It shall be unlawful for any person to make, print, circulate, post, mail or otherwise cause to be published a statement, advertisement, or sign which indicates that the full and equal enjoyment of the transportation, access, goods, services, facilities, privileges, advantages, and accommodations of a place of public accommodation will be refused, withheld from, or denied any person on the basis of Protected Class status or on the basis of any otherwise unlawful use of individual or personal characteristics, or that any person's patronage of or presence at a place of public accommodation is objectionable, unwelcome, unacceptable, or undesirable on the basis of Protected Class status or on the basis of any otherwise unlawful use of individual or personal characteristics; provided, however, this section does not apply to a private club or other establishment not, in fact, open to the public. (c) It shall be unlawful for any person to intentionally or knowingly: 1. Perform or attempt to perform any act which directly or indirectly results in an individual's bodily injury or property damage where such act is directed at an individual or a group of individuals because of that person's or that group's perceived or actual Protected Class status or on the basis of any otherwise unlawful use of individual or personal characteristics. 2. Solicit, encourage, compensate, assist, or conspire with another to perform or attempt to perform any act which directly or indirectly results in an individual's bodily injury or property damage where such act is directed at an individual or a group of individuals because of that person's or that group's perceived or actual Protected Class status or on the basis of any otherwise unlawful use of individual or personal characteristics. (d) No person shall be found to have violated this Ordinance solely on the basis of the content of any speech or communication used by such person. Sec. 12-55. Exemptions. (a) All applicable exemptions found in Section 12-11 of the Orange County Civil Rights Ordinance related to housing shall apply to alleged violations of Section 12-54 of this Ordinance. Sec. 12-56. Investigation, Enforcement, and Remedy. (a) Sections 12-16 through and including 12-21 of the Orange County Civil Rights Ordinance shall be followed and adhered to during the investigation of any alleged violation of this Ordinance. Any remedies available through said sections of the Orange County Civil Rights Ordinance shall be available hereunder. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C ORANGE COUNTY NONDISCRIMINATION CERTIFICATION The undersigned bidder or proposer hereby certifies and agrees that the following information is correct: 1. In preparing its enclosed bid or proposal, the undersigned bidder or proposer has considered all bids and proposals submitted from qualified, potential subcontractors and suppliers, and has not engaged in discrimination as defined in Section 12-52 of the Orange County Non-discrimination Ordinance. 2. Without limiting any other remedies that Orange County may have for a false certification, it is understood and agreed that, if this certification is false, such false certification will constitute grounds for Orange County to reject the bid or proposal submitted with this certification, and terminate any contract awarded based on such bid or proposal. It shall also subject the bidder or proposer to disqualification from participating in county contracts or bid processes for up to two years. 3. As a condition of contracting with Orange County, the undersigned bidder or proposer agrees to promptly provide to Orange County all information and documentation that may be requested by Orange County from time to time regarding the solicitation and selection of suppliers and subcontractors in connection with this solicitation process. Failure to maintain or failure to provide such information constitutes grounds for Orange County to reject the bid or proposal and to terminate, without penalty to Orange County, any contract awarded on such bid or proposal. All such information and documentation shall be maintained for a period of three years after the expiration of the contract. 4. As part of its bid or proposal, the undersigned bidder or proposer shall provide to Orange County a list of all instances within the past ten years where a complaint was filed or pending against bidder or proposer in a legal or administrative proceeding alleging that bidder or proposer discriminated against its subcontractors, vendors, suppliers, or commercial customers, and a description of the status or resolution of that complaint, including any remedial action taken. 5. As a condition of submitting a bid or proposal to Orange County the undersigned bidder or proposer agrees to comply with the Orange County Non-discrimination Ordinance. Falsification of this certification shall constitute a violation of the Orange Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C County Non-Discrimination Ordinance and shall be grounds for rejection of the bid or proposal or termination of an existing contract, without fault or further obligation to Orange County. 6. As a condition of submitting a bid or proposal to Orange County the undersigned bidder or proposer agrees that Orange County may consider the information submitted as part of this certification in its determination of the responsibility of the undersigned bidder or proposer. The undersigned bidder or proposer, as the case may be, waives the right to challenge the rejection of a bid or proposal when such rejection is based, in its entirety, on information submitted as part of this certification. The bidder or proposer certifies the undersigned has full authority to sign on its behalf. By:________________________________________ ___________________________________________ Printed Name and Title On behalf of _________________________________ ___________________________________________ Company or Corporate name Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Supplemental Vendor Information: HISTORICALLY UNDERUTILIZED BUSINESSES Historically Underutilized Businesses (HUBs) consist of minority, women and disabled business firms that are at least fifty-one percent owned and operated by an individual(s) of the categories. Also included in this category are disabled business enterprises and non-profit work centers for the blind and severely disabled. Pursuant to G.S. 143B-1361(a), 143-48 and 143-128.4, the County invites and encourages participation in this procurement process by businesses owned by minorities, women, disabled, disabled business enterprises and non-profit work centers for the blind and severely disabled. This includes utilizing subcontractors to perform the required functions in this RFP/RFQ. Any questions concerning NC HUB certification, contact the North Carolina Office of Historically Underutilized Businesses at (919) 807- 2330. The Vendor shall respond to question #1 and #2 below. 1) Is Vendor a Historically Underutilized Business? Yes No 2) Is Vendor Certified with North Carolina as a Historically Underutilized Business? Yes No If so, state HUB classification: ____________________________________________________________ Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C MINORITY BUSINESSES PARTICIPATION REQUIREMENTS Orange County has established a verifiable ten percent (10%) minority business participation goal for the total monetary value of this project. Verifiable goal means that the awarding authority has adopted written guidelines specifying the actions that the prime contractor must take to ensure a good faith effort in the recruitment and selection of minority businesses for participation in contracts awarded; the required actions must be documented in writing by the contractor to the appropriate awarding authority. These guidelines are published to accomplish that end. DEFINITIONS: Minority - a person who is a citizen or lawful permanent resident of the United States and who is: a. Black, that is, a person having origins in any of the black racial groups in Africa; b. Hispanic, that is, a person of Spanish or Portuguese culture with origins in Mexico, South or Central America, or the Caribbean Islands, regardless of race; c. Asian American, that is, a person having origins in any of the original peoples of the Far East, Southeast Asia and Asia, the Indian subcontinent, the Pacific Islands; d. American Indian or Alaskan Native, that is, a person having origins in any of the original peoples of North America; or e. Female. Socially and Economically Disadvantaged Individual: Socially disadvantaged individuals are those who have been subjected to racial or ethnic prejudice or cultural bias because of their identity as a member of a group without regard to their individual qualities. Economically disadvantaged individuals are those socially disadvantaged individuals whose ability to compete in the free enterprise system has been impaired due to diminished capital and credit opportunities as compared to others in the same business area who are not socially disadvantaged. Minority Business - means a business: a. In which at least fifty-one percent (51%) is owned by one or more minority persons, or in the case of a corporation, in which at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the stock is owned by one or more minority persons; and b. Of which the management and daily business operations are controlled by one or more of the minority persons who own it; and c. Is certified in one of the MWBE categories as defined by the NC Department of Administration/Historically Underutilized Business (HUB) and the NC Department of Transportation/Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE). Bidder Responsibilities: Under the single prime contract system, the prime contractor will: a. Attend the scheduled Prebid conference. b. Identify or determine those work areas of a contract where MBEs may have an interest in performing contract work. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C c. At least ten (10) days prior to the scheduled day of bid opening, notify certified MBEs of potential contracting opportunities listed in the proposal. The notification will include the following: 1. A description of the work for which the bid is being solicited. 2. The date, time and location where bids are to be submitted. 3. The name of the individual within the agency/institution who will be available to answer questions about the project. 4. Where bid documents may be reviewed. 5. Any special requirements that may exist, such as insurance, licenses, bonds and financial arrangements. d. During the bidding process, comply with the contractor(s) requirements listed in the proposal for minority participation. e. Submit with the bid a description of that portion of the work to be executed by MBEs expressed as a percentage of the total price. f. Identify the MBEs the bidder intends to use on the contract, along with the dollar amount of the work to be performed by each minority business. g. Submit an affidavit that details the good faith efforts taken to procure minority business participation. h. Upon being named the apparent low bidder, the bidder shall provide the necessary documentation as listed in the contract documents. Failure to comply with procedural requirements as defined in contract documents may render that bid as non-responsive and may result in rejection of the bid and award to the next lowest responsible and responsive bidder. i. Upon being named apparent low bidder, the bidder shall provide an affidavit that lists the proportion of the work to be performed by MBEs. If the MBEs do not account for ten percent (10%) of the contract price, the bidder must submit an affidavit that verifies the bidder’s good faith efforts by certifying that it has undertaken at least five of the following ten (10) steps: 1. Contacted minority businesses that reasonably could have been expected to submit a quote and that were known to the contract or available on these State or local government-maintained lists at least ten (10) days before the bid or proposal date and notifying them of the nature and scope of the work to be performed. 2. Made the construction plans, specifications, and requirements available for review by prospective minority businesses, or providing these documents to them at least ten (10) days before the bid proposals are due. 3. Broke down or combined elements of work into economically feasible units to facilitate minority participation. 4. Worked with minority trade, community, or contractor organizations identified by the Office of Historical Underutilized Businesses and included in the bid documents that provided assistance in recruitment of minority businesses. 5. Attended any prebid meetings scheduled by the public owner. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C 6. Provided assistance in getting required bonding or insurance or providing alternatives to bonding or insurance for subcontractors. 7. Negotiated in good faith with interested minority businesses and did not reject them as unqualified without sound reasons based on their capabilities. Any rejection of a minority business based on lack of qualifications should have the reasons documented in writing. 8. Provided assistance to an otherwise qualified minority business in need of equipment, loan capital, lines of credit, or joint pay agreements to secure loans, supplies, or letters of credit, including waiving credit that is ordinarily required. Assisted minority businesses in obtaining the same unit pricing with the bidder’s suppliers in order to help the minority businesses in establishing credit. 9. Negotiated joint venture and partnership arrangements with minority businesses in order to increase opportunities for minority business participation on a public construction or repair project when possible. 10. Provide quick pay agreements and policies to enable minority contractors and suppliers to meet cash-flow demands. j. During the construction of the project, if it becomes necessary to replace an MBE subcontractor, advise the owner of the circumstances involved. k. If, during the construction of a project, additional subcontracting opportunities become available, make a good faith effort to solicit subbids from MBEs. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C FORM OF BID BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS THAT ________________ __________________________________________________________________ as principal, and _______________________________________________, as surety, who is duly licensed to act as surety in North Carolina, are held and firmly bound unto the State of North Carolina* through _______________________________________________ as obligee, in the penal sum of ___________________________ DOLLARS, lawful money of the United States of America, for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. Signed, sealed and dated this day of 20 WHEREAS, the said principal is herewith submitting proposal for and the principal desires to file this bid bond in lieu of making the cash deposit as required by G.S. 143-129. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THE ABOVE OBLIGATION is such, that if the principal shall be awarded the contract for which the bid is submitted and shall execute the contract and give bond for the faithful performance thereof within ten days after the award of same to the principal, then this obligation shall be null and void; but if the principal fails to so execute such contract and give performance bond as required by G.S. 143-129, the surety shall, upon demand, forthwith pay to the obligee the amount set forth in the first paragraph hereof. Provided further, that the bid may be withdrawn as provided by G.S. 143-129.1 (SEAL) (SEAL) (SEAL) (SEAL) (SEAL) Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C *(Community college projects: Delete State of North Carolina as owner and replace with community college name.) Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Orange County Minimum Insurance Coverage Requirements Note: An Exception or Waiver of Minimum Coverage may only be granted at the discretion and approval of Risk Management based on assessment of risk posed to the county. Coverage Low Risk Profile Standard Risk Profile High Risk Profile Specialty Encroachment Premises Lease Commercial General Liability Products/Completed Operation Explosion, Collapse & Underground (XCU) $1,000,000/$2,000,000 Per accident As above $1,000,000/$2,000,000 As Above If any, Limit to be determined. $1,000,000/$2,000,000 As above If any, TBD. $1,000,000* As Above If any, TBD. $1,000,000 $1,000,000 Automobile Liability $1,000,000 (CSL) Per occurrence $1,000,000* $1,000,000* $1,000,000* N/A N/A **Workers’ Compensation Statutory Statutory Statutory Statutory N/A Statutory **Employer’s Liability 100/500/100 500/500/500* 500/500/500 500/500/500* N/A 100/500/100 ** Waiver of Subrogation on WC Required if available Required if available Required Required N/A N/A Umbrella Liability $1,000,000 $2,000,000 $2,000,000+ $9,000,000+ N/A N/A Professional Liability may be required on a risk profile depending on nature of services provided by contract. Coverage required for professional service such as accountant, attorney, architect, design, engineering, health care and most consultants. $1,000,000 per occurrence $1,000,000 TBD TBD N/A N/A Sexual Misconduct (Sexual Abuse/Molestation) may be required for contractors working directly one-on- one with children and elderly or in overnight sheltering capacities. $1,000,000/$2,000,000 $1,000,000/$2,000,000 TBD TBD N/A TBD Cyber Liability may be required for contractors having access to personal identifying information, and/or computer networks. $1,000,000/$2,000,000 TBD TBD TBD N/A Environmental/Pollution Liability required if demolition, use of N/A $1,000,000 $1,000,000+* $1,000,000+* N/A N/A Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Orange County Minimum Insurance Coverage Requirements Note: An Exception or Waiver of Minimum Coverage may only be granted at the discretion and approval of Risk Management based on assessment of risk posed to the county. hazardous material or environmentally sensitive Fidelity Bond (loss of money or other property due to dishonest acts). Only for contracts such as Banking, Janitorial, Fundraising, TPA’s and similar, ETA TBD Amount depends on exposure to loss TBD TBD N/A N/A Other Coverage As required TBD TBD TBD TBD N/A N/A Bid, Performance & Payment Bonds TBD TBD TBD TBD N/A N/A *A combination of Umbrella/Excess and primary limit may be used to provide coverage for the amount shown. ** Workers’ Compensation is required if the contractor/vendor has employees. Owner Waiver is acceptable for a Sole Proprietor. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Contractor’s Safety Record Information The Contractor’s safety record shall be reviewed and evaluated in addition to other quality and performance criteria as part of bid evaluation process. Failure to provide the requested information and documentation may result in rejection of your bid as non-responsive. Accordingly, all bidders must submit the following information regarding their safety record. The following definitions shall apply to this section: “DART incident rate” – Acronym for “Days Away, Restrictions and Transfers”. The DART incident rate may be used to show the relative level of injuries and illnesses within a firm compared to the industry. It is based only on those injuries and illnesses severe enough to warrant “Days Away, Restrictions and Transfers”. The DART incident rate is calculated using OSHA’s Form 300 and the following formula: ((Number of entries in column H (days away from work) + column I (job transfer or restriction) x 200,000) / (Number of hours worked by all employees) = DART Incident rate. “EMR” – Acronym for “Experience Modification Rate,” is an indicator of a contractor’s past safety performance, widely used by the insurance industry as an equitable means of determining premiums for workers' compensation insurance. The rating system considers the average workers' compensation losses for a given firm's type of work and amount of payroll and predicts the dollar amount of expected losses to be paid by that employer in a designated rating period, usually three years. The rating is based on comparison of firms doing similar types of work, and the employer is rated against the average expected performance in each work classification. Losses incurred by the employer for the rating period are then compared to the expected losses to develop an experience rating. “OSHA” – Acronym for the Federal Occupational Health and Safety Administration. The term “OSHA” as used in this Policy also refers to any state or local agency having jurisdictional authorization to enforce worker safety requirements and assess fines or warnings for violation of worker safety standards. 1. OSHA DART Incident Rate. Provide the bidder’s DART Incident Rate calculated from OSHA’s Form 300 for the last three years and the other required information shown in the example table below. The bidder must attach all supporting documentation and calculations including certified OSHA forms. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C YEAR CONTRACTOR DART INCIDENT RATE INDUSTRY DART INCIDENT RATE INDUSTRY FIELD AND CODE 2. Experience Modification Rate (EMR). Provide the bidder’s most recent Experience Modification Rate (EMR) based on insurance claims history. The bidder must provide the source of the EMR information and contact information of insurer entity providing the EMR. YEAR CONTRACTOR EMR INDUSTRY FIELD AND CODE NAME AND CONTACT INFO FOR EMR INFORMATION 3. Answer the following OSHA Specific Questions: (a) Within the last 2 years, has the bidder received any citations classified by OSHA as being (1) serious, (2) willful and/or (3) repeat violations where your company operates? Yes _____ No ________ If yes, attach a copy of each such citation and violation. (b) Has the bidder experienced any work-related fatalities within the last five years? Yes ______ No ______ Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C (c) Has the bidder had any citations issued by OSHA as a result of work related fatalities within the past 5 years? Yes ______ No ______ (d) Is the bidder under investigation for any work-related fatalities? Yes ______ No ______ (e) If your answer is “yes” to 3(b), (c) or (d), provide a copy of the citation(s), list of number(s) of fatalities and documented explanation of the fatality. 4. Safety Plan: (a) Does the company have a written safety program that includes responsibility for all aspects of safety management? Yes_________ No _______ (b) Does the company have a written plan for safety training of new employees and ongoing training of existing employees? Yes_________ No _______ (c) Does the company have documented evidence of safety training that they have conducted? Yes_________ No _______ (d) If the company has employees with limited English ability, does the company have a written plan for ensuring that their employees understand the training they are being given? Yes_________ No _______ (e) Do all supervisors have an appropriate documented level of OSHA training (e.g., a minimum of 30 hour OSHA construction safety training)? Yes_________ No _______ Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C (f) Do employees have documented basic OSHA 10 hour construction safety training? Yes_________ No _______ (g) Does the company have a documented Hazard Communication Program? Yes_________ No _______ 5. Required Written Explanation of Safety Record. If the bidder has any of the following: (a) DART incident rate greater than its industry average, (b) an EMR greater than 1.0, (c) answered “yes” to any of the OSHA Specific Question above, or (d) answered “no” to any of the Safety Plan questions, the bidder shall provide the County, in its bid, a detailed written explanation of its safety record and the reasons why such safety history is NOT representative of its future performance and what specific actions it has taken to improve its overall safety record. Failure to provide a written explanation of its safety record pursuant to this paragraph may be deemed as non-responsive by the County. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Mechanical Alternates 23 00 00 - 1 SECTION 23 00 00 MECHANICAL ALTERNATES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 LIST OF ALTERNATES A.Refer to Division 01 Specification and Bid Form for Alternates. END OF SECTION 23 00 00 23 00 00 Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS 23 01 00 - 1 SECTION 23 01 00 HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A.The Contractor shall provide all materials,equipment and labor necessary to install and set into operation the heating and air conditioning equipment as shown on the Engineering Drawings and as contained herein. B.Intent of the drawings and specifications is to obtain complete systems,tested,adjusted,and ready for operation. C.Include incidental details not usually indicated or specified,but necessary for proper installation and operation. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Refer to the General and Supplementary General Conditions and Division 01. B.Check,verify,and coordinate work with drawings and specifications of other trades.Include modifications,relocations,and adjustments necessary to complete work or to avoid interference with other trades. C.All work shall be in accordance with local,state and federal regulations. Minimum requirements shall be the North Carolina State Building Code. D.The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining all permits and shall notify inspection departments as work progresses. E.Whenever the words "Approval","Approved",or "Approved Equal"appear,it is intended that items other than the model number specified shall be subject to the approval of the engineer. F.Where a submitted product has electrical requirements that differ from the Basis of Design specified product,it is the Mechanical Contractor's responsibility to coordinate the electrical requirements of the equipment with the Electrical Engineer and Electrical Contractor at no additional cost to the project. G.All material and equipment that the Contractor proposed to substitute in lieu of those specified in the Specifications,shall be submitted to the Engineer ten (10)days prior to the bid date for evaluation. The submittal shall include a full description of the material or equipment and all pertinent engineering data required to substantiate the equality of the proposed item to that specified. Items that are submitted for approval after this date will not be accepted. H."Provide"as used herein shall mean that the Contractor responsible shall furnish and install said item or equipment."Furnish"as used herein shall mean that the Contractor responsible shall acquire and make available said item or equipment and that installation shall be by others. "Install" as used herein shall mean that the Contractor responsible shall make installation of items or equipment furnished by others. 1.03 REQUIREMENT OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A.Rules and regulations of Federal,State,and local authorities having jurisdiction,and utility companies,in force at time of execution of contract shall become part of this specification. 1.04 SUBSTITUTIONS A.Products are specified for use on this project by one of the following: 1.Reference Standards and Description: Any products meeting the Reference Standards and Description will be acceptable (i.e.,piping). 2.Naming of a product as an example to denote the quality standard of the product desired,in which case three or more brands will be denoted (where applicable)to establish equivalent designs. Naming of a product does not restrict Bidders to a specific brand (i.e.,fixtures, valves,etc.). 3.Requests for approval of manufacturer's or substitutions which have not been preapproved shall be made by using the forms at the end of this section. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS 23 01 00 - 2 B.During bidding period: Submitted written requests from Bidders Only,using the forms herein, will be considered if received ten (10)calendar days prior to the date of receipt of bids to allow for proper evaluation. Requests from suppliers or subcontractors will not be considered. Substitutions will be considered when a product becomes unavailable through no fault of the Contractor. A request constitutes a representation that the Bidder/Contractor: 1.Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds the quality level of the specified product and is suitable for use in the Work. 2.Will provide the same warranty for the substitution as for the specified product. 3.Will coordinate installation and make changes to other work which may be required for the work to be complete with no additional cost to the Owner. 4.Waives claims for additional cost or time extension which may subsequently become apparent. 5.Has included a list of similar projects on which this product has been used with names and telephone numbers for verification. 6.Has written verification from the product manufacturer that this product has been in use a minimum of two (2)years on a project similar to this work. 7.Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on shop drawing or product data submittals,without separate written request,or when acceptance will require revision to the Contract Documents. C.Architect/Engineer Review 1.Review and approval will rely on manufacturer's literature and other data as outlined herein. 2.Inadequacies in such submittals that fail to identify unsuitability are the responsibility of the parties making submittal. D.Substitution Procedure 1.Submit three copies of request for substitution for consideration. Limit each request to one proposed substitution. 2.Submit shop drawings,product data,and certified test results attesting to the proposed product equivalence. 3.Submit listing of similar projects. 4.Submit manufacturer's written verification that product has been in use a minimum of two (2) years at similar projects. 5.The Architect/Engineer will notify Contractor,in writing,of decision to accept or reject request. 6.Products bid or incorporated in the work that are not specified and without written approval of the Architect/Engineer may not be acceptable,and if not,the Contractor will be required to furnish and install the products specified. 7.The Architect/Engineer will issue written approvals of product substitutions to all Bidders. Substitutions are not approved without written approval. 8.FORMS: Copy forms incorporated at the end of this section and use for all product substitution requests. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A.Refer to General and Supplementary General Conditions and Division 01. B.For satisfying submittal requirements for Division 23,"Product Data"is usually more appropriate than true "Shop Drawings"as defined in Division 01.However,the term "Shop Drawings"may be used throughout the specifications. C.Within ten days after notification of the award of the Contract and written notice to begin work,the Contractor shall submit to the Architect/Engineer for approval a detailed list of equipment and material which he proposes to use. Items requiring submittal data for approval will be noted at this time. D.Mark general catalog sheets and drawings to indicate specific items submitted and their correlation to specific tagged equipment on the drawings.Cross out all nonapplicable or extraneous information that does not apply to the submitted equipment.Circle or otherwise clearly indicate applicable options. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS 23 01 00 - 3 E.Contractor shall clearly indicate deviations (if any)from the project specifications on each submittal.Shop drawings accepted by the Engineer shall not relieve the Contractor of their responsibility to construct the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. F.Include proper identification of equipment or item by name and/or number,as indicated on the Drawings. G.Where manufacturer's reference numbers differ from those specified,clearly indicate such on the submittal. H.Where equipment or items specified include accessories,parts,and additional items under one designation,submittals shall be complete and include all required components. I.Equipment requiring electrical connections shall include composite wiring diagrams,motor efficiency,and power factor data.Wiring diagrams submitted shall be specific to project conditions. J.Where submittals cover products containing non-metallic materials,include MSDS sheets from the manufacturer stating physical and chemical properties of components and precautionary steps to be taken. K.The Contractor shall provide an electronic PDF copy of submittal data. The pdf shall contain complete submittal data on all products,methods,etc.proposed for use on the project. L.Each submittal shall bear the approval of the Contractor indicating that he has reviewed the data and found it to meet the requirements of the specifications as well as space limitations and other project conditions. The submittals shall be clearly identified showing project name,manufacturer's catalog number,and all necessary performance and fabrication data. M.The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a set of accurately marked up plans indicating all changes encountered during the construction. Final payment will be contingent on receipt of these as-built plans. N.The Contractor shall furnish an electronic PDF copy of maintenance and operating instructions as outlined in Paragraph C (Execution),of this specification section. O.The Contractor shall submit to the Owner all certificates required for operating system in compliance with local,state and federal regulations. 1.06 PRODUCT DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING A.All material and equipment shall be delivered and unloaded by the Contractor within the project site as noted herein or as directed by the Owner. B.The Contractor shall protect all material and equipment from breakage,theft,or weather damage. No material or equipment shall be stored on the ground. C.The material and equipment shall remain the property of the Contractor until the project has been completed and turned over to the Owner. 1.07 WORK CONDITIONS AND COORDINATION A.The Contractor shall review the electrical plans to establish points of connection and the extent of electrical work to be provided in his Contract. All electrical work shall be performed by a licensed electrical contracting firm. B.This Contractor shall be responsible for the final electrical connections to all equipment installed as part of his contract. C.Electrical work shall be in accordance with all local,state and national codes and as specified in Division 26. D.Where architectural features and elements govern location of work,refer to Architectural drawings prior to fabrication of materials or system components. E.Refer to the Structural Drawings to become familiar with structural member sizes,framing type and configuration,opening sizes,and other details that could impact the work.Failure to coordinate with the Work of other trades,resulting in relocation of installed work to coordinate with architectural and/or structural elements,shall NOT be allowed as a basis for extra compensation by the contractor. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS 23 01 00 - 4 F.Where piping,ductwork,or other items are indiacted to be routed in the webbing of joists or trusses,the mechanical contractor shall confirm with the General Contractor/Construction Manager and steel supplier the final joist/truss profile prior to fabricating or order materials.The actual final joist/truss profile shall be used in the BIM coordination effort. G.Openings for insulated piping shall be based on the outside diameter of the insulation with continuous insulation through the opening. H.Seal non-fire rated floor penetrations with non-shrink grout or urethane caulk,as appropriate. I.Seal non-rated wall openeings with urethane caulk. J.Duct/pipe/conduit penetrations through floor slabs of mechanical platforms or slabs above the bottom floor shall have water stopped curb surrounding the pipe/duct/conduit opening.Coordinate with Construction Manager/General Contractor to confirm openings based on Coordination Drawings. K.Pipe,conduit and duct chases required for installation of work shall be provided by the General Contractor unless otherwise noted. This Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating the location of all required chases. L.All work shall be coordinated with other trades. Cutting of new work and subsequent patching shall be at the Contractor's expense at no extra cost to the Owner. M.Contractor shall review the complete construction document package and determine,prior to the bid,which portions of the above grade structural slabs are hard rock concrete and/or light weight insulating concrete.Contractor shall review the Structural Engineer's requirements for attachment of loads to slabs,joists,trusses,and other structural members.DO NOT exceed point loads on Structural Engineer's drawings and details.Unistrut and/or other support appartus required to span multiple joists or beams shall be included in the Contractor's bid.No additional monies will be given for support steel or other components required to support Mechanical piping,duct, equipment,or other items. 1.08 GUARANTEE A.See the General and Supplementary General Conditions B.Where extended warranties or guarantees are available from the manufacturer,the Contractor shall prepare the necessary contract documents to validate these warranties as required by the manufacturer and present them to the Architect/Engineer. C.The Contractor shall include in his bid a full warranty and guarantee for a five (5)year period on the compressors for the refrigeration equipment,including all chillers. This warranty does not include labor following the first year's Labor and Material Warranty. PART 2 PRODUCT 2.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A.Materials and equipment shall be new,unless noted otherwise,of the highest grade and quality and free from defects or other imperfections. Materials and equipment found defective shall be removed and replaced at the contractor's expense. B.The contractor shall provide name plates for identification of all equipment,switches,panels,etc. C.The name plates shall be laminated phenolic plastic,black front and back with white core,white engraved letters (1/4"minimum)etched into the white core. Name plates shall be fastened with sheet metal screws. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A.This Contractor shall examine the areas of completed work and shall insure that no defects or errors are present which would result in the poor application or installation of subsequent work. 3.02 TEMPORARY SERVICES A.Refer to Division 01 Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS 23 01 00 - 5 3.03 INSTALLATION A.All work shall be performed in a manner indicating proficiency in the trade. B.Contractor may install additional piping,fittings,valves,etc.,not indicated on the drawings,for testing purposes or for convenience to faciliate installation of the work.Where such materials are installed,they shall comply with the specifications and shall be sizes to be compatible with system design.Remove such materials when they interfere with design conditions or as directed by the Engineer. C.Use of access panels in inaccessible ceilings for access to equipment,valves,dampers,etc.,is not permitted,unless access panels are indicated on the Architectural reflected ceiling plans. Review any locations where additional access panels may be required with the Architect prior to incorporating into Work. D.This Contractor shall be responsible for completely cleaning the fireproofing from ALL materials or equipment installed as part of this Contract.This includes,but is not limited to,ductwork,piping, conduit,equipment,faceplates,boxes,disconnects,control panels,and cabling. E.All conduit,pipes,ducts,etc.shall be either parallel to building walls or plumb where installed in a vertical position and shall be concealed when located in architecturally finished areas. F.Any cutting or patching required for installation of this Contractor's work shall be kept to a minimum. Written approval shall be required by the Architect/Engineer if cutting of primary structure is involved. G.All patching shall be done in such a manner as to restore the areas or surfaces to match existing finishes. H.The Contractor shall lay out and install his work in advance of pouring concrete floors or walls. He shall furnish all sleeves to the General Contractor for openings through poured masonry floors or walls,above grade,required for passage of all conduits,pipes,or ducts installed by him. The Contractor shall provide all inserts and hangers required to support his equipment. I.The annular space around ALL wall and floor penetrations shall be properly sealed.For rated assemblies,a UL listed method shall be used.For non-rated wall and floors,the annular space shall be packed with mineral wool,or another suitable non-combustible material,and caulked air tight. J.Installation of piping and ductwork shall not interfere with walkways or service access. K.All trapeze hanger rods shall be cut to within 1"of the bottom nut. L.Provide minimum 1/2"thick closed cell elastomeric foam insulation,applied with adhesive,on lower edges of equipment and mechanical duct and pipe supporting elements suspended less than 7 ft above finished floors,platforms,or roofs. 3.04 PERFORMANCE A.The Contractor shall perform all excavation and backfill operations necessary for installation of his work. 3.05 ERECTION A.All support steel,angles,channels,pipes or structural steel stands and anchoring devices that may be required to rigidly support or anchor material and equipment shall be provided by this Contractor. 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.The Contractor shall conform to the requirements of Division 3 for concrete testing. B.All testing required for compliance with the Contract shall be as stated in subsequent sections. 3.07 ADJUST AND CLEAN A.All equipment and installed materials shall be thoroughly clean and free of all dirt,oil,grit,grease, etc. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS 23 01 00 - 6 B.Clean piping and ductwork both internally and externally to remove dirt,dust,debris,and other foreign matter.When external surfaces of piping are rusted,clean and restore surface to original condition. C.Clean all equipment as recommended by the manufacturer. D.Factory painted equipment shall not be repainted unless damaged areas exist. These areas shall be touched up with a material suitable for intended service. In no event shall name plates be painted. E.Dirt,dust,and other foreign matter shall be blown and/or cleaned from coils,terminal devices, diffusers,registers,and grilles.Inspect all coils and comb coil fins where damaged to as-new condition prior to test and balance work. F.If the Owner has doubts or concerns about the cleanliness of the ductwork or air handling systems, the Owner reserves the right to have a third-party assessment performed by a board certified indoor environmental consultant to determine if the installation meets requirements as stipulated in the National Air Duct Cleaners Association (NADCA)Assessment,Cleaning,and Restoration of HVAC Systems.If duct systems or air handling units are found to have accumulated dirt or foreign matter on interior surfaces in violation of NADCA guidelines,the Contractor shall be responsible for all costs required to restore the air distribution system to new condition to the satisfaction of the Owner.This shall include payment for all costs associated with third party testing of the systems. G.At a scheduled meeting,the Contractor shall instruct the Owner or the Owner's representative in the operation and maintenance of all equipment installed under his Contract (in the presence of the Engineer). H.Equipment with filter media shall be run for a period of two (2)weeks after completion of work at which time a new filter media shall be installed with one change of filter media provided the Owner for future replacement. (Provide a total of three (3)sets). I.The Contractor shall adjust the tension on all belts six months after the final inspection. 3.08 TESTING AND BALANCING A.Tests for equipment,ductwork,piping,and other systems shall be performed as specified in their respective sections in accordance with technical requirements indicated. B.Provide equipment and devices required for testing,including fittings for additional openings as required for the test apparatus. C.All ductwork and piping inspections and testing shall be successfully completed with test reports reviewed and approved by the Engineer before concealment or application of covering materials. D.Testing shall be witnessed by the Engineer,unless otherwise indicated.Notify Engineer,Owner, Commission Authority,and other parties at least 72 hours in advance of testing date.Engineer,at his discretion,may opt not to witness a given test.In this case,The Construction Manager/General Contractor and/or CxA shall witness the test and forward results to Engineer for review. E.Contractor shall be responsible for certifying in writing all equipment and system test results. Certification shall include identification of portion of system tested,date,time,weather conditions, test criteria,testing medium,and pressure used,duration of test,and name and title of person signing test certification document.Results shall be submitted to Engineer within three (3)days of test completion. 3.09 MAINTENANCE AND OPERATING MANUAL A.The Contractor shall prepare a PDF version of the manual describing the proper maintenance and system operation. This manual shall not consist of standard factory printed data intended for dimension or design purposes (although these may be included),but shall be prepared to describe this particular job. This manual shall include the following: 1.A check list for periodic maintenance of all equipment. 2.Suggested setting of all controls and switches for normal operation,with description of control and its location. 3.A check list for seasonal shutdown. 4.Maintenance and spare parts data for each major piece of equipment. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS 23 01 00 - 7 5.As-built wiring,interlock and control diagrams for equipment with color coding shown on wiring and interlock diagrams. 6.Air and Water Balance Report. B.The PDF shall be indexed,bookmarked,dated and signed by the Contractor when completed. C.The operating and maintenance manuals shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval.When the manuals are considered complete by the Engineer,they will be turned over to the Owner for their permanent use. D.For each major piece of equipment,the Contractor shall organize and record on video the on-site training sessions.A copy of the video shall be turned over to the Owner at the completion of the project. END OF SECTION 23 01 00 Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Electrical Work 23 05 12 - 1 SECTION 23 05 12 ELECTRICAL WORK PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 DIVISION OF WORK A.This Contractor shall be responsible for the final electrical and the entire control connections and wiring to all equipment installed as part of his contract. B.Contractor shall review the electrical plans,where applicable,to establish points of connection and the extent of his electrical work to be provided in his contract. C.Unless otherwise noted,this Contractor shall wire from his equipment to disconnect switches, junction boxes,or panelboard circuit breakers as provided by the Electrical Contractor or as required by the existing conditions. D.All power and control wiring shall be in conduits. Refer to electrical specifications for conduit and conduit fittings. E.All electrical work shall be performed by a licensed electrician. F.All electrical work shall be in accordance with the State Building Code and all its supplements,the latest edition of the National Electrical Code and the electrical specifications. PART 2 PRODUCT 2.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A.All motor starters,disconnects,switches,relays,conduits,conductors,etc.that are required for a complete electrical power and/or control system shall conform to the requirements set forth by NEC. B.Refer to the plans for the type,size and electrical characteristics of the starters,disconnects, switches,relays,conductor and conduits. C.All conductors and conduits shall be sized as noted on the plans or As required per NEC. D.All individual motor starters for mechanical equipment (i.e.,fans,pumps,etc.)shall be furnished and installed under Division 23. E.All relays,actuators,timers,seven-day clocks,alternators,pressure,vacuum,float,flow, pneumatic-electric,and electric-pneumatic switches,aquastats,freezestats,line and low voltage thermostats,thermals,remote selector switches,remote push-button stations,emergency break- glass stations,interlocking,disconnect switches beyond termination point,and other appurtenances associated with equipment under Division 23 shall be furnished,installed and wired under Division 23. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A.All motor starters,disconnects,and switches shall be installed on or as close to the equipment they are serving as possible,or where shown on the plans. B.Electrical connection to equipment subject to vibration which develops objectionable noises shall be made from the conduit system with short lengths of flexible "Liquid-Tite"conduit.Connection to other equipment shall be made with rigid conduit. C.Conduits shall be run in a concealed space such as wall cavities,ceiling cavities,etc.except in the mechanical rooms where conduit may be run exposed. END OF SECTION 23 05 12 23 05 12 Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment 23 05 13 - 1 SECTION 23 05 13 COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A.General construction and requirements. B.Applications. C.Single phase electric motors. D.Three phase electric motors. E.Electronically Commutated Motors (ECM). 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ABMA STD 9 -Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Ball Bearings;2015. B.IEEE 112 -IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors and Generators;2017. C.NEMA MG 1 -Motors and Generators;2018. D.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code;Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: Provide wiring diagrams with electrical characteristics and connection requirements. B.Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate setting,mechanical connections,lubrication,and wiring instructions. C.Maintenance Data: Include assembly drawings,bearing data including replacement sizes,and lubrication instructions. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Comply with NFPA 70. B.Provide certificate of compliance from Authority Having Jurisdiction indicating approval of high efficiency motors. C.Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. 1.05 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A.Protect motors stored on site from weather and moisture by maintaining factory covers and suitable weather-proof covering.For extended outdoor storage,remove motors from equipment and store separately. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A.Baldor Electric Company/ABB Group B.General Electric C.Leeson Electric Corporation D.Marathon E.Regal-Beloit Corporation (Century) F.Or Approved Equal 2.02 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION AND REQUIREMENTS A.Electrical Service: 1.Motors 3/4 HP and Smaller: 115 volts,single phase,60 Hz. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment 23 05 13 - 2 2.Motors Larger than 3/4 Horsepower: 208/480 volts,three phase,60 Hz as indicated on the Drawings. B.Nominal Efficiency: 1.All motors shall be premium efficiency and meet or exceed the requirements of ASHRAE Standard 90.1-2013 and the North Carolina Energy Code. 2.All motors shall conform to the efficiency standard for integral horsepower motors known as 10 CFR Part 431 Subpart B published by the US Department of Energy. C.Construction: 1.Open drip-proof type except where specifically noted otherwise. 2.Design for continuous operation in 104 degrees F environment. 3.Design for temperature rise in accordance with NEMA MG 1 limits for insulation class,service factor,and motor enclosure type. D.Explosion-Proof Motors: UL approved and labelled for hazard classification,with over temperature protection. E.Motors driven by variable frequency drives (VFDs)shall be inverter duty and have a shaft grounding ring. F.Visible Nameplate: Indicating motor horsepower,voltage,phase,cycles,RPM,full load amps, locked rotor amps,frame size,manufacturer's name and model number,service factor,power factor,efficiency. G.Wiring Terminations: 1.Provide terminal lugs to match branch circuit conductor quantities,sizes,and materials indicated. Enclose terminal lugs in terminal box sized to NFPA 70,threaded for conduit. 2.For fractional horsepower motors where connection is made directly,provide threaded conduit connection in end frame. 2.03 APPLICATIONS A.Exception: Motors less than 250 watts,for intermittent service may be the equipment manufacturer's standard and need not comply with these specifications. B.Motors located in exterior locations,air cooled condensers,humidifiers,direct drive axial fans,and explosion proof environments: Totally enclosed type. 2.04 SINGLE PHASE POWER -SPLIT PHASE MOTORS A.Starting Torque: Less than 150 percent of full load torque. B.Starting Current: Up to seven times full load current. C.Breakdown Torque: Approximately 200 percent of full load torque. 2.05 THREE PHASE POWER -SQUIRREL CAGE MOTORS A.Starting Torque: Between 1 and 1-1/2 times full load torque. B.Starting Current: Six times full load current. C.Power Output,Locked Rotor Torque,Breakdown or Pull Out Torque: NEMA Design B characteristics. D.Insulation System: NEMA Class B or better. E.Testing Procedure: In accordance with IEEE 112. Load test motors to determine free from electrical or mechanical defects in compliance with performance data. F.Motor Frames: NEMA Standard T-Frames of steel,aluminum,or cast iron with end brackets of cast iron or aluminum with steel inserts. G.Bearings: Grease lubricated anti-friction ball bearings with housings equipped with plugged provision for relubrication,rated for minimum ABMA STD 9,L-10 life of 20,000 hours. Calculate bearing load with NEMA minimum V-belt pulley with belt center line at end of NEMA standard shaft extension. Stamp bearing sizes on nameplate. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment 23 05 13 - 3 H.Weatherproof Epoxy Sealed Motors: Epoxy seal windings using vacuum and pressure with rotor and starter surfaces protected with epoxy enamel;bearings double shielded with waterproof non- washing grease. I.Nominal Efficiency: As indicated at full load and rated voltage when tested in accordance with IEEE 112. J.Nominal Power Factor: As indicated at full load and rated voltage when tested in accordance with IEEE 112. 2.06 ELECTRONICALLY COMMUTATED MOTORS (ECM) A.Applications: 1.Commercial: a.Roof Top Unit: 1)Operating Mode: Constant speed. 2)Input: Motor manufacturer to coordinate control requirements with the control board of the roof top unit and/or specified sequence of operation. 3)Shaft Extension: Single. 4)RPM: 300 through 1200. b.Power Roof Ventilator (PRV): 1)Operating Mode: Constant cfm. 2)Input: Motor manufacturer to coordinate control requirements with the control board of the PRV and/or specified sequence of operation. 3)Shaft Extension: Single. 4)Options: Remote mount control. c.Energy Recovery Ventilator: 1)Operating Mode: Constant cfm. 2)Input: Motor manufacturer to coordinate control requirements with the control board of the energy recovery ventilator and/or specified sequence of operation. 3)Shaft Extension: Single. 4)Options: Remote mount control. d.Hydronic Pump: 1)Operating Mode: Constant speed. 2)Input: Motor manufacturer to coordinate control requirements with the control board of the hydronic pump and/or specified sequence of operation. 3)Flange Configuration: "C". PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A.Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Install securely on firm foundation. Mount ball bearing motors with shaft in any position. C.Check line voltage and phase and ensure agreement with nameplate. D.Motors with belt drives shall have adjustable motor mountings. Motor mounts shall have adjustable locking device for fixing motor position. E.Motor starters shall be installed as close to the motors they are serving as possible. F.Motor starters shall be installed at locations and heights to meet all State requirements and National Electric Code. END OF SECTION 23 05 13 Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for HVAC Piping 23 05 17 - 1 SECTION 23 05 17 SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR HVAC PIPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A.Pipe sleeves. B.Pipe-sleeve seals. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ASTM C592 -Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Blanket Insulation and Blanket-Type Pipe Insulation (Metal-Mesh Covered)(Industrial Type);2022a. B.ASTM E814 -Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Penetration Firestop Systems;2023a. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A.Shop Drawings: Indicate pipe materials used,jointing methods,supports,floor and wall penetration seals. Indicate installation,layout,weights,mounting and support details,and piping connections. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. B.Clean equipment,pipes,valves,and fittings of grease,metal cuttings,and sludge that may have accumulated from the installation and testing of the system. 1.05 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A.Deliver and store sleeve and sleeve seals in shipping containers,with labeling in place. B.Provide temporary protective coating on cast iron and steel sleeves if shipped loose. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE SLEEVES A.Non-manufactured sleeves: 1.Cast iron or Schedule 40 steel B.Vertical Piping: 1.Sleeve Length: 2 inch above finished floor. 2.Provide sealant for watertight joint. 3.Drilled Penetrations: Provide 1-1/2 inch angle ring or square set in silicone adhesive around penetration. C.Pipe Passing Through Below Grade Foundation Walls or Exterior Walls: 1.Manufactured sleeve-seal system 2.Provide watertight space with link rubber or modular seal between sleeve and pipe on both pipe ends. D.Non-rated interior stud wall Penetrations: 1.Pack annular space with mineral wool and seal tight with caulk E.Non-rated interior CMU wall Penetrations: 1.Pack annual space with mineral wool and seal with non-shrink grout. F.Clearances: 1.Provide allowance for insulated piping. 2.All Rated Openings: Caulked tight with fire stopping material in compliance with ASTM E814 to prevent the spread of fire,smoke,and gases. 2.02 PIPE-SLEEVE SEALS A.Manufacturers: 1.Advance Products &Systems,LLC Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for HVAC Piping 23 05 17 - 2 2.Flexicraft Industries 3.GPT Industries 4.Or Approved Equal B.Modular Mechanical Sleeve-Seal: 1.Elastomer-based interlocking links continuously fill annular space between pipe and wall- sleeve,wall or casing opening. 2.Watertight seal between pipe and wall-sleeve,wall or casing opening. 3.Size and select seal component materials in accordance with service requirements. 4.Service Requirements: a.Corrosion resistant. b.Oil,fuel,gas,and solvent resistant. c.Underground,buried,and wet conditions. d.High Temperature,up to 400 degrees F. e.Low temperature,down to minus 67 degrees F. 5.Glass-reinforced plastic pressure end plates. C.Sealing Compounds: 1.Provide packing and sealing compound to fill pipe to sleeve thickness. 2.Combined packing and seal compound is to match partition fire-resistance hourly rating. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A.Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. Bevel plain end ferrous pipe. B.Remove scale and foreign material,from inside and outside,before assembly. 3.02 INSTALLATION A.Route piping in orderly manner,plumb and parallel to building structure. Maintain gradient. B.Install piping to conserve building space,to not interfere with use of space and other work. C.Install piping and pipe sleeves to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe,joints, or connected equipment. D.Structural Considerations: 1.Do not penetrate building structural members unless approved by the Structural Engineer. E.Provide sleeves when penetrating footings,floors,and walls. Seal pipe including sleeve penetrations to achieve fire resistance equivalent to fire separation required. 1.Aboveground Piping: a.Pack solid using mineral fiber in compliance with ASTM C592. b.Fill space with an elastomer caulk to a depth of 0.50 inch where penetrations occur between conditioned and unconditioned spaces. 2.Caulk exterior wall sleeves watertight with lead and oakum or mechanically expandable chloroprene inserts with mastic-sealed components. F.Manufactured Sleeve-Seal Systems: 1.Install manufactured sleeve-seal systems in sleeves located in grade slabs and exterior walls at piping entrances into building. 2.Provide sealing elements of the size,quantity,and type required for the piping and sleeve inner diameter or penetration diameter. 3.Locate piping in center of sleeve or penetration. 4.Install field assembled sleeve-seal system components in annular space between sleeve and piping. 5.Tighten bolting for a water-tight seal. 6.Install in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. G.When installing more than one piping system material,ensure system components are compatible and joined to ensure the integrity of the system. Provide necessary joining fittings. Ensure Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for HVAC Piping 23 05 17 - 3 flanges,union,and couplings for servicing are consistently provided. 3.03 CLEANING A.Upon completion of work,clean all parts of the installation. B.Clean equipment,pipes,valves,and fittings of grease,metal cuttings,and sludge that may have accumulated from the installation and testing of the system. END OF SECTION 23 05 17 Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment 23 05 29 - 1 SECTION 23 05 29 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A.Support and attachment components. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ASTM A123/A123M -Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized)Coatings on Iron and Steel Products;2017. B.ASTM A153/A153M -Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip)on Iron and Steel Hardware;2016a. C.ASTM A181/A181M -Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Forgings,for General-Purpose Piping;2022. D.ASTM A36/A36M -Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel;2019. E.ASTM A47/A47M -Standard Specification for Ferritic Malleable Iron Castings;1999,with Editorial Revision (2018). F.ASTM A283/A283M -Standard Specification for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates;2018. G.ASTM A395/A395M -Standard Specification for Ferritic Ductile Iron Pressure-Retaining Castings for Use at Elevated Temperatures;1999 (Reapproved 2018). H.ASTM A653/A653M -Standard Specification for Steel Sheet,Zinc-Coated (Galvanized)or Zinc- Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed)by the Hot-Dip Process;2020. I.ASTM B633 -Standard Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and Steel; 2019. J.ASTM E84 -Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2018b. K.FM (AG)-FM Approval Guide;current edition. L.MFMA-4 -Metal Framing Standards Publication;2004. M.MSS SP-58 -Pipe Hangers and Supports -Materials,Design,Manufacture,Selection,Application, and Installation;2018,with Amendment (2019). N.UL (DIR)-Online Certifications Directory;Current Edition. O.UL 723 -Standard for Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials;Current Edition,Including All Revisions. 1.03 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A.Coordination: 1.Coordinate sizes and arrangement of supports and bases with the actual equipment and components to be installed. 2.Coordinate the work with other trades to provide additional framing and materials required for installation. 3.Coordinate compatibility of support and attachment components with mounting surfaces at the installed locations. 4.Coordinate the arrangement of supports with ductwork,piping,equipment and other potential conflicts installed under other sections or by others. 5.Notify Engineer of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents.Obtain direction before proceeding with work. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for channel (strut) framing systems,nonpenetrating rooftop supports,and thermal insulated pipe supports. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment 23 05 29 - 2 B.Shop Drawings: Include details for fabricated hangers and supports where materials or methods other than those indicated are proposed for substitution. 1.Application of protective inserts,saddles,and shields at pipe hangers for each type of insulation and hanger. C.Evaluation Reports: For products specified as requiring evaluation and recognition by ICC Evaluation Service,LLC (ICC-ES),provide current ICC-ES evaluation reports upon request. D.Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by product testing agency. Include instructions for storage,handling,protection,examination, preparation,and installation of product. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Comply with applicable building code. B.Installer Qualifications for Powder-Actuated Fasteners (when specified): Certified by fastener system manufacturer with current operator's license. C.Product Listing Organization Qualifications: An organization recognized by OSHA as a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL)and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1.06 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A.Receive,inspect,handle,and store products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A.B-Line B.Elgen Manufacturing Company,Inc C.Thomas &Betts Corporation D.Unistrut,a brand of Atkore International Inc 2.02 SUPPORT AND ATTACHMENT COMPONENTS A.General Requirements: 1.Provide all required hangers,supports,anchors,fasteners,fittings,accessories,and hardware as necessary for the complete installation of plumbing work. 2.Provide products listed,classified,and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended,where applicable. 3.Where support and attachment component types and sizes are not indicated,select in accordance with manufacturer's application criteria as required for the load to be supported with a minimum safety factor of 2.Include consideration for vibration,equipment operation, and shock loads where applicable. 4.Do not use wire,chain,perforated pipe strap,or wood for permanent supports unless specifically indicated or permitted. 5.Steel Components: Use corrosion resistant materials suitable for the environment where installed. a.Indoor Dry Locations: Use zinc-plated steel or approved equivalent unless otherwise indicated. b.Outdoor and Damp or Wet Indoor Locations: Use galvanized steel or stainless steel unless otherwise indicated. c.Zinc-Plated Steel: Electroplated in accordance with ASTM B633. d.Galvanized Steel: Hot-dip galvanized after fabrication in accordance with ASTM A123/A123M or ASTM A153/A153M. B.Prefabricated Trapeze-Framed Metal Strut Systems: 1.MFMA-4 compliant,pre-fabricated,MSS SP-58 type 59 continuous-slot metal strut channel with associated tracks,fittings,and related accessories. 2.Strut Channel or Bracket Material: a.Indoor Dry Locations:Use zinc-plated steel or galvanized steel. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment 23 05 29 - 3 b.Outdoor and Damp or Wet Indoor Locations: Use galvanized steel. 3.Accessories: Provide bracket covers,clamps,conduit clamps,j-hooks,protectors,and vibration dampeners. C.Strut Channels: 1.ASTM A653/A653Mgalvanized steel bracket with clamps for surface mounting of piping or equipment support. 2.Channel or Bracket Kits: Include rods,brackets,end-fixed fittings,covers,clips,and other related hardware required to complete sectional trapeze section for piping or other support. D.Channel Nuts: 1.Provide carbon steelchannel nut with galvanized steel,stainless steel,or zincfinish and regularspring. E.Hanger Rods: 1.Minimum Size,Unless Otherwise Indicated or Required: a.Equipment Supports: 1/2 inch diameter. b.Piping up to 1 inch: 1/4 inch diameter. c.Trapeze Support for Multiple Pipes: 3/8 inch diameter. F.Steel Cable: 1.Manufacturers: a.Ductmate Industries,Inc,a DMI Company;Clutcher Cable Hanging System b.Elgen Manufacturing Company,Inc c.Gripple d.Source Limitations: Furnish hardware,fittings,and accessories from single manufacturer. G.Cable Hanging System Kits: 1.Manufacturers: a.B-Line,a brand of Eaton Corporation b.Ductmate Industries,Inc c.Gripple,Inc d.Source Limitations: Furnish hardware,fittings,and accessories from single manufacturer. 2.Provide cable-wire in bulk or precut lengths with respective cable hangers as required to hold minimum weight of 240 lb. H.Thermal Insulated Pipe Supports: 1.Manufacturers: a.Buckaroos,Inc b.KB Enterprises 2.General Requirements: a.Insulated pipe supports to be provided at hanger,support,and guide locations on pipe requiring insulation or additional support. b.Surface Burning Characteristics: Flame spread index/smoke developed index of 5/30, maximum,when tested in accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723. c.Pipe supports to be provided for nominally sized,1/2 to 30 inch iron pipes. d.Insulation inserts to consist of calcium silicateinsulation surrounded by a 360 degree, galvanized steel jacketing. 3.Pipe insulation protection shields to be provided at the hanger points and guide locations on pipes requiring insulation as indicated on drawings. I.Pipe Supports: 1.Material: ASTM A395/A395M ductile iron,ASTM A36/A36M carbon steel,ASTM A47/A47M malleable iron,ASTM A181/A181M forged steel,or ASTM A283/A283M steel. 2.Liquid Temperatures Up To 122 degrees F: a.Overhead Support: MSS SP-58 Types 1,3 through 12. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment 23 05 29 - 4 b.Support From Below: MSS SP-58 Types 35 through 38. 3.Operating Temperatures from 122 to 446 degrees F: a.Overhead Support: MSS SP-58 Type 1 or 3 through 12,with appropriate saddle of MSS SP-58 Type 40 for insulated pipe. b.Roller Support: MSS SP-58 Types 41 or 43 through 46,with appropriate saddle of MSS SP-58 Type 39 for insulated pipe. c.Sliding Support: MSS SP-58 Types 35 through 38. J.Pipe Stanchions: 1.Material: Malleable iron,ASTM A47/A47M;or carbon steel,ASTM A36/A36M. 2.Provide coated or plated saddles to isolate steel hangers from dissimilar metal tube or pipe. 3.For pipe runs,use stanchions of same type and material where vertical adjustment is required for stationary pipe. K.Beam Clamps: 1.MSS SP-58 types 19 through 23,25 or 27 through 30 based on required load. 2.Beam C-Clamp: MSS SP-58 type 23,malleable iron and steelwith zincfinish. 3.Small or Junior Beam Clamp: MSS SP-58 type 19,malleable iron with zincfinish. For inverted usage provide manufacturer listed size(s). 4.Wide Mouth Beam Clamp: MSS SP-58 type 19,malleable iron with zinc or galvanized finish. 5.Centerload Beam Clamp with Extension Piece: MSS SP-58 type 30,malleable iron with galvanized finish. 6.FM (AG)and UL (DIR)Approved Beam Clamp: MSS SP-58 type 19,plated finish, 7.Provide clamps with hardened steel cup-point set screws and lock-nuts for anchoring in place. 8.Material: ASTM A395/A395M ductile iron,ASTM A36/A36M carbon steel,ASTM A47/A47M malleable iron,ASTM A181/A181M forged steel,or ASTM A283/A283M steel. L.Riser Clamps: 1.For insulated pipe runs,provide two bolt-type clamps designed for installation under insulation. 2.MSS SP-58 type 1 or 8, 3.Medium Split Horizontal Pipe Clamp:MSS SP-58type 4 4.Copper Tube Pipe Clamp:MSS SP-58 type 8,copper-plated. 5.UL (DIR)listed: Pipe sizes 1/2 to 8 inch. M.U-Bolts: 1.MSS SP-58 Type 24,zinc-coated carbon steelu-bolt for pipe support or anchoring. N.Insulation Clamps: 1.Two bolt-type clamps designed for installation under insulation. 2.Material:Carbon steelwith galvanized steel or zincfinish. O.Pipe Hangers: 1.Split Ring Hangers: a.Provide hinged split ring and yoke rollerhanger with zinc or copper platedfinish. b.Material: ASTM A47/A47M malleable iron or ASTM A36/A36M carbon steel. c.Provide hanger rod and nuts of the same type and material for a given pipe run. d.Provide coated or plated hangers to isolate steel hangers from dissimilar metal tube or pipe. 2.Clevis Hangers,Adjustable: a.Copper Tube:MSS SP-58 Type 1,copper-plated. b.Standard-Duty:MSS SP-58Type 1 c.UL (DIR)listed: Pipe sizes 2-1/2 to 8 inch. d.FM (AG)listed: Pipe sizes 2-1/2 to 8 inch. P.Dielectric Barriers: Provide between metallic supports and metallic piping and associated items of dissimilar type;acceptable dielectric barriers include rubber or plastic sheets or coatings attached Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment 23 05 29 - 5 securely to pipe or item. Q.Nonpenetrating Rooftop Supports for Low-Slope Roofs: 1.Manufacturers: a.Anvil International;H-Block b.Cooper B-Line,a division of Eaton Corporation c.Erico International Corporation,a brand of Pentair d.PHP Systems/Design e.Unistrut,a brand of Atkore International Inc 2.Provide steel pedestals with thermoplastic or rubber base that rest on top of roofing membrane,not requiring any attachment to the roof structure and not penetrating the roofing assembly,with support fixtures as specified. 3.Base Sizes: As required to distribute load sufficiently to prevent indentation of roofing assembly. 4.Attachment/Support Fixtures: As recommended by manufacturer,same type as indicated for equivalent indoor hangers and supports. 5.Mounting Height: Provide minimum clearance of 6 inches under supported component to top of roofing. R.Anchors and Fasteners: 1.Unless otherwise indicated and where not otherwise restricted,use the anchor and fastener types indicated for the specified applications. 2.Concrete: Use preset concrete inserts,expansion anchors,or screw anchors. 3.Solid or Grout-Filled Masonry: Use expansion anchors or screw anchors. 4.Hollow Stud Walls: Use toggle bolts. 5.Steel: Use beam-ceiling clamps,beam clamps,machine bolts,or welded threaded studs. 6.Sheet Metal: Use sheet metal screws. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A.Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Install anchors and fasteners in accordance with ICC Evaluation Services,LLC (ICC-ES) evaluation report conditions of use where applicable. C.Provide independent support from building structure. Do not provide support from piping, ductwork,conduit,or other systems. D.Unless specifically indicated or approved by Architect,do not provide support from suspended ceiling support system or ceiling grid. E.Unless specifically indicated or approved by Architect,do not provide support from roof deck. F.Do not penetrate or otherwise notch or cut structural members without approval of Structural Engineer. G.Provide thermal insulated pipe supports complete with hangers and accessories. Install thermal insulated pipe supports during the installation of the piping system. H.Equipment Support and Attachment: 1.Use metal fabricated supports or supports assembled from metal channel (strut)to support equipment as required. 2.Use metal channel (strut)secured to studs to support equipment surface-mounted on hollow stud walls when wall strength is not sufficient to resist pull-out. 3.Use metal channel (strut)to support surface-mounted equipment in wet or damp locations to provide space between equipment and mounting surface. 4.Securely fasten floor-mounted equipment. Do not install equipment such that it relies on its own weight for support. I.Secure fasteners according to manufacturer's recommended torque settings. J.Remove temporary supports. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment 23 05 29 - 6 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Inspect support and attachment components for damage and defects. B.Repair cuts and abrasions in galvanized finishes using zinc-rich paint recommended by manufacturer. Replace components that exhibit signs of corrosion. C.Correct deficiencies and replace damaged or defective support and attachment components. END OF SECTION 23 05 29 Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Coil Hookups 23 05 31 - 1 SECTION 23 05 31 COIL HOOKUPS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A.The Contractor shall have the option of using the coil hookups as specified and detailed in the drawings. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ANSI/NSF-61 1.03 SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: Provide product description,thermal characteristics,list of materials and thickness for each service,and locations. B.Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate installation procedures necessary to ensure acceptable workmanship and that installation standards will be achieved. C.Contractor shall coordinate 2-way or 3-way configuration with Drawings. D.Indicate operable pressure range for each type of autoflow cartridge. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing products of the type specified in this section with not less than three years of documented experience. 1.05 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A.Accept materials on site in original factory packaging,labelled with manufacturer's identification. B.Protect from weather and construction traffic,dirt,water,chemical,and mechanical damage,by storing in original packaging. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A.Flo-pac B.Caleffi C.IMI Flow Design,Inc. D.Griswold Manufacturing E.Pro Hydronic Specialties F.Bell &Gossett G.Kates Company H.Nexus I.Nibco J.Victaulic K.Or Approved Equal 2.02 AUTOMATIC FLOW CONTROL VALVE: A.Design 1.IMI AC Series or equivalent 2.The GPM for the automatic flow control valves shall be factory set and shall automatically limit the rate of flow to within 5%of the specified amount. 3.Flow cartridge:stainless steel moving parts in brass housing. 4.Cartridge seal:EPDM 5.For 3/4”–2”,the flow cartridge shall be removable from the Y-body housing without the use of special tools to provide access for regulator change-out,inspection and cleaning without breaking the main piping. (Access shall be similar to that provided for removal of a Y-strainer Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Coil Hookups 23 05 31 - 2 screen). 6.True operating ranges of 2–32 PSID or 5–60 PSID are required. The design flow should be achieved at the minimum psi differential. A 50%safety factory applied to the lower operating range is not acceptable. 7.Each valve shall have two P/T ports. 8.3/4"through 2"connections shall be sweat type. 9.All automatic flow control devices shall be supplied by a single source and certified flow tests, witnessed by a Professional Engineer,shall be available. 10.Five-year product warranty and free first year cartridge exchange. B.Construction 1.The internal wear surfaces of the valve cartridge must be stainless steel. 2.The internal flow cartridge body shall have machined threads so the spring free height may be compensated for without the use of fixed shims. A crimped sheet metal design is not acceptable. 3.The internal flow cartridge shall be permanently marked with the GPM and spring range. 4.For 3/2”through 2”pipe sizes: An assembly shall consist of a brass Y-type body,integral brass body ball valve and ‘O’ring type union;Flow Design Model AC,Victaulic Series 76 or equal.All connections shall be sweat type. 5.For 2-1/2”and larger flanged or grooved connections: Ductile iron body suitable for mounting wafer type between standard 150#and 300#flanges. The long flange bolts and nuts shall be provided with each control valve. Flow Design Model WS,Victaulic Series 76 or equal. 6.All valves shall be factory leak tested at 100 psi air under water. C.Minimum Ratings 1.3/2”through 2”pipe size: 400 PSIG at 250°F 2.2-1/2”through 14”pipe size: 600 PSIG at 250°F. D.Flow Verification 1.Where indicated on the plans,the differential pressure across the Automatic Flow Control Valve shall be measured for flow verification and to determine the amount of system over heading or under pumping. 2.The flow shall be verified by measuring the differential pressure across the coil served or the wide-open temperature control valve and calculating the flow using the coil or valve Cv. E.Test Kit 1.Two (2)differential pressure test kits shall be supplied to verify flow and measure overheading. The kit shall consist of a 4-1/2”diaphragm gauge equipped with ten-foot hoses and P/T adapters all housed in a vinyl case. Calibration shall be 0–35 PSID for 2–32 PSI spring range or 0–65 PSID for 5-60 PSI range. In addition,provide TWO (2)dial type temperature gauges to use in the provided P/T plugs. F.Installation 1.Install automatic flow control valves on the return lines of coils as indicated on the plans. Balancing valve on supply side is not acceptable. 2.Provide handle and port extensions to accommodate 2”thick insulation. 3.Install,on the supply side of coils,a Y-strainer with a brass blow-down valve with 3/4”hose end connection with cap and chain. 4.Remove auto-flow devices during the flushing procedure. G.Combination Y-Strainer/Ball Valve: 1.Combination ball valve,Y-strainer and union with two P/T’s,automatic air vent,bypass adapter and hose end drain valve with cap and chain.IMI YC Series 3/4"through 2":DZR brass body consisting of a full port ball valve and strainer with flow measuring ports.Ball valve shall be complete with double o-ring seal,plated ball,blow-out proof stem,and steel handle with vinyl grip.Strainer shall be Y-pattern,with 20 mesh stainless steel screen and blowdown port.Suitable for operating temperatures up to 230°F. 2.Assembly shall be rated for 400 PSIG at 250°F. 3.Provide stainless steel ball and stem. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Coil Hookups 23 05 31 - 3 H.Union with Manual Air Vent: 1.Union with manual air vent and P/T plug. 2.IMI UP Series 3/4"through 2":400 psi,DZR brass body with manual air vent port and pressure/temperature port,with EPDM seals.Union port fitting shall provide a simplified terminal hookup for installation at coil outlets.Suitable for operating temperatures to 230°F/110°C. 3.Assembly shall be rated for 400 PSIG at 250°F. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A.Dielectric fittings shall be used at all locations where dissimilar materials meet. B.Valve screws shall not be installed below horizontal. C.Contractor shall examine each installed device to ensure flow arrow is facing the correct direction. 3.02 PREPARATION FOR CLEANING A.Contractor shall install a BYPASS pipe wherever needed between the hydronic return &supply lines to recirculate the entire system using the hydronic pumps installed.The diameter of this pipe shall be at least 1/3 of the diameter of the main hydronic lines.The contractor shall also remove or cap the temporary BYPASS to a permanent configuration when flushing is complete and approved water chemistry is achieved. B.Contractor shall remove all startup strainer screens prior to flushing all systems,including mud from the dirt legs.Contractor shall clean and replace/reinstall all strainer screens after the final cleaning and flushing procedure has passed the final test criteria noted herein. END OF SECTION 23 05 31 23 05 31 Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Heat Tracing for HVAC Piping 23 05 33 - 1 SECTION 23 05 33 HEAT TRACING FOR HVAC PIPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A.Self-regulating parallel resistance electric heating cable. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.IEEE 515.1 -IEEE Standard for the Testing,Design,Installation,and Maintenance of Electrical Resistance Trace Heating for Commercial Applications;2012. B.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code;Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. C.UL (DIR)-Online Certifications Directory;Current Edition. 1.03 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A.Coordinate the work with other trades to provide ground fault protection for electric heat tracing circuits as required by NFPA 70. B.Coordinate the work with other trades to provide circuit breaker ratings suitable for installed circuit lengths. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: Provide data for electric heat tracing. B.Shop Drawings: Indicate electric heat tracing layout,electrical terminations,thermostats,controls, and branch circuit connections. C.Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate installation instructions and recommendations. D.Sizing table indicating pipe size,insulation thickness,fluid temperature,ambient temperature,and W/ft of cable selected. E.Field Quality Control Submittals: Indicate test reports and inspection reports. F.Operation and Maintenance Data: Include manufacturer's descriptive literature,operating instructions of equipment and controls,maintenance and repair data,and parts listings. G.Warranty: Submit manufacturer warranty and ensure that forms have been completed in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer. H.Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of electric heat tracing lines and thermostats. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with at least three years of documented experience. B.Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing work of the type specified and with at least three years of documented experience. 1.06 WARRANTY A.Provide two year manufacturer warranty for cables,connection kits,accessories,and controls. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SELF-REGULATING PARALLEL RESISTANCE ELECTRIC HEATING CABLE A.Manufacturers: 1.Chromalox,Inc 2.Pentair 3.Raychem 4.Thermon Manufacturing Company 5.Or Approved Equal B.Provide products listed,classified,and labeled by UL (DIR)or testing firm acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction (AHJ). Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Heat Tracing for HVAC Piping 23 05 33 - 2 C.All heat-tracing applications with continuous exposure temperatures from 150 degrees F to 250 degrees F or intermittent exposure temperatures from 185 degrees F to 420 degrees F shall use self-regulating cables. D.Self-regulating cable shall vary its power relative to the temperature of the surface of the pipe or the vessel.The cable shall be designed such that it can be crossed over itself and cut to length in the field. E.Self-regulating heating cable shall be designed for a useful life of 20 years or more with "power on" continuously,based on the following useful life criteria: 1.Retention of at least 75 percent of nominal rated power after 20 years of operation at the maximum published continuous exposure (maintain)temperature. 2.Retention of at least 90 percent of nominal rated power after 1000 hours of operation at the maximum published intermittent exposure temperature.The testing shall conform to UL 746B,IEC 216-1 Part 1. F.All cables shall be capable of passing a 2.5 kV dielectric test for one minute (ASTM 2633)after undergoing a 0.5 kg-m impact. G.Factory Rating and Testing: Comply with IEEE 515.1. H.Heating Element: 1.Provide pair of parallel No.16 nickel coated stranded copper bus wires embedded in cross linked conductive polymer core with varying heat output in response to temperature along its length so that cable may be used directly on plastic or metallic pipes.Cables shall have a temperature identification number (T-rating)of T6 (185 degrees F)without the use of thermostats. 2.Terminations: Waterproof,factory assembled,non-heating leads with connector at one end and water-tight seal at opposite end. 3.Capable of crossing over itself without overheating. I.Insulated Jacket: Flame retardant polyolefin. J.Minimum Self-Regulating Indices: Heating Cable S.R.Index (W/deg F) 1.3 W/ft 0.038 2.5 W/ft 0.060 3.8 W/ft 0.074 4.10 W/ft 0.100 K.The self-regulating index is the rate of change of power output in watts per degree Fahrenheit as measured by the temperatures of 50 degree F and 100 degree F and confirmed by the type of test and published data sheets. L.In order to ensure that the self-regulating heating cable does not increase power output when accidentally exposed to high temperatures,resulting in thermal run-away and self-ignition,the cable shall produce less than 0.5 watts per foot when energized and heated to 350 degrees F for 30 minutes.After this test,if the cable is re-energized,it must not have an increasing power output leading to thermal runaway. M.The self-regulating cable shall retain at least 90 percent of its original power output after having been cycled 300 times between 50 degrees F and 210 degrees F,allowing at least six minutes of dwell time at each temperature. N.Cable Cover: Provide tinned copper and polyolefin outer jacket with UV inhibitor. O.A integral ground-fault protection device set at 30 mA,with a nominal 100-ms response time,shall be included and used to protect each circuit. P.Maximum Power-On Operating Temperature: 150 degrees F. Q.Maximum Power-Off Exposure Temperature: 185 degrees F. 2.02 OUTER JACKET MARKINGS A.Name of manufacturer,trademark,or other recognized symbol of identification. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Heat Tracing for HVAC Piping 23 05 33 - 3 B.Catalog number,reference number,or model. C.Month and year of manufacture,date coding,applicable serial number,or equivalent. D.Agency listing or approval. E.Applicable environmental or area use requirements,such as NEMA 4,Type 4,IP ratings,and hazardous (classified)location markings including temperature rating. F.Any applicable warning/caution statements such as "WARNING:De-energize circuit before removing cover. 2.03 CONNECTION KITS A.Name of manufacturer,trademark,or other recognized symbol of identification. B.Provide power connection,splice/tee,and end seal kits compatible with the heating cable and without requiring cutting of the cable core to expose bus wires. C.Furnish with NEMA 4X rating for prevention of corrosion and water ingress. D.Provide UV stabilized components. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A.Provide Accessories As Indicated or As Required for Complete Installation,Including but Not Limited To: 1.High temperature,glass filament tape for attachment of heating cable to metal piping. 2.Aluminum self-adhesive tape for attachment of heating cable to plastic piping. 3.Cable ties. 4.Silicone end seals and splice kits. 5.Installation clips. 6.Warning labels for attachment to exterior of piping insulation. Refer to Section 23 05 53. 7.Provide integral GFCI protection for all heat trace. 2.05 CONTROLS A.Pipe Mounted Thermostats: 1.Remote bulb on capillary,resistance temperature device (RTD)or thermistor for direct sensing of pipe wall temperature. 2.Provide pilot light indicator. 3.Provide a Control Enclosure for each chiller. 4.Control Enclosure: Corrosion resistant and waterproof. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A.Verify that piping and equipment are ready to receive work. B.Verify required power is available,in proper location,and ready for use. 3.02 PREPARATION A.Clean all surfaces prior to installation. B.Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer. 3.03 INSTALLATION A.Install in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. B.Comply with installation requirements of IEEE 515.1 and NFPA 70,Article 427. C.Apply heating cable linearly on pipe with fiberglass tape only after piping has successfully completed any required pressure testing. D.Comply with all national and local code requirements. E.Identification: 1.After thermal insulation installation,apply external pipeline decals to indicate presence of the thermal insulation cladding at intervals not to exceed 20 ft including cladding over each valve Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Heat Tracing for HVAC Piping 23 05 33 - 4 or other equipment that may require maintenance. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.See Section 01 40 00 -Quality Requirements,for additional requirements. B.Field Testing and Inspections: 1.Commission system in accordance with installation and operation manual. 2.Inspect for sources of water entry and proper sealing. 3.Inspect weather barrier to confirm that no sharp edges are contacting the trace heating. 4.Minimum Acceptable Insulation Resistance: 20 megohms or greater at a test voltage of 2500 VDC for polymer insulated trace heaters. 5.Test heating cable integrity with megohmmeter at the following intervals: a.Before installing the cable. b.Prior to initial start-up (commissioning). 6.Measure voltage and current at each unit. 7.Controls: a.Verify control parameters are set to the application requirements. 8.Submit written test report showing values measured on each test for each cable. 3.05 PROTECTION A.Protect installed products from damage until Date of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 23 05 33 Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment 23 05 53 - 1 SECTION 23 05 53 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A.Nameplates. B.Tags. C.Stencils. D.Pipe markers. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ASTM D709 -Standard Specification for Laminated Thermosetting Materials;2017. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A.List: Submit list of wording,symbols,letter size,and color coding for mechanical identification. B.Chart and Schedule: Submit valve chart and schedule,including valve tag number,location, function,and valve manufacturer's name and model number. C.Product Data: Provide manufacturers catalog literature for each product required. D.Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures,and installation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 IDENTIFICATION APPLICATIONS A.Air Handling Units: Nameplates. B.Automatic Controls: Tags. Key to control schematic. C.Control Panels: Nameplates. D.Dampers: Ceiling tacks,where located above lay-in ceiling. E.Ductwork: Stencilled painting. F.Heat Transfer Equipment: Nameplates. G.Instrumentation: Tags. H.Major Control Components: Nameplates. I.Piping: Stencilled painting. J.Relays: Tags. K.Small-sized Equipment: Tags. L.Thermostats: Nameplates. M.Valves:Tags and ceiling tacks where located above lay-in ceiling. N.Water Treatment Devices: Nameplates. 2.02 NAMEPLATES A.Manufacturers: 1.Advanced Graphic Engraving,LLC 2.Brimar Industries,Inc 3.Craftmark Pipe Markers 4.Kolbi Pipe Marker Co 5.Seton Identification Products,a Tricor Direct Company 6.Or Approved Equal B.Letter Color: Black. C.Letter Height: 1/4 inch. D.Background Color: White. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment 23 05 53 - 2 E.Phenolic: Conform to ASTM D709. 2.03 TAGS A.Manufacturers: 1.Advanced Graphic Engraving 2.Brady Corporation 3.Brimar Industries,Inc 4.Craftmark Pipe Markers 5.Kolbi Pipe Marker Co 6.Seton Identification Products,a Tricor Company 7.Or Approved Equal B.Plastic Tags: Laminated three-layer plastic with engraved black letters on light contrasting background color. Tag size minimum 1-1/2 inch diameter. C.Metal Tags: Aluminum with stamped letters;tag size minimum 1-1/2 inch diameter with smooth edges.Use metal tags in return air plenums. D.Valve Tag Chart: Typewritten letter size list in anodized aluminum frame. 2.04 STENCILS A.Manufacturers: 1.Brady Corporation 2.Craftmark Pipe Markers 3.Kolbi Pipe Marker Co 4.Seton Identification Products,a Tricor Company 5.Or Approved Equal B.Stencils: With clean cut symbols and letters of following size: 1.3/4 to 1-1/4 inch Outside Diameter of Insulation or Pipe: 8 inch long color field,1/2 inch high letters. 2.1-1/2 to 2 inch Outside Diameter of Insulation or Pipe: 8 inch long color field,3/4 inch high letters. 3.2-1/2 to 6 inch Outside Diameter of Insulation or Pipe: 12 inch long color field,1-1/4 inch high letters. 4.8 to 10 inch Outside Diameter of Insulation or Pipe: 24 inch long color field,2-1/2 inch high letters. 5.Over 10 inch Outside Diameter of Insulation or Pipe: 32 inch long color field,3-1/2 inch high letters. 6.Ductwork and Equipment: 2-1/2 inch high letters. 7.Stencil Paint: Semi-gloss enamel,colors conforming to ASME A13.1. 2.05 CEILING GRID LABELS A.Label each device or valve above the ceiling and label the ceiling grid below each.Indicate the type of device or valve and its associated service (e.g.“Shutoff Valve –HW”,“VAV-21”). B.Provide custom printed labels for each device,either vinyl or polypropylene,suitable for indoor / outdoor applications.Use portable printer equal to Brady HandiMark Portable Industrial Labeling System. C.Labels shall be no more than 1-inch in height.Lettering shall be minimum 18-point font.Lettering shall be black on white tape. D.Provide a list of devices and valves labeled with the identical information in the O&M Manuals. E.Submit samples of markings on three different devices for approval of the Owner and Engineer. F.Ceiling grid markers shall be the color listed below: 1.Electrical -Pull Box/Disconnects/Future -Neon Red 2.Mechanical Equipment/Fan/Dampers,etc.-Neon Yellow 3.Gas valves/regulators/etc.-Yellow Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment 23 05 53 - 3 4.Fire Alarm/Sprinklers/Life Safety -Red 5.Chilled Water Valves/Low point drains/etc.-Blue 6.Heating Hot Water Valves/Low point drains/etc.-Red PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A.Degrease and clean surfaces to receive adhesive for identification materials. 3.02 INSTALLATION A.Install nameplates with corrosive-resistant mechanical fasteners,or adhesive. Apply with sufficient adhesive to ensure permanent adhesion and seal with clear lacquer. B.Install tags with corrosion resistant chain. C.All piping and duct shall be labeled at least once in EVERY room.Piping and ductwork shall be labeled every 15 ft and at every change of direction. D.All exposed mechanical piping in mechanical rooms,boiler rooms,on and above mezzanine levels,both insulated and uninsulated,shall be color coded with 30 mil PVC jacketing per the following schedule: 1.Chilled Water/Glycol Supply/Return Medium Blue 2.Hot Water Supply/Return Medium Red 3.Fuel Gas Paint piping Yellow 4.Refrigerant Gray E.Install underground plastic pipe markers 6 to 8 inches below finished grade,directly above buried pipe. F.Install ductwork with stencilled painting. Identify with air handling unit identification number and area served. Identify service (supply,return,exhaust,outside air,etc.) Locate identification at air handling unit,at each side of penetration of structure or enclosure,and at each obstruction. G.Provide ceiling grid labels to locate valves or dampers above lay-in panel ceilings. Locate in corner of panel closest to equipment. H.Identify control panels,manual motor starters,combination motor starters,disconnects,variable frequency drives,boiler override switches,boiler emergency switches,and major control components outside panels with plastic nameplates. I.Identify thermostats or temperature sensors relating to air handling units or valves with labels. J.Identify valves in main and branch piping with valve labels. K.Tag automatic controls,instruments,and relays.Key to control schematic. L.Identify air handling units with plastic nameplates indicating unit number,area served,OEM and external static pressure,based on actual equipment submittal data,number and size of filters,and number and size of belts (where applicable). M.Identify pumps with plastic nameplates indicating pump number,system served,GPM,and feet of head. N.Provide ceiling track markers to locate valves or dampers above T-bar type panel ceilings.Locate in corner of panel closest to equipment.Markers shall be installed prior to request for above ceiling inspection. 3.03 SCHEDULE A.Standard Color Identification for Mechanical Piping (all labels shall be provided with flow arrows): 1.Chilled Water Supply/Return CHWS/CHWR White Lettering/Blue Background 2.Hot Water Supply/Return HWS/HWR White Lettering/Red Background 3.Makeup Water MUW White Lettering/Green Background 4.Fuel Gas Piping GAS Black Lettering/Yellow Background 5.Condensate Drain COND Black Lettering/White Background 6.Refrigerant REF Black Lettering/Yellow Background Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment 23 05 53 - 4 B.Standard Color Identification for Ductwork (all labels shall be provided with flow arrows): 1.Supply Air SUPPLY Black Lettering 2.Return RETURN Black Lettering 3.Outside Air OUTSIDE AIR Black Lettering 4.General Exhaust EXHAUST Black Lettering END OF SECTION 23 05 53 Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Testing,Adjusting,and Balancing for HVAC 23 05 93 - 1 SECTION 23 05 93 TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING FOR HVAC PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A.Testing,adjustment,and balancing of air systems. B.Testing,adjustment,and balancing of hydronicsystems. C.Measurement of final operating condition of HVAC systems. D.Ductwork Leakage Testing E.Commissioning activities. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.AABC (NSTSB)-AABC National Standards for Total System Balance,7th Edition;2016. B.ASHRAE Std 111 -Measurement,Testing,Adjusting,and Balancing of Building HVAC Systems; 2008. C.NEBB (TAB)-Procedural Standards for Testing Adjusting and Balancing of Environmental Systems;2015,with Errata (2017). 1.03 SUBMITTALS A.TAB Plan: Submit a written plan indicating the testing,adjusting,and balancing standard to be followed and the specific approach for each system and component. 1.Submit to Architect. 2.Submit to the Commissioning Authority. B.Include at least the following in the plan: 1.Indicate standard to be followed (AABC or NEBB) 2.List of all airflow,waterflow,and system capacity and efficiency measurements to be performed and a description of specific test procedures,parameters,formulas to be used. 3.Copy of field checkout sheets and logs to be used,listing each piece of equipment to be tested,adjusted and balanced with the data cells to be gathered for each. 4.Identification and types of measurement instruments to be used and their most recent calibration date. 5.Discussion of what notations and markings will be made on the duct and piping drawings during the process. 6.Final test report forms to be used. 7.Detailed step-by-step procedures for TAB work for each system and issue,including: a.Terminal flow calibration (for each terminal type). b.Diffuser proportioning. c.Branch/submain proportioning. d.Total flow calculations. e.Rechecking. f.Diversity issues. 8.Details of how TOTAL flow will be determined;for example: a.Air: Sum of terminal flows via control system calibrated readings or via hood readings of all terminals,supply (SA)and return air (RA)pitot traverse,SA or RA flow stations. b.Water: Pump curves,circuit setter,flow station,ultrasonic,etc. 9.Specific procedures that will ensure that systems are operating at the lowest possible pressures and methods to verify this. 10.Confirmation of understanding of the outside air ventilation criteria under all conditions. 11.Method of verifying and setting minimum outside air flow rate will be verified and set and for what level (total building,zone,etc.). 12.Method of checking building static and exhaust fan and/or relief damper capacity. 13.Methods for making coil or other system plant capacity measurements,if specified. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Testing,Adjusting,and Balancing for HVAC 23 05 93 - 2 14.Time schedule for TAB work to be done in phases (by floor,etc.). 15.Description of TAB work for areas to be built out later,if any. 16.Time schedule for deferred or seasonal TAB work,if specified. 17.False loading of systems to complete TAB work,if specified. 18.Exhaust fan balancing and capacity verifications,including any required room pressure differentials. 19.Interstitial cavity differential pressure measurements and calculations,if specified. 20.Procedures for formal deficiency reports,including scope,frequency and distribution. C.Control System Coordination Reports: Communicate in writing to the controls installer all setpoint and parameter changes made or problems and discrepancies identified during TAB that affect,or could affect,the control system setup and operation. D.Final Report: Indicate deficiencies in systems that would prevent proper testing,adjusting,and balancing of systems and equipment to achieve specified performance. 1.Revise TAB plan to reflect actual procedures and submit as part of final report. 2.Submit draft copies of report for review prior to final acceptance of Project. Provide final copies for Architect and for inclusion in operating and maintenance manuals. 3.Provide final reports in soft cover,letter size,3-ringbinder manuals,complete with index page and indexing tabs,with cover identification at front and side.Include set of reduced drawings with air outlets and equipment identified to correspond with data sheets,and indicating thermostat locations.The Final Report shall be placed in and become a part of the Maintenance and Operations Manuals (4 copies). 4.Include actual instrument list,with manufacturer name,serial number,and date of calibration. 5.Form of Test Reports: Where the TAB standard being followed recommends a report format use that;otherwise,follow ASHRAE Std 111. 6.Units of Measure: Report data in I-P (inch-pound)units only. 7.Include the following on the title page of each report: a.Name of Testing,Adjusting,and Balancing Agency. b.Address of Testing,Adjusting,and Balancing Agency. c.Telephone number of Testing,Adjusting,and Balancing Agency. d.Also include a certification sheet containing the seal and name,address,telephone number,and signature of the Certified Test and Balance Engineer.Include in this division a listing of the instruments used for the procedures along with proof of calibration. E.Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of flow measuring stations and balancing valves and rough setting. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.The TAB agency shall be a subcontractor of the General Contractor (or Construction Manager) and shall report directly to and be paid by the General Contractor. B.The TAB agency shall be either a certified member of AABC or NEBB to perform TAB service for HVAC,water balancing and vibrations and sound testing of equipment.The certification shall be maintained for the entire duration of duties specified herein. C.Any agency that has been the subject of disciplinary action by either the AABC or NEBB within the five years preceding Contract Award shall not be eligible to perform any work related to the TAB. All work performed in this Section and in other related Sections by the TAB agency shall be considered invalid if the TAB agency loses its certification prior to Contract completion,and the successor agency’s review shows unsatisfactory work performed by the predecessor agency. D.TAB Specialist:The TAB specialist shall be either a member of AABC or an experienced technician of the Agency certified by NEBB.The certification shall be maintained for the entire duration of duties specified herein.If,for any reason,the Specialist loses subject certification during this period,the General Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer and submit another TAB Specialist for approval.Any individual that has been the subject of disciplinary action by either the AABC or NEBB within the five years preceding Contract Award shall not be eligible to Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Testing,Adjusting,and Balancing for HVAC 23 05 93 - 3 perform any duties related to the HVAC systems,including TAB.All work specified in this Section and in other related Sections performed by the TAB specialist shall be considered invalid if the TAB Specialist loses its certification prior to Contract completion and must be performed by an approved successor. E.TAB Specialist shall be identified by the General Contractor within 60 days after the notice to proceed.The TAB specialist will be coordinating,scheduling and reporting all TAB work and related activities and will provide necessary information as required by the Resident Engineer.The responsibilities would specifically include: 1.Shall directly supervise all TAB work. 2.Shall sign the TAB reports that bear the seal of the TAB standard.The reports shall be accompanied by report forms and schematic drawings required by the TAB standard,AABC, TABB or NEBB. 3.Would follow all TAB work through its satisfactory completion. 4.Shall provide final markings of settings of all HVAC adjustment devices. 5.Permanently mark location of duct test ports. 6.Shall document critical paths from the fan or pump.These critical paths are ones in which are 100%open from the fan or pump to the terminal device.This will show the least amount of restriction is being imposed on the system by the TAB firm. F.All TAB technicians performing actual TAB work shall be experienced and must have done satisfactory work on a minimum of 3 projects comparable in size and complexity to this project. Qualifications must be certified by the TAB agency in writing.The lead technician shall be certified by AABC or NEBB 1.05 WARRANTY A.National Project Performance Guarantee: Provide a guarantee AABC or NEBB will assist in completing requirements of the Contract Documents if TAB firm fails to comply with the Contract Documents. Guarantee includes the following provisions: 1.The certified TAB firm has tested and balanced systems according to the Contract Documents. 2.Systems are balanced to optimum performance capabilities within design and installation limits. 3.Warranty Period: Five (5)years. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PLUGS A.Provide plastic plugs to seal holes drilled in ductwork for test purposes. 2.02 INSULATION REPAIR MATERIAL A.Refer to individual insulation sections for repair of insulation removed or damaged during TAB work. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A.Perform total system balance in accordance with one of the following: 1.AABC (NSTSB),AABC National Standards for Total System Balance. B.Begin work after completion of systems to be tested,adjusted,or balanced and complete work prior to Substantial Completion of the project. C.Where HVAC systems and/or components interface with life safety systems,including fire and smoke detection,alarm,and control,coordinate scheduling and testing and inspection procedures with the authorities having jurisdiction. D.TAB Agency Qualifications: 1.Company specializing in the testing,adjusting,and balancing of systems specified in this section. 2.Having minimum of three years documented experience. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Testing,Adjusting,and Balancing for HVAC 23 05 93 - 4 3.Certified by one of the following: a.AABC,Associated Air Balance Council: www.aabc.com/#sle;upon completion submit AABC National Performance Guaranty. b.NEBB,National Environmental Balancing Bureau: www.nebb.org/#sle. E.TAB Supervisor and Technician Qualifications: Certified by same organization as TAB agency. F.For each air handling system,provide a graphical static pressure profile indicating the pressure drop across each component of the air handling unit (filter,coils,dampers,wheel,etc). 3.02 PRE-CONSTRUCTION TAB WORK A.Coordinate with General Contractor and Owner on scheduling pre-construction TAB measurements work prior to the start of demolition work. B.Inspect each existing System to ensure it is operational,including controls.Provide report of any existing deficiencies to the Engineer. C.Measurements shall be made to document the existing systems'performance prior to the start of work. D.The data to be measured and recorded for each piece of equipment,coil,etc.,shall be the same as listed below for the "New"work. 3.03 EXAMINATION A.Verify that systems are complete and operable before commencing work. Ensure the following conditions: 1.Systems are started and operating in a safe and normal condition. 2.Temperature control systems are installed complete and operable. 3.Proper thermal overload protection is in place for electrical equipment. 4.Final filters are clean and in place. If required,install temporary media in addition to final filters. 5.Duct systems are clean of debris. 6.Fans are rotating correctly. 7.Fire and volume dampers are in place and open. 8.Air coil fins are cleaned and combed. 9.Access doors are closed and duct end caps are in place. 10.Air outlets are installed and connected. 11.Duct system leakage is minimized. 12.Hydronic systems are flushed,filled,and vented. 13.Pumps are rotating correctly. 14.Proper strainer baskets are clean and in place. 15.Service and balance valves are open. 16.Clean and set automatic fill valves for required system pressure. 17.Check expansion tanks to determine that they are not air bound and that the system is completely full of water. 18.Check air vents at high points of systems and determine if all are installed to bleed air completely. B.Submit field reports. Report defects and deficiencies that will or could prevent proper system balance. C.Beginning of work means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.04 PREPARATION A.Hold a pre-balancing meeting at least one week prior to starting TAB work. 1.Require attendance by all installers whose work will be tested,adjusted,or balanced. B.Obtain design drawings and specifications and become thoroughly acquainted with the design intent. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Testing,Adjusting,and Balancing for HVAC 23 05 93 - 5 C.Obtain copies of approved shop drawings of all air handling equipment,outlets (supply,return,and exhaust)and temperature control diagrams. D.Compare design to installed equipment and field installations. E.Walk the system to determine variations of installation from design. F.Check filters for cleanliness. G.Lubricate all motors and bearings. 3.05 ADJUSTMENT TOLERANCES A.Air Systems Tolerances Systems -Air Tolerances of Drawing Design Remarks Air Handling Units,Fans (Supply,Return,Exhaust)-5%to +10%Systems with Filters must be tested at dirty conditions Outdoor Air 100%to 110%To obtain this accuracy requires ductwork be traversed Terminal Units +/-5% Calibrate all boxes at minimum of two points.Single point calibration is not acceptable. Diffusers and Grilles +/-10%If design is less than 100 CFM, tolerance can be +/-10 CFM Pressurized Rooms -Positive Supply +100-105% Exhaust or Return 100- 95% Room offset tolerance to design 100%to +110% Pressurized rooms -Negative Supply 95%to 100% Exhaust or Return 100%to 105% Room offset tolerance to design 100%to 105% B.Water System Tolerances Systems -Water Tolerances of Plan Design Remarks Coils,Heat Exchangers, Pumps,Evaporators, Condensers +/-5% 3.06 RECORDING AND ADJUSTING A.Field Logs: Maintain written logs including: 1.Running log of events and issues. 2.Discrepancies,deficient or uncompleted work by others. 3.Contract interpretation requests. 4.Lists of completed tests. B.Ensure recorded data represents actual measured or observed conditions. C.Use only those instruments which have the maximum field measuring accuracy and are best suited to the function being measured. D.Apply instrument as recommended by the manufacturer. E.When averaging values,take a sufficient quantity of readings that will result in a repeatability error of less than 5 percent.When measuring a single point,repeat readings until 2 consecutive identical values are obtained. F.Permanently mark settings of valves,dampers,and other adjustment devices allowing settings to be restored. Set and lock memory stops. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Testing,Adjusting,and Balancing for HVAC 23 05 93 - 6 G.Mark on drawings the locations where traverse and other critical measurements were taken and cross reference the location in the final report. H.After adjustment,take measurements to verify balance has not been disrupted or that such disruption has been rectified. I.Leave systems in proper working order,replacing belt guards,closing access doors,closing doors to electrical switch boxes,and restoring thermostats to specified settings. J.Seal ducts and piping,and test for and repair leaks. K.Seal insulation to re-establish integrity of vapor barrier. L.Retest,adjust,and balance systems subsequent to significant system modifications and resubmit test results. 3.07 AIR SYSTEM PROCEDURE A.Adjust air handling and distribution systems to provide required or design supply,return,and exhaust air quantities at site altitude. B.Test,adjust,and balance the air systems before the hydronic systems. C.Make air quantity measurements in ducts by Pitot tube traverse of entire cross sectional area of duct. D.Measure air quantities at air inlets and outlets. E.Adjust distribution system to obtain uniform space temperatures free from objectionable drafts and noise.This includes adjusting the deflection of all diffuser and grilles. F.Use volume control devices to regulate air quantities only to extent that adjustments do not create objectionable air motion or sound levels.Effect volume control by duct internal devices such as dampers and splitters. G.Vary total system air quantities by adjustment of fan speeds. Provide drive changes required. Vary branch air quantities by damper regulation. H.Measure static air pressure conditions on air supply units,including filter and coil pressure drops, and total pressure across the fan.Make allowances for 50 percent loading of filters. 1.Artificially load filters by partially blanking to produce static pressure air drop of filter manufacturer's recommeneded "dirty"pressure drop. I.Coordinate with Controls Contractor on adjusting static pressure setpoints of VAV systems and differential pressure setpoints of VFD controlled pumps. J.Adjust outside air automatic dampers,outside air,return air,and exhaust dampers for design conditions. K.Measure temperature conditions across outside air,return air,and exhaust dampers to check leakage. L.Where modulating dampers are provided,take measurements and balance at extreme conditions. Balance variable volume systems at maximum air flow rate,full cooling,and at minimum air flow rate,full heating. M.Measure building static pressure and adjust supply,return,and exhaust air systems to provide required relationship between each to maintain approximately 0.05 inches positive static pressure near the building entries. N.For variable air volume system powered units set volume controller to air flow setting indicated. Confirm connections properly made and confirm proper operation for automatic variable air volume temperature control. O.Single-duct,dual-duct,and fan-powered VAV boxes shall be calibrated using a multi-point calibration approach.Single-point calibration will not be acceptable. 1.Check and readjust ATU flow rates as necessary to meet design criteria.Balance air distribution from ATU on full cooling maximum scheduled cubic meters per minute (cubic feet per minute).Reset room thermostats and check ATU operation from maximum to minimum Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Testing,Adjusting,and Balancing for HVAC 23 05 93 - 7 cooling,to the heating mode,and back to cooling.Record and report the heating coil leaving air temperature when the ATU is in the maximum heating mode. P.The TAB report shall indicate the critical VAV box and how the static pressure set point was estalished. 3.08 DUCTWORK LEAKAGE CRITERIA: A.The TAB contractor shall be responsible for conducting and recording ALL duct leakage tests. B.All transverse joints and longitudinal seams shall conform to SMACNA’s Class A sealing requirements as defined in the SMACNA Manual. C.Ductwork Sealing:As a minimum standard,ductwork and plenums shall be sealed in accordance with Table 6.2.4.3A of ASHRAE Standard 90.1 (as required to meet the requirements of Section 6.2.4.4 SMACNA Duct Leakage Test Procedures). D.Ductwork constructed to 3"w.g.pressure class (positive or negative)or higher shall be leak-tested according to the SMACNA HVAC Air Leakage Test Manual.All sections shall be tested,unless otherwise noted. E.The Test Pressure for each system shall be equal to the construction pressure class the respective duct system is constructed to. F.Maximum permitted duct leakage shall be: 1.Lmax =CL x Test Pressure “P”raised to the 0.65 power where Lmax is maximum permitted leakage in CFM/100 sq.ft.duct surface area 2.CL is duct leakage class in cfm/100 sq.ft.at 1-inch w.c.,which shall be a.“6”for rectangular sheetmetal,rectangular fibrous ducts,and round flexible ducts. b.“3”for round/flat oval sheetmetal or fibrous glass ducts. 3.P is test pressure,equal to the duct construction pressure class rating in inches w.c. G.Duct Air Leakage Testing (DALT): 1.Installed ductwork shall be tested prior to installation of access doors,take-offs etc. 2.All testing shall be witnessed by the engineer or owner’s representative.Contractor shall give the engineer or owner’s representative 72 hours’notice prior to testing. 3.The testing shall be performed as follows: a.Perform testing in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual. b.Use a certified orifice tube for measuring the leakage. c.Define section of system to be tested and blank off. d.Determine the percentage of the system being tested. e.Using that percentage,determine the allowable leakage (CFM)for that section being used. f.Pressurize to operating pressure and repair any significant or audible leaks. g.Re-pressurize and measure leakage. h.Repeat steps 6 and 7 until the leakage is less than the allowable defined in step 5. 3.09 WATER SYSTEM PROCEDURE A.Adjust water systems to provide design quantities. B.Use calibrated Venturi tubes,orifices,or other metered fittings and pressure gages to determine flow rates for system balance. Where flow metering devices are not installed,base flow balance on temperature difference across various heat transfer elements in the system. C.Adjust systems to provide specified pressure drops and flows through heat transfer elements prior to thermal testing. Perform balancing by measurement of temperature differential in conjunction with air balancing. D.Effect system balance with automatic control valves fully open to heat transfer elements. E.Effect adjustment of water distribution systems by means of balancing cocks,valves,and fittings. Do not use service or shut-off valves for balancing unless indexed for balance point. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Testing,Adjusting,and Balancing for HVAC 23 05 93 - 8 F.Where available pump capacity is less than total flow requirements or individual system parts,full flow in one part may be simulated by temporary restriction of flow to other parts. G.The TAB report shall indicate the critical circuit,which coils were closed for diversity (if applicable), and how the differential pressure setpoint was established. 3.10 CRITICAL FLOW PATH A.Provide a documented critical path for all fluid flows.There shall be at least one terminal device that can be traced back to the fan or pump where there is no damper or valves that are less than 100%open. 3.11 DEMONSTRATION A.Training 1.Train the Owner's maintenance personnel on troubleshooting procedures and testing, adjusting,and balancing procedures.Provide four (4)hours on site training.Review with the Owner's personnel the information contained in the Operating and Maintenance Data specified in Division 1 and Section 23 01 00. 2.Schedule training with the Owner through the Engineer with at least 7 days prior notice. 3.12 COMMISSIONING A.Perform prerequisites prior to starting commissioning activities. B.Fill out Prefunctional Checklists for: 1.Air side systems. 2.Water side systems. C.Furnish to the Commissioning Authority,upon request,any data gathered but not shown in the final TAB report. D.Re-checkminimum outdoor air intake flows and maximum and intermediate total airflow rates for 50 percent of the air handlers plusa random sample equivalent to 50percent of the final TAB report data as directed by Commissioning Authority. 1.Original TAB agency shall execute the re-checks,witnessed by the Commissioning Authority. 2.Use the same test instruments as used in the original TAB work. 3.Failure of more than 25of the re-checked items of a given system shall result in the rejection of the system TAB report;rebalance the system,provide a new system TAB report,and repeat random re-checks. 4.For purposes of re-check,failure is defined as follows: a.Air Flow of Supply and Return: Deviation of more than 10 percent of instrument reading. b.Minimum Outside Air Flow: Deviation of more than 20 percent of instrument reading;for inlet vane or VFD OSA compensation system using linear proportional control,deviation of more than 30 percent at intermediate supply flow. c.Temperatures: Deviation of more than one degree F. d.Air and Water Pressures: Deviation of more than 10 percent of full scale of test instrument reading. e.Sound Pressures: Deviation of more than 3 decibels,with consideration for variations in background noise. 5.For purposes of re-check,a whole system is defined as one in which inaccuracies will have little or no impact on connected systems;for example,the air distribution system served by one air handler or the hydronic chilled water supply system served by a chiller or the condenser water system. E.In the presence of the Commissioning Authority,verify that: 1.Final settings of all valves,splitters,dampers and other adjustment devices have been permanently marked. 2.The air system is being controlled to the lowest possible static pressure while still meeting design loads,less diversity;this shall include a review of TAB methods,established control setpoints,and physical verification of at least one leg from fan to diffuser having all balancing Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Testing,Adjusting,and Balancing for HVAC 23 05 93 - 9 dampers wide open and that during full cooling of all terminal units taking off downstream of the static pressure sensor,the terminal unit on the critical leg has its damper 90 percent or more open. 3.The water system is being controlled to the lowest possible pressure while still meeting design loads,less diversity;this shall include a review of TAB methods,established control setpoints,and physical verification of at least one leg from the pump to the coil having all balancing valves wide open and that during full cooling the cooling coil valve of that leg is 90 percent or more open. 3.13 SCOPE A.Test,adjust,and balance the following: 1.Plumbing Pumps. 2.HVAC Pumps. 3.Air Cooled Refrigerant Condensers. 4.Packaged Roof Top Heating/Cooling Units. 5.Air Coils. 6.Air Handling Units. 7.Fans. 8.Air Filters. 9.Air Terminal Units. 10.Air Inlets and Outlets. B.This Section does NOT include: 1.Testing boilers and pressure vessels for compliance with safety codes. 2.Specifications for materials for patching mechanical systems. 3.Specifications for materials and installation of adjusting and balancing;refer to the respective system sections for materials and installation requirements. 4.Requirements and procedures for piping and ductwork systems leakage tests. 3.14 MINIMUM DATA TO BE REPORTED A.Electric Motors: 1.Manufacturer. 2.Model/Frame. 3.HP/BHP. 4.Phase,voltage,amperage;nameplate,actual,no load. 5.RPM. 6.Service factor. 7.Starter size,rating,heater elements. 8.Sheave Make/Size/Bore. B.V-Belt Drives: 1.Identification/location. 2.Required driven RPM. 3.Driven sheave,diameter and RPM. 4.Belt,size and quantity. 5.Motor sheave diameter and RPM. 6.Center to center distance,maximum,minimum,and actual. C.Pumps: 1.Identification/number. 2.Manufacturer. 3.Size/model. 4.Impeller. 5.Design flow rate,pressure drop,BHP. 6.Actual flow rate,pressure drop,BHP. 7.Discharge pressure. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Testing,Adjusting,and Balancing for HVAC 23 05 93 - 10 8.Suction pressure. 9.Total operating head pressure. 10.Shut off,discharge and suction pressures. 11.Shut off,total head pressure. D.Combustion Equipment: 1.Boiler manufacturer. 2.Model number. 3.Firing rate. 4.Gas pressure at meter outlet. 5.Gas flow rate. 6.Heat input. 7.Flue gas temperature at outlet. 8.Ambient temperature. 9.Net stack temperature. 10.Heat output. E.Air Cooled Condensers: 1.Identification/number. 2.Location. 3.Manufacturer. 4.Model number. 5.Entering DB air temperature,design and actual. 6.Leaving DB air temperature,design and actual. F.Cooling Coils: 1.Identification/number. 2.Location. 3.Manufacturer. 4.Air flow,design and actual. 5.Entering air DB temperature,design and actual. 6.Entering air WB temperature,design and actual. 7.Leaving air DB temperature,design and actual. 8.Leaving air WB temperature,design and actual. 9.Water flow,design and actual. 10.Water pressure drop,design and actual. 11.Entering water temperature,design and actual. 12.Leaving water temperature,design and actual. 13.Air pressure drop,design and actual. G.Heating Coils: 1.Identification/number. 2.Location. 3.Manufacturer. 4.Air flow,design and actual. 5.Water flow,design and actual. 6.Water pressure drop,design and actual. 7.Entering water temperature,design and actual. 8.Leaving water temperature,design and actual. 9.Entering air temperature,design and actual. 10.Leaving air temperature,design and actual. 11.Air pressure drop,design and actual. H.Air Moving Equipment: 1.Location. 2.Manufacturer. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Testing,Adjusting,and Balancing for HVAC 23 05 93 - 11 3.Model number. 4.Air flow,specified and actual. 5.Return air flow,specified and actual. 6.Outside air flow,specified and actual. 7.Total static pressure (total external),specified and actual. 8.Inlet pressure. 9.Discharge pressure. 10.Fan RPM. I.Exhaust Fans: 1.Location. 2.Manufacturer. 3.Model number. 4.Air flow,specified and actual. 5.Total static pressure (total external),specified and actual. 6.Inlet pressure. 7.Discharge pressure. 8.Fan RPM. J.Duct Traverses: 1.System zone/branch. 2.Duct size. 3.Design air flow. 4.Test velocity. 5.Test air flow. 6.Duct static pressure. 7.Air temperature. K.Flow Measuring Stations: 1.Identification/number. 2.Location. 3.Size. 4.Manufacturer. 5.Model number. 6.Design Flow rate. 7.Design pressure drop. 8.Actual/final pressure drop. 9.Actual/final flow rate. L.Air Distribution Tests: 1.Air terminal number. 2.Room number/location. 3.Terminal type. 4.Terminal size. 5.Design air flow. 6.Test (final)air flow. 7.Percent of design air flow. END OF SECTION 23 05 93 Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Duct Insulation 23 07 13 - 1 SECTION 23 07 13 DUCT INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A.Duct insulation. B.Duct liner. C.Jacketing and accessories. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ASTM C518 -Standard Test Method for Steady-State Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus;2021. B.ASTM C553 -Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Commercial and Industrial Applications;2013 (Reapproved 2019). C.ASTM C612 -Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Block and Board Thermal Insulation;2014 (Reapproved 2019). D.ASTM C1338 -Standard Test Method for Determining Fungi Resistance of Insulation Materials and Facings;2019 (Reapproved 2022). E.ASTM C1371 -Standard Test Method for Determination of Emittance of Materials Near Room Temperature Using Portable Emissometers;2015 (Reapproved 2022). F.ASTM C1423 -Standard Guide for Selecting Jacketing Materials for Thermal Insulation;2021. G.ASTM E84 -Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2018b. H.ASTM E96/E96M -Standard Test Methods for Gravimetric Determination of Water Vapor Transmission Rate of Materials;2022. I.SAE AMS3779 -Tape,Adhesive,Pressure-Sensitive Thermal Radiation Resistant,Aluminum Coated Glass Cloth;2016b. J.UL 723 -Standard for Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials;Current Edition,Including All Revisions. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A.Product Data:Provide product description,thermal characteristics,list of materials and thickness for each service,and locations.Include the following information: 1.Schedule indicating insulation type,thickness,and location for each service 2.Density 3.Compressive Strength 4."k"value at 75 deg F 5.Nominal "R"value 6.Flame spread rating B.Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate installation procedures necessary to ensure acceptable workmanship and that installation standards will be achieved. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing products of the type specified in this section with not less than three years of documented experience. B.Applicator Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the type of work specified in this section,documented experienceand approved by manufacturer. C.Before installing insulation,build mockups for each type of insulation and finish listed below to demonstrate quality of insulation application and finishes. Build mockups in the location indicated or,if not indicated,as directed by Owner. Use materials indicated for the completed Work. Mockups shall include piping insulation,ductwork insulation and equipment insulation. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Duct Insulation 23 07 13 - 2 D.All the ductwork and piping in pump rooms,mechanical rooms and equipment rooms including areas without ceilings is to be considered as exposed piping or ductwork.This also includes penthouses,interstitial spaces,and crawl spaces,where applicable. 1.05 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A.Accept materials on site in original factory packaging,labelled with manufacturer's identification, including product density and thickness. B.Protect insulation from weather and construction traffic,dirt,water,chemical,and mechanical damage,by storing in original wrapping. 1.06 FIELD CONDITIONS A.Maintain ambient temperatures and conditions required by manufacturers of adhesives,mastics, and insulation cements. B.Maintain temperature during and after installation for minimum period of 24 hours. C.Insulation shall not be installed until all testing and inspection of pipe,duct,vessel,etc.has been completed and approved by Engineer/Owner’s representative. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A.Surface Burning Characteristics: Flame spread index/Smoke developed index of 25/50,maximum, when tested in accordance with ASTM E84,UL 723,ASTM E84,or UL 723.These ratings must be as tested on composite of insulation,jacket or facing,and adhesive.Components such as adhesives,mastics,and cements must meet the same individual ratings as minimum requirements. 2.02 GLASS FIBER,FLEXIBLE A.Manufacturer: 1.CertainTeed Corporation 2.Johns Manville 3.Knauf Insulation 4.Owens Corning Corporation 5.Or Approved Equal B.Insulation: ASTM C553;flexible,noncombustible blanket. 1.K value: 0.36 at 75 degrees F,when tested in accordance with ASTM C518. 2.Maximum Service Temperature: 1,200 degrees F. 3.Maximum Water Vapor Absorption: 5.0 percent by weight. C.Vapor Barrier Jacket: 1.Kraft paper with glass fiber yarn and bonded to aluminized film. 2.Moisture Vapor Permeability: 0.02 perm inch,when tested in accordance with ASTM E96/E96M. 3.Secure with pressure-sensitive tape. D.Vapor Barrier Tape: 1.Kraft paper reinforced with glass fiber yarn and bonded to aluminized film with pressure- sensitive rubber-based adhesive. E.Indoor Vapor Barrier Mastic: 1.Manufacturers: a.Childers CP-35 b.Hardcast Seal-Tack AF F.Tie Wire: Annealed steel,16 gauge,0.0508 inch diameter. 2.03 GLASS FIBER,RIGID A.Manufacturer: 1.CertainTeed Corporation Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Duct Insulation 23 07 13 - 3 2.Johns Manville 3.Knauf Insulation 4.Owens Corning Corporation 5.Or Approved Equal B.Insulation: ASTM C612;rigid,noncombustible blanket. 1.K Value: 0.24 at 75 degrees F,when tested in accordance with ASTM C518. 2.Maximum Service Temperature: 450 degrees F. 3.Maximum Water Vapor Absorption: 5.0 percent. 4.Maximum Density: 8.0 pcf. C.Vapor Barrier Jacket: 1.Kraft paper with glass fiber yarn and bonded to aluminized film. 2.Moisture Vapor Permeability: 0.02 perm inch,when tested in accordance with ASTM E96/E96M. 3.Secure with pressure-sensitive tape. D.Vapor Barrier Tape: 1.Manufacturers: a.3M b.Polyguard c.Shurtape 2.Kraft paper reinforced with glass fiber yarn and bonded to aluminized film with pressure- sensitive rubber-based adhesive. E.Protective Coating: 1.Manufacturers: a.Design Polymerics;DP 2510 Water Based,Low VOC,Duct Liner Protective Coating: F.Indoor Vapor Barrier Finish: 1.Cloth: Untreated;9 oz/sq yd weight,glass fabric. 2.Vinyl emulsion type acrylic,compatible with insulation,whitecolor. 2.04 POLYISOCYANURATE INSULATION BOARD A.Manufacturer: 1.Dyplast 2.Rmax 3.Johns Manville 4.Or Approved Equal B.Insulation: 1.Flat Foam Insulation with Heavy Duty Fiber-Reinforced Facers:closed-cell polyisocyanurate foam core laminated to extra durable heavy duty fiber-reinforced facers on both sides; conforming to ASTM C 1289,Type II,Class 2. 2.Blowing Agent:Zero ODP,3rd generation. 3.Thickness 2.00 inch,R Value 11.4,flute spanability 4-3/8 inches 4.25/450 flame/smoke spread rating C.Vapor Barrier Jacket: 1.Asphalt Bitumen:ASTM D 312,Type III,or Type IV. D.Vapor Barrier Tape: 1.Kraft paper reinforced with glass fiber yarn and bonded to aluminized film,with pressure sensitive rubber based adhesive. 2.05 JACKETING AND ACCESSORIES A.Canvas Jacket: UL listed 6 oz/sq yd plain weave cotton fabric treated with dilute fire-retardant lagging adhesive. 1.Lagging Adhesive: a.Manufacturers: Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Duct Insulation 23 07 13 - 4 1)Design Polymerics;DP 3050 Water Based,Zero VOC,Premium Quality,Lagging Adhesive,and Vapor Retarder 2)Childers CP-35 b.Compatible with insulation. B.Mineral Fiber (Outdoor)Jacket: Asphalt impregnated and coated sheet,50 lb/square. C.Flexible Weather-Proofing Outdoor Jacket: Self-healing,field-applied outdoor cladding. 1.Material: Aluminum foil/polymer laminate with rubberized asphalt layer and acrylic adhesive. 2.Thickness: 34 mil,0.034 inch. 3.Finish: Embossed. 4.Color: Silver. 5.Water Vapor Transmission: 0.002 perm inch,maximum,when tested in accordance with ASTM E96/E96M. 6.Mold Resistance: Pass when tested in accordance with ASTM C1338. 7.Emissivity: 0.30 when tested in accordance with ASTM C1371. 8.Manufacturers: a.Polyguard Products;Alumaguard D.Reinforced Tape: 1.Metallized polypropylene tape suitable for continuous spiral wrapping of insulated pipe bends and fittings resulting in a tight,smooth surface without wrinkles. 2.Comply with UL 723,SAE AMS3779,and ASTM C1423. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A.Test ductwork for design pressure prior to applying insulation materials. B.Verify that surfaces are clean,foreign material removed,and dry. 3.02 INSTALLATION A.Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Insulate all supply diffusers and ducted return grilles with 2"R6 Duct Wrap.Cut diffusers so there is a folder 2"lap on all four sides.Take with FSK tape where insulated flex meets duct insulation so there are no raw edges of fiberglass. C.Install multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered. D.Install insulation with least number of joints practical. E.Insulated Ducts Conveying Air Below Ambient Temperature: 1.Insulation on all pipes or ducts conveying air or liquids below the ambient temperature is required to have a continuous vapor barrier.On all insulation with a vapor barrier,seal the joints,duct wrap seams,vapor retarder (ASJ)film seams and penetrations in insulation at hangers,supports,anchors,and other projections with a vapor-barrier coating/mastic as specified in the individual insulation sections. 2.For insulation application where vapor barriers are indicated,extend insulation on anchor legs from point of attachment to supported item to point of attachment to structure.Taper and seal ends at attachment to structure with vapor-barrier coating/mastic. 3.Install insert materials and install insulation to tightly join the insert.Seal insulation to insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by insulation material manufacturer. 4.Cover inserts with jacket material matching adjacent pipe insulation.Install shields over jacket,arranged to protect jacket from tear or puncture by hanger,support,and shield. 5.Continue insulation through walls,sleeves,hangers,and other duct penetrations. F.Ducts Exposed in Mechanical Equipment Rooms or Finished Spaces: Provide rigid fiberglass board insulation and finish with canvas jacket sized for finish painting. G.Exterior Applications: Provide rigid polyisocyanurate board insulation with vapor barrier jacket. Provide rigid polyiso board insulation and cover with with calked aluminum jacket with seams Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Duct Insulation 23 07 13 - 5 located on bottom side of horizontal duct section. H.External Duct Wrap Insulation Application: 1.Secure insulation with vapor barrier with wires and seal jacket joints with vapor barrier adhesive or tape to match jacket. 2.Install without sag on underside of duct. Use adhesive or mechanical fasteners where necessary to prevent sagging. Lift duct off trapeze hangers and insert spacers.Spacers shall be heavy density insulation board material.Refer to MICA 8th edition Plate 3-640. 3.Seal vapor barrier penetrations by mechanical fasteners with vapor barrier adhesive. 4.Stop and point insulation around access doors and damper operators to allow operation without disturbing wrapping. 3.03 SCHEDULES A.All supply,outside air,and return air ductwork shall be completely insulated,unless otherwise noted on the plans.Insulation shall completely cover flexible connections.Insulation shall be minimum 2.5 inch thick or the thickness required to meet the R-values below. B.All insulation within the building envelope,except in the attic (where applicable),shall have a minimum R-value of 6.0 based on installed thickness.Any insulation wrap or board installed outside the building envelope or in an attic,shall have a minimum R-value of 8.0 based on installed thickness. C.All exhaust duct associated with any unit having energy recovery (enthlpay wheel,enthalpy plate, run around loop,etc.)shall be insulated to R6.0 inside the building and R8.0 outside the building. D.Exhaust and Relief Ducts Within 10 ft of Exterior Openings or Building Envelope Penetrations: minimum R-value of 6.0 based on installed thickness. END OF SECTION 23 07 13 Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 HVAC Piping Insulation 23 07 19 - 1 SECTION 23 07 19 HVAC PIPING INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A.Piping insulation. B.Flexible removable and reusable blanket insulation. C.Jacketing and accessories. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 07 84 00 -Firestopping. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ASTM B209/B209M -Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate; 2021a. B.ASTM C177 -Standard Test Method for Steady-State Heat Flux Measurements and Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Guarded-Hot-Plate Apparatus;2019. C.ASTM C195 -Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Thermal Insulating Cement;2007 (Reapproved 2019). D.ASTM C449 -Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Hydraulic-Setting Thermal Insulating and Finishing Cement;2007 (Reapproved 2019). E.ASTM C518 -Standard Test Method for Steady-State Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus;2021. F.ASTM C533 -Standard Specification for Calcium Silicate Block and Pipe Thermal Insulation;2017. G.ASTM C534/C534M -Standard Specification for Preformed Flexible Elastomeric Cellular Thermal Insulation in Sheet and Tubular Form;2020a. H.ASTM C547 -Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Pipe Insulation;2022. I.ASTM C552 -Standard Specification for Cellular Glass Thermal Insulation;2022. J.ASTM C591 -Standard Specification for Unfaced Preformed Rigid Cellular Polyisocyanurate Thermal Insulation;2021. K.ASTM C795 -Standard Specification for Thermal Insulation for Use in Contact with Austenitic Stainless Steel;2008 (Reapproved 2018). L.ASTM C1136 -Standard Specification for Flexible,Low Permeance Vapor Retarders for Thermal Insulation;2023. M.ASTM C1423 -Standard Guide for Selecting Jacketing Materials for Thermal Insulation;2021. N.ASTM D2842 -Standard Test Method for Water Absorption of Rigid Cellular Plastics;2019. O.ASTM E84 -Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2018b. P.ASTM E96/E96M -Standard Test Methods for Gravimetric Determination of Water Vapor Transmission Rate of Materials;2022. Q.ASTM G153 -Standard Practice for Operating Enclosed Carbon Arc Light Apparatus for Exposure of Nonmetallic Materials;2013 (Reapproved 2021). R.SAE AMS3779 -Tape,Adhesive,Pressure-Sensitive Thermal Radiation Resistant,Aluminum Coated Glass Cloth;2016b. S.MICA -Midwest Insulation Contractors Association National Commercial &Industrial Insulation Standards;8th Edition. T.UL 723 -Standard for Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials;Current Edition,Including All Revisions. 1.04 SUBMITTALS Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 HVAC Piping Insulation 23 07 19 - 2 A.Product Data:Provide product description,thermal characteristics,list of materials and thickness for each service,and locations.Provide the following information: 1.Schedule indicating insulation type,thickness,and location for each service (equipment,duct, and pipe with size). 2.Density 3.Compressive Strength 4."k"value at 75 deg F 5.Nominal "R"value 6.Mean temperature range 7.Flame spread rating B.Shop Drawings:Show details for the following: 1.Application of protective shields,saddles,and inserts at hangers for each type of insulation and hanger. 2.Attachment and covering of heat tracing inside insulation. 3.Insulation application at pipe expansion joints for each type of insulation. 4.Insulation application at elbows,fittings,flanges,valves,and specialties for each type of insulation. 5.Application of field-applied jackets. C.Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate installation procedures that ensure acceptable workmanship and installation standards will be achieved. D.Provide plates from MICA 8th edition manual for each insulation system on the project as part of the submittals.The plates for each system shall be filled out by the insulating contractor for each product being used. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with not less than three years of documented experience. B.Applicator Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the type of work specified in this section with minimum five years of experience. 1.06 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A.Accept materials on site,labeled with manufacturer's identification,product density,and thickness. B.Store insulation in original wrapping and protect from weather and construction traffic.Protect insulation against dirt,water,chemical,and mechanical damage. 1.07 FIELD CONDITIONS A.Maintain ambient conditions required by manufacturers of each product. B.Maintain temperature before,during,and after installation for minimum of 24 hours. C.Insulation shall not be installed until all testing and inspection of pipe,duct,vessel,etc.has been completed and approved by Engineer/Owner’s representative. D.Replace insulation damaged by either moisture or other means.Insulation which has been wet, whether dried or not,is considered damaged.Make repairs where condensation is caused by improper installation of insulation.Also replace any materials damaged by the condensation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A.Surface Burning Characteristics: Flame spread index/Smoke developed index of 25/50,maximum, when tested in accordance with ASTM E84,UL 723,ASTM E84,or UL 723. 2.02 GLASS FIBER,RIGID A.Manufacturers: 1.CertainTeed Corporation 2.Johns Manville Corporation Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 HVAC Piping Insulation 23 07 19 - 3 3.Knauf Insulation 4.Owens Corning Corporation 5.Manson Insulation 6.Or Approved Equal B.Insulation: ASTM C547and ASTM C795;rigid molded,noncombustible. 1.K Value: ASTM C177,0.24 at 75 degrees F. 2.Maximum Service Temperature: 850 degrees F. 3.Maximum Moisture Absorption: 0.2 percent by volume. C.Vapor Barrier Jacket: White kraft paper with glass fiber yarn,bonded to aluminized film;moisture vapor transmission when tested in accordance with ASTM E96/E96M of 0.02 perm-inches. D.Tie Wire: 0.048 inch stainless steel with twisted ends on maximum 12 inch centers. E.Vapor Barrier Lap Adhesive: Compatible with insulation. F.Insulating Cement/Mastic: ASTM C195;hydraulic setting on mineral wool. G.Fibrous Glass Fabric: 1.Cloth: Untreated;9 oz/sq yd weight. 2.Blanket: 1.0 pcf density. 3.Weave: 5 by 5. H.Indoor Vapor Barrier Finish: 1.Cloth: Untreated;9 oz/sq yd weight. 2.Vinyl emulsion type acrylic,compatible with insulation,white color. I.Outdoor Vapor Barrier Mastic: Vinyl emulsion type acrylic or mastic,compatible with insulation, black color. J.Insulating Cement: ASTM C449. 2.03 CELLULAR GLASS A.Manufacturers: 1.Owens Corning Corporation 2.Or Approved Equal B.Block Insulation: ASTM C552,Type I,Grade 6. 1.'K'Value: Grade 6,0.18 at 77 degrees F. 2.Service Temperature: -450 to 900 degrees F. 3.Water Vapor Permeability: 0.00 perm inch . 4.ASTM C1639 “Standard Specification for Fabrication of Cellular Glass Piping and Tubing Insulation” 5.Water Absorption: 0.2percent by volume,maximum. C.Joint Sealant: 1.PITTSEAL®444N Sealant as supplied by Pittsburgh Corning Corporation or equal, 2.PITTSEALÒ 727 sealant as supplied by Pittsburgh Corning Corporation or equal. D.Vapor Retarder Mastic:PITTCOTE®300 Finish,an asphalt cutback mastic,as supplied by Pittsburgh Corning Corporation. E.Weather Barrier Mastic -PITTCOTE®404 Coating,an acrylic latex mastic,as supplied by Pittsburgh Corning Corporation. F.Reinforcing Fabric -PC®Fabric 79,a polyester fabric mesh,as supplied by Pittsburgh Corning Corporation. G.Jacketing shall be suitable for direct burial application. H.Insulation Adhesive -PC®88 Adhesive,a two-component urethane modified asphalt adhesive,as supplied by Pittsburgh Corning Corporation. 2.04 HYDROUS CALCIUM SILICATE A.Insulation: ASTM C533 and ASTM C795;rigid molded,asbestos free,gold color. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 HVAC Piping Insulation 23 07 19 - 4 1.K Value: 0.40 at 300 degrees F,when tested in accordance with ASTM C177 or ASTM C518. 2.Maximum Service Temperature: 1200 degrees F. 3.Density: 15 pcf. B.Tie Wire: 0.048 inch stainless steel with twisted ends on maximum 12 inch centers. C.Insulating Cement: ASTM C449. 2.05 PHENOLIC CLOSED CELL A.Manufacturers: 1.ITW Trymer Supercel 2.Dyplast 3.PolyPhen 4.Resolco Insulphen 5.Or Approved Equal B.Insulation Material: ASTM C1126,rigid foam.3.75 PCF. 1.K Value: 0.18 at 75 degrees F,when tested in accordance with ASTM C518. 2.Minimum Service Temperature: Minus 70 degrees F. 3.Maximum Service Temperature: 250 degrees F. 4.Water Absorption: 0.5 percent by volume,maximum,when tested in accordance with ASTM D2842. 5.ASTM E96.Moisture Vapor Transmission: 4.0 perm inch. 6.Connection:Waterproof vapor barrier adhesive. a.Vapor Barrier Manufacturers: 1)Polyguard ZeroPerm 2)Polyguard Insulrap 3)Childers 4)Foster 2.06 FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC CELLULAR INSULATION A.Manufacturers: 1.Aeroflex USA,Inc 2.Armacell LLC 3.K-Flex USA LLC 4.Or Approved Equal B.Insulation: Preformed flexible elastomeric cellular rubber insulation complying with ASTM C534/C534M Grade 1;use molded tubular material wherever possible. 1.Minimum Service Temperature: Minus 40 degrees F. 2.Maximum Service Temperature: 180 degrees F. 3.Connection: Waterproof vapor barrier adhesive. C.Elastomeric Foam Adhesive: Air dried,contact adhesive,compatible with insulation. 2.07 JACKETING AND ACCESSORIES A.Canvas Jacket: UL listed 6 oz/sq yd plain weave cotton fabric treated with dilute fire-retardant lagging adhesive. 1.Lagging Adhesive: Compatible with insulation. a.Manufacturers: 1)Vimasco Corporation: 2)GLT Products B.Aluminum Jacket: 1.Manufacturers: a.Alumaguard. b.ITW. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 HVAC Piping Insulation 23 07 19 - 5 2.Comply with ASTM B209/B209M,Temper H14,minimum thickness of 0.016 inch with factory- applied polyethylene and kraft paper moisture barrier on the inside surface. 3.Thickness: 0.016 inch sheet. 4.Finish:Embossed. 5.Joining: Longitudinal slip joints and 2 inch laps. 6.Fittings: 0.016 inch thick die-shaped fitting covers with factory-attached protective liner. 7.Metal Jacket Bands: 3/8 inch wide;0.015 inch thick aluminum. C.Reinforced Tape: 1.FSK tape suitable for sealing seams between insulation,insulated pipe bends,and fittings resulting in a tight,smooth surface without wrinkles. 2.Comply with UL 723,ASTM E84. 3.Moisture Vapor Permeability: 0.00 perm inch,when tested in accordance with ASTM E96/E96M. 4.Finish: Match insulation. D.Plain Foil Tape: 1.Aluminum foil with pressure-sensitive adhesive on paper release liner. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A.Test piping for design pressure,liquid tightness,and continuity prior to applying insulation materials. B.Verify that surfaces are clean and dry,with foreign material removed. 3.02 INSTALLATION A.Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructionsand the MICA manual 8th edition.In cases of conflict,the more stringent instructions shall apply. B.Where existing piping insulation is either removed or damaged during construction,it shall be reinsulated per these specifications. C.Where insulation thickness exceeds 3 inches,the insulation shall be two layers.Secure first layer before installing the next layer and stagger the joints. D.Install multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered. E.Install accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service.Install accessories that do not corrode,soften,or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or dry state. F.Install insulation with least number of joints practical. G.Exposed Piping: Locate insulation and cover seams in least visible locations. H.Insulated Pipes Conveying Fluids Below Ambient Temperature: 1.Insulate entire system,including fittings,valves,unions,flanges,strainers,flexible connections,pump bodies,and expansion joints. 2.Insulation on all pipes or ducts conveying air or liquids below the ambient temperature is required to have a continuous vapor barrier.On all insulation with a vapor barrier,seal the joints,duct wrap seams,vapor retarder (ASJ)film seams and penetrations in insulation at hangers,supports,anchors,and other projections with a vapor-barrier coating/mastic as specified in the individual insulation sections. 3.For insulation application where vapor barriers are indicated,extend insulation on anchor legs from point of attachment to supported item to point of attachment to structure.Taper and seal ends at attachment to structure with vapor-barrier coating/mastic. 4.Install insert materials and install insulation to tightly join the insert.Seal insulation to insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by insulation material manufacturer. 5.Cover inserts with jacket material matching adjacent pipe insulation.Install shields over jacket,arranged to protect jacket from tear or puncture by hanger,support,and shield. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 HVAC Piping Insulation 23 07 19 - 6 I.For hot piping conveying fluids over 120 degrees F,insulate flanges and unions at equipment. J.Glass Fiber Insulated Pipes Conveying Fluids Above Ambient Temperature: 1.Provide standard jackets,with vapor barrier,factory-applied or field-applied. Secure with self- sealing longitudinal laps and butt strips with pressure sensitive adhesive. Secure with outward clinch expanding staples. 2.Insulate fittings and joints with insulation of like material and thickness as adjoining pipe. Finish with glass cloth and adhesive or PVC fitting covers. K.Inserts and Shields: 1.Shields: Galvanized steel,20 gauge,one half the circumference of the insulation,and a minimum of 12 inches long,between pipe hangers or pipe hanger rolls and inserts. 2.Insert location: Between support shield and piping and under the finish jacket. 3.Insert Configuration: Minimum 6 inches long,of same thickness and contour as adjoining insulation;may be factory fabricated. 4.Insert Material: Hydrous calcium silicate insulation or other heavy density insulating material suitable for the planned temperature range. L.Continue insulation through walls,sleeves,pipe hangers,and other pipe penetrations. Finish at supports,protrusions,and interruptions. At fire separations,see Section 07 84 00. M.Pipe Exposed in Mechanical Rooms and Finished Spaces:Finish with canvas jacket sized for finish painting.Canvas shall be coated twice with Foster fireproof lagging to ensure specified flame and smoke spread ratings. N.Exterior Applications: Provide vapor barrier jacket. Insulate fittings,joints,and valves with insulation of like material and thickness as adjoining pipe,and finish with glass mesh reinforced vapor barrier cement. Provide with 0.016 inch aluminum rolled jacket.Cover with aluminum jacket with aluminum bands 12 inches on center and at each butt joint located on bottom side of horizontal piping.Fittings shall be covered with two piece factory fabricated "ELL-JACS." O.Heat Traced Piping: All piping exposed outdoors shall be wrapped with electric trace before insulation is applied.Insulate fittings,joints,and valves with insulation of like material,thickness, and finish as adjoining pipe. Size large enough to enclose pipe and heat tracer. Cover with aluminumjacket with seams located on bottom side of horizontal piping. P.All exposed piping surfaces,insulation,supports,etc.,shall be painted with two coats of oil base paint.Color shall be selected by the Owner. Q.Insulation systems shall be installed per the applicable plate from the MICA manual 8th edition: 1.Pre-formed Pipe Insulation Single Layer Construction:Plate 1-100 2.Flexible Foam Insulation:Plate 1-200 3.Field applied Metal Jacketing:Plate 1-400 4.Non-metallic sealed jacketing systems:PVC,etc:Plate 1-510 5.Split Ring Hangers:Plate 1-600 6.Clevis Hanger with High Density Inserts:Plate 1-610 7.Pre-Insulated Pipe Support,Standoff Clamp:Plate 1-640 8.Vapor Stop (Dam)-Pipe:Plate 1-660 9.Refrigerant and Low Temperature:Plate 1-801 10.Traced Piping:Plate 1-900 11.Pre-formed Elbow Insulation:Plate 2-100 12.Mechanical Fitting Field Fabricated:Plate 2-116 13.Pre-formed or Fabricated Tee Insulation:Plate 2-120 14.Field or Factory-Fabricated Valve Insulation:Plate 2-130 15.In-line Flange Insulation Built-up and Beveled:Plate 2-135 16.Flexible Foam Fittings:90s and 45s:Plate 2-200 17.Flexible Foam Fittings,Ts:2-220 18.Flexible Foam Ts:Plate 2-225 19.Non-metallic Jackets:Fitting and Valve Insulation Sealed Jacketing Systems:Plate 2-536 20.Vapor Stop (Dam)-Fittings:Plate 2-660 Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 HVAC Piping Insulation 23 07 19 - 7 21.Flexible Foam for Low Temperature Equipment:4-210 22.Vapor Stop (Dam)-Equipment:4-660 3.03 SCHEDULE A.Glycol Piping: 1.All interior piping 1.5 inches and smaller shall have minimum 1.5 inch thick insulation. 2.All interior piping 2.0 inches and larger shall have 2.0 inch thick insulation. 3.Piping installed in Boiler,Chiller,Mechanical Rooms,and outside of the building shall have minimum 2.0 inch thick insulation.Insulation on all mezzanine and platform piping shall have minimum 2.0 inch thick insulation. 4.Piping insulation shall be closed-cell rigid phenolic foam type or cellular glass type. B.Hot Water: 1.Piping 1.5 inches in diameter and smaller shall have minimum 1.5 inch thick insulation. 2.Piping 2.0 inches or larger in diameter shall have minimum 2.0 inch thick insulation. 3.Hot Water Piping exposed to outdoor air shall have minimum 2.5 inch thick insulation. 4.Hot water piping insulation shall be fiberglass. C.Makeup Water (from domestic water): 1.Insulate all makeup water lines with 0.5"thick closed cell insulation. D.Condensate 1.Condensate lines shall be insulated with 1.0 inch thick closed cell insulation.The insulation shall extend from the connection on the unit until it either terminates at a floor drain or other indirect waste receptor,or turns underground. E.Refrigerant 1.Refrigerant lines shall be insulated with 1.5 inch thick closed cell elastomeric foam insulation. Both gas and liquid lines should be insulated. END OF SECTION 23 07 19 Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Commissioning of HVAC 23 08 00 - 1 SECTION 23 08 00 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A.This section covers the Contractor's responsibilities for commissioning;each subcontractor or installer responsible for the installation of a particular system or equipment item to be commissioned is responsible for the commissioning activities relating to that system or equipment item. B.The Commissioning Authority (CA)directs and coordinates all commissioning activities and provides Prefunctional Checklists and Functional Test Procedures for Contractor's use. C.The entire HVAC system is to be commissioned,including commissioning activities for the following specific items: 1.Control system. 2.Major and minor equipment items. 3.Piping systems and equipment. 4.Ductwork and accessories. 5.Variable frequency drives. 6.Other equipment and systems explicitly identified elsewhere in Contract Documents as requiring commissioning. D.The Prefunctional Checklist and Functional Test requirements specified in this section are in addition to,not a substitute for,inspection or testing specified in other sections. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ASHRAE Guideline 1.1 -HVAC&R Technical Requirements for the Commissioning Process;2007, with Errata (2012). 1.03 SUBMITTALS A.Updated Submittals: Keep the Commissioning Authority informed of all changes to control system documentation made during programming and setup;revise and resubmit when substantial changes are made. 1.System name. 2.List of devices. 3.Step-by-step procedures for testing each controller after installation,including: a.Process of verifying proper hardware and wiring installation. b.Process of downloading programs to local controllers and verifying that they are addressed correctly. c.Process of performing operational checks of each controlled component. d.Plan and process for calibrating valve and damper actuators and all sensors. e.Description of the expected field adjustments for transmitters,controllers and control actuators should control responses fall outside of expected values. B.Startup Reports,Prefunctional Checklists,and Trend Logs: Submit for approval of Commissioning Authority. C.HVAC Control System O&M Manual Requirements. In addition to documentation specified elsewhere,compile and organize at minimum the following data on the control system: 1.Specific step-by-step instructions on how to perform and apply all functions,features,modes, etc.mentioned in the controls training sections of this specification and other features of this system. Provide an index and clear table of contents. Include the detailed technical manual for programming and customizing control loops and algorithms. 2.Full as-built set of control drawings. 3.Full as-built sequence of operations for each piece of equipment. 4.Full points list;in addition to the information on the original points list submittal,include a listing of all rooms with the following information for each room: a.Floor. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Commissioning of HVAC 23 08 00 - 2 b.Room number. c.Room name. d.Air handler unit ID. e.Reference drawing number. f.Air terminal unit tag ID. g.Heating and/or cooling valve tag ID. h.Minimum air flow rate. i.Maximum air flow rate. 5.Full print out of all schedules and set points after testing and acceptance of the system. 6.Full as-built print out of software program. 7.Electronic copy on disk of the entire program for this facility. 8.Marking of all system sensors and thermostats on the as-built floor plan and HVAC drawings with their control system designations. 9.Maintenance instructions,including sensor calibration requirements and methods by sensor type,etc. 10.Control equipment component submittals,parts lists,etc. 11.Warranty requirements. 12.Copies of all checkout tests and calibrations performed by the Contractor (not commissioning tests). 13.Organize and subdivide the manual with permanently labeled tabs for each of the following data in the given order: a.Sequences of operation. b.Control drawings. c.Points lists. d.Controller and/or module data. e.Thermostats and timers. f.Sensors and DP switches. g.Valves and valve actuators. h.Dampers and damper actuators. i.Program setups (software program printouts). D.Project Record Documents: See Section 01 78 00 for additional requirements. 1.Submit updated version of control system documentation,for inclusion with operation and maintenance data. 2.Show actual locations of all static and differential pressure sensors (air,water and building pressure)and air-flow stations on project record drawings. E.Draft Training Plan: In addition to requirements specified in Section 01 79 00,include: 1.Follow the recommendations of ASHRAE Guideline 1.1. 2.Control system manufacturer's recommended training. 3.Demonstration and instruction on function and overrides of any local packaged controls not controlled by the HVAC control system. F.Training Manuals: Refer to Division 01 requirements 1.Provide three extra copies of the controls training manuals in a separate manual from the O&M manuals. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 TEST EQUIPMENT A.Provide all standard testing equipment required to perform startup and initial checkout and required functional performance testing;unless otherwise noted such testing equipment will NOT become the property of Owner. B.Equipment-Specific Tools: Where special testing equipment,tools and instruments are specific to a piece of equipment,are only available from the vendor,and are required in order to accomplish startup or Functional Testing,provide such equipment,tools,and instruments as part of the work at no extra cost to Owner;such equipment,tools,and instruments are to become the property of Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Commissioning of HVAC 23 08 00 - 3 Owner. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A.Cooperate with the Commissioning Authority in development of the Prefunctional Checklists and Functional Test Procedures. B.Furnish additional information requested by the Commissioning Authority. C.Prepare a preliminary schedule for HVAC pipe and duct system testing,flushing and cleaning, equipment start-up and testing,adjusting,and balancing start and completion for use by the Commissioning Authority;update the schedule as appropriate. D.Notify the Commissioning Authority when pipe and duct system testing,flushing,cleaning,startup of each piece of equipment and testing,adjusting,and balancing will occur;when commissioning activities not yet performed or not yet scheduled will delay construction notify ahead of time and be proactive in seeing that the Commissioning Authority has the scheduling information needed to efficiently execute the commissioning process. E.Put all HVAC equipment and systems into operation and continue operation during each working day of testing,adjusting,and balancing and commissioning,as required. 1.Include cost of sheaves and belts that may be required for testing,adjusting,and balancing. F.Provide test holes in ducts and plenums where directed to allow air measurements and air balancing;close with an approved plug. G.Provide temperature and pressure taps in accordance with Contract Documents. 3.02 INSPECTING AND TESTING -GENERAL A.Submit startup plans,startup reports,and Prefunctional Checklists for each item of equipment or other assembly to be commissioned. B.Perform the Functional Tests directed by the Commissioning Authority for each item of equipment or other assembly to be commissioned. C.Provide two-way radios for use during the testing. D.Valve/Damper Stroke Setup and Check: 1.For all valve/damper actuator positions checked,verify the actual position against the control system readout. 2.Set pump/fan to normal operating mode. 3.Command valve/damper closed;visually verify that valve/damper is closed and adjust output zero signal as required. 4.Command valve/damper open;verify position is full open and adjust output signal as required. 5.Command valve/damper to a few intermediate positions. 6.If actual valve/damper position does not reasonably correspond,replace actuator or add pilot positioner (for pneumatics). E.Isolation Valve or System Valve Leak Check: For valves not by coils. 1.With full pressure in the system,command valve closed. 2.Use an ultra-sonic flow meter to detect flow or leakage. F.Deficiencies: Correct deficiencies and re-inspect or re-test,as applicable,at no extra cost to Owner. 3.03 TAB COORDINATION A.TAB: Testing,adjusting,and balancing of HVAC. B.Coordinate commissioning schedule with TAB schedule. C.Review the TAB plan to determine the capabilities of the control system toward completing TAB. D.Provide all necessary unique instruments and instruct the TAB technicians in their use;such as handheld control system interface for setting terminal unit boxes,etc. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Commissioning of HVAC 23 08 00 - 4 E.Have all required Prefunctional Checklists,calibrations,startup and component Functional Tests of the system completed and approved by the Commissioning Authority prior to starting TAB. F.Provide a qualified control system technician to operate the controls to assist the TAB technicians or provide sufficient training for the TAB technicians to operate the system without assistance. 3.04 CONTROL SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TESTING A.Prefunctional Checklists for control system components will require a signed and dated certification that all system programming is complete as required to accomplish the requirements of Contract Documents and the detailed Sequences of Operation documentation submittal. B.Do not start Functional Testing until all controlled components have themselves been successfully Functionally Tested in accordance with Contract Documents. C.Using a skilled technician who is familiar with this building,execute the Functional Testing of the control system as required by the Commissioning Authority. D.Functional Testing of the control system constitutes demonstration and trend logging of control points monitored by the control system. 1.The scope of trend logging is partially specified;trend log up to 50 percent more points than specified at no extra cost to Owner. 2.Perform all trend logging specified in Prefunctional Checklists and Functional Test procedures. E.Functionally Test integral or stand-alone controls in conjunction with the Functional Tests of the equipment they are attached to,including any interlocks with other equipment or systems;further testing during control system Functional Test is not required unless specifically indicated below. F.Demonstrate the following to the Commissioning Authority during testing of controlled equipment; coordinate with commissioning of equipment. 1.Setpoint changing features and functions. 2.Sensor calibrations. G.Demonstrate to the Commissioning Authority: 1.That all specified functions and features are set up,debugged and fully operable. 2.That scheduling features are fully functional and setup,including holidays. 3.That all graphic screens and value readouts are completed. 4.Correct date and time setting in central computer. 5.That field panels read the same time as the central computer;sample 10 percent of field panels;if any of those fail,sample another 10 percent;if any of those fail test all remaining units at no extra cost to Owner. 6.Functionality of field panels using local operator keypads and local ports (plug-ins)using portable computer/keypad;demonstrate 100 percent of panels and 10 percent of ports;if any ports fail,sample another 10 percent;if any of those fail,test all remaining units at no extra cost to Owner. 7.Power failure and battery backup and power-up restart functions. 8.Global commands features. 9.Security and access codes. 10.Occupant over-rides (manual,telephone,key,keypad,etc.). 11.O&M schedules and alarms. 12.Occupancy sensors and controls. 13.All control strategies and sequences not tested during controlled equipment testing. H.If the control system,integral control components,or related equipment do not respond to changing conditions and parameters appropriately as expected,as specified and according to acceptable operating practice,under any of the conditions,sequences,or modes tested,correct all systems,equipment,components,and software required at no additional cost to Owner. 3.05 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A.Add design intent documentation furnished by Architect to manuals prior to submission to Owner. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Commissioning of HVAC 23 08 00 - 5 B.Submit manuals related to items that were commissioned to Commissioning Authority for review; make changes recommended by Commissioning Authority. C.Commissioning Authority will add commissioning records to manuals after submission to Owner. 3.06 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING A.Demonstrate operation and maintenance of HVAC system to Owner'personnel;if during any demonstration,the system fails to perform in accordance with the information included in the O&M manual,stop demonstration,repair or adjust,and repeat demonstration. Demonstrations may be combined with training sessions if appropriate. B.These demonstrations are in addition to,and not a substitute for,Prefunctional Checklists and demonstrations to the Commissioning Authority during Functional Testing. C.TAB Review: Instruct Owner's personnel for minimum 4 hours,after completion of TAB,on the following: 1.Review final TAB report,explaining the layout and meanings of each data type. 2.Discuss any outstanding deficient items in control,ducting or design that may affect the proper delivery of air or water. 3.Identify and discuss any terminal units,duct runs,diffusers,coils,fans and pumps that are close to or are not meeting their design capacity. 4.Discuss any temporary settings and steps to finalize them for any areas that are not finished. 5.Other salient information that may be useful for facility operations,relative to TAB. D.HVAC Control System Training: Perform training in at least three phases: 1.Phase 1 -Basic Control System: Provide minimum of 8 hours of actual training on the control system itself. Upon completion of training,each attendee,using appropriate documentation, should be able to perform elementary operations and describe general hardware architecture and functionality of the system. a.This training may be held on-site. 2.Phase 2 -Integrating with HVAC Systems: Provide minimum of 8 hours of on-site,hands-on training after completion of Functional Testing. Include instruction on: a.The specific hardware configuration of installed systems in this facility and specific instruction for operating the installed system,including interfaces with other systems,if any. b.Security levels,alarms,system start-up,shut-down,power outage and restart routines, changing setpoints and alarms and other typical changed parameters,overrides,freeze protection,manual operation of equipment,optional control strategies that can be considered,energy savings strategies and set points that if changed will adversely affect energy consumption,energy accounting,procedures for obtaining vendor assistance, etc. c.Trend logging and monitoring features (values,change of state,totalization,etc.), including setting up,executing,downloading,viewing both tabular and graphically and printing trends;provide practice in setting up trend logging and monitoring during training session. d.Every display screen,allowing time for questions. e.Setting up and changing an air terminal unit controller. f.Point database entry and modifications. 3.Phase 3 -Post-Occupancy: Six months after occupancy conduct minimum of 8 hours of training. Tailor training session to questions and topics solicited beforehand from Owner. Also be prepared to address topics brought up and answer questions concerning operation of the system. E.Provide the services of manufacturer representatives to assist instructors where necessary. F.Provide the services of the HVAC controls instructor at other training sessions,when requested,to discuss the interaction of the controls system as it relates to the equipment being discussed. END OF SECTION 23 08 00 Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Hydronic Piping 23 21 13 - 1 SECTION 23 21 13 HYDRONIC PIPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A.Hydronic system requirements. B.Heating water piping,above grade. C.Glycol piping,above grade. D.Equipment drains and overflows. E.Pipe hangers and supports. F.Unions,flanges,mechanical couplings,and dielectric connections. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ASME BPVC-IX -Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code,Section IX -Qualification Standard for Welding,Brazing,and Fusing Procedures;Welders;Brazers;and Welding,Brazing,and Fusing Operators;2021. B.ASME B16.3 -Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings:Classes 150 and 300;2021. C.ASME B16.18 -Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings;2021. D.ASME B16.22 -Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder-Joint Pressure Fittings;2021. E.ASME B31.9 -Building Services Piping;2020. F.ASTM A53/A53M -Standard Specification for Pipe,Steel,Black and Hot-Dipped,Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless;2020. G.ASTM A234/A234M -Standard Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and High Temperature Service;2019. H.ASTM B32 -Standard Specification for Solder Metal;2020. I.ASTM B88 -Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube;2020. J.ASTM B88M -Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube (Metric);2020. K.ASTM F708 -Standard Practice for Design and Installation of Rigid Pipe Hangers;1992 (Reapproved 2022). L.ASTM F1476 -Standard Specification for Performance of Gasketed Mechanical Couplings for Use in Piping Applications;2007 (Reapproved 2019). M.AWS A5.8M/A5.8 -Specification for Filler Metals for Brazing and Braze Welding;2019. N.AWS D1.1/D1.1M -Structural Welding Code -Steel;2020,with Errata (2022). O.AWWA C606 -Grooved and Shouldered Joints;2015. P.MSS SP-58 -Pipe Hangers and Supports -Materials,Design,Manufacture,Selection,Application, and Installation;2018,with Amendment (2019). 1.03 SUBMITTALS A.Welders Certificate: Include welders certification of compliance with ASME BPVC-IX. B.Product Data: 1.Include data on pipe materials,pipe fittings,valves,and accessories. 2.Indicate valve data and ratings. 3.Show grooved joint couplings,fittings,valves,and specialties on drawings and product submittals,specifically identified with the manufacturer's style or series designation. C.Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate hanging and support methods,joining procedures. D.Submit Flushing and Cleaning Plan: 1.All new hydronic piping shall be flushed and cleaned Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Hydronic Piping 23 21 13 - 2 2.Submit pipe flushing/cleaning plan for piping systems (chilled water,heating hot water,etc.) for approval.The plan shall include detailed methods for compliance with requirements of this section,including: a.Flushing and cleaning procedure narratives. b.Size,power source,and connection points of contractor provided pumps that will be used for flushing and cleaning.Use of new or existing building pumps for flushing/cleaning systems will NOT be permitted. c.At all new coils,provide temporary flushing bypass lines. d.For existing coils on other areas of the floor,contractor shall provide a means to bypass coils to ensure system can be flushed clean.This may involved isolating individual coils for initial flush of mains,followed by individual flush at strainer blowdowns for secondary flush. e.Remove critical components (control valves,water meters,etc.)that could be damaged and provide temporary spool pieces in piping and provide temporary bypass around coils which could be damaged by circulating debris. f.Flushing schedule and drawings or diagrams to be used shall be signed off by Engineer, CxA,and Owner. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing products of the type specified in this section,with minimum three years of documented experience. B.Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing work of the type specified in this sectionwith minimum five years of experience. C.Provide all couplings,fittings,valves,specialties,and press tools from a single manufacturer. D.Copper Press Fittings: 1.Provide all press fittings and press tools from a single manufacturer. 2.Installer shall be a qualified installer,licensed within the jurisdiction,and familiar with the installation of copper press joint systems. 3.Copper press fittings shall be installed using the proper tool,actuator,jaws and rings as instructed by the press fitting manufacturer. E.Date stamp all castings used for coupling housings,fittings,valve bodies,etc.for quality assurance and traceability. F.Welder Qualifications: Certify in accordance with ASME BPVC-IX. 1.Provide certificate of compliance from authority having jurisdiction,indicating approval of welders. 1.05 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A.Accept valves on site in shipping containers with labeling in place. Inspect for damage. B.Provide temporary protective coating on cast iron and steel valves. C.Provide temporary end caps and closures on piping and fittings. Maintain in place until installation. D.Protect piping systems from entry of foreign materials by temporary covers,completing sections of the work,and isolating parts of completed system. 1.06 FIELD CONDITIONS A.Do not install underground piping when bedding is wet or frozen. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 HYDRONIC SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS A.Comply with ASME B31.9 and applicable federal,state,and local regulations. B.Piping: Provide piping,fittings,hangers,and supports as required,as indicated,and as follows: 1.Where more than one piping system material is specified,provide joining fittings that are compatible with piping materials and ensure that the integrity of the system is not jeopardized. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Hydronic Piping 23 21 13 - 3 2.Use only long radius elbows having centerline radii of 1.5 pipe diameters unless otherwise indicated. 3.Where size for a pipe segment is not indicated,the pipe segment shall be equal to the largest pipe segment to which it is connected.Transition to smaller size shall occur on the side of the fitting where smaller size is indicated. 4.Unless otherwise indicated,fittings and accessories connected to pipe shall be of the same material as the pipe. 5.Use non-conducting dielectric connections whenever jointing dissimilar metals. a.On 2"piping and smaller,it is permissible to use ball valves in lieu of dielectric unions. C.Copper Press fittings may be used in accessible locations for piping 2"and below only. 1.Copper and copper alloy press fittings shall conform to material requirements of ASME B16.18 or ASME B16.22 and performance criteria of ASME B16.51 and IAPMO PS 117. Sealing elements for press fittings shall be EPDM.EPDM (Ethylene Propylene Diene Monomer)is a synthetically manufactured and peroxidically cured all purpose elastomer. Sealing elements shall be factory installed or an alternative supplied by fitting manufacturer. D.Provide pipe hangers and supports in accordance with ASME B31.9 or MSS SP-58 unless indicated otherwise. E.Pipe-to-Valve and Pipe-to-Equipment Connections: Use flanges or unionsto allow disconnection of components for servicing;do not use direct welded,soldered,or threaded connections. F.Valves: Provide valves where indicated: 1.Provide drain valves where indicated,and if not indicated provide at least at main shut-off, low points of piping,bases of vertical risers,and at equipment.Use 3/4 inchballvalves with cap;pipe to nearest floor drain. 2.Isolate equipment using butterfly valves with lug end flanges or grooved mechanical couplings. 3.For shut-off and to isolate parts of systems or vertical risers,use ball or butterfly valves. 2.02 HEATING WATER PIPING,ABOVE GRADE A.Steel Pipe:ASTM A53/A53M,Type E for pipe getting welded,Schedule 40,black,using one of the following joint types: 1.Welded Joints: ASTM A234/A234M,wrought steel welding type fittings;AWS D1.1/D1.1M welded. 2.Threaded Joints:ASME B16.3,malleable iron fittings.2 inch and under only. B.Copper Tube:ASTM B88 (ASTM B88M),Type L (B),drawn,using one of the following joint types: 1.Solder Joints: ASME B16.18 cast brass/bronze or ASME B16.22 solder wrought copper fittings. a.Solder: ASTM B32 lead-free solder,HB alloy (95-5 tin-antimony)or tin and silver. b.Braze: AWS A5.8M/A5.8 BCuP copper/silver alloy. 2.Copper tube may be used on 2"pipe size and under. 3.Mechanical Press Sealed Fittings:Double pressed type complying with ASME B16.22, utilizing EPDM,nontoxic synthetic rubber sealing elements. a.Manufacturers: 1)Apollo Valves 2)Grinnell Products 3)Nibco 4)Viega LLC 2.03 GLYCOL PIPING,ABOVE GRADE A.Steel Pipe:ASTM A53/A53M,Type E for pipe getting welded,Schedule 40,black;using one of the following joint types: 1.Welded Joints: ASTM A234/A234M,wrought steel welding type fittings;AWS D1.1/D1.1M welded. 2.Threaded Joints:ASME B16.3,malleable iron fittings.Only for 2 inch and under. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Hydronic Piping 23 21 13 - 4 B.Copper Tube:ASTM B88 (ASTM B88M),Type L (B),hard drawn;using one of the following joint types: 1.Solder Joints: ASME B16.18 cast brass/bronze or ASME B16.22,solder wrought copper fittings. a.Solder: ASTM B32 lead-free solder,HB alloy (95-5 tin-antimony)or tin and silver. b.Braze: AWS A5.8M/A5.8 BCuP copper/silver alloy. 2.Copper tube may be used on 2"pipe size and under. 3.Mechanical Press Sealed Fittings: Double pressed type complying with ASME B16.22, utilizing EPDM,nontoxic synthetic rubber sealing elements. a.Manufacturers: 1)Apollo Valves 2)Grinnell Products 3)Nibco 4)Viega LLC 2.04 EQUIPMENT DRAINS AND OVERFLOWS A.Copper Tube:ASTM B88 (ASTM B88M),Type L (B),drawn;using one of the following joint types: 1.Solder Joints: ASME B16.18 cast brass/bronze or ASME B16.22 solder wrought copper fittings;ASTM B32 lead-free solder,HB alloy (95-5 tin-antimony)or tin and silver. 2.Copper pipe shall be used for all condensate and other drains,except condensing boiler drains. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A.Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. Bevel plain end ferrous pipe. B.Remove scale and dirt on inside and outside before assembly. C.Prepare piping connections to equipment using jointing system specified. D.Keep open ends of pipe free from scale and dirt. Protect open ends with temporary plugs or caps. E.After completion,fill,clean,and treat systems. 3.02 PRESSURE TESTS A.Piping pressure tests shall be required on all new piping. 1.Where connecting to existing systems,segregate new piping from existing system and provide isolation valves as required for testing. B.Coordinate pressure tests with the Engineer and Owner at least 72 hours in advance.Engineer, Owner,and CxA may choose to witness the pressure test.If Owner and Engineer decide not to witness a specific test,the Construction Manager/General Contractor shall witness the test and sign off. C.Conduct pressure tests prior to flushing and cleaning of piping systems. D.Pressure tests may be made of isolated portions of the piping systems to facilitate general progress of the installation.Changes made in the piping system shall require retesting of the affected portions. E.No system or part of the system shall be insulated until it has been successfully tested.If required for additional pressure load under test,provide temporary restraints at expansion joints or isolated them during test. F.All hydronic piping shall be hydrostatically tested to 150 psi for a period of four (4)hours minimum. 1.Use ambient temperature water as a testing medium unless there is a risk of damage due to freezing.Another liquid that is safe for workers and compatible with piping may be used if approved by the Engineer. 2.While filling system,use vents installed at high points of system to release air.Use drains installed at low points for complete draining of test liquid. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Hydronic Piping 23 21 13 - 5 3.Subject piping system to hydrostatic test pressure.Verify that stress due to pressure at bottom of vertical runs does not exceed 90 percent of specified minimum yield strength or 1.7 times "SE"value in Appendix A in ASME B31.9,"Building Services Piping." 4.After hydrostatic test pressure has been applied for at least 10 minutes,examine piping, joints,and connections for leakage.Eliminate leaks by tightening,repairing,or replacing components,and repeat hydrostatic test until there are no leaks. 5.No pressure drop shall occur during test period. 6.Prepare written report of testing. G.Provide pumps,appropriately scaled gauges,calibrated instruments and test equipment, temporary piping,and personnel for tests.Remove all test equipment and drain pipes after completion of testing. H.If piping system is drained after testing and left empty or untreated for more than 3 days,add Nalco 2572 or equivalent at recommended dosages for dry system lay-up. 3.03 FLUSHING AND CLEANING OF PIPING SYSTEMS A.Notify Engineer and Owner/CxA at least four (4)days in advance.Do not flush any piping system or portion thereof without prior submission and approval of flushing and cleaning plan. B.General: 1.All hydronic piping systems shall be tested and flushed.All temporary equipment,utilities, and materials,including water,required to perform the tests and flushing shall be the responsibility of the contractor.Tests and flushes shall be witnessed by the Engineer or Owner's representative.The contractor shall perform pre-testing so that the Engineer may witness the final test and flush only.If more than one test and flush are required,contractor shall schedule these with the Engineer's site observation schedule.Submit contractor's testing and flushing plan,indicating how the system will be divided for flushing,chemical injection points,temporary bypass piping,temporary drains,etc. 2.Test fluid shall be clean water 3.Flush fluid shall be clean water with listed cleaning chemicals 4.Fill fluid shall be clean water C.Flushing and Fill: 1.Flush entire piping system until clean.Flush velocity shall be minimum of 5 fps through all sections of the system. 2.Contractor shall provide portable pumping apparatus.Provide temporary materials,valves, equipment,and infrastructure,required to create bypass(es)for a closed system to perform flush(es).Bypass permanent building pumps during flush.Remove any devices that could be clogged or damaged prior to flushing.Provide a grade 18-8 stainless steel screen with 3/16 inch diameter holes at 18 holes per square inch in system strainers.Install #100 mesh startup liner in system strainer with metal screen.Operate valves as necessary to ensure all sections of the system are flushed for the required time period. 3.Provide temporary piping to bypass coils,control valves,and other factory cleaned equipment,as wells as equipment subject to damage. 4.Dissolve the following chemicals in the system (listed in pounds per 1,000 gallons of system water): a.EDTA 40 lbs b.CITRIC ACID 35 LBS c.SURFACTANT 4 ounces product:Tritan DF-16 or equivalent low-foaming surfactant 5.After initial 12 hours of flushing,screens and strainers shall be pulled,checked,and cleaned. Flushing shall then continue for another 12 hours.At the end of 24 hours,if strainers are still showing debris,continue flushing for 6 additional hours.System shall be flushed for a minimum of 24 hours and up to 30 hours as required. 6.After completion of cleaning solution flushing,the system shall be completely drained to sanitary sewer.Flush with clean water.If the system cannot be drained completely,put a bleed on system and add clean water until system test at a pH of 6.8 to 7.4. 7.Remove all temporary materials and bypass piping. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Hydronic Piping 23 21 13 - 6 8.Apply corrosion control chemicals with 2-3 days of flushing and cleaning procedure.Submit reports confirming concentration. 9.Retesting and flushing a.Any changes made to the piping systems after testing and/or flushing shall require retesting and flushing of the affected portions of the system.If any portion of the piping system is exposed to dirt or debris after the flush,it shall be re-flushed. 10.Contractor Certification a.Provide a letter to the Engineer and Owner certifying the tests and flushes were performed in accordance with the specifications,what the final results were,and what the intermediate results were.The contractor's representative shall sign and date.A copy shall be placed in the O&Ms. 11.The Engineer or Owner/CxA shall review the test and flush results prior to opening a new portion of piping to a previously approved portion or an existing system.If the supporting documentation is not reviewed by the Engineer prior to opening,the entire system shall be flushed again. 3.04 INSTALLATION A.Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Route piping in orderly manner,parallel to building structure,and maintain gradient. C.Install piping to conserve building space and to avoid interference with use of space. D.Group piping whenever practical at common elevations. E.Sleeve pipe passing through partitions,walls,and floors. F.Unless otherwise indicated,horizontal piping may be installed level or with a pitch up at 1"per 40' in direction of flow.Install manual air vents at all high points where air may collect.If vent is not in accessible location,extend air vent to nearest code acceptable drain location with vent valve located at nearest accessible location to pipe.Terminate vent valve within two feet above ceiling in accessible location. G.Main branches and runouts to terminal equipment shall be made at top (first choice)or top 45 degree (second choice),with drain valves suitably located for complete system drainage and manual air vents located as per above. H.Bottom connections to piping are not allowed under any circumstances,unless specifically approved by the Engineer on a case by case basis.If permitted by the Engineer,a line size Y- strainer with shutoff valve and blowdown valve shall be installed at branch connection. I.Mitered elbows,welded branch connections,notched tees,and "orange peel"reducers are not allowed.Unless specifically indicated,reducing flanges and reducing bushing are not allowed. Reducing bushings may be used for air vents and instrumentation connections. J.Contractor shall provide all manual air vents and drains (air vents at high points,drains at low points)in order to allow for appropriate air venting and to permit complete drainage of the entire system. K.Cut threads so that no more than 3 threads remain exposed after joint is made.Apply thread sealants to cleaned male ends.Assemble joint to appropriate depth and remove any excess pipe joint compound from tightened joint. L.Install valves,control valves,and piping specialties,including items furnished by others,as specified and/or detailed. M.Make connections to equipment installed by others where said equipment requires piping services indicated in this section. N.Install firestopping to preserve fire resistance rating of partitions and other elements,using materials and methods specified. O.Slope piping and arrange to drain at low points. P.Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe,joints,or connected equipment. See Section 23 05 16. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Hydronic Piping 23 21 13 - 7 Q.Welded Joints: 1.Use weld material diameter as procedurally required for type and thickness of work being done. 2.Use sufficient argon pre-purge and argon post-purge for GTAW processes. 3.Clean tacks before welding out.Remove slag after each pass by grinding to avoid slag inclusion. 4.Weld reinforcement shall not exceed limits established in ASME B31.1 5.Brush each weld free of rust and paint with rust resistant product that matches surface color. R.Copper Press Fittings: 1.Press connections:copper and copper alloy press connections shall be made in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions.The tubing shall be fully inserted into the fitting and the tubing marked at the shoulder of the fitting.The fitting alignment shall be checked against the mark on the tubing to assure the tubing is fully engaged (inserted)in the fitting.The joints shall be pressed using the tool(s)approved by the manufacturer. 2.The installing contractor shall examine the copper tubing and fittings for defects,sand holes, and cracks.There shall be no defects of the tubing or fittings.Any damaged tubing or fittings shall be rejected. 3.Remove scale,slag,dirt,and debris from inside and outside of tubing and fittings before assembly.The tubing end shall be wiped clean and dry.The burrs on the tubing shall be reamed with a deburring or reaming tool. S.Pipe Hangers and Supports: 1.Install in accordance with ASME B31.9,ASTM F708,or MSS SP-58. 2.Support horizontal piping as scheduled. 3.Place hangers within 12 inches of each horizontal elbow. 4.Use hangers with 1-1/2 inches minimum vertical adjustment. Design hangers for pipe movement without disengagement of supported pipe. 5.Where several pipes can be installed in parallel and at same elevation,provide multiple or trapeze hangers. 6.Provide copper plated hangers and supports for copper piping. 7.Cut hanger rods to within 1"of nut. T.Provide clearance in hangers and from structure and other equipment for installation of insulation and access to valves and fittings. See Section 23 07 19. U.Provide access where valves and fittings are not exposed. Coordinate size and location of access doors with Section 08 31 00 . V.Install valves with stems upright or horizontal,not inverted. W.All trapeze hanger rods shall be cut to within 1"of the bottom nut. 3.05 CLOSEOUT A.If copper Press fittings are used on the project,Contractor shall turnover one (1)set of press tools for each pipe size (or sizes)used on the project. B.Provide four (4)hours of Owner training on copper press fittings.Training to be provided by manufacturer's authorized representative. END OF SECTION 23 21 13 Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Hydronic Specialties 23 21 14 - 1 SECTION 23 21 14 HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A.Air vents. B.Strainers. C.Pressure-temperature test plugs. D.Balancing valves. E.Automatic flow control valves. F.Relief valves. 1.02 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A.Preinstallation Meeting: Conduct a preinstallation meeting one week prior to the start of the work of this section;require attendance by all affected installers. B.Sequencing: Ensure that utility connections are achieved in an orderly and expeditious manner. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: Provide product data for manufactured products and assemblies required for this project. Include component sizes,rough-in requirements,service sizes,and finishes. Include product description and model. B.Certificates: Inspection certificates for pressure vessels from authority having jurisdiction. C.Maintenance Data: Include installation instructions,assembly views,lubrication instructions,and replacement parts list. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the type of products specified in this section,with minimum three years of documented experience. 1.05 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A.Accept valves on site in shipping containers with labeling in place. Inspect for damage. B.Provide temporary protective coating on cast iron and steel valves. C.Provide temporary end caps and closures on piping and fittings. Maintain in place until installation. D.Protect piping systems from entry of foreign materials by temporary covers,completing sections of the work,and isolating parts of completed system. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 AIR VENTS A.Manufacturers: 1.American Wheatley 2.Armstrong International,Inc 3.ITT Bell &Gossett 4.Taco,Inc 5.Or Approved Equal B.Manual Air Vent: Short vertical sections of 2-inch diameter pipe to form air chamber,with 1/8 inch brass needle valve at top of chamber. C.Float Air Vent: 1.Brass or semi-steel body,copper,polypropylene,or solid non-metallic float,stainless steel valve and valve seat;suitable for system operating temperature and pressure;with isolating valve. D.Provide where shown and wherever air traps might occur in the piping system.All down feed water risers shall have air vents.Provide access to all air vents. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Hydronic Specialties 23 21 14 - 2 E.Maximum Fluid Pressure: 150 psi. F.Maximum Fluid Temperature: 250 degrees F. 2.02 STRAINERS A.Manufacturers: 1.American Wheatley 2.Armstrong International,Inc 3.Flexicraft Industries 4.Grinnell Products,a Tyco Business 5.The Metraflex Company 6.Victaulic Company of America 7.Or Approved Equal B.Size 2 inch and Under: 1.Provide threaded or sweatbrass or iron body for up to 175 psiworking pressure,Y-pattern strainer with1/32 inchstainless steel perforated screen. 2.Body Material by Fluid Service: a.Cast Iron or Brass: 1)Steam: Up to 250 psi at 450 degrees F. 2)Liquids: Up to 400 psi at 150 degrees F. C.Size 2-1/2 inch to 4 inch: 1.Provide flangediron body for 175 psiworking pressure,Y pattern with 1/16 inch#304 stainless steel perforated screen. a.Cast Iron: 1)Steam: Up to 125 psi at 350 degrees F. 2)Liquids: Up to 200 psi at 150 degrees F. D.Size 5 inch and Larger: 1.Provide flangediron body for 175 psiworking pressure,basket pattern with 1/8 inchstainless steel perforated screen. E.Accessories: Provide air vent,hanging tag,outlet ball valve,and PT test plug extension. F.Each strainer shall be equipped with a short nipple and gate valve for blowdown. 2.03 PRESSURE-TEMPERATURE TEST PLUGS A.Manufacturers: 1.Ferguson Enterprises Inc 2.Peterson Equipment Company Inc 3.Sisco Manufacturing Company Inc 4.Or Approved Equal B.Construction: Brass body designed to receive temperature or pressure probe with removable protective cap,and Neoprene rated for minimum 200 degrees F. C.Application: Use extended length plugs to clear insulated piping. 2.04 BALANCING VALVES A.Manufacturers: 1.Armstrong International,Inc 2.Hays Fluid Controls 3.Caleffi 4.Danfoss 5.Griswold 6.ITT Bell &Gossett 7.Jomar 8.Nexus 9.Nibco Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Hydronic Specialties 23 21 14 - 3 10.Taco,Inc 11.Victaulic 12.Or Approved Equal B.Size 2 inch and Smaller: 1.Provide globestyle with flow balancing,shut-off capabilities,memory stops,and minimum of two metering ports and female sweat,NPT threaded,press,or solderedconnections. 2.Metal construction materials consist of bronze. 3.Non-metal construction materials consist of Teflon or EPDM. 4.Maximum Service Operation: 300 psi at 250 degrees F. C.Size 2-1/2 inch and Larger: 1.Provide globe or butterflystyle with flow balancing,shut-off capabilities,memory stops,and minimum of two metering ports and flanged or weld-endconnections. 2.Valve body construction materials consist of cast iron or ductile iron. 3.Internal components construction materials consist of bronze. 4.Maximum Service Operation: 175 psi at 250 degrees F. 2.05 CALIBRATED BALANCING VALVES A.Manufacturers: 1.Victaulic Company of America 2.Armstrong International 3.Tour &Anderson 4.Grinnell B.All balancing valves shall be of globe style design to offer the widest range of adjustment accuracy in the flow rate. All balancing valves must offer a minimum of 720 degrees rotation of the handwheel for accurate adjustments and acceptable control range. C.All balancing valves shall exhibit accuracy in flow measurement of +/-5%in the normal operating range of the valve. D.All balancing valves shall have provisions for measuring differential pressure from both sides of the body,flow temperature,and flow rates. Also to include a 1/4”drain connection as an integral part of the valve body. E.All balancing valves must offer 100%positive,leakproof shutoff against the same fluid pressure as the valve body pressure rating. F.All balancing valves must offer a preset function with a locking device to prevent tampering and allow return to the original balanced setting after shutoff. This feature shall be hidden within the design of the valve. G.All balancing valves 1/2”to 2”shall have a digital handwheel for display and presetting accuracy. A drain/fill connection with integral stop valve shall also be included on sizes up to 1-1/2” Sizes 2- 1/2”to 12”shall have a ring scale sleeve under the handwheel for reading. H.All balancing valves in sizes 1/2”to 2”shall be shipped in a container which shall be used as insulation after valve installation. The flame retardant insulation shall have an “R”value of 4.5 minimum. I.All balancing valves in sizes 1/2”to 2”shall be manufactured in such a way which does not require dielectric fittings. Valves in sizes 2-1/2”to 12”shall be manufactured from ductile iron equivalent to ASTM-A536,GR-65,and 4542. J.For valves 1/2”NPT to 12”grooved ends or flanged,the nominal ratings shall be 250 psig at 230 degrees F. K.All balancing valves shall be sized so as to perform in a normal operating range of 50%to 100%of full open position. L.Provide a portable meter kit within a durable case. Meter to have dual 4-1/2”diameter gauges with a range of 0-120 ft.w.g.differential. Accuracy to be +/-3.0%. Provide in kit with hoses. Meter to become property of the Owner. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Hydronic Specialties 23 21 14 - 4 M.Provide a computerized balancing instrument (CBI)consisting of an electronic differential pressure gauge and a microcomputer programmed with the valve characteristics. This allows the direct reading of the flow and differential pressures.The CBI shall become the property of the Owner and have two main components: 1.An instrument which contains a micro computer,(input touch pad,LCD display)and re- chargeable batteries with built-in charger. 2.A sensor unit which contains a piezo-resistive pressure sensor,one measurement valve,and connecting hoses. The measurement valve has a safety function which protects the sensor from excessive differential pressure. 2.06 REDUCERS A.Eccentric reducers shall be used on all water lines with top of reducer level. B.Concentric reducers shall be used wherever equipment connections do not conform to pipe sizes. 2.07 UNIONS A.Manufacturers: 1.Anvil 2.Victaulic 3.Viking Gourp 4.Ward 5.Or Approved Equal B.Unions 2 inches and smaller shall be rated at 150 psi working pressure. C.Unions 2.5 inches and larger shall be gasketed flanged connections. D.Unions shall be ground joint with brass to iron seat.Gasket material shall be 1/16 inch compressed fiber gasket or approved equivalent. E.Flanged unions shall have welding ends. F.Unions or flanges for servicing and disconnect are not required in installations using grooved joint couplings.(The couplings shall serve as unions /disconnect points.) G.Provide dielectric unions or waterway fittings with appropriate end connections for the pipe materials in which installed,to isolate dissimilar metals. 2.08 ESCUTCHEONS A.Manufacturers: 1.Crane 2.Ferguson 3.Ritter B.Escutcheons shall be provided wherever pipes pass through walls,floors,or ceilings. C.Escutcheons shall be of sufficient size to cover insulation. D.Escutcheons shall be split ring,cast brass,chromium plated type. E.Escutcheons shall be designed to cover pipe sleeve projection. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A.Install specialties in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Provide manual air vents at system high points and as indicated. C.For automatic air vents in ceiling spaces or other concealed locations,provide vent tubing to nearest drain. D.Provide valved drain and hose connection on strainer blowdown connection. E.Contractor to provide initial fill of glycol for system. END OF SECTION 23 21 14 Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Refrigerant Piping 23 23 00 - 1 SECTION 23 23 00 REFRIGERANT PIPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A.Piping. B.Moisture and liquid indicators. C.Valves. D.Strainers. E.Check valves. F.Filter-driers. G.Flexible connections. H.Exterior penetration accessories. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ASME BPVC-IX -Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code,Section IX -Qualification Standard for Welding,Brazing,and Fusing Procedures;Welders;Brazers;and Welding,Brazing,and Fusing Operators;2021. B.ASME B16.22 -Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder-Joint Pressure Fittings;2021. C.ASME B31.5 -Refrigeration Piping and Heat Transfer Components;2022. D.ASME B31.9 -Building Services Piping;2020. E.ASTM A123/A123M -Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized)Coatings on Iron and Steel Products;2017. F.AWS A5.8M/A5.8 -Specification for Filler Metals for Brazing and Braze Welding;2019. G.MSS SP-58 -Pipe Hangers and Supports -Materials,Design,Manufacture,Selection,Application, and Installation;2018,with Amendment (2019). 1.03 SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: Provide general assembly of specialties,including manufacturer's catalogue information.Provide manufacturer's catalog data including load capacity. B.Shop Drawings: Indicate schematic layout of system,including equipment,critical dimensions, and sizes. C.Design Data: Submit design data indicating pipe sizing.Indicate load-carrying capacity of trapeze, multiple pipe,and riser support hangers. 1.04 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A.Deliver and store piping and specialties in shipping containers with labeling in place. B.Protect piping and specialties from entry of contaminating material by leaving end caps and plugs in place until installation. C.Dehydrate and charge components such as piping and receivers,seal prior to shipment,until connected into system. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A.Filter-Driers: 1.Use a filter-drier immediately ahead of liquid-line controls,such as thermostatic expansion valves,solenoid valves,and moisture indicators. 2.02 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A.Comply with ASME B31.9 for installation of piping system. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Refrigerant Piping 23 23 00 - 2 B.Welding Materials and Procedures: Comply with ASME BPVC-IX and applicable state labor regulations. C.Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by UL,as suitable for the purpose indicated. 2.03 REFRIGERANT PIPING A.Copper Tube:ASTM B280,H58 hard drawn only.Soft annealed copper tube will not be accepted. 1.Fittings: ASME B16.22 wrought copper. 2.Joints: Braze,AWS A5.8M/A5.8 BCuP silver/phosphorus/copper alloy. 2.04 CONDENSATE PIPING AND EQUIPMENT DRAINS A.Copper Tube:ASTM B88 (ASTM B88M),Type L (B),drawn;using one of the following joint types: 1.Solder Joints:ASME B16.18 cast brass/bronze or ASME B16.22 solder wrought copper fittings;ASTM B32 lead-free solder,HB alloy (95-5 tin-antimony)or tin and silver. 2.05 PIPE SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS: A.Provide hangers and supports that comply with MSS SP-58. B.Pipe Hangers for pipe 6"and smaller:Cooper B3100,Anvil Fig.260,or equivalent. C.Riser Clamps:Cooper B3373,Anvil Fig.40,or equivalent. D.Beam Clamps:Cooper B3050,Anvil Fig.134,or equivalent. E.Offset Clamps:Cooper B3148,Anvil Fig.103,or equivalent F.Ceiling Plate:Cooper B3199,Anvil Fig.610,or equivalent G.Wall Brackets:Cooper B3067,Anvil Fig.199,or equivalent. H.Rod Ceiling Plate:Cooper,Anvil Fig.610,or equivalent. I.Concrete Inserts:Cooper B2500,Anvil Fig.95 or equivalent. J.Copper Pipe Support: Carbon steel ring,adjustable,copper plated. K.Hanger Rods: Mild steel threaded both ends,threaded one end,or continuous threaded. L.Rooftop Supports for Low-Slope Roofs: Steel pedestals with bases that rest on top of roofing membrane,not requiring any attachment to the roof structure and not penetrating the roofing assembly,with support fixtures as specified;and as follows: 1.Bases: High density,UV tolerant,polypropylene or reinforced PVC. 2.Base Sizes: As required to distribute load sufficiently to prevent indentation of roofing assembly. 3.Steel Components: Stainless steel,or carbon steel hot-dip galvanized after fabrication in accordance with ASTM A123/A123M. 4.Attachment/Support Fixtures: As recommended by manufacturer,same type as indicated for equivalent indoor hangers and supports;corrosion resistant material. 5.Height: Provide minimum clearance of 6 inches under pipe to top of roofing. 6.Manufacturers: a.PHP Systems/Design b.Miro c.Caddy d.Bigfoot Systems 2.06 MOISTURE AND LIQUID INDICATORS A.Manufacturers: 1.Henry Technologies 2.Parker Hannifin/Refrigeration and Air Conditioning 3.Or Approved Equal B.Indicators: Single port type,UL listed,with copper or brass body,flared or soldered ends,sight glass,color coded paper moisture indicator with removable element cartridge and plastic cap;for maximum temperature of 200 degrees F and maximum working pressure of 500 psi. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Refrigerant Piping 23 23 00 - 3 2.07 VALVES A.Manufacturers: 1.Hansen Technologies Corporation 2.Henry Technologies 3.Flomatic Valves 4.Or Approved Equal B.Diaphragm Packless Valves: 1.UL listed,globe or angle pattern,forged brass body and bonnet,phosphor bronze and stainless steel diaphragms,rising stem and handwheel,stainless steel spring,nylon seat disc,soldered or flared ends,with positive backseating;for maximum working pressure of 500 psi and maximum temperature of 275 degrees F. C.Packed Angle Valves: 1.Forged brass or nickel plated forged steel,forged brass seal caps with copper gasket,rising stem and seat with backseating,molded stem packing,soldered or flared ends;for maximum working pressure of 500 psi and maximum temperature of 275 degrees F. D.Ball Valves: 1.Two piece bolted forged brass body with teflon ball seals and copper tube extensions,brass bonnet and seal cap,chrome plated ball,stem with neoprene ring stem seals;for maximum working pressure of 500 psi and maximum temperature of 300 degrees F. E.Service Valves: 1.Forged brass body with copper stubs,brass caps,removable valve core,integral ball check valve,flared or soldered ends,for maximum pressure of 500 psi. 2.08 STRAINERS A.Manufacturers: 1.Hansen Technologies Corporation 2.Parker Hannifin/Refrigeration and Air Conditioning B.Straight Line or Angle Line Type: 1.Brass or steel shell,steel cap and flange,and replaceable cartridge,with screen of stainless steel wire or monel reinforced with brass;for maximum working pressure of 430 psi. 2.09 CHECK VALVES A.Manufacturers: 1.Hansen Technologies Corporation 2.Parker Hannifin/Refrigeration and Air Conditioning 3.Or Approved Equal 4.Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B.Globe Type: 1.Cast bronze or forged brass body,forged brass cap with neoprene seal,brass guide and disc holder,phosphor-bronze or stainless steel spring,teflon seat disc;for maximum temperature of 300 degrees F and maximum working pressure of 425 psi. 2.10 FILTER-DRIERS A.Manufacturers: 1.Alco 2.Cash 3.Flow Controls Division of Emerson Electric 4.Henry 5.Parker Hannifin/Refrigeration and Air Conditioning 6.Or Approved Equal B.Cores: Molded or loose-fill molecular sieve desiccant compatible with refrigerant,activated alumina,activated charcoal,and filtration to 40 microns,with secondary filtration to 20 microns;of construction that will not pass into refrigerant lines. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Refrigerant Piping 23 23 00 - 4 C.Construction: UL listed. 1.Sealed Type: Copper shell. 2.Connections:Soldered. 2.11 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS A.Manufacturers: 1.Circuit Hydraulics,Ltd 2.Flexicraft Industries 3.Penflex 4.Or Approved Equal B.Corrugated stainless steel hose with single layer of stainless steel exterior braiding,minimum 9 inches long with copper tube ends;for maximum working pressure of 640 psi. 2.12 EXPANSION LOOPS A.Flexible hose expansion loops shall be manufactured complete with two parallel sections of corrugated metal house,compatible braid,180⁰return bend,with inlet and outlet connections. Field fabricated loops shall not be acceptable. B.Flexible hose expansion loops shall impart no thrust loads to system support,anchors or building structure. C.Flexible hose expansion loops to be "VRF Metraloop”as manufactured by The Metraflex Company D.Corrugated Hose shall be Type 321 stainless Steel E.Braid shall be double layer of type 304 Stainless Steel F.Fittings shall be Sch 40 S Type 304 Stainless in accordance with ASTM A240 G.Copper pipe systems,the VRF Metraloop shall be equipped with a stainless-steel to copper conversion fitting with XHP copper stub ends. H.Flexible hose expansion loops shall have a factory supplied;hanger /support lug located at the bottom of the 180⁰return. I.Rated for 700 PSI @ 300°F 2.13 EXTERIOR PENETRATION ACCESSORIES A.Flashing Panels for Exterior Wall Penetrations: Premanufactured components and accessories as required to preserve integrity of building envelope;suitable for conduits and facade materials to be installed. B.Sealing Systems for Roof Penetrations: Premanufactured components and accessories as required to preserve integrity of roofing system and maintain roof warranty;suitable for conduits and roofing system to be installed;designed to accommodate existing penetrations where applicable. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A.Ream pipe and tube ends.Remove burrs.Bevel plain-end ferrous pipe. B.Remove scale and dirt on inside and outside before assembly. C.Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges or unions. 3.02 INSTALLATION A.Install refrigeration specialties in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Space refrigerant piping far enough apart to allow for field installed insulation of thickness specified. C.The installation of piping and related items shall be made neatly and in such a manner as not to interfere with access to valves or equipment. Expansion,drainage and maintenance of installed piping shall be possible. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Refrigerant Piping 23 23 00 - 5 D.Route piping in orderly manner,with plumbing parallel to building structure,and maintain gradient. E.Install piping to conserve building space and avoid interference with use of space. F.Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe,joints,or connected equipment. G.Sleeves shall be provided wherever pipes pass through walls,floors and ceilings. Sleeves shall be Schedule 40,black steel,one-half inch in diameter larger than the pipe or insulation on the pipe. Sleeves through walls and ceilings shall be flush.Sleeves through floors shall extend one inch above finished floor. Sleeves through exterior walls shall be caulked and made watertight. H.Pipe Hangers and Supports: 1.Install in accordance with ASME B31.5. 2.Support horizontal piping as indicated. 3.Place hangers within 12 inches of each horizontal elbow. 4.Provide copper plated hangers and supports for copper piping. I.Arrange piping to return oil to compressor.Provide traps and loops in piping,and provide double risers as required.Slope horizontal piping 0.40 percent in direction of flow. J.Provide clearance for installation of insulation and access to valves and fittings. K.Flood piping system with nitrogen when brazing. L.Fully charge completed system with refrigerant after testing. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Test refrigeration system in accordance with ASME B31.5. B.All refrigerant equipment not tested at the factory shall be shut off from the rest of the system and tested under a vacuum with no evidence of leakage. Piping systems shall be tested after installation,and before any insulation is applied. All controls and other apparatus that may be damaged by the test pressure shall be removed before tests are made. C.Refrigerant piping leak testing shall be as follows,unless equipment manufacturer mandates or recommends or more stringent procedure: 1.Connect the refrigerant manifold gauge hoses to the liquid side and gas side service ports on the equipment and connect the center hose to a nitrogen tank fitted with a pressure regulator. 2.Fill the lines with nitrogen to 590 psi but no more than 595 psi. 3.Monitor the pressure periodically for a minimum of 24 hours.If the pressure drops,use soapy water to check for leaks.Bubbles will occur if joints are not tight. 4.Repair leaks.Repeat the previous steps until the pressure remains constant for 24 hours. 5.Maintain 145 psi of pressure for 15 minutes and check for further leakage.If the pressure drops,check for leaks and repair.Repeat this step until 145 psi of pressure is maintained for 15 minutes. 6.Remove hoses from service ports. D.Evacuation Procedure.After performing leak test,use a vacuum pump to triple evacuate the system as described below: 1.Use a vacuum pump with a check valve to prevent pump oil from flowing backward while the vacuum pump is closed.Completely close the liquid-vapor line service valves of the outdoor unit. 2.Using vacuum-rated hoses,connect the manifold gauges to the liquid and suction (and high pressure,if applicable)gas pipes. 3.Evacuate the system to 750 microns,hold for 5 minutes,and check for leaks.Repair and repeat as necessary until vacuum holds. 4.Break the vacuum by applying 10 psi of nitrogen. 5.Evacuate the system to 500 microns,hold for 5 minutes,and check for leaks.Repair and repeat as necessary until vacuum holds. 6.Break the vacuum by applying 10 psi of nitrogen. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Refrigerant Piping 23 23 00 - 6 7.Evacuate the system to 200 microns.Wait for 15 minutes.A rise of no more than 200 microns is acceptable.If over 400 microns,check for leaks,repair,and repeat. 8.If under 400 microns,continue holding vacuum for 2.5 hours.If vacuum exceeds 400 microns at end of period,check for leaks,repair,and repeat. 9.If system holds under 400 microns for 2.5 hours,system is ready for charging. 3.04 SCHEDULES A.Hanger Spacing for Copper Tubing. 1.1/2 inch,5/8 inch,and 7/8 inch OD: Maximum span,5 feet;minimum rod size,1/4 inch. 2.1-1/8 inch OD: Maximum span,6 feet;minimum rod size,1/4 inch. 3.1-3/8 inch OD: Maximum span,7 feet;minimum rod size,3/8 inch. 4.1-5/8 inch OD: Maximum span,8 feet;minimum rod size,3/8 inch. 5.2-1/8 inch OD: Maximum span,8 feet;minimum rod size,3/8 inch. END OF SECTION 23 23 00 Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 HVAC Water Treatment 23 25 00 - 1 SECTION 23 25 00 HVAC WATER TREATMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A.Materials. 1.System cleaner. 2.Closed system treatment (water). 1.02 SUBMITTALS A.Product Data:Provide chemical treatment materials,chemicals,and equipment including electrical characteristics and connection requirements.Include rated capacities;water-pressure drops; shipping,installed,and operating weights;and complete data on furnished products listed below: 1.Shot Feeders 2.Coupon Racks 3.Flow Indicators 4.Valves 5.Product specifications and MSDS’s for each chemical used 6.Flushing and Cleaning Procedures 7.Passivation Procedures 8.Chemical Treatment Procedures B.Shop Drawings: Indicate system schematic,equipment locations,and controls schematics, electrical characteristics and connection requirements. C.Submit directly to Owner,Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS)for all chemicals used in chemical treatment systems.Include with MSDS written notice of Owner's responsibility to notify its employees of the use of those chemicals. D.The Mechanical Contractor shall provide the water treatment subcontractor with a calculated water volume (gallons)of the hydronic system(s)for the cleaning and flushing procedure and the required flow rate (GPM)to remove debris,slag and/or surface corrosion byproducts.This data shall be included in the submittal. E.Certificate: Submit certificate of compliance from Authority Having Jurisdiction indicating approval of chemicals and their proposed disposal. F.Operation and Maintenance Data: Include data on chemical feed pumps,agitators,and other equipment including spare parts lists,procedures,and treatment programs. Include step by step instructions on test procedures including target concentrations. G.Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owner's use in maintenance of project. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Manufacturer Qualifications:Company specializing in manufacturing the type of products specified in this section,with minimum ten years of documented experience.Company shall have local representatives with water analysis laboratories and full time service personnel. B.Conform to all applicable Codes,Regulations,and Municipal requirements for the use and disposal of chemicals (including cleaning compounds)and waste to public sewer systems. 1.Wastewater shall be discharged to the sanitary sewer only if it has a pH between 5.0 and 10.0 and meets the requirements of the local sewer and wastewater authority.For wastewater not meeting such criteria,dispose of in accordance with North Carolina Department of Environmental Quality regulations. 2.Glycols (of any type)shall NOT be discharged to the sanitary sewer. 3.Wastewater containing any chemical or sediment is prohibited from discharge to the storm water system. 1.04 WATER ANALYSIS A.Submit complete water analysis and results of performance test of each system signed by manufacturer's service representative. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 HVAC Water Treatment 23 25 00 - 2 B.Water analysis shall include the following: 1.Hot Water and Chilled Water a.Hardness b.pH c."M"alkalinity d.Inhibitor level e.Total dissolved solids f.Temperature 1.05 WATER QUALITY REQUIREMENTS A.Minimum water quality requirements for closed hot and/or chilled water systems shall be as follows: 1.pH 8.0-9.0 2.TDS <500 ppm 3.Hardness as CaCO3 and Alkalinity <120 ppm 4.Chlorides <200 ppm 5.Suplhates <200 ppm 6.Iron <0.5 ppm 7.Dissolved Oxygen <0.1 ppm 8.Ryznar Index >6.0 9.Suspended solids <10 micron 10.Bacteria Counts a.Total aerobic bacteria counts <100 cfu per mL b.Total anaerobic bacteria counts <10 cfu per mL 1.06 DESIGN CRITERIA A.Provide a complete chemical water treatment program during construction for all new and reused piping networks. The program shall include water analysis,chemicals,testing,equipment, consulting and service for the following systems B.Chemicals shall be suitable for pipe material,fluid medium,and intended treatment. C.Provide initial chemical treatment and equipment for all systems based on complete system fluid analysis including makeup water prior to installation. D.Initial supply of chemicals for treatment of each system shall be sufficient for start up and testing period,for the time the systems are operated by the Contractor for temporary heating and cooling, and for one year after start-up of system. 1.07 STORAGE A.Store materials and equipment raised off the floor on pallets and protected with coverings to prevent damage due to weather and construction activities. Store in areas that prevent damage due to freezing and extreme temperatures or sunlight. Arrange coverings to provide air circulation to avoid damage from condensation or chemical build-up. Protect from damage,dirt and debris at all times. B.Store chemicals in curb protected area.Such secondary containment areas must have the capacity to hold the volume of the largest container or 10%of the combined containers,whichever larger. If room has no floor drains,then the room itself may be considered sufficient secondary containment. If the room is considered the secondary containment ensure there is a lip at the door so no liquids can exit the room in the event of a leak.Verify field conditions before storing any chemicals 1.Provide temporary containment areas when permanent containment areas do not exist. Remove temporary containment at the end of construction. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A.AmSolv-Amrep,Inc Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 HVAC Water Treatment 23 25 00 - 3 B.Aqua-Chem C.Aqualine D.ChemTreat E.GE Water &Process Technologies F.Water Guard G.Nalco Company H.Or Approved Equal 2.02 MATERIALS A.System Cleaner: 1.Liquid alkaline compound with emulsifying agents and detergents to remove grease and petroleum products;sodiumtripoly phosphate and sodium molybdate. 2.Biocide chlorine release agents such as sodium hypochlorite or calcium hypochlorite or microbiocides such as quarternary ammonia compounds,tributyltin oxide,methylene bis (thiocyanate). B.Closed System Treatment (Water): 1.Sequestering agent to reduce deposits and adjust pH. 2.Corrosion inhibitors;boron-nitrite,sodium nitrite and borax,sodium totyltriazole,low molecular weight polymers,phosphonates,sodium molybdate,or sulphites. 3.Conductivity enhancers;phosphates or phosphonates. 2.03 CORROSION COUPON RACK: A.Acceptable Manufacturers: 1.Cannon Water Technology 2.J.L.Wingert 3.Advantage Controls 4.Novatech B.Supply for each corresponding shot feeder: 1.Chilled water:3/4”stainless steel coupon rack,with two coupon holders,inlet/outlet 316 stainless steel full port ball valves,and a 1/4”sample valve. Include a 0-5 gpm nominal range variable area flow meter (“rotameter”),rated 150 psig at 70°F,with graduated polysulfone or acrylic cylinder,with an accuracy of +/-5%. Provide mild steel and copper coupons. 2.Heating hot water and dual temperature systems:3/4”stainless steel coupon rack,with two coupon holders,inlet/outlet 316 stainless steel full port ball valves,and a 1/4”sample valve. Include a 0-5 gpm nominal range variable area flow meter(“rotameter”),rated 100 psig at 250°F,graduated glass cylinder with stainless steel or brass connections,with an accuracy of +/-2%. Provide mild steel and copper coupons. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A.Perform an analysis of the supply water to determine the type and quantities of chemical treatment needed to maintain the required water quality to prevent corrosion,scaling,and biological growth. At minimum,provide weekly site visits to verify proper water treatment for the first month after any system or part of a system is treated. Provide monthly visits thereafter,or more often if required to assure performance requirements are being met,to analyze water samples,inspect equipment,and add additional chemicals as required to maintain proper water treatment,until final written Owner acceptance of the respective system. B.Pre-Treatment Conference:Prior to treatment activities,meet with the Project Engineer, Commissioning Agent and contractors to verify treatment procedures,discuss coordination with existing piping networks,and to coordinate treatment activities with construction schedule. C.At each site visit,analyze each system for corrosion inhibitors,pH,total iron,total copper,bacteria levels (provide monthly analytical laboratory analysis),and conductivity;inspect loss from Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 HVAC Water Treatment 23 25 00 - 4 corrosion coupons (provide analytical laboratory analysis every three months),record make-up meter readings,and perform any other tests necessary to validate that corrosion,scale,and organic growth is being prevented. D.Systems shall be operational,filled,started,and vented prior to cleaning. Use water meter to record capacity in each system. E.Place terminal control valves in open position during cleaning. F.Verify that electric power is available and of the correct characteristics. G.Reports: 1.Submit a written startup test report for each system placed into service. 2.A service report shall be prepared on site and submitted at the time of each service visit (with copies immediately provided to the Owner and Commissioner),which shall include all required test results and recommendations. 3.Additionally,provide final reports for approval to the Owner and Commissioner regarding each site service visit,certified by an Officer of the CSP,within one week of any water treatment activity. Such reports shall include the results of any field or lab tests. Reports shall clearly state if the required water quality and maximum corrosion rates are being achieved. 4.At a minimum,each report shall include the following information: a.System Treated: b.Date c.Conductivity d.pH e.Total Iron f.Total Copper g.Bacteria(cfu)(monthly analytical laboratory analysis) h.Coupon Corrosion Rates (three month analytical laboratory analysis) i.9Make-up Water Quantity since Last Visit j.Corrosion Inhibitor level (ppm) k.Silica level (ppm) 3.02 CLEANING SEQUENCE A.Concentration: 1.As recommended by manufacturer. B.Use and dispose of chemicals and wastewater (including from existing piping networks)per the Quality Assurance section of this specification.All costs of disposal shall be borne by the contractor. C.Hot Water Heating Systems (use the more stringent between the method below and manufacturer's recommended method): 1.Apply heat while circulating,slowly raising temperature to 160 degrees F and maintain for 12 hours minimum. 2.Remove heat and circulate to 100 degrees F or less;drain systems as quickly as possible and refill with clean water. 3.Circulate for 6 hours at design temperatures,then drain. 4.Refill with clean water and repeat until system cleaner is removed. D.Chilled Water Systems (use the more stringent between the method below and manufacturer's recommended method): 1.Circulate for 48 hours,then drain systems as quickly as possible. 2.Refill with clean water,circulate for 24 hours,then drain. 3.Refill with clean water and repeat until system cleaner is removed. E.Use neutralizer agents on recommendation of system cleaner supplier and approval of Engineer and Owner. F.Remove,clean,and replace strainer screens. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 HVAC Water Treatment 23 25 00 - 5 G.Inspect,remove sludge,and flush low points with clean water after cleaning process is completed. Include disassembly of components as required. H.After the pre-cleaning is complete,test by the water treatment consultant shall confirm and a written report shall certify the completeness of the pre-cleaning by meeting the following minimum requirements: 1.Total Iron as Fe shall be equal to or less than 0.5 ppm. 2.pH shall be equal to or less than 9.0. 3.TDS shall be equal to or less than 10%above clean water. 3.03 EXISTING SYSTEMS A.When connecting into active existing systems,treat piping networks installed or reused by the project and verify by lab analysis that the treatment levels per the treatment plan have been attained. Submit validating report for approval. B.Provide temporary valves,piping,and accessories to isolate the new piping from the existing and treat the project’s piping prior to connection to the active system. 3.04 INSTALLATION A.Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Contractor shall install a BYPASS pipe wherever needed between the hydronic return &supply lines to recirculate the entire system using the hydronic pumps installed.The diameter of this pipe shall be at least 1/3 of the diameter of the main hydronic lines.The contractor shall also remove or cap the temporary BYPASS to a permanent configuration when flushing is complete and approved water chemistry is achieved. C.Contractor shall remove all strainer screens prior to flushing all systems,including mud from the dirt legs.Contractor shall clean and replace/reinstall all strainer screens after the final cleaning and flushing procedure has passed the final test criteria noted herein. D.Complete circulation must be achieved during the cleaning procedure.The Contractor shall develop a plan to achieve a minimum velocity of three feet per second (3 ft/s)in the pipes to ensure the cleaning chemicals will work properly.If necessary,isolate parts of the piping system to attain at least (3 ft/s)in piping being flushed.All electric,pneumatic,and thermostatic operated valves shall be full open.All deadend runs shall be looped together with piping not less than one- third the size of the run. 3.05 CLOSED SYSTEM TREATMENT A.Provide passivation/chemical treatment at system startup or immediately upon operation of a system for temporary cooling and heating,whichever comes first. B.Provide chemical treatment immediately after each system has been cleaned and flushed. Thereafter immediately begin the approved water treatment maintenance program to passivate and prevent corrosion,scale,and organic growth and to maintain treatment chemical levels. Note that systems or parts of systems will not typically be started at the same time;adjust treatment strategy accordingly. C.Provide chemicals that comply with State and Federal regulations. D.Provide one bypass feeder on each system. Install isolating and drain valves and necessary piping. Install around balancing valve downstream of circulating pumps unless indicated otherwise. E.Introduce closed system treatment through bypass feeder when required or indicated by test. F.Provide 3/4 inchwater coupon rack around circulating pumps with space for 12test specimens. 3.06 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES A.Training: Train Owner's personnel on operation and maintenance of chemical treatment system. 1.Provide minimum of four hoursof instruction for two people. 2.Have operation and maintenance data prepared and available for review during training. 3.Conduct training using actual equipment after treated system has been put into full operation. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 HVAC Water Treatment 23 25 00 - 6 B.Conduct final on-site system turn over meeting with Owner and Commissioner. Present final validation report demonstrating that performance requirements have been achieved and that each system is currently properly treated. C.Written completeness certification and applicable reports will be forwarded to the project Engineer prior to acceptance. 3.07 MAINTENANCE A.Provide service and maintenance of treatment systems for one year from Date of Substantial Completion. B.Provide monthly technical service visits to perform field inspections and make water analysis on- site. Detail findings in writing on proper practices,chemical treating requirements,and corrective actions needed. Submit two copies of field service report after each visit. C.Provide laboratory and technical assistance services during this maintenance period. D.Provide on-site inspections of equipment during scheduled or emergency shutdown to properly evaluate success of water treatment program,and make recommendations in writing based upon these inspections. END OF SECTION 23 25 00 Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 HVAC Ducts and Casings 23 31 00 - 1 SECTION 23 31 00 HVAC DUCTS AND CASINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A.Metal ductwork. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ASHRAE (FUND)-ASHRAE Handbook -Fundamentals;Most Recent Edition Cited by Referring Code or Reference Standard. B.ASTM A36/A36M -Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel;2019. C.ASTM A653/A653M -Standard Specification for Steel Sheet,Zinc-Coated (Galvanized)or Zinc- Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed)by the Hot-Dip Process;2020. D.ASTM B209/B209M -Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate; 2021a. E.ASTM E84 -Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2018b. F.NFPA 90A -Standard for the Installation of Air-Conditioning and Ventilating Systems;2024. G.SMACNA (DCS)-HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible;2020. H.SMACNA (LEAK)-HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual;2012. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: Provide data for duct materials and duct connections. B.Shop Drawings: Indicate duct fittings,particulars such as gages,sizes,welds,and configuration prior to start of work. 1.Clearly indicate which fittings shall be used on the project:elbows,wyes,takeoffs,transitions, offsets,etc. C.Test Reports: Indicate pressure tests performed. Include date,section tested,test pressure,and leakage rate,following SMACNA (LEAK). 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the type of products specified in this section,with minimum three years of documented experience,and approved by manufacturer. B.Galvanizing thickness and country of origin must be clearly stenciled on each duct section.At the discretion of the Engineer,sheet metal gauges and reinforcing may be randomly checked to verify all duct construction is in compliance. C.Ductwork and fittings must have a computer generated label affixed to each section detailing the duct dimensions,sheet metal gauge,intermediate and joint reinforcement size,and the transverse connector brand and classification. 1.05 FIELD CONDITIONS A.Do not install duct sealants when temperatures are less than those recommended by sealant manufacturers. B.Maintain temperatures within acceptable range during and after installation of duct sealants. C.If ductwork is stored on site,elevate duct above floors and maintain protection on ends. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 DUCT ASSEMBLIES A.Regulatory Requirements: Construct ductwork to comply with NFPA 90A standards. B.Duct transverse joints and reinforcement materials,including angle ring flanges and stiffeners, shall be of the same material as the duct. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 HVAC Ducts and Casings 23 31 00 - 2 C.Ducts: Galvanized steel,unless otherwise indicated. 1.All ductwork connected to Swimming Pool Units shall be aluminum contruction. D.Low Pressure Supply: 2 inch w.g.pressure class,galvanized steel. E.Medium and High Pressure Supply: 4 inch w.g.pressure class,galvanized steel. F.Return and Relief: -2 inch w.g.pressure class,galvanized steel. G.General Exhaust: -2 inch w.g.pressure class,galvanized steel. H.Outside Air Intake: -2 inch w.g.pressure class,galvanized steel. I.Combustion Air: 1 inch w.g.pressure class,galvanized steel. J.Transfer Air and Sound Boots: 1 inch w.g.pressure class. 2.02 MATERIALS A.Galvanized Steel for Ducts: Hot-dipped galvanized steel sheet,ASTM A653/A653M FS Type B, with G90/Z275coating. B.Aluminum for Ducts: ASTM B209/B209M;aluminum sheet,alloy 3003-H14. Aluminum Connectors and Bar Stock: Alloy 6061-T651 or of equivalent strength. C.Joint Sealers and Sealants: Non-hardening,water resistant,mildew and mold resistant. 1.Manufacturers: a.Childers b.Ductmate c.Durodyne d.Foster e.Hardcast f.McGill Airseal g.Sheet Metal Connectors,Inc. h.Or Approved Equal 2.Flexible,water-based,adhesive sealant designed for use in all pressure duct systems. After curing,it shall be resistant to ultraviolet light and shall prevent the entry of water,air,and moisture into the duct system. Sealer shall be UL 723 and UL 181B-M listed and meet NFPA requirements for Class 1 ductwork.VOC shall be <75 g/l. 3.Neoprene gasket must be closed cell rubber based sealing tape and must pass UL 94 HF-1. 4.Butyl rubber gasket which complies with UL 723,Mil-C 18969B and TTS-S-001657.This material,in addition to the above,shall not contain vegetable oils,fish oils,or any other type vehicle that will support fungal and/or bacterial growth. 5.Surface Burning Characteristics: Flame spread index of zero and smoke developed index of zero,when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. D.Hanger Rod: ASTM A36/A36M;steel,galvanized;threaded both ends,threaded one end,or continuously threaded. E.Cable Suspension System: 1.Suspension system shall be Gripple Hang-Fast as manufactured and supplied by Gripple, Inc.,or Ductmate "Clutcher"cable hanging system. 2.Suspension system shall be load rated and verified by SMACNA Testing and Research Institute to be in compliance with SMACNA Standards. 3.All suspension systems shall used galvanized hardware. 2.03 DUCTWORK FABRICATION A.Fabricate and support in accordance with SMACNA (DCS)and as indicated. 1.Internal tie rods or bracing are not allowed for ductwork 36"and below.Tie rods shall be 1/2", 3/4",1",1-1/4"or 1-1/2"galvanized rods with bolt assembly consisting of rubber washer and friction anchored threaded insert similar to Ductmate Easyrod or PPI Condu-Lock. 2.Internal tie rods are not allowed for ductwork in chase and other non-accessible locations. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 HVAC Ducts and Casings 23 31 00 - 3 B.Where the size for a duct segment is not indicated,the duct segment size shall be equal to the largest duct segment to which it is connected.Transition to smaller size shall occur on the side of the fitting where smaller size is indicated. C.No variation of duct configuration or size permitted except by written permission. Size round duct installed in place of rectangular ducts in accordance with ASHRAE (FUND)Handbook - Fundamentals. D.Construct T's,bends,and elbows with radius of not less than 1-1/2 times width of duct on centerline. Where not possible and where rectangular elbows must be used,provide air foil turning vanes of perforated metal with glass fiber insulation. E.Increase duct sizes gradually,not exceeding 15 degrees divergence wherever possible;maximum 30 degrees divergence upstream of equipment and 45 degrees convergence downstream. F.Fabricate continuously welded round and oval duct fittings in accordance with SMACNA (DCS). G.Where ducts are connected to exterior wall louvers and duct outlet is smaller than louver frame, provide blank-out panels sealing louver area around duct. Use same material as duct,painted black on exterior side;seal to louver frame and duct. 2.04 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A.Refer to the Structural Drawngs and Details for the limitations and applications of each type of hanger and weight when attaching to bar joists,trusses,or other building Structural elements.The Contractor shall be responsible for providing additional miscellaenous steel,unistrut,and other components to span multiple joists as required by the Structural Drawings to distribute concentrated loads. B.Unless otherwise indicated,use straps or Z bar hangers with 3/8”rods to support rectangular ducts 48”wide and smaller and trapeze hangers with rods or angles to support rectangular ducts over 48”wide. 1.Use trapeze hangers to support externally insulated ductwork with weight bearing inserts. C.For round ducts 24"diameter or smaller,use single hanger. 1.Cable Suspension System may be used up to 16"diameter 2.Round Duct Strap Bracket by Ductmate Industries may be used up to 24"diameter. D.For round ducts over 24"diameter,use 2 hangers with half round trapeze. E.For round ducts over 25”diameter or larger,use 2 minimum 3/8”rods with trapeze. F.The following upper attachments,upper attachment devices,lower hanger attachments,hanger devices,and/or hanger attachments are not allowed except where specifically indicated: 1.Hook or loop. 2.Nailed pin fasteners. 3.Expansion nails without washers. 4.Powder charged or mechanically driven fasteners (forced entry anchors). 5.Beam or "C"clamps without retaining clips or friction clamps (provide retaining clips 6.for "C"clamps). 7.Friction clamps for ductwork over 12". 8.Non-factory manufactured upper attachments for metal pan deck including wire coil and double circle (Items 16 and 17 of Fig 4-3 of SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards 95). 9.Wire hanger. 10.Trapeze hangers supported by wires or straps. 11.Rods,straps or welded studs directly attached to metal deck. 12.Drilled hole with attachment to structural steel. 13.Lag screw expansion anchor. 14.Rivets. G.Supporting devices shall be standard products of manufacturers having published load ratings. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 HVAC Ducts and Casings 23 31 00 - 4 H.Unless drawings indicate the required framing,provide angle iron framing around roof opening where duct penetrates through roof decking,to maintain roof decking structural integrity in accordance with roof decking manufacturer's recommendations. This is not required for concrete decking. For concrete decking,consult with Structural Engineer for location and size of opening prior to execution of Work. I.For welded ducts,soldered ducts or ducts with water tight joints,do not use supports utilizing screws or other penetrations into ductwork. J.All hangers and supports shall be fully galvanized. 2.05 MANUFACTURED DUCTWORK AND FITTINGS A.Double Wall Insulated Round Ducts: Round spiral lockseam duct with galvanized steel outer wall, perforated aluminum inner wall;fitting with solid inner wall. 1.Manufacture in accordance with SMACNA (DCS). 2.Insulation: a.Thickness: 1 inch. b.Material: Fiberglass or elastomeric foam. c.Finish:"Paint grip"galvanneal or mill phosphatized 3.Manufacturers: a.MKT Metal Manufacturing b.Hamlin c.SMC d.McGill Airflow e.Or Approved Equal B.Double Wall Insulated Rectangular Ducts: Rectangular spiral lockseam duct with galvanized steel outer wall,perforated aluminum inner wall;fitting with solid inner wall. 1.Manufacture in accordance with SMACNA (DCS). 2.Insulation: a.Thickness: 1 inch. b.Material:Fiberglass or elastomeric foam. c.Finish:"Paint grip"galvanneal or mill phosphatized 2.06 LONGITUDINAL SEAM: A.Rectangular Duct: 1.Unless otherwise indicated,use Pittsburgh lock seam construction. 2.Seal longitudinal seams with approved sealant or provide pre-sealed from factory with encapsulated mastic. 3.Button punch snap lock construction (SMACNA L-2)is not allowed except for ductwork that is both low pressure (2”WG or lower pressure class)and 18”and smaller duct width. 4.Button punch snap lock construction is not allowed for ductwork in chases and areas above inaccessible ceilings. 5.Button punch snaplock construction is not allowed on exhaust ductwork or aluminum ductwork B.Round and Oval Duct 1.Unless otherwise indicated,longitudinal seams shall be in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards with the following exceptions: a.Snaplock seams are not allowed. b.SMACNA seam types RL-3,6A,6B,7,and 8 shown in Figure 3-2 are not allowed, except for 2"w.g.class round ducts 16"or less in diameter. 2.07 RECTANGULAR TRANSVERSE JOINT CONNECTORS: A.Slide-on Transverse Joint Connectors: 1.Duct constructed using engineered slide-on connector systems must be submitted and conform to manufacturer’s published duct construction standards and guidelines for joint classification,sheet metal gauge,intermediate and joint reinforcement size and spacing, Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 HVAC Ducts and Casings 23 31 00 - 5 unless otherwise specified. 2.Manufacturer of engineered connector system must have certified independent performance testing for leakage,deflection and seismic stability. 3.All components of the engineered system must be clearly embossed with the manufacturer’s name,model number or identifying marking. 4.Butyl rubber gasket must be applied per the manufacturer’s instructions on all connections except for breakaway connections.Closed Cell Neoprene gasket must be applied per the manufacturer’s instructions on all breakaway connections.No substitution of connector system components or gaskets is permitted. 5.All duct installed using engineered connectors must adhere to the manufacturer’s published assembly and installation guidelines for all standard,breakaway,roof-top or specialty connections unless otherwise specified. B.Formed-on Flanges: 1.Lockformers TDC or Engles TDF may be used in accordance with T-25 flanges of SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards,provided that corner pieces with bolts are used. If TDF/TDC flanges are damaged,replace the damaged joint(s)by straightening and reinforcing with minimum 1-1/2 x 1-1/2 x 1/4 angle at each side of transverse joint PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A.Install,support,and seal ducts in accordance with SMACNA (DCS). B.During construction provide temporary closures of metal or taped polyethylene on open ductwork to prevent construction dust from entering ductwork system. C.Install ductwork parallel to building walls and ceilings and at such heights not to obstruct any portion of window,doorway,stairway,or passageway. Install ductwork to allow adequate access and service space for equipment and access clearances for cable tray/j-hooks.Refer to drawings and/or manufacturer's recommendations Install vertical ductwork plumb. Make allowances for beams,pipes or other obstructions in building construction and for work of other contractors. Check plans showing work of other trades and consult with Engineer in event of any interference. D.Where interferences develop in the field,offset or reroute ductwork as required to clear such interferences. Do not divide duct and do not route any other utilities such as piping or conduit through duct. In all cases,consult drawings for exact location of space allocated for duct,ceiling heights,door and window openings,or other architectural details before fabricating or installing duct. Consult Designer where conflicts arise between ductwork and other utilities which cannot be resolved by relocating duct. E.Where offsets in ductwork are required,contractor to use standard 30,45 or 90-degree elbows. Where space constraints do not allow for the use of standard elbows for offsets,use of angled offsets as depicted by SMACNA Figure 2-7 (Angled Offset Type 1)may be used with maximum angle of offset not to exceed 15 degrees maximum.Offsets Type 2 and 3 in SMACNA Figure 2-7 shall not be allowed. F.Rectangular Duct Elbows: 1.Rectangular Duct:Unless specific type is indicated,provide radius elbows with splitter vanes with minimum centerline radius to width or diameter ratio of 1.5 a.1.5 radius elbows with full spliter vanes as follows: 1)One vane for duct width 2-12" 2)Two vanes for duct width 13-20" 3)Three vanes for duct width 21"-36" 4)Four vanes for duct width 38"and larger 5)Fabricate vanes in accordance with SMACNA. b.Rectangular throad elbows with turning vanes where 1.5 radius elbows do not fit. c.Rectangular throat/radius heel elbows or rectangular elbows without turning vanes shall not be used. G.Round and Oval Duct Elbows: Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 HVAC Ducts and Casings 23 31 00 - 6 1.Unless specific type is indicated,use radius elbows with centerline radius to diameter ratio of 1.5.ONLY where1.5 radius elbows do not fit,1.0 radius elbows may be used if approved by the Engineer. H.Construct ductwork so that interior surfaces are smooth. Internal duct hangers and internal bracing are not allowed. Refer to above for internal tie rods. I.Support coils,filters,air terminals,dampers,sound attenuating devices,or other devices installed in duct systems with angles or channels and make all connections to such equipment including equipment furnished by others. Secure frames with gaskets,nuts,bolts and washers. J.Flexible ducts shall not exceed 5 feet in length.Bends,kinks,and sagging of flexible duct will not be accepted.The maximum permitted sag is 1/2"per foot of support spacing. K.Install outside air intake duct to pitch down at minimum 1”per 20 ft toward intake louver or plenum and to drain to outside of building. Solder or seal seams to form watertight joints. L.Install exhaust air duct to pitch down at minimum 1”per 20 ft toward exhaust louver. M.Where 2 different metal ducts meet,install joint in such a manner that metal ducts do not contact each other by using proper gasket seal or compound. N.Flexible Ducts: Connect to metal ducts with adhesive plus sheet metal screws. 1.Flexible ducts are not allowed for special exhaust systems,such as laboratory exhaust, vehicle exhaust,etc. 2.Splicing of flexible duct will not be allowed. 3.Flexible ducts shall not pass through any partition,wall,floor,or ceiling. O.All ducts conveying hazardous or flammable vapors shall be labeled via stencilled painting or permanent nameplates.Labels shall be every 10 feet where above accessible ceilings or in mechanical rooms or on roof. P.Duct sizes indicated are inside clear dimensions. For lined ducts,maintain sizes inside lining. Q.Provide openings in ductwork where required to accommodate thermometers and controllers. Provide pilot tube openings where required for testing of systems,complete with metal can with spring device or screw to ensure against air leakage. Where openings are provided in insulated ductwork,install insulation material inside a metal ring. R.Locate ducts with sufficient space around equipment to allow normal operating and maintenance activities. S.Use double nuts and lock washers on threaded rod supports. T.At exterior wall louvers,seal duct to louver frame and install blank-out panels. U.All trapeze hanger rods shall be cut to within 1"of the bottom nut. END OF SECTION 23 31 00 Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Air Duct Accessories 23 33 00 - 1 SECTION 23 33 00 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A.Backdraft dampers -metal. B.Duct access doors. C.Duct test holes. D.Fire dampers. E.Flexible duct connectors. F.Volume control dampers. G.Miscellaneous Products: 1.Internal strut end plugs. 2.Duct opening closure film. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.NFPA 90A -Standard for the Installation of Air-Conditioning and Ventilating Systems;2024. B.SMACNA (DCS)-HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible;2020. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: Provide for shop-fabricated assemblies including volume control dampers,duct access doors,duct test holes,and hardware used.Include electrical characteristics and connection requirements. B.Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Provide instructions for fire dampers and combination fire and smoke dampers. C.Project Record Drawings: Record actual locations of access doors and test holes. D.Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owner's use in maintenance of project. 1.Extra Fusible Links: One of each type and size. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the type of products specified in this section,with minimum fiveyears ofdocumentedexperience. B.Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. C.All dampers shall be certified to bear the AMCA Certified Ratings Program seal for Air Performance,Efficiency,and Air Leakage. 1.05 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A.Protect dampers from damage to operating linkages and blades. B.Storage:Store materials in a dry area indoor,protected from physical damage and in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 AIR TURNING DEVICES/EXTRACTORS A.Manufacturers: 1.Carlisle HVAC Products 2.Elgen Manufacturing,Inc 3.Krueger-HVAC,Division of Air System Components 4.Ruskin Company 5.Titus HVAC,a brand of Johnson Controls 6.Or Approved Equal Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Air Duct Accessories 23 33 00 - 2 B.Multi-blade device with blades aligned in short dimension;steel construction;with individually adjustable blades,mounting straps. 2.02 DUCT AIR TURNING VANES A.Provide factory manufactured turning vanes in each elbow where inside radius is less than the width of the duct,and in all square or rectangular elbows. B.Turning vane assemblies shall be adequately supported and affixed to prevent rattling,breakaway, and shall not deform.Assemblies longer than 12 inches shall be double wall. C.Turning vanes in negative pressure ductwork with pressure rating above 2 inches shall be installed in accordance with SMACNA Industrial Duct Construction Standard. D.Turning vanes shall match the duct material construction. E.Rectangular Throat Elbow Truning Vanes (Vane Runner Length up to 18"and Vane Length up to 36") 1.Provide single blade type vanes having 2"radius and 1-1/2"spacing,24 gauge minimum. Construct vanes in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards. 2.If duct size changes in mitered elbow,use single blade type vanes with trailing edge extension. F.Rectangular Throat Elbow Truning Vanes (Vane Runner Length up to 18"and Vane Length up to 36"): 1.Use double wall airfoil type with smoothly-rounded entry nose and extended trailing edge on 2.4"center spacing. 2.Vanes shall be equal to HEP (High Efficiency Profile)vanes as manufactured by Aero/Dyne Co. G.Radius Elbow Splitter Vanes: 1.Splitter vanes for radius elbows shall be extended entire length of fitting and constructed in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards. H.Manufacturers: 1.Aero Dyne 2.Ductmate,Inc. 3.Sheet Metal Connectors,Inc. 4.Duro-Dyne 5.DynAir Inc. 6.Or Approved Equal 2.03 WIRE MESH SCREENS A.Screen assemblies shall be removable. B.Mesh:1/2 inch square pattern,1/16 inch galvanized wire,interwoven,welded at wire intersections and to the frame to prevent rattles. C.Frames:Minimum of 1 inch by 1 inch by 1/8 inch galvanized steel angles for duct sizes through 24 inches,1-1/2 inch by 1-1/2 inch by 3/16 inch for duct sizes between 25 inches and 48 inches,and 2 inches by 2 inches for ducts larger than 48 inches continuous around perimeter of screen. Provide intermediate supports to limit screen deflection to 1/16 inch at maximum design airflow. 2.04 DUCT ACCESS DOORS A.Manufacturers: 1.Acudor Products Inc,a Division of Nelson Industrial Inc 2.Ductmate Industries,Inc,a DMI Company 3.Durodyne 4.Elgen Manufacturing 5.MKT Metal Manufacturing 6.Nailor Industries Inc 7.Ruskin Company 8.SEMCO LLC Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Air Duct Accessories 23 33 00 - 3 9.Or Approved Equal B.Fabrication: Rigid and close fitting of galvanized steel with sealing gaskets and quick-fastening locking devices.For insulated ducts,install minimum 1-inch thick insulation with sheet metal cover. 1.Up to 18 inches Square: Provide two hinges and two sash locks. 2.Up to 24 by 48 inches: Three hinges and two compression latches with outside and inside handles. C.Access doors with sheet metal screw fasteners are not acceptable. D.Provide access doors of adequate size to allow easy access to the equipment that will require maintenance.Provide insulated or acoustically lined doors to prevent condensation where applicable. E.Manufacturer shall provide a neoprene gasket around perimeter of access door for airtight seal. F.Systems 2"w.g.or less shall use a hinged,cam,or hinged &cam square framed access door. G.Systems 3"w.g.and above shall use a sandwich type access door.Construct doors in accordance with Figure 7-3 of the 2005 SMACNA Manual,"HVAC Duct Construction Standards,Metal & Flexible,"Third Edition.Doors shall be rated for +/-10"w.g. 2.05 DUCT TEST HOLES A.Temporary Test Holes: Cut or drill in ducts as required.Cap with neat patches,neoprene plugs, threaded plugs,or threaded or twist-on metal caps. B.Permanent Test Holes: Factory fabricated,air tight flanged fittings with screw cap. Provide extended neck fittings to clear insulation. 2.06 FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTORS A.Manufacturers: 1.Carlisle HVAC Products 2.Ductmate Industries,Inc,a DMI Company 3.Elgen Manufacturing,Inc 4.Durodyne 5.Or Approved Equal B.Flexible duct connector shall be used where ductwork connects to fan apparatus or fan casings to isolate vibration transfer. Connectors shall be attached in such a manner as to provide an airtight and waterproof seal. C.Connectors will comply with NFPA 90A,“Installation of Air Conditioning &Ventilation Systems”and NFPA 90B,“Installation of Warm Air Heating &Air Conditioning Systems”. D.Connector fabrics shall meet NFPA 701 (formerly UL 214.) E.Connector fabrics shall be mildew resistant per ASTM G21. F.Indoor installations shall be NFPA 701 listed,fire retardant Vinyl coated woven nylon or Neoprene coated woven fiberglass fabric. Minimum density of Vinyl is 20 oz./sq.yd.and rated to 200F. Minimum density of Neoprene 30 oz./sq.yard and rated to 200F. G.Outdoor installations shall be NFPA 701 listed UV-resistant Hypalon coated woven fiberglass fabric. Minimum density 24 oz./sq.yd.and rated to 250F. H.High temperature applications shall be NFPA 701 listed,Silicone coated satin weave fiberglass fabric.Minimum density 17.5 oz./sq.yd.and rated to 500 F. I.Chemical resistant applications shall be of Teflon coated woven fiberglass fabric.Minimum density 18 oz./sq.yd.and rated to 500 F. J.Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA (DCS)and as indicated. K.Flexible Duct Connections: Fabric crimped into metal edging strip. 2.07 VOLUME CONTROL DAMPERS A.Manufacturers: 1.MKT Metal Manufacturing Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Air Duct Accessories 23 33 00 - 4 2.Nailor Industries Inc 3.NCA,a brand of Metal Industries Inc 4.Ruskin Company: 5.United Enertech 6.Greenheck 7.Pottorff 8.Johnson Controls 9.Air Balance,Inc. 10.Or Approved Equal B.Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA (DCS)and as indicated. C.Round Control Damper -1 in w.g.and below: 1.Velocity:Up to 2,000 fpm 2.Temperature:180°F 3.Construction: a.Frame Material -Galvanized Steel b.Frame Thickness:20 gauge c.Blade Material:Galvanized Steel d.Axle Bearings:Bronze e.Axle Material:Plated Steel f.Operaror:3/8 inch sq.locking manual quandrant. 1)On insulated ducts,provide 2 inch standoff bracket g.Manufacturers: 1)Greenheck MBDR-50 2)Ruskin 3)Nailor D.Round Control Damper -4 in w.g.and below: 1.Velocity:Up to 3,000 fpm 2.Temperature:180°F 3.Leakage:4 cfm/ft2 @ 1 in.wg 4.Construction: a.Frame Material -Galvanized Steel b.Frame Thickness:20 gauge c.Blade Material:Galvanized Steel d.Blade seal:Silicone e.Axle Bearings:Bronze f.Axle Material:Plated Steel g.Operaror:3/8 inch sq.locking manual quandrant. 1)On insulated ducts,provide 2 inch standoff bracket 5.Manufacturers: a.Greenheck VCDR-53 b.Ruskin c.Nailor E.Rectangular Single Blade Dampers:1 in w.g.and below,up to 10 x 30 inch duct 1.Velocity:Up to 2,000 fpm 2.Temperature:180°F 3.Construction: a.Frame Material -Galvanized Steel b.Frame Thickness:20 gauge c.Blade Material:Galvanized Steel d.Axle Bearings:Synthetic sleeve type e.Axle Material:Plated Steel f.Operaror:3/8 inch sq.locking manual quandrant,2-1/2 inch long extension Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Air Duct Accessories 23 33 00 - 5 1)On insulated ducts,provide 2 inch standoff bracket 4.Manufacturers: a.Greenheck MBD-10M b.Ruskin c.Nailor F.Rectangular Multi-Blade Balancing Dampers:2 in w.g.and below 1.Pressure:Up to 4 in w.g. 2.Velocity:2,000 fpm 3.Temperature:180°F 4.Construction: a.Frame Material -Galvanized Steel b.Frame Thickness:16 gauge c.Blade Material:Galvanized Steel d.Blade Thickness:16 gauge e.Blade Type:3V f.Blade Operation:Opposed g.Axle Bearings:Synthetic sleeve type h.Axle Material:Plated Steel i.Operaror:1/2 inch locking manual quandrant,1-1/2 inch long standoff bracket j.Extension Pin:1/2 inch diagonal glass reinforced polymer extends 3-1/2 inch beyond frame 5.Manufacturers: a.Greenheck MBD-15 b.Ruskin c.Nailor G.Quadrants: 1.Provide locking,indicating quadrant regulators on single and multi-blade dampers. 2.On insulated ducts mount quadrant regulators on stand-off mounting brackets,bases,or adapters. 3.Where rod lengths exceed 30 inches provide regulator at both ends. 2.08 MISCELLANEOUS PRODUCTS A.Internal Strut End Plugs: Combination end-mounting and sealing plugs for metal conduit used as internal reinforcement struts for metal ducts;plug crimped inside conduit with outside gasketed washer seal. B.Duct Opening Closure Film: Mold-resistant,self-adhesive film to keep debris out of ducts during construction. 1.Thickness: 2 mils. 2.High tack water based adhesive. 3.UV stable light blue color. 4.Elongation Before Break: 325 percent,minimum. 5.Manufacturers: a.Carlisle HVAC Products;Dynair Duct Protection Film b.Surface Shields c.Trimaco d.Ductmate ProGuard e.Or Approved Equal PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A.Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions,NFPA 90A,and follow SMACNA (DCS).See Section 23 31 00 for duct construction and pressure class. B.Provide a pre-manufactured support at each diffuser to turn the flex duct into a 90°elbow. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Air Duct Accessories 23 33 00 - 6 C.Contractor shall identify balancing dampers above the ceiling by either spray painting them bright orange or hanging an orange flag from the damper handle.If hanging a flag in a return air plenum, material shall comply with fire and smoke spread ratings for plenum use. D.All fire dampers,smoke dampers,and combination fire/smoke dampers shall be installed with bottom edge 24"maximum above lay-in ceiling. E.All balancing dampers shall be installed maximum 30"above the lay-in ceiling. F.Provide duct access doors for inspection and cleaning before and after filters,coils,fans, automatic dampers,at fire dampers,combination fire and smoke dampers,and elsewhere as indicated.Provide minimum 12 by 12 inchsize for hand access, size for shoulder access,and as indicated. Provide 8 by 8 inchfor balancing dampers only. Review locations prior to fabrication. G.Provide duct test holes where indicated and required for testing and balancing purposes. H.The Contractor shall inspect and test all fire dampers,smoke dampers,and combination fire/smoke dampers in accordance with NFPA 80 in the presence of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. I.At fans and motorized equipment associated with ducts,provide flexible duct connections immediately adjacent to the equipment. J.At equipment supported by vibration isolators,provide flexible duct connections immediately adjacent to the equipment. 1.See Section 23 05 48. K.Provide balancing dampers at points on supply,return,and exhaust systems where branches are taken from larger ducts as required for air balancing.Install minimum two duct widths from duct take-off. L.Provide balancing dampers on duct take-off to diffusers,grilles,and registers,regardless of whether dampers are specified as part of the diffuser,grille,or register assembly. END OF SECTION 23 33 00 Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Pool Dehumidification Unit 23 84 16 - 1 SECTION 23 84 16 POOL DEHUMIDIFICATION UNIT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A.Furnish and install where indicated,factory-assembled,indoor swimming pool dehumidification system.System shall include compressor(s),evaporator coil(s),air side condenser reheat coil(s), exhaust and supply air fans,air mixing box,air control dampers,pool water condenser,heat section,moisture disposal,complete solid state logic control system,factory-installed and wired in a single unit enclosure. B.The unit shall be specifically designed,manufactured and tested for enclosed swimming pool duty. Field-assembled or modified,standard,commercial grade equipment is not acceptable.Complete unit shall be suitable for outdoor,weatherproof mounting. C.Manufacturer shall have a minimum of ten-plus years prior experience making similar equipment as described in this specification. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.AHRI Standard 910 (I-P)2014 -Performance Rating of Indoor Pool Dehumidifiers B.AHRI Standard 920 (I-P)2012 -Performance Rating of DX -Dedicated Outdoor Air System Units 1.03 INTENT A.It is the intent of this section of the specifications to provide a complete,operable,adjusted natatorium dehumidification system as shown and scheduled on the plans. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: Submit manufacturer's standard data sheets showing the following for each item of equipment,marked to correlate to equipment item markings indicated in the Contract Documents. B.Shop Drawings: Indicate assembly,unit dimensions,weight loading,required clearances, construction details,field connection details,and electrical characteristics and connection requirements. C.Control Panels: Complete description of options,control points,zones/groups. D.Capacities and ratings shall be at the conditions shown on the Drawings. E.Product Data: 1.Published Literature: Indicate dimensions,weights,capacities,ratings,gauges and finishes of materials,and electrical characteristics and connection requirements. 2.Filters: Data for filter media,filter performance data,filter assembly,and filter frames. 3.Fans: Performance and fan curves with specified operating point clearly plotted,power, RPM. 4.Sound Power Level Data: Fan outlet and casing radiation at rated capacity. 5.Electrical Requirements: Power supply wiring including wiring diagrams for interlock and control wiring,clearly indicating factory-installed and field-installed wiring. 1.05 COORDINATION A.The Mechanical Contractor shall be responsible for costs incurred by the General Contractor, Subcontractors,and Consulting Engineers to accommodate units furnished by a manufacturer other than manufacturer named as basis of design. B.If equipment is supplied by a manufacturer other than the one named,coordinate with the General Contractor and affected subcontractors to ensure the specified performance is met. This coordination shall include (but is not limited to)the following: 1.Structural supports for units. 2.Size and location of concrete bases/housekeeping pads 3.Location of roof curbs,unit supports and roof penetrations 4.Ductwork sizes and connection locations 5.Piping size and connection/header locations Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Pool Dehumidification Unit 23 84 16 - 2 6.Interference with existing or planned ductwork,piping and wiring 7.Electrical power requirements and wire/conduit and over current protection sizes. 8.Trap height requirements 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Manufacturer Qualifications: 1.Company that has been manufacturing variable refrigerant volume heat pump equipment for at least 5 years. 1.07 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A.Accept products on site in factory-fabricated protective containers,with factory-installed shipping skids and lifting lugs. Inspect for damage. B.Store in clean dry place and protect from weather and construction traffic. Handle carefully to avoid damage to components,enclosures,and finish. C.Do not operate units until ductwork is clean,filters are in place,bearings lubricated,and fan has been test run under observation. PART 2 PRODUCT 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A.Dectron B.Desert Aire C.Innovent D.PoolPak E.Seresco F.Or Approved Equal 2.02 PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION A.The unit shall control space temperature and relative humidity,pool water temperature and shall provide ventilation.Warm moist air from the natatorium is drawn over the evaporator coil by the return fan and latent and sensible heat is removed from the air.The heat captured by this process and the heat generated from the compressor power consumption are absorbed by a mechanical refrigeration system.The resulting dryer,cooler air is drawn is blown into a mixing box.The air from the mixing box is drawn over a reheat condenser coil and auxiliary heating coil by a supply fan. B.The unit shall include an automatic heating and cooling economizer control function in which the system logic determines what portion,if any,of the “leaving evaporator”air to exhaust from the mixing box and replace with an equal amount of outside air.The selected exhaust air quantity is that which will result in the least electrical consumption by the unit,based upon a comparison of outside air temperature and humidity,return air temperature and humidity and “leaving evaporator” air temperature and humidity. C.The refrigeration system may be activated if any of the following occur: 1.First priority is given to maintaining the natatorium space temperature.No supplementary space heating system external to the unit is required. 2.Second priority is given to maintaining the pool water temperature. 3.All heat is then transferred to a Remote Air-Cooled Condenser. 2.03 UNIT CASING A.All panels and structural steel members shall be constructed of G-90 galvanized steel,treated and painted prior to assembly to provide a chlorine and pool chemical resistant finish.The paint shall be TGIC polyester based powder coating,applied 0.003 inch (2-3 mils)thick,baked and bonded until it forms a hard vinyl textured surface. B.Structural frame shall be 3/16-inch steel channel base with 12-gauge steel cross bracing.Vertical support posts for removable panels shall be formed from 18-gauge galvanized steel and powder Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Pool Dehumidification Unit 23 84 16 - 3 coat painted.All nuts,bolts and lock washers in a corrosive atmosphere shall be corrosion protected. C.Panels shall be formed from 18-gauge galvanized steel.Access panels shall be secured by two or more tool operated latches.All side panels shall be insulated with minimum one-inch duct liner insulation secured to panels by adhesive and panel flanges.The insulation shall be approved for 350°F operating temperature.The fire resistance rating shall conform to NFPA Standard 90A and 90B.The thermal conductivity shall not exceed 0.29 BTU/hr/F/sq.ft/in at 75 degrees F.All seams shall be bolted and sealed to prevent leaks.The roof shall be gasketed and secured to the frame with Empigard-coated galvanized steel screws. D.Compressors,pool water condenser and controls,including solenoid valves,expansion valves and refrigerant sight glasses shall be located in compartments isolated from unit air stream to allow for ease of maintenance and to provide protection from the corrosive atmosphere. E.Double-Wall Panels shall be provided for the entire unit wall and roof structure.Insulation shall be rigid bonded duct liner,1”thick.Interior liner shall be 20-gauge G90 galvanized steel with baked epoxy powder coat finish,all sides. F.Hinged Access Doors shall be provided at the openings for compressor(s),air filters,electrical panel,blowers,motors,and drives.Doors shall be double-wall,insulated,mounted on stainless steel piano hinges,secured with two or more tool-operated latches and sealed against a rigid steel frame with hollow-bulb rubber gasket material.Hinged access doors are required on all outdoor installations.(Standard) 2.04 COMPRESSOR A.The dehumidifier shall utilize heavy-duty scroll compressors with a total of 3-stages with suction gas-cooled motors.Refrigerant shall be R-410A.Compressors shall be equipped with motor overload protection,large capacity oil sump with oil level sight glass and easily removable external crankcase heaters.Liquid refrigerant controls shall be incorporated for liquid migration protection. All components shall be located outside of airstream. B.Capacity control shall be microprocessor controlled by staging compressors,allowing reduced load starting and variable load operation.Capacity control through hot gas bypass is not permissible. 2.05 POOL WATER CONDENSER A.The internal pool water condenser shall be capable of rejecting 100%of the heat recovered from the compressor and the evaporator.Refer to the equipment schedule for required MBH capacity of the pool water condenser. B.Pool water condenser shall be counter-flow,tube-in-tube type.Waterside shall be Type L,cupro- nickel.For units located outdoors,the pool water condenser shall be equipped with self-regulating electric heat tape and insulation for freeze protection. C.Pool water heating is controlled by a refrigerant solenoid valve that directs hot refrigerant gas into the pool water condenser as a response from the control system.Water circuit shall be supplied with schedule 80 CPVC pipe stub-outs. D.Smart Pump Control.The pool water condenser supply pump will be off until a call for pool water heating is received.When the unit flow switch is closed,100%of the recovered heat is directed to the pool water condenser,heating the pool. 2.06 EVAPORATOR COIL A.Evaporator coil shall be of adequate face area and rows to remove the specified amount of moisture from the air stream.Refer to equipment schedule for required MBH of total evaporator coil capacity. B.Coil shall be Electro-Guard PlusTM corrosion resistant hydrophilic Electro coated fins.Coil shall have a flexible,epoxy polymer,E-coated in a total submersion bath,uniformly applied to all coil surface area without material bridging between fins.A spray on hydrophilic top coat shall be applied immediately after the coil emerged from the E-coat dip tank.Coating process shall ensure complete coil encapsulation and a uniform dry film thickness from 0.5-1.5 mil on all surface areas including fin edges,end plates,structural frames,“u”bends,headers and refrigerant expansion- Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Pool Dehumidification Unit 23 84 16 - 4 tube manifolds. Coating surface shall have superior hardness characteristics of 2H per ASTM D3363 and a cross-hatch adhesion of 4B-5B per ASTM B3359.Impact resistance shall be up to 100 in/lb per ASTM D2794.Humidity and water immersion resistance shall be up to a minimum 1000 and 250 hours respectively (ASTM D1735 and ASTM D870).Corrosion durability shall be confirmed through testing to no less than 3,000 hours salt spray per ASTM B117 using scribed aluminum test coupons.The coil shall maintain hydrophilic properties without degradation of the top coat for a minimum of 1000 hours per ASTM G85 Annex 4. C.All tubes shall be expanded into fin collars.All joints shall be brazed.The coil shall be tested to 500 PSIG while submerged in water.All brazing shall be done with nitrogen gas inside tubes to give clean internal surfaces.The coil shall be dried and sealed.Inside of tubes shall be commercially free of oxides and foreign matter. D.The coil shall be sectioned to provide proportional air-to-refrigerant latent and sensible heat removal capacity.This capacity modulation shall be accomplished by utilizing multiple thermal expansion valves (TXV)for the evaporator.Each TXV shall be equipped with a refrigerant flow control solenoid valve and refrigerant sight glass. 2.07 CONDENSER COIL (AIR REHEAT COIL) A.Condenser coil shall be capable of rejecting all heat (100%)recovered from the compressor and evaporator.Refer to equipment schedule for required MBH of reheat coil capacity. B.Coil shall be Electro-GuardTM corrosion resistance Electro coated fins.Coil shall have a flexible, epoxy polymer,E-coated in a total submersion bath,uniformly applied to all coil surface area without material bridging between fins.Coating process shall ensure complete coil encapsulation and a uniform dry film thickness from 0.5-1.5 mil on all surface areas including fin edges,end plates,structural frames,“u”bends and headers.Coating surface shall have superior hardness characteristics of 2H per ASTM D3363 and across-hatch adhesion of 4B-5B per ASTM B3359. Impact resistance shall be up to 100 in/lb per ASTM D2794.Humidity and water immersion resistance shall be up to a minimum 1000 and 250 hours respectively (ASTM D1735 and ASTM D870).Corrosion durability shall be confirmed through testing to no less than 3,000 hours salt spray per ASTM B117 using scribed aluminum test coupons. C.All tubes shall be expanded into fin collars.All joints shall be brazed.The coil shall be tested to 600 PSIG while submerged in water.All brazing shall be done with nitrogen gas inside tubes to give clean internal surfaces.The coil shall be dried and sealed.Inside of tubes shall be commercially free of oxides and foreign matter. 2.08 HEAT RECOVERY COILS A.The unit shall have heat recovery between the minimum exhaust and outdoor air streams per specifications 1.The heat recovery coils shall be sized for heat transfer between the two air streams 2.The heat recovery fluid circulating between coils shall be glycol.The module shall be a complete package and independent circuit that includes a circulating pump,fill valves and expansion tank B.Coils shall be fully dipped and coated with a polyester/enamel coating for maximum corrosion protection.Coating shall comply with ASTM B117/D1654 and ASTM D2126 for corrosion resistance against common acids,salt and gases C.Aluminum fin and copper tube joints mechanically bonded to assure high heat transfer D.Plate heat recovery that will add fan horsepower and therefore have a negative effect on energy saving are not acceptable.Strategies that use the main compressors to cool exhaust air to try and act as heat recovery cannot be used in place of full time heat recovery because the compressors will not be running in the coldest months requiring heat recovery the most. 2.09 HO A.Modulating (0-10V)auxiliary air heat control by means of a factory mounted and wired three-way control valve Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Pool Dehumidification Unit 23 84 16 - 5 B.Auxiliary air heating coil tubes,fins,headers,casing and end-plates shall be fully protected by a polyester/enamel coating for maximum corrosion protection.The protective coating shall comply with ASTM B117/D1654 and ASTM D2126 for corrosion resistance against common acids,salts and gases C.Coil casing and end-plates shall be made of galvanized steel D.Fin and tube joints shall be mechanically bonded to ensure high heat transfer E.Fins shall be made of aluminum F.Tubes shall be made of copper G.The maximum loop operating pressure shall not be less than 250 psig 2.10 RETURN AND OUTSIDE AIR FILTERS A.The evaporator and reheat condenser coil shall each be protected with a separate upstream air filter system.The filters shall be laminated polyester construction,replaceable type.The filters shall have a non-migrating tackifier encapsulated between the second and third laminates.They shall be totally non-toxic,non-allergenic and will not support the growth of bacteria and fungus. B.The filter shall be 2 inch thick,MERV 13 rated. 2.11 DAMPERS MOTORS SHALL BE WEATHER PROOF WITH GORETEX VENTS AND AUTO CLOSE- ON-POWER FAILURE. A.MIXING BOX 1.The mixing box shall be integral to the unit and physically located between the evaporator and reheat condenser coils.The mixing box shall be equipped with three dampers to control the amount of exhaust,outside and re-circulated air.The exhaust damper shall be downstream of the evaporator coil to allow full heat reclaim prior to the being exhausted.The reheat condenser coil shall be located downstream of the outside air intake to allow utilization of outside air when available or necessary.The damper motors shall have NEMA 2 housing with GoreTex vents and auto close on power failure and shall use a brushless DC motor. 2.12 DAMPERS A.Dampers shall be opposed blade,less than 1%leakage,neoprene tipped,anodized-aluminum air foil cross-section dampers.Each damper section shall be operated by a separate motor,factory mounted and wired into the unit control panel and be capable of modulating the dampers from 0- 100%. 2.13 FANS (BLOWERS) A.Unit shall be factory equipped with all required fans.The fans shall be sized per the airflow and external static pressure resulting in the horsepower shown on the equipment schedule.Fans shall be balanced to ensure room negative pressure in the natatorium per the scheduled conditions. These fans shall be multi-V-belt driven,double-inlet centrifugal-type with multi-blade wheels. Construction shall be galvanized steel,painted and baked with an epoxy coating providing a chlorine and pool chemistry resistant finish.The fans shall be dynamically and statically balanced and tested on the shafts.Fan bearings shall be grease-lubricated,self-aligning ball bearings selected for 200,000 hours average life. B.Fan shall be multi-V-belt driven,double-inlet centrifugal-type with multi-blade wheels.The blower scroll and housing shall be constructed of cold-rolled steel,coated with an electrostatically applied TGIC polyester paint on G90 galvanized steel.The wheel shall be dynamically and statically balanced and tested on the steel shafts.The fan bearings shall be grease lubricated,self-aligning ball bearings selected for 200,000 hours average life. 2.14 FAN (BLOWER)MOTORS A.Fan motor shall be NEMA premium efficiency,totally enclosed,fan-cooled TEFC,with Class F insulation,pre-lubricated ball bearings and mounted on an adjustable base.Motor efficiency shall comply with EPACT-92 requirements as a minimum.Motor to be U.L.listed.Fan motor shall be provided with a factory-mounted and wired motor/starter protector with an adjustable thermal overload and magnetic short circuit protection. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Pool Dehumidification Unit 23 84 16 - 6 2.15 SUPPLY AIR FAN A.Unit shall be equipped with an integral supply-air system.A supply-air fan capable of providing the specified amount of air shall be located in the unit as required.The fan shall operate continuously. B.Fans shall be a forward-curved (AF)dual-inlet (Standard)design. C.No fan isolation is required. 2.16 EXHAUST AIR FAN A.Unit shall be equipped with an integral return/exhaust air system.A return air fan capable of exhausting the specified amount of air shall be located in the return air plenum.This return fan will operate whenever the dehumidifier’s supply fan is activated. B.Fans shall be a forward-curved (FC)dual-inlet design. C.No fan isolation is required. 2.17 DRAIN PAN A.The floor of each airside section shall be constructed of galvanized steel and powder-coat painted with a protective coating providing a chlorine and pool chemistry resistant finish.The floor sections shall be fully insulated with closed cell foam.The floor sections under condensate producing coils shall be sloped toward the drains and piped to a common drain accessible from either side of the unit.All drain lines within the unit shall be insulated with a minimum 3/4-inch closed-cell foam with self-regulating electric heat tape for freeze protection. 2.18 REFRIGERATION CIRCUIT A.The system shall consist of two factory sealed refrigeration circuits for dehumidification and sensible cooling.No site refrigeration work shall be required B.Each refrigeration circuit shall have pressure transducers monitoring the refrigerant discharge (high)and suction (low)pressures.The refrigeration circuit shall be accessible for diagnostics, adjustment and servicing without the need for service manifold gauges C.All refrigeration circuits shall have refrigerant control valves,a liquid line filter-drier,a liquid and moisture indicator,an expansion valve,head pressure control feature and pump down feature D.All refrigeration circuits shall have an externally adjustable balanced port design mechanical thermostatic expansion valve E.The system shall have an externally adjustable balanced port design mechanical thermostatic expansion valve.The valve shall have a removable power head F.Tamper proof,hermetically sealed non-adjustable high and low pressure switches and refrigeration service valves shall be installed using Schrader type valves.Refrigeration service valves shall be located outside of the airstream G.The suction line shall be fully insulated with 0.500-inch closed cell insulation H.The maximum operating pressure for the glycol loop is 100 psi.The glycol loop temperature should not exceed 134 ºF. 2.19 FLUID COOLER A.Air-cooled air conditioning shall via a fluid cooler B.The system shall be equipped with an air conditioning mode where excess compressor heat is rejected to a remote outdoor air-cooled heat exchanger (aka Dry Cooler)via a single glycol fluid loop.No site refrigeration work shall be required.The system shall include a circulating pump and expansion tank.The packaged fluid cooled condenser and remote outdoor air-cooled heat exchanger shall both be capable of rejecting 100%of the compressor heat rejection with an air on temperature at summer design conditions C.The system shall be provided with a 24 VAC/2A signal to operate the remote outdoor fluid cooler control D.Each refrigeration circuit shall include refrigerant valves,a receiver with pressure relief valve set at 650 psig,a pressure control valve and a pressure differential valve,and two manual shutoff valves Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Pool Dehumidification Unit 23 84 16 - 7 to isolate the outdoor fluid cooler E.Coils shall be tested at 425 PSIG and mounted vertically for complete surface utilization.Coils shall be counter flow and have adequate capacity to dissipate the total heat rejection of the system at design conditions 2.20 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS A.Power Connection:The unit shall be equipped with a single factory-mounted power connection block.Unit shall have appropriately sized factory-mounted motor starter protectors,circuit breakers and a terminal block for single-point field connection of power wiring to the electrical compartment. The terminal blocks shall be suitable for copper conductors only.Electric heat and remote or “piggy-backed”ACC requires separate power feed. 2.21 FILTER STATUS INDICATOR A.Unit shall be equipped with sensors to detect when the pressure drop through the return air filters indicates the filters are dirty.When the pressure drop is greater than the preset limit (user programmable),a display on the controller panel will indicate percent filter life remaining. 2.22 RAIN HOODS AND LOUVERS (FOR OUTDOOR UNITS ONLY) A.Unit shall be equipped with a rain hood or louver and bird screen for both the outside air and exhaust air dampers. B.Rain hood shall be constructed so as not to reduce the face area of the dampers.Rain hood,bird screen construction and paint shall be the same as the dehumidifier casing.The rain hood and bird screen shall be shipped loose with the unit for field installation by installing contractor. 2.23 OPERATING AND SAFETY CONTROLS A.Each unit shall be provided with a complete operating and safety logic control system.The control system shall shut down the compressor in cases of high refrigerant pressure,low refrigerant pressure,and high motor temperature conditions.The complete unit (fans &compressors)shall be shut down to protect the motors if power line abnormalities occur. B.Operating and safety control system shall include all relays,motor controllers,sensors and switches necessary to operate complete unit. 2.24 MICROPROCESSOR CONTROLLER A.Controller shall be microprocessor based and functions/set points shall be programmable at the panel as follows: 1.Space Dry Bulb Temperature 2.Space Relative Humidity 3.Pool Water Temperature 4.Occupied/Unoccupied Schedule 5.Damper Positions B.The following readouts and annunciation lights shall be provided on the unit-mounted or remote- mounted,4-line,20-character,backlit LCD display: 1.Power On 2.Space Dry Bulb Temperature 3.Pool Water Temperature 4.Pool Water Flow 5.Wall Condensation Prevention Temperature 6.Outside Air Filter Air Pressure Drop 7.Outside Air Dry Bulb Temperature 8.Outside Air Relative Humidity 9.Supply Air Dry Bulb Temperature 10.Damper Position 11.Compressor Circuit Fault 12.Compressors Off 13.First Stage of Compressor On Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Pool Dehumidification Unit 23 84 16 - 8 14.Second Stage of Compressor On (if so equipped) 15.Third Stage of Compressor On (if so equipped) 16.Fourth stage of Compressor On (if so equipped) 17.Compressor Suction Pressure 18.Compressor Discharge Pressure 19.Compressor Suction Temperature and Liquid Temperature 20.Unit in Air Heating Mode 21.Unit in Dehumidifying Mode 22.Auxiliary Air Heating Coil On 23.Pool Water Heating On 24.Time of Day /Date /Day of Week 25.Supply Fan Current 26.Return Fan Current 27.Compressor Current C.Control panel shall be integral to the unit and located in a separate compartment isolated from airflow.Dry contacts shall be provided for alarm and fan interlock.Power block terminals shall be provided for different wire size connections.All wires shall be numbered or color-coded for ease of trouble-shooting.The compressor(s)shall be equipped with motor starter protectors for single- point power and have an anti-recycle timer to prevent short-cycling.The blower motors shall be equipped with motor starter protectors,including adjustable thermal overloads and magnetic short circuit protection. D.The memory of the microprocessor control panel shall have a fault code history log.This fault code history log shall record the last 50 fault codes in the order of their occurrence.Each fault code shall be recorded along with the date and time it occurred and the value of the critical system parameters at the time of the fault.This fault code history log shall be accessible at the unit controller display and at the standard Remote Interface Unit (RIU). E.The microprocessor control panel shall be capable of monitoring and logging the status of the Microprocessor Controller functions,readouts and setpoints for 72 hours.This data will reside in the controller’s non-volatile memory,and can downloaded via a removable USB flash drive. F.The controls shall continuously monitor the 3-phase power lines for abnormal conditions such as high voltage,low voltage,phase unbalance,phase reversal,and phase loss,even when regenerated voltage is present.The device consists of a solid-state voltage and phase-angle sensing circuit driving an electro-mechanical relay.A fault condition shall de-energize the relay; when the fault is corrected the device shall automatically reset.Fault conditions are logged and can be read from the display on the phase monitor. 2.25 CONTROL SENSORS A.The unit shall be provided with the following factory-mounted and wired control sensors: 1.Space Dry Bulb Temperature 2.Space Relative Humidity 3.Air-Leaving-Evaporator Dry Bulb Temperature 4.Air-Leaving-Evaporator Relative Humidity 5.Pool Water Temperature 6.Supply Air Dry Bulb Temperature (Except with furnace larger than 800 MBH) 7.Compressor Motor Current 8.Supply Fan Motor Current 9.Return Air Filter Pressure Drop 10.Outside Air Filter Pressure Drop 11.Return Fan Motor Current B.The unit shall be delivered with the following factory-supplied sensors to be installed in the field: 1.Outside Air Dry Bulb Temperature 2.Outside Air Relative Humidity 3.Wall Condensation Prevention Temperature Sensor Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Pool Dehumidification Unit 23 84 16 - 9 4.Pool Water Temperature Sensor for Smart Pump Option 5.Supply Air Dry Bulb Temperature (With furnace larger than 800 MBH) 2.26 BACNET/IP A.The dehumidifier control panel shall be capable of direct connection to a BACnet/IP-based Building Automation System.With proper connection to the Ethernet network,the dehumidifier shall appear as a native BACnet device. 2.27 REMOTE ACCESS PACKAGE (RAP),WEB-BASED INTERFACE A.The dehumidifier shall be remotely monitored and controlled.All setpoints and monitoring functions listed in the MICROPROCESSOR CONTROLLER paragraph shall be capable of being remotely controlled and monitored from the remote terminal and simultaneously at the dehumidifier control panel.Remote monitoring and control shall be accomplished with a microprocessor-based web server (by PoolPak International)located in the dehumidifier unit control panel.The dehumidifier shall be monitored and controlled from any workstation on the network using standard web browser software. B.Data Logging shall be accomplished via the self-contained microprocessor/file storage capability of the above RAP hardware.The web server shall be capable of storing data in a historical or circular data log. 2.28 ROOF CURB A.The roof curb shall be an "island"design,enclosing the entire bottom surface of the pool dehumidifier unit.It shall be a minimum 14-gauge galvanized steel construction,48-inches high, include a wood nailer,a counter flashing lip and 1/4-inch sponge-rubber gasketing on all mating surfaces.Intermediate supports shall be provided so that no unsupported dimension exceeds 10- feet.The curb shall be coated in a manner similar to the dehumidifier.The curb shall be provided with horizontal supply air and return air openings on both sides as indicated on the Drawings. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 FUNCTIONAL FACTORY TEST AND VERIFICATION A.The completed unit shall be completely tested for functionality in the factory before shipment. B.The functional test shall consist of an in-unit test of the controller,inputs,outputs,safeties and the basic sequence of operation.Also,part of the functional test will be verification of the operation of compressor(s),fan(s),associated electrical components and,if furnished,gas furnace controls and the valve actuators for coils.The functional test shall not be construed as a performance or capacity test. C.Each unit will have a record of the test documented with the unit serial number.Field testing of components or the sequence of operation is not a substitute for factory testing. D.A copy of the functional test report shall be maintained on file at the factory and can be furnished upon request. 3.02 INSTALLATION A.Comply with manufacturer's printed instructions except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified and where manufacturer's technical representative directs otherwise. B.Install unit where shown on drawings.Provide 3-feet clearance around sides and 4-feet around compressor compartment of unit for airflow and service.Provide a means for access to all sides of the unit. C.Contractor shall provide all glycol for the systems 3.03 START-UP,OWNER TRAINING &WARRANTY A.All units shall be thoroughly cleaned by the installing contractor in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions,prior to being placed into service. B.Start-up service shall be provided by the equipment manufacturer's authorized representative and shall include complete testing of all controls and unit operation.The agency responsible for start- up shall record the refrigeration system pressures and electrical operating data.Copies of this data Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Pool Dehumidification Unit 23 84 16 - 10 are to be supplied to the owner. C.A complete operating and maintenance manual,including wiring diagrams,start-up and operating sequence and material list shall be provided to the owner.The owner shall be provided with complete instruction of operating and maintenance procedures. D.Manufacturer shall provide owner with on-site training by factory-trained service personnel. Training shall cover the operation and maintenance requirements of this unit.This training session shall be held at time of factory start up.Training shall last at least eight (8)hours.Provide the Owner a video recording of the training session at the conclusion of the project. E.Manufacturer shall provide to the owner a web-based,instructional video program for use by field personnel. END OF SECTION 23 84 16 23 84 16 Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Electrical General Provisions 26 01 00 - 1 SECTION 26 01 00 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A.This Contractor shall provide all materials,equipment and labor necessary to install and set into operation the electrical equipment as shown on the Engineering Drawings and as contained herein. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.See the General and Supplementary General Conditions and Architectural Divisions. B.All work shall be in accordance with the North Carolina State Building Code,which includes the 2020 edition of the National Electrical Code. C.The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining all permits and shall notify inspection departments as work progresses. D.Wherever the words "Approved","Approval",and "Approved Equal"appear,it is intended that items other than the model numbers specified shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. E."Provide"as used herein shall mean that the Contractor responsible shall furnish and install said item or equipment.“Furnish"as used herein shall mean that the Contractor responsible shall acquire and make available said item or equipment and that installation shall be by others. "Install" as used herein shall mean that the Contractor responsible shall make installation of items or equipment furnished by others. F.All personnel under this Contractor’s supervision shall be qualified to perform those portions of the work assigned to them. Personnel (including project managers)deemed to be negative to the overall success of the project shall be removed from the project and replaced with qualified personnel who will be positive for the project. Upon written notification that particular personnel have been deemed negative to the overall success of the project,this Contractor shall immediately replace such particular personnel. The engineer shall be sole arbiter and any decision regarding fitness of this Contractor’s personnel for this project shall not be subject to appeal. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A.See General and Supplementary General Conditions and Division 1. B.Within ten (10)days after notification of the award of the Contract and written notice to begin work, the Contractor shall submit for approval to the Architect/Engineer a detailed list of equipment and material which he proposes to use. C.The Contractor shall provide an electronic pdf copy of the submittal data on the products,methods, etc.proposed for use on the project. The submittal shall contain complete submittal data on all products,methods,etc.proposed for use on the project. D.Each submittal shall bear the approval of the Contractor indicating that he has reviewed the data and found it to meet the requirements of the specifications as well as space limitations and other project conditions. The submittals shall be clearly identified showing project name,manufacturer's catalog number and all necessary performance and fabrication data. Detailed submittal data shall be provided when items are to be considered as substitution for specified items. Acceptance for approval shall be in writing from the Engineer. E.The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a set of accurately marked-up plans indicating all changes encountered during the construction. Final payment will be contingent on receipt of these as-built plans. F.The Contractor shall furnish an electronic copy of maintenance and operating instructions. G.The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a duplicate set of final electrical inspection certificates prior to final payment. 1.04 PRODUCT DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Electrical General Provisions 26 01 00 - 2 A.All material and equipment shall be delivered and unloaded by the Contractor within the project site as noted herein or as directed by the Owner. B.The Contractor shall protect all material and equipment from breakage,theft or weather damage. No material or equipment shall be stored on the ground. C.The material and equipment shall remain the property of the Contractor until the project has been completed and turned over to the Owner. D.Where equipment cannot be stored at the site due to exposure to the elements or lack of storage space ,the contractor shall store all equipment in a bonded warehouse until the time of installation. 1.05 WORK CONDITIONS AND COORDINATION A.The Contractor shall review the entire set of plans to establish points of connection and the extent of electrical work to be provided in his Contract. B.The contractor is responsible for reviewing the complete set of contract documents.Coordinate all phasing requirements with architectural drawings.Coordinate equipment locations and utility routing with all trades to ensure code compliance and constructibility. C.This Contractor shall be responsible for all electrical work and make final connections to equipment installed in his Contract. D.Pipe,conduit and duct chases required for installation of work shall be provided by the General Contractor unless otherwise noted. This Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating the location of all required chases. E.All work shall be coordinated with other trades. Cutting of new work and subsequent patching shall be approved by Architect/Engineer and shall be at the Contractor's expense with no extra cost to the Owner. 1.06 GUARANTEE A.See the General and Supplementary General Conditions. B.Where extended warranties or guarantees are available from the manufacturer,the Contractor shall prepare the necessary Contract Documents to validate these warranties as required by the manufacturer and present them to the Architect/Engineer. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIAL QUALITY A.Material and equipment shall be new,unless noted otherwise,of the highest grade and quality and free from defects or other imperfections. Material and equipment found defective shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. 2.02 EQUIPMENT LISTINGS A.All materials and equipment shall be third party listed by an agency accredited by the NCBCC and NC Department of Insurance (NC DOI).The list of accredited agencies may be obtained on NCDOI's web site. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A.If any part of this Contractor's work is dependent for its proper execution or for its subsequent efficiency or appearance on the character or conditions of contiguous work not executed by him, the Contractor shall examine and measure such contiguous work and report to the Architect or Engineer in writing any imperfection therein,or conditions that render it unsuitable for the reception of this work. Should the Contractor proceed without making such written report,he shall be held to have accepted such work and the existing conditions and he shall be responsible for any defects in this work consequent hereon and will not be relieved of the obligation of any guarantee because of any such imperfection or condition. B.After the designer pre-final inspection and confirmation that the final punch list items have been completed.The contractor shall schedule a final electrical inspection with the local inspections department. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Electrical General Provisions 26 01 00 - 3 3.02 INSTALLATION A.All work shall be performed in a manner indicating proficiency in the trade. B.All conduit,pipes,ducts,etc.,shall be either parallel to building walls or plumb where installed in a vertical position and shall be concealed when located in architecturally finished areas. C.Any cutting or patching required for installation of this Contractor's work shall be kept to a minimum. Written approval shall be required by the Architect/Engineer if cutting of primary structure is involved. D.All patching shall be done in such a manner as to restore the areas or surfaces to match existing finishes. E.The Contractor shall lay-out and install his work in advance of pouring concrete floors or walls. He shall furnish and install all sleeves or openings through poured masonry floors or walls above grade required for passage of all conduits,pipes or duct installed by him. The Contractor shall furnish and install all inserts and hangers required to support his equipment. F.The Contractor shall be responsible for removing all spray-on fireproofing overspray from all equipment,light fixtures,and all other materials provided as part of the electrical contract. 3.03 PERFORMANCE A.The Contractor shall perform all excavation and backfill operations necessary for installation of his work. B.Rock excavation shall be defined in the Supplementary General Conditions,Division 1 or Division 2. Unless specifically stated,neither rock excavation nor a unit price for rock excavation shall be required in the bid. 3.04 ERECTION A.All support steel,angles,channels,pipes or structural steel stands and anchoring devices that may be required to rigidly support or anchor material and equipment shall be provided by this Contractor. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.The Contractor shall conform to the requirements of Division 3 for concrete testing. B.The Contractor shall test his entire installation and shall furnish the labor and materials required for these tests. Tests shall be performed in accordance with the requirements of the particular section of the specifications and in accordance with the requirements of the State Ordinances and Codes, and the National Electrical Code. The Contractor shall notify the Architect or Engineer of his readiness for such test. A final inspection by the Electrical Inspector or Local Authority Having Jurisdiction is required,and an inspection certificate is required prior to authorization of final payment. C.Testing required for compliance with the Contract shall be stated in subsequent sections. D.All tests specified shall be completely documented indicating time of day,date,temperature and all other pertinent test information including the entity conducting the test. E.All required documentation of readings required by each test shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to,and as one of the prerequisites for,final acceptance of the project. 3.06 ADJUST AND CLEAN A.All equipment and installed materials shall be thoroughly clean and free of all dirt,oil,grit,grease, etc. B.Factory painted equipment shall not be repainted unless damaged areas exist. These areas shall be touched up with a material suitable for the intended service. In no event shall nameplates be painted. C.At a scheduled meeting,the Contractor shall instruct the Owner or the Owner's representative in the operation and maintenance of all equipment installed under his Contract (in the presence of the Engineer). Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Electrical General Provisions 26 01 00 - 4 3.07 MAINTENANCE AND OPERATING MANUAL A.The Contractor shall prepare an electronic submission of a manual describing the proper maintenance and system operation. This manual shall not consist of standard factory printed data intended for dimension or design purposes (although these may be included),but shall be prepared to describe this particular job. This manual shall include the following: B.Data on all equipment as listed on the fixture and equipment schedules on the plans.Also data on all systems that are applicable for the project. C.Warranties as required for each product. D.A check list for periodic maintenance of all equipment requiring maintenance.(i.e.,fire alarm system,security system,generator,battery backup system,etc.) E.Maintenance and spare parts data for all equipment. F.As-Built wiring for equipment containing field wired systems. G.The manuals shall be dated and signed by the Contractor when completed. H.The operating and maintenance manuals shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. When the manuals are considered complete by the Engineer,they will be turned over to the Owner for their permanent use. END OF SECTION 26 01 00 26 01 00 Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Electrical Demolition 26 05 05 - 1 SECTION 26 05 05 ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A.Electrical demolition. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A.Materials and equipment for patching and extending work. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A.Verify field measurements and circuiting arrangements are as indicated. B.Report discrepancies to Architect before disturbing existing installation. 3.02 PREPARATION A.Disconnect electrical systems in walls,floors,and ceilings to be removed. B.Coordinate utility service outages with utility company. C.Provide temporary wiring and connections to maintain existing systems in service during construction. When work must be performed on energized equipment or circuits,use personnel experienced in such operations. D.Existing Electrical Service: Maintain existing system in service until new system is complete and ready for service. Disable system only to make switchovers and connections. Minimize outage duration. 1.Obtain permission from Owner at least 48 hours before de-energizing system. E.Fire alarm system shall be maintained to all occupied portions of the building. 1.Notify Owner and Fire Marshall a least 48 hours before partially or completely disabling system. 2.If the Fire alarm system cannot be maintained in the occupied portion of the building contractor shall provide a fire watch in accordance with NFPA 72 and local authority requirements. 3.03 DEMOLITION AND EXTENSION OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL WORK A.Perform work for removal and disposal of equipment and materials containing toxic substances regulated under the Federal Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA)in accordance with applicable federal,state,and local regulations.Lamps are to be disposed of in accordance with NC G.S. 130A -310.60.Applicable equipment and materials include,but are not limited to: 1.PCB-containing electrical equipment,including transformers,capacitors,and switches. 2.PCB-and DEHP-containing lighting ballasts. 3.Mercury-containing lamps and tubes,including fluorescent lamps,high intensity discharge (HID),arc lamps,ultra-violet,high pressure sodium,mercury vapor,ignitron tubes,neon,and incandescent. B.Remove,relocate,and extend existing installations to accommodate new construction. C.Remove abandoned wiring to source of supply. D.Remove exposed abandoned conduit,including abandoned conduit above accessible ceiling finishes. Where conduit cannot be removed from floors or walls,cut conduit flush with walls and floors,and patch surfaces. E.Disconnect abandoned outlets and remove devices. Remove abandoned outlets if conduit servicing them is abandoned and removed. Provide blank cover for abandoned outlets that are not removed. F.Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during demolition and extension work. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Electrical Demolition 26 05 05 - 2 G.Maintain access to existing electrical installations that remain active. Modify installation or provide access panel as appropriate. H.Remove all devices from walls or ceilings shown to be removed on the Architectural drawings wether shown on the electrical demolition plans or not. I.Where existing downstream devices are to remain,extend existing branch circuit conduit and conductors to maintain service. 3.04 CLEANING AND REPAIR A.Clean and repair existing materials and equipment that remain or that are to be reused. END OF SECTION 26 05 05 Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Power Conductors and Cables 26 05 19 - 1 SECTION 26 05 19 POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A.Single conductor building wire. B.Wiring connectors. C.Electrical tape. D.Oxide inhibiting compound. E.Wire pulling lubricant. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ASTM B3 -Standard Specification for Soft or Annealed Copper Wire;2013 (Reapproved 2018). B.ASTM B8 -Standard Specification for Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors,Hard, Medium-Hard,or Soft;2011 (Reapproved 2017). C.ASTM B33 -Standard Specification for Tin-Coated Soft or Annealed Copper Wire for Electrical Purposes;2010,with Editorial Revision (2020). D.ASTM B787/B787M -Standard Specification for 19 Wire Combination Unilay-Stranded Copper Conductors for Subsequent Insulation;2004 (Reapproved 2020). E.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code;National Fire Protection Association,Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements;2020. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for conductors and cables,including detailed information on materials,construction,ratings,listings,and available sizes,configurations,and stranding. B.Field Quality Control Test Reports. C.Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by product testing agency.Include instructions for storage,handling,protection, examination,preparation,and installation of product. D.Project Record Documents: Record actual installed circuiting arrangements.Record actual routing of exterior below grade conduit and associated hand holes or man holes.. E.Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owner's use in maintenance of project. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Comply with requirements of NFPA 70. B.Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum five years documented experience. C.Product Listing Organization Qualifications: Third party agencies shall be amongst those accredited by the NCBCC (North Carolina Building Code Council)to label Electrical and Mechanical Equipment. 1.05 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A.Receive,inspect,handle,and store conductors and cables in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 1.06 FIELD CONDITIONS A.Do not install or otherwise handle thermoplastic-insulated conductors at temperatures lower than 14 degrees F,unless otherwise permitted by manufacturer's instructions.When installation below this temperature is unavoidable,notify Architect and obtain direction before proceeding with work. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONDUCTOR AND CABLE APPLICATIONS Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Power Conductors and Cables 26 05 19 - 2 A.Do not use conductors and cables for applications other than as permitted by NFPA 70 and product listing. B.Provide single conductor building wire installed in suitable raceway unless otherwise indicated, permitted,or required. C.Nonmetallic-sheathed cable is not permitted. 2.02 CONDUCTOR AND CABLE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A.Provide products that comply with requirements of NFPA 70. B.Provide products listed,classified,and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended. C.All conductors shall be labeled two feet on centers indicating size,type,voltage,rating,and manufacturer's name. D.Provide new conductors and cables manufactured not more than one year prior to installation. E.Unless specifically indicated to be excluded,provide all required conduit,boxes,wiring, connectors,etc.as required for a complete operating system. F.Comply with NEMA WC 70. G.Conductor Material: 1.Provide copper conductors only.Conductor sizes indicated are based on copper. 2.Copper Conductors: Soft drawn annealed,98 percent conductivity,uncoated copper conductors. H.Minimum Conductor Size:12 AWG. I.Conductors for branch circuits shall be sized to prevent a voltage drop exceeding three percent (3%)at the farthest outlet of power,heating and lighting loads,or any combination of such loads. The maximum total voltage drop on both feeders and branch circuits to the farthest outlet shall not exceed five percent (5%). 1.Where the branch circuit conductor length from the panel to the first outlet on a 277 volt circuit exceeds 125 feet,the branch circuit conductors from the panel to the first outlet shall not be smaller than #10 AWG. Increase the branch circuit conductor size an additional wire size for reach 125’of additional length of the entire circuit. The ground conductor size shall be increased proportionately to the increase in the phase conductors per 2020 NEC 250.122(B). 2.Where the conductor length from the panel to the first outlet on a 120 volt circuit exceeds 50 feet,the branch circuit conductors from the panel to the first outlet shall not be smaller than #10 AWG. Increase the branch circuit conductor size an additional wire size for reach 100’of additional length of the entire circuit. The ground conductor size shall be increased proportionately to the increase in the phase conductors per 2020 NEC 250.122(B). J.Conductor Color Coding: 1.Color code conductors as indicated unless otherwise required by the authority having jurisdiction. Maintain consistent color coding throughout project. 2.Color Coding Method: a.Conductors #10 AWG and smaller shall be factory color coded. b.Conductors #3 and larger shall be factory color coded on the entire length. 3.Color Code: a.480Y/277 V,3 Phase,4 Wire System: 1)Phase A: Brown. 2)Phase B: Orange. 3)Phase C: Yellow. 4)Neutral/Grounded: Gray. b.208Y/120 V,3 Phase,4 Wire System: 1)Phase A: Black. 2)Phase B: Red. 3)Phase C: Blue. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Power Conductors and Cables 26 05 19 - 3 4)Neutral/Grounded: White. c.Equipment Ground,All Systems: Green. 2.03 BUILDING WIRE A.Approved Manufacturers as listed below or approved equal: 1.Copper Building Wire: a.Triangle b.Okonite c.Houston Wire and Cable d.or approved equal B.Description: Single conductor insulated wire. C.Conductor Stranding: 1.Feeders and Branch Circuits: a.Size 10 AWG and Smaller: Solid. b.Size 8 AWG and Larger: Class B Stranded. D.Insulation Voltage Rating: 600 V. E.Insulation: 1.Copper Building Wire: Type THHN/THWN or XHHW-2. 2.Conductors routed on roofs or other exterior surface where raceway is exposed to direct sunlight shall be type XHHW-2 insulation. 2.04 WIRING CONNECTORS A.Description: Wiring connectors appropriate for the application,suitable for use with the conductors to be connected,and listed as complying with UL 486A-486B or UL 486C as applicable. B.Connectors for Grounding and Bonding: Comply with Section 26 05 26. C.Wiring Connectors for Splices and Taps: 1.Splices or taps shall not be allowed for feeder conductors unless specifically noted on plans. 2.Where a splice or tap for feeder conductors is noted on the plans,connectors shall be Blackburn insulated multi-tap or approved equal. 3.Splices in branch circuit conductors shall be allowed in accessible junction boxes,troughs,or gutters. a.Copper Conductors #10 AWG and smaller: Use twist-on insulated spring connectors. b.Copper Conductors #8 AWG and larger: Use mechanical connectors with gum rubber tape or friction tape.Solderless mechanical connectors with UL listed insulating covers may be used at contractor's option. 4.Use of split bolts is not allowed. 5."Sta-kon"or other permanent type crimp connectors shall not be used for branch circuit connections. D.Wiring Connectors for Terminations: 1.Provide terminal lugs for connecting conductors to equipment furnished with terminations designed for terminal lugs. 2.Provide compression adapters for connecting conductors to equipment furnished with mechanical lugs when only compression connectors are specified. 3.Where over-sized conductors are larger than the equipment terminations can accommodate, provide connectors suitable for reducing to appropriate size,but not less than required for the rating of the overcurrent protective device. E.Twist-on Insulated Spring Connectors: Rated 600 V,221 degrees F for standard applications and 302 degrees F for high temperature applications;pre-filled with sealant and listed as complying with UL 486D for damp and wet locations. 2.05 ACCESSORIES A.Electrical Tape: Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Power Conductors and Cables 26 05 19 - 4 1.Vinyl Color Coding Electrical Tape: Integrally colored to match color code indicated;listed as complying with UL 510;minimum thickness of 7 mil;resistant to abrasion,corrosion,and sunlight;suitable for continuous temperature environment up to 221 degrees F. a.Product: Okonite 2000 or approved equal. 2.Vinyl Insulating Electrical Tape: Complying with ASTM D3005 and listed as complying with UL 510;minimum thickness of 7 mil;resistant to abrasion,corrosion,and sunlight; conformable for application down to 0 degrees F and suitable for continuous temperature environment up to 221 degrees F. B.Wire Pulling Lubricant: Listed;suitable for use with the conductors or cables to be installed and suitable for use at the installation temperature. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A.Verify that interior of building has been protected from weather. B.Verify that work likely to damage wire and cable has been completed. C.Verify that raceways,boxes,and equipment enclosures are installed and are properly sized to accommodate conductors and cables in accordance with NFPA 70. D.Verify that field measurements are as indicated. E.Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work. 3.02 PREPARATION A.Clean raceways thoroughly to remove foreign materials before installing conductors and cables. 3.03 INSTALLATION A.Circuiting Requirements: 1.Circuit routing indicated is diagrammatic. 2.Maintain separation of Class 1,Class 2,and Class 3 remote-control,signaling,and power- limited circuits in accordance with NFPA 70. 3.Common Neutrals: Unless otherwise indicated,sharing of neutral/grounded conductors among up to three single phase branch circuits of different phases installed in the same raceway is not permitted. Provide dedicated neutral/grounded conductor for each individual branch circuit. 4.A dedicated green equipment grounding conductor shall be provided for all raceways containing branch circuit or feeder conductors.Equipment ground conductor shall be sized in accordance with the NEC. B.Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C.Install conductors and cable in a neat and workmanlike manner.Neatly train and lace wiring inside boxes,equipment,and panelboards. D.Installation in Raceway: 1.Tape ends of conductors and cables to prevent infiltration of moisture and other contaminants. 2.Pull all conductors and cables together into raceway at same time. 3.Do not damage conductors and cables or exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum pulling tension and sidewall pressure. 4.Use suitable wire pulling lubricant for conductors #4 AWG or larger,except when lubricant is not recommended by the manufacturer. E.Paralleled Conductors: Install conductors of the same length and terminate in the same manner. F.Secure and support conductors and cables in accordance with NFPA 70 using suitable supports and methods approved by the authority having jurisdiction. Provide independent support from building structure. Do not provide support from raceways,piping,ductwork,or other systems. G.Install conductors with a minimum of 12 inches of slack at each outlet. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Power Conductors and Cables 26 05 19 - 5 H.Neatly train conductors inside boxes,wireways,panelboards and other equipment enclosures. Condcutors shall not be laced or bundled to avoid overheating. I.Group or otherwise identify neutral/grounded conductors with associated ungrounded conductors inside enclosures in accordance with NFPA 70. J.Make wiring connections using specified wiring connectors. 1.Remove appropriate amount of conductor insulation for making connections without cutting, nicking or damaging conductors. 2.Do not remove conductor strands to facilitate insertion into connector. 3.Clean contact surfaces on conductors and connectors to suitable remove corrosion,oxides, and other contaminates.Do not use wire brush on plated connector surfaces. K.Insulate ends of spare conductors using vinyl insulating electrical tape. L.Unless specifically indicated to be excluded,provide final connections to all equipment and devices,including those furnished by others,as required for a complete operating system. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.All tests shall be completely documented indicating time of day,date,temperature and all pertinent test information.All required documentation shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to,and as a prerequisite for,final acceptance of the project.All test results shall be included in the Owner's operation and maintenance manual. B.Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS,Section 7.3.2. 1.Perform each of the following visual and electrical tests: a.Compare cable data with drawings and specifications to ensure compliance with contract documents. b.Inspect exposed sections of conductor and cable for physical damage and correct connection according to the single-line diagram. c.Test bolted connections for high resistance using one of the following: 1)A low-resistance ohmmeter. 2)Calibrated torque wrench. d.Inspect compression-applied connectors for correct cable match and indentation. e.Inspect for correct identification. f.Inspect cable jacket and condition. g.Continuity test on each conductor and cable. h.Uniform resistance of parallel conductors. C.Insulation resistance test is required for all feeder conductors prior to energizing feeders,sub- feeders,or service entrance conductors. 1.All current carrying feeder phase conductors and neutrals shall be tested as installed,and before connections are made,for insulation resistance and accidental grounds. This shall be done with a 500 volt insulation resistance tester. In the procedures listed below shall be followed: a.Minimum readings shall be one million (1,000,000)or more ohms for #6 AWG wire and smaller,250,000 ohms or more for #4 AWG wire or larger,between conducts and between conductor and the grounding conductor. b.After all fixtures,devices and equipment are installed and all connections completed to each panel,the Contractor shall disconnect the neutral feeder conductor from the neutral bar and take a insulation resistance reading between the neutral bar and the grounded enclosure. If this reading is less than 250,000 ohms,the Contractor shall disconnect the branch circuit neutral wires from this neutral bar. He shall then test each one separately to the panel and until the low readings are found. The Contractor shall correct troubles, reconnect and retest until at 250,000 ohms from the neutral bar to the grounded panel can be achieved with only the neutral feeder disconnected. c.The Contractor shall send a letter to the Engineer certifying that the above has been done and tabulating the insulation resistance readings for each panel. This shall be done at least four (4)days prior to final inspection. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Power Conductors and Cables 26 05 19 - 6 d.At final inspection,The Contractor shall furnish a insulation resistance tester and show the Engineer’s representatives that the panels comply with the above requirements. He shall also furnish a hook-on type ammeter and voltmeter to take current and voltage readings as directed by the representatives. e.Results of the test shall be made available to the engineer at the required pre- energization walk through. 2.Disconnect surge protective devices (SPDs)prior to performing any high potential testing. Replace SPDs damaged by performing high potential testing with SPDs connected. D.Correct deficiencies and replace damaged or defective conductors and cables and re-test as indicated above.Contractor shall submit new test results to the Engineer to demonstrate the deficiency has been corrected. END OF SECTION 26 05 19 Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems 26 05 26 - 1 SECTION 26 05 26 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A.Grounding and bonding requirements. B.Conductors for grounding and bonding. C.Connectors for grounding and bonding. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.IEEE 81 -IEEE Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity,Ground Impedance,and Earth Surface Potentials of a Grounding System;2012. B.NEMA GR 1 -Grounding Rod Electrodes and Grounding Rod Electrode Couplings;2022. C.NETA ATS -Standard For Acceptance Testing Specifications For Electrical Power Equipment And Systems;2021. D.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code;National Fire Protection Association,Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements;2020. E.UL 467 -Grounding and Bonding Equipment;Current Edition,Including All Revisions. 1.03 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A.Coordination: 1.Verify exact locations of underground metal water service pipe entrances to building. 2.Coordinate the work with other trades to provide steel reinforcement complying with specified requirements for concrete-encased electrode. 3.Notify Architect of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents.Obtain direction before proceeding with work. B.Sequencing: 1.Do not install ground rod electrodes until final backfill and compaction is complete. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for grounding and bonding system components. B.Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by product testing agency. Include instructions for storage,handling,protection,examination, preparation,and installation of product. C.Field quality control test reports. D.Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of grounding electrode system components and connections. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Comply with requirements of NFPA 70. B.Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. C.Product Listing Organization Qualifications: Third party agencies shall be amongst those accredited by the NCBCC (North Carolina Building Code Council)to label Electrical and Mechanical Equipment. 1.06 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A.Receive,inspect,handle,and store products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GROUNDING AND BONDING REQUIREMENTS Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems 26 05 26 - 2 A.Existing Work: Where existing grounding and bonding system components are indicated to be reused,they may be reused only where they are free from corrosion,integrity and continuity are verified,and where acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction. B.Do not use products for applications other than as permitted by NFPA 70 and product listing. C.Unless specifically indicated to be excluded,provide all required components,conductors, connectors,conduit,boxes,fittings,supports,accessories,etc.as necessary for a complete grounding and bonding system. D.Where conductor size is not indicated,size to comply with NFPA 70 but not less than applicable minimum size requirements specified. E.Bonding and Equipment Grounding: 1.Provide bonding for equipment grounding conductors,equipment ground busses,metallic equipment enclosures,metallic raceways and boxes,device grounding terminals,and other normally non-current-carrying conductive materials enclosing electrical conductors/equipment or likely to become energized as indicated and in accordance with NFPA 70. 2.Provide insulated equipment grounding conductor in each feeder and branch circuit raceway. Do not use raceways as sole equipment grounding conductor. 3.Where circuit conductor sizes are increased for voltage drop,increase size of equipment grounding conductor proportionally in accordance with NFPA 70. 4.Unless otherwise indicated,connect wiring device grounding terminal to branch circuit equipment grounding conductor and to outlet box with bonding jumper. 5.Terminate branch circuit equipment grounding conductors on solidly bonded equipment ground bus only.Do not terminate on neutral (grounded)or isolated/insulated ground bus. 6.Provide bonding jumper across expansion or expansion/deflection fittings provided to accommodate conduit movement. 7.Provide bonding for interior metal piping systems in accordance with NFPA 70.This includes, but is not limited to: a.Metal water piping where not already effectively bonded to metal underground water pipe used as grounding electrode. b.Metal gas piping. c.Metal process piping. 2.02 GROUNDING AND BONDING COMPONENTS A.General Requirements: 1.Provide products listed,classified,and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended. 2.Provide products listed and labeled as complying with UL 467 where applicable. B.Conductors for Grounding and Bonding,in Addition to Requirements of Section 26 05 26: 1.Use insulated copper conductors unless otherwise indicated. a.Exceptions: 1)Use bare copper conductors where installed underground in direct contact with earth. 2)Use bare copper conductors where directly encased in concrete (not in raceway). 2.Where insulated grounding conductors are used conductors shall be colored solid green. 3.Grounding electrode conductors #4 AWG and larger shall be installed in raceway. C.Connectors for Grounding and Bonding: 1.Description: Connectors appropriate for the application and suitable for the conductors and items to be connected;listed and labeled as complying with UL 467. 2.Unless otherwise indicated,use exothermic welded connections for underground,concealed and other inaccessible connections. 3.Unless otherwise indicated,use double crimp compression connectors or exothermic welded connections for accessible connections. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems 26 05 26 - 3 A.Verify that work likely to damage grounding and bonding system components has been completed. B.Verify that field measurements are as indicated. C.Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work. 3.02 INSTALLATION A.Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Install grounding and bonding system components in a neat and workmanlike manner. C.Boxes with concentric,eccentric or oversized knockouts shall be provided with bonding bushings and jumpers.The jumper shall be sized per NEC table 250-122 and lugged to the box. D.Make grounding and bonding connections using specified connectors. 1.Remove appropriate amount of conductor insulation for making connections without cutting, nicking or damaging conductors.Do not remove conductor strands to facilitate insertion into connector. 2.Remove nonconductive paint,enamel,or similar coating at threads,contact points,and contact surfaces. 3.Exothermic Welds: Make connections using molds and weld material suitable for the items to be connected in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 4.Compression Connectors: Secure connections using manufacturer's recommended tools and dies.Connectors must be UL listed for use with grounding electrode conductors. E.Identify grounding and bonding system components in accordance with Section 26 05 53. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS Section 7.13. 1.After installing grounding system but before permanent electrical circuits have been energized,test for compliance with requirements. 2.Verify that ground system was installed in accordance with the contract documents and NEC Article 250. 3.Inspect physical and mechanical condition.Verify tightness of accessible,bolted,electrical connections with a calibrated torque wrench according to manufacturer's written instructions. END OF SECTION 26 05 26 Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems 26 05 29 - 1 SECTION 26 05 29 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A.Support and attachment requirements and components for equipment,conduit,cable,boxes,and other electrical work. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A.Section 26 05 33.13 -Conduit for Electrical Systems: Additional support and attachment requirements for conduits. B.Section 26 05 33.16 - Boxes and Cabinets: Additional support and attachment requirements for boxes. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code;National Fire Protection Association,Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements;2020. 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A.Coordination: 1.Coordinate sizes and arrangement of supports and bases with the actual equipment and components to be installed. 2.Coordinate the work with other trades to provide additional framing and materials required for installation. 3.Coordinate compatibility of support and attachment components with mounting surfaces at the installed locations. 4.Coordinate the arrangement of supports with ductwork,piping,equipment and other potential conflicts installed under other sections or by others. 5.Notify Engineer of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents.Obtain direction before proceeding with work. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for channel (strut) framing systems,non-penetrating rooftop supports,and post-installed concrete and masonry anchors. B.Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by product testing agency. Include instructions for storage,handling,protection,examination, preparation,and installation of product. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Comply with NFPA 70. B.Product Listing Organization Qualifications: An organization recognized by OSHA as a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL)and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1.07 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A.Receive,inspect,handle,and store products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SUPPORT AND ATTACHMENT COMPONENTS A.General Requirements: 1.Provide all required hangers,supports,anchors,fasteners,fittings,accessories,and hardware as necessary for the complete installation of electrical work. 2.Provide products listed,classified,and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended,where applicable. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems 26 05 29 - 2 3.Where support and attachment component types and sizes are not indicated,select in accordance with manufacturer's application criteria as required for the load to be supported. Include consideration for vibration,equipment operation,and shock loads where applicable. 4.Do not use products for applications other than as permitted by NFPA 70 and product listing. B.Conduit and Cable Supports: Straps,clamps,etc.suitable for the conduit or cable to be supported. 1.Conduit Straps: One-hole or two-hole type;steel or malleable iron. 2.Conduit Clamps: Bolted type unless otherwise indicated. C.Anchors and Fasteners: 1.Concrete: Use preset concrete inserts,expansion anchors,or screw anchors. 2.Solid or Grout-Filled Masonry: Use expansion anchors or screw anchors. 3.Hollow Masonry: Use toggle bolts. 4.Hollow Stud Walls: Use toggle bolts. 5.Steel: Use beam clamps,machine bolts,or welded threaded studs. 6.Sheet Metal: Use sheet metal screws,bolts,or bolts. 7.Wood: Use wood screws. 8.Plastic and lead anchors are not permitted. 9.Powder-actuated fasteners are not permitted. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A.Verify that field measurements are as indicated. B.Verify that mounting surfaces are ready to receive support and attachment components. C.Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work. 3.02 INSTALLATION A.Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Perform work in accordance with NECA 1 (general workmanship). C.Provide independent support from building structure.Do not provide support from piping,ductwork, or other systems. D.Do not provide support from suspended ceiling support system or ceiling grid. E.Unless specifically indicated or approved by Architect,do not provide support from roof deck. F.Do not penetrate or otherwise notch or cut structural members without approval of Structural Engineer. G.Equipment Support and Attachment: 1.Securely fasten floor-mounted equipment.Do not install equipment such that it relies on its own weight for support. H.Conduits installed on the interior of exterior building walls shall be spaced off the wall surface a minimum of 1/4 inch using "clamp-backs"or strut. I.Remove temporary supports. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Inspect support and attachment components for damage and defects. B.Repair cuts and abrasions in galvanized finishes using zinc-rich paint recommended by manufacturer.Replace components that exhibit signs of corrosion. C.Correct deficiencies and replace damaged or defective support and attachment components. END OF SECTION 26 05 29 Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Conduit for Electrical Systems 26 05 33.13 - 1 SECTION 26 05 33.13 CONDUIT FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 4.01 SECTION INCLUDES A.Galvanized steel rigid metal conduit (RMC). B.Flexible metal conduit (FMC). C.Liquidtight flexible metal conduit (LFMC). D.Electrical metallic tubing (EMT). E.Conduit fittings. F.Accessories. 4.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.ANSI C80.1 -American National Standard for Electrical Rigid Steel Conduit (ERSC);2020. B.ANSI C80.3 -American National Standard for Electrical Metallic Tubing --Steel (EMT-S);2020. C.ANSI C80.6 -American National Standard for Electrical Intermediate Metal Conduit;2018. D.ASTM B633 -Standard Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and Steel; 2019. E.ASTM A153/A153M -Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip)on Iron and Steel Hardware;2016a. F.ASTM A123/A123M -Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized)Coatings on Iron and Steel Products;2017. G.NECA 101 -Standard for Installing Steel Conduits (Rigid,IMC,EMT);2020. H.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code;National Fire Protection Association,Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements;2020. 4.03 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A.Coordination: 1.Coordinate minimum sizes of conduits with the actual conductors to be installed,including adjustments for conductor sizes increased for voltage drop. 2.Coordinate the arrangement of conduits with structural members,ductwork,piping, equipment and other potential conflicts installed under other sections or by others. 3.Verify exact conduit termination locations required for boxes,enclosures,and equipment installed under other sections or by others. 4.Coordinate the work with other trades to provide roof penetrations that preserve the integrity of the roofing system and do not void the roof warranty. 5.Notify Architect of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents.Obtain direction before proceeding with work. B.Sequencing: 1.Do not begin installation of conductors and cables until installation of conduit is complete between outlet,junction and splicing points. 4.04 SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for conduits and fittings. B.Project Record Documents: Record actual routing for conduits installed underground exterior to the building envelope. 4.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Conduit shall be delivered to the project site in bundles of full length pipes,each length marked with the trademark of the manufacturer and the Underwriters'Laboratories,Inc.stamp. Each conduit length shall be straight,true and free from scales,blisters,burrs and other imperfections. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Conduit for Electrical Systems 26 05 33.13 - 2 1.Product Listing Organization Qualifications: Third party agencies shall be amongst those accredited by the NCBCC (North Carolina Building Code Council)to label Electrical and Mechanical Equipment. 4.06 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A.Receive,inspect,handle,and store conduit and fittings in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. PART 2 PRODUCTS 5.01 CONDUIT APPLICATIONS A.Do not use conduit and associated fittings for applications other than as permitted by NFPA 70 and product listing. B.Unless otherwise indicated and where not otherwise restricted,use the conduit types indicated for the specified applications. C.Embedded Within Concrete: 1.Within Slab on Grade: Not permitted. 2.Within Slab Above Ground: Not permitted. 3.Within Poured Concrete Walls Above Ground: Use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit, intermediate metal conduit (IMC),PVC-coated galvanized steel rigid metal conduit,rigid PVC conduit,or reinforced thermosetting resin conduit (RTRC). D.Outdoors: Apply raceways as indicated below unless otherwise noted 1.Above ground conduit: Rigid galvanized steel conduit with 90o rigid elbow below grade transition to PVC. 2.Roof:Rigid galvanized steel conduit supported on rubber blocks and unistrut frame.Conduit must be at least 3-1/2"above roof surface. 3.Feeders: PVC Type DB concrete encased 4.Branch circuits: Schedule 40 PVC direct buried 5.Telecommunications: Schedule 40 PVC concrete encased 6.Connections to vibrating equipment including transformers,generators,and other motor driven equipment: Liquid tight flexible metal conduit. 7.Boxes and enclosures above ground Nema Type 4 8.Where rigid polyvinyl (PVC)conduit is used for feeder conductors,transition to galvanized steel rigid metal conduit a minimum of three feet horizontally prior to emerging from underground. 9.Where rigid polyvinyl (PVC)conduitis used for branch circuits,use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit elbows for bends. E.Indoors: Finished spaces (not subject to physical damage) 1.Raceway shall be routed concealed in interior portions of furred spaces,ceilings,and cavities,unless other than concrete or solid plaster where possible. 2.Raceways 2 inch or less shall be allowed to be EMT conduit. 3.All raceways concealed in exterior walls shall be rigid galvanized steel conduit. 4.All raceways larger than 2 inch shall be rigid galvanized conduit. 5.Where surface mounted conduit is required in finished spaces,contractor shall utilize surface metal raceway wire mold. 6.Where there is a transition between RGS in a wall to EMT above ceiling,it shall be made at a junction box above accessible ceiling. 7.Interior,Damp or Wet Locations: Use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit. F.Stub Ups 1.All feeder stub ups shall transition below grade from PVC to rigid a minimum of 3 feet horizontally from stub up location. 2.All branch circuit stub ups,where exposed or in non-CMU walls,shall transition to rigid galvanized steel at 90 degree elbow. 3.Schedule 40 rigid polyvinyl (PVC)stub ups are only allowed where conduits come up in CMU walls or the bottom of floor mounted equipment. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Conduit for Electrical Systems 26 05 33.13 - 3 G.Unfinished spaces subject to damage (Electrical,Mechanical etc.) 1.All conduit in unfinished spaces shall rigid galvanized steel.Conduit is not considered subject to damage when installed at least 10 feet above finished floor or tight to structure. 2.Conduits are not required to transition to transition to rigid galvanized steel where they are routed down into panelboards or other wall mounted equipment. H.Exposed,Interior finished spaces: Use surface metal raceway as identified on the drawings. 1.Surface metal raceway shall be manufactured by Wiremold or approved equal. 2.A separate equipment ground conductor shall be run in the surface metal raceway. I.Connection to vibrating equipment shall be made with flexible metal conduit or liquid tight flexible metal conduit depending on the environment installed. J.Connections to Vibrating Equipment: 1.Dry Locations: Use flexible metal conduit. 2.Damp,Wet,or Corrosive Locations: Use liquidtight flexible metal conduit. 3.Maximum Length: 6 feet unless otherwise indicated. 4.Vibrating equipment includes,but is not limited to: a.Motors. 5.02 CONDUIT REQUIREMENTS A.Existing Work: Where existing conduits are indicated to be reused,they may be reused only where they comply with specified requirements,are free from corrosion,and integrity is verified by pulling a mandrel through them. B.Provide all conduit,fittings,supports,and accessories required for a complete raceway system. C.Provide products listed,classified,and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended. D.Minimum Conduit Size,Unless Otherwise Indicated: 1.Interior: 3/4 inch (21 mm)trade size. 2.Flexible Connections to Luminaires: 1/2 inch (13 mm)trade size. 3.Exterior: 1 inch (27 mm)trade size. 5.03 GALVANIZED STEEL RIGID METAL CONDUIT (RMC) A.Manufacturers: 1.Allied Tube &Conduit. 2.Republic Conduit. 3.Wheatland Tube Company. 4.or approved equal. B.Description: NFPA 70,Type RMC standard weight mild steel,hot dipped galvanized,sherardised or zinc-coated rigid metal conduit complying with ANSI C80.1 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 6. C.Fittings: 1.Manufacturers: a.Thomas &Betts Corporation. b.Rayco. c.Appleton. d.or approved equal. 2.Connectors and Couplings: Use steel compression fittings with insulated throats. 5.04 INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT (IMC) A.Description: NFPA 70,Type IMC galvanized steel intermediate metal conduit complying with ANSI C80.6 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 1242. B.Fittings: 1.Non-Hazardous Locations: Use fittings complying with NEMA FB 1 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 514B. 2.Material: Use steel or malleable iron. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Conduit for Electrical Systems 26 05 33.13 - 4 3.Connectors and Couplings: Use threaded type fittings only.Threadless set screw and compression (gland)type fittings are not permitted. 5.05 FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT AND LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT (FMC LFMC) A.Manufacturers: 1.Allied Tube &Conduit. 2.Republic Conduit. 3.Wheatland Tube Company. 4.or approved equal. B.Description: NFPA 70,Type FMC standard wall steel flexible metal conduit listed and labeled as complying with UL 1,and listed for use in classified firestop systems to be used. C.Description: NFPA 70,Type LFMC polyvinyl chloride (PVC)jacketed steel flexible metal conduit listed and labeled as complying with UL 360. D.Spiral strip construction shall allow the conduit to bend up to four times its internal radius. E.Fittings shall be compression type with insulated throats and listed for use with conduit specified. 5.06 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT) A.Manufacturers: 1.Allied Tube &Conduit. 2.Republic Conduit. 3.Wheatland Tube Company. 4.or approved equal. B.Description: NFPA 70,Type EMT cold-rolled steel electrical metallic tubing with zinc coating on the inside and protected on the inside by a zinc,enamel or equivalent corrosion-resistant coating complying with ANSI C80.3 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 797. C.Fittings: 1.Description: Fittings complying with NEMA FB 1 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 514B. 2.Material: Use steel or malleable iron. 3.Connectors and Couplings: Use hexagonal compression (gland)type. a.Do not use indenter type connectors and couplings. b.Do not use set-screw type connectors and couplings. 5.07 ACCESSORIES A.Corrosion Protection Tape: PVC-based,minimum thickness of 20 mil. B.Conduit Joint Compound: Corrosion-resistant,electrically conductive;suitable for use with the conduit to be installed. C.Solvent Cement for PVC Conduit and Fittings: As recommended by manufacturer of conduit and fittings to be installed. D.Pull Strings:Use nylon cord with average breaking strength of not less than 200 pound-force. PART 3 EXECUTION 6.01 EXAMINATION A.Verify that field measurements are as indicated. B.Verify that mounting surfaces are ready to receive conduits. C.Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work. 6.02 INSTALLATION A.Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Install conduit in a neat and workmanlike manner tight against walls,columns or ceilings. C.The conduit shall bend cold 90 degrees about a radius equal to ten (10)times its own diameter without signs of flaw or fracture in either pipe or protective coverings. All bends and offsets shall Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Conduit for Electrical Systems 26 05 33.13 - 5 be made on a forming tool to prevent the conduit or its coating from being damaged in the bending. D.Install galvanized steel rigid metal conduit (RMC)in accordance with NECA 101. E.Install intermediate metal conduit (IMC)in accordance with NECA 101. F.Conduit Routing: 1.Unless dimensioned,conduit routing indicated is diagrammatic. 2.Conceal all conduits unless specifically indicated to be exposed. 3.Conduits in the following areas may be exposed,unless otherwise indicated: a.Electrical rooms. b.Mechanical equipment rooms. 4.Arrange conduit to maintain maximum headroom,clearances,and access. 5.Arrange conduit to provide no more than the equivalent of four 90 degree bends between pull points. 6.Arrange conduit to provide no more than 100 feet between pull points. 7.In every instance,conduit shall be installed in such a manner that the conductors may readily and easily be drawn or pulled in without strain or damage to the insulation;and,also,so that defective conductors may be readily and easily withdrawn and replaced by new conductors. Long radius bends and a sufficient number of approved pull and junction boxes shall be approved for this purpose,and as may be directed by the Engineer. All conduit shall be securely supported and grounded. 8.Arrange conduit to prevent moisture traps.Provide drain fittings at low points and at sealing fittings where moisture may collect. 9.Where conduits join any couplings or threaded fittings,the ends shall be made watertight. 10.Maintain minimum clearance of 12 inches between conduits and hot surfaces.This includes, but is not limited to: G.Conduit Support: 1.Provide all required hangers,supports,anchors,fasteners,fittings,accessories,and hardware as necessary for the complete installation of electrical work. 2.Secure and support conduits in accordance with NFPA 70 and Section 26 05 29 using suitable supports and methods approved by the authority having jurisdiction. 3.Provide independent support from building structure.Do not provide support from piping, ductwork,or other systems. 4.Installation Above Suspended Ceilings: Do not provide support from ceiling support system. Do not provide support from ceiling grid or allow conduits to lay on ceiling tiles. 5.Use conduit strap to support single surface-mounted conduit. a.Use clamp back spacer with conduit strap for damp and wet locations to provide space between conduit and mounting surface. 6.Use metal channel (strut)with accessory conduit clamps to support multiple parallel surface- mounted conduits. 7.Use conduit clamp to support single conduit from beam clamp or threaded rod. 8.Use trapeze hangers assembled from threaded rods and metal channel (strut)with accessory conduit clamps to support multiple parallel suspended conduits. 9.Steel Components: Use corrosion resistant materials suitable for the environment where installed. a.Indoor Dry Locations: Use zinc-plated steel or approved equivalent unless otherwise indicated. b.Outdoor and Damp or Wet Indoor Locations: Use galvanized steel,stainless steel,or approved equivalent unless otherwise indicated. c.Zinc-Plated Steel: Electroplated in accordance with ASTM B633. d.Galvanized Steel: Hot-dip galvanized after fabrication in accordance with ASTM A123/A123M or ASTM A153/A153M. 10.Metal Channel (Strut)Framing Systems: Factory-fabricated continuous-slot metal channel (strut)and associated fittings,accessories,and hardware required for field-assembly of supports. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Conduit for Electrical Systems 26 05 33.13 - 6 a.Minimum Channel Thickness: Steel sheet,12 gage,0.1046 inch. b.Minimum Channel Dimensions: 1-5/8 inch width by 13/16 inch height. H.Connections and Terminations: 1.Use approved zinc-rich paint or conduit joint compound on field-cut threads of galvanized steel conduits prior to making connections. 2.Where two threaded conduits must be joined and neither can be rotated,use three-piece couplings or split couplings.Do not use running threads. 3.Use suitable adapters where required to transition from one type of conduit to another. 4.Terminate threaded conduits in boxes and enclosures using threaded hubs or double lock nuts for dry locations and raintight hubs for wet locations. 5.Provide insulating bushings or insulated throats at all conduit terminations to protect conductors. 6.Secure joints and connections to provide maximum mechanical strength and electrical continuity. 7.Condulet fittings shall not be used in lieu of pull boxes. I.Penetrations: 1.Do not penetrate or otherwise notch or cut structural members,including footings and grade beams. 2.Make penetrations perpendicular to surfaces unless otherwise indicated. 3.Where conduits penetrate waterproof membrane,seal as required to maintain integrity of membrane. a.All raceway penetrating exterior walls or other water proof membranes shall slope away from the building with a minimum slope of 4"over 100 feet. 4.Make penetrations for roof-mounted equipment within associated equipment openings and curbs where possible to minimize roofing system penetrations.Where penetrations are necessary,seal as required to preserve integrity of roofing system and maintain roof warranty. 5.Install firestopping to preserve fire resistance rating of partitions and other elements.Refer to penetration details on plans. 6.Where conduits cross building expansion joints or pass between areas with a temperature difference of 14 degrees C,provide expansion fittings on all raceway. J.Underground Installation: 1.Minimum Cover,Unless Otherwise Indicated or Required: a.Underground,Exterior: 24 inches. 2.Provide underground warning tape six to eight inches below finished grade directly above raceway.Tape shall be six inches wide with a minimum thickness of seven mil,non- distorting,colorfast,no-stretch,600 pound tensile strength per six inch width,ultraviolet light fast.Message must repeat within a maximum of 40 inches.Painted legend shall be indicative of the type of underground line. K.Concrete Encasement: Where conduits not otherwise embedded within concrete are indicated to be concrete-encased,provide concrete in accordance with Section 03 30 00 with minimum concrete cover of 3 inches on all sides unless otherwise indicated. L.Ductbanks containing conductors of 600 volts or more shall be concrete encased with red dyed concrete. M.Conduit Movement Provisions: Where conduits are subject to movement,provide expansion and expansion/deflection fittings to prevent damage to enclosed conductors or connected equipment. This includes,but is not limited to: 1.Where conduits cross structural joints intended for expansion,contraction,or deflection. 2.Where conduits are subject to earth movement by settlement or frost. N.Condensation Prevention: Where conduits cross barriers between areas of potential substantial temperature differential,provide sealing fitting or approved sealing compound at an accessible point near the penetration to prevent condensation.This includes,but is not limited to: 1.Where conduits pass from outdoors into conditioned interior spaces. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Conduit for Electrical Systems 26 05 33.13 - 7 2.Where conduits pass from unconditioned interior spaces into conditioned interior spaces. 3.Where conduits penetrate coolers or freezers. O.Provide 200 pound tensile strength pull string in all empty conduits and in conduits where conductors and cables are to be installed by others.Leave minimum slack of 12 inches at each end.All empty conduits shall terminate in a junction box. P.All ducts shall be sealed at terminations,using sealing compound and plugs,as required to withstand 15 psi minimum hydrostatic pressure. 6.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Repair cuts and abrasions in galvanized finishes using zinc-rich paint recommended by manufacturer.Replace components that exhibit signs of corrosion. B.Where coating of PVC-coated galvanized steel rigid metal conduit (RMC)contains cuts or abrasions,repair in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C.Correct deficiencies and replace damaged or defective conduits. 6.04 CLEANING A.Clean interior of conduits to remove moisture and foreign matter. 6.05 PROTECTION A.Immediately after installation of conduit,use suitable manufactured plugs to provide protection from entry of moisture and foreign material and do not remove until ready for installation of conductors. END OF SECTION 26 05 33.13 Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Boxes and Cabinets 26 05 33.16 - 1 SECTION 26 05 33.16 BOXES AND CABINETS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A.Outlet and device boxes up to 100 cubic inches,including those used as junction and pull boxes. B.Cabinets and enclosures,including junction and pull boxes larger than 100 cubic inches. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.NEMA 250 -Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum);2020. B.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code;National Fire Protection Association,Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements;2020. 1.03 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A.Coordination: 1.Coordinate the work with other trades to avoid placement of ductwork,piping,equipment,or other potential obstructions within the dedicated equipment spaces and working clearances for electrical equipment required by NFPA 70. 2.Coordinate arrangement of electrical equipment with the dimensions and clearance requirements of the actual equipment to be installed. 3.Coordinate minimum sizes of boxes with the actual installed arrangement of conductors, clamps,support fittings,and devices,calculated according to NFPA 70. 4.Coordinate minimum sizes of pull boxes with the actual installed arrangement of connected conduits,calculated according to NFPA 70. 5.Coordinate the placement of boxes with millwork,furniture,devices,equipment,etc.installed under other sections or by others. 6.Coordinate the work with other trades to preserve insulation integrity. 7.Coordinate the work with other trades to provide walls suitable for installation of flush- mounted boxes where indicated. 8.Notify Architect of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents.Obtain direction before proceeding with work. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for outlet and device boxes,junction and pull boxes,cabinets and enclosures,and floor boxes. B.Project Record Documents: Record actual locations for outlet and device boxes,cabinets and enclosures,and floor boxes. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Product Listing Organization Qualifications: Third party agencies shall be amongst those accredited by the NCBCC (North Carolina Building Code Council)to label Electrical and Mechanical Equipment. 1.06 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A.Receive,inspect,handle,and store products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 BOXES A.General Requirements: 1.The Electrical Contractor shall provide junction boxes,pull boxes,cable,support boxes,and wiring troughs as required by NEC and as otherwise indicated in the Drawings. 2.Do not use boxes and associated accessories for applications other than as permitted by NFPA 70 and product listing. 3.Provide all boxes,fittings,supports,and accessories required for a complete raceway system and to accommodate devices and equipment to be installed. 4.Provide products listed,classified,and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Boxes and Cabinets 26 05 33.16 - 2 5.Where box size is not indicated,size to comply with NFPA 70 but not less than applicable minimum size requirements specified. 6.Provide grounding terminals within boxes where equipment grounding conductors terminate. 7.Each outlet designated on the plans shall be provided with an outlet box. 8.In general,outlets shall be installed at the heights indicated. The Contractor shall examine the plans of and coordinate with all other trades to assure mounting heights are correct for the intended purpose. Assure that all mounting heights comply with the latest version of ADA. Outlets installed at incorrect heights shall be relocated to the correct elevation at the Contractor's expense. B.Outlet and Device Boxes Up to 100 cubic inches,Including Those Used as Junction and Pull Boxes: 1.Use sheet-steel boxes for dry locations unless otherwise indicated or required. 2.Use cast iron boxes or cast aluminum boxes for damp or wet locations unless otherwise indicated or required;furnish with compatible weatherproof gasketed covers. 3.Outlet boxes shall be 4"square,2 1/8"deep unless otherwise noted. 4.Use suitable concrete type boxes where flush-mounted in concrete. 5.Use suitable masonry type boxes where flush-mounted in masonry walls. 6.Do not use "through-wall"boxes designed for access from both sides of wall. 7.Sheet-Steel Boxes: Comply with NEMA OS 1,and list and label as complying with UL 514A. 8.Cast Metal Boxes: Comply with NEMA FB 1,and list and label as complying with UL 514A; furnish with threaded hubs. 9.Junction boxes larger than 4"square shall be galvanized and without pre-formed knockouts. 10.Boxes for Supporting Luminaires and Ceiling Fans: Listed as suitable for the type and weight of load to be supported;furnished with fixture stud to accommodate mounting of luminaire where required. 11.Boxes for Ganged Devices: Use multigang boxes of single-piece construction.Do not use field-connected gangable boxes. 12.Manufacturers Recessed: a.Steel City Electric Company b.Metropolitan c.B &C d.or approved equal. 13.Manufacturers Surface: a.Crouse-Hinds b.Appleton c.Rayco d.or approved equal. C.Cabinets and Enclosures,Including Junction and Pull Boxes Larger Than 100 cubic inches: 1.Comply with NEMA 250,and list and label as complying with UL 50 and UL 50E,or UL 508A. 2.NEMA 250 Environment Type,Unless Otherwise Indicated: 3.Junction and Pull Boxes Larger Than 100 cubic inches: a.Provide screw-cover or hinged-cover enclosures unless otherwise indicated. b.Boxes 12"square and Larger: Provide hinged-cover enclosures with quick access latches. 4.Cabinets and Hinged-Cover Enclosures,Other Than Junction and Pull Boxes: a.Provide lockable hinged covers,all locks keyed alike unless otherwise indicated. 5.Manufacturers Surface: a.Cooper. b.Hoffman. c.Hubbell Incorporated. d.or approved equal.. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Boxes and Cabinets 26 05 33.16 - 3 A.Verify that field measurements are as indicated. B.Verify that mounting surfaces are ready to receive boxes. C.Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work. 3.02 INSTALLATION A.Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Perform work in a neat and workmanlike manner. C.Arrange equipment to provide maximum clearances. D.Unless otherwise indicated,provide separate boxes for line voltage and low voltage systems. E.Flush-mount boxes in finished areas unless specifically indicated to be surface-mounted. F.Box Locations: 1.Locate boxes in accessible locations. 2.Locate boxes so that wall plates do not span different building finishes. 3.Locate boxes so that wall plates do not cross masonry joints. 4.Unless otherwise indicated,where multiple outlet boxes are installed at the same location at different mounting heights,install along a common vertical center line. 5.Do not install flush-mounted boxes on opposite sides of walls back-to-back.Provide minimum 6 inches horizontal separation unless otherwise indicated. 6.Fire Resistance Rated Walls: Install flush-mounted boxes such that the required fire resistance will not be reduced. G.Box Supports: 1.Secure and support boxes in accordance with NFPA 70 and Section 26 05 29 using suitable supports and methods approved by the authority having jurisdiction. H.Install boxes plumb and level. I.Flush-Mounted Boxes: 1.Install boxes in noncombustible materials such as concrete,tile,gypsum,plaster,etc.so that front edge of box or associated raised cover is not set back from finished surface more than 1/4 inch or does not project beyond finished surface. 2.Install boxes in combustible materials such as wood so that front edge of box or associated raised cover is flush with finished surface. 3.Repair rough openings around boxes in noncombustible materials such as concrete,tile, gypsum,plaster,etc.so that there are no gaps or open spaces greater than 1/8 inch at the edge of the box. J.Install boxes as required to preserve insulation integrity. K.Boxes in damp or wet locations shall be provided with gaskets and covers. L.Install permanent barrier between ganged wiring devices when voltage difference between adjacent devices exceeds 300 V. M.Close unused box openings. N.Install blank wall plates on junction boxes and on outlet boxes with no devices or equipment installed or designated for future use. 3.03 CLEANING A.Clean interior of boxes to remove dirt,debris,plaster and other foreign material. 3.04 PROTECTION A.Immediately after installation,protect boxes from entry of moisture and foreign material until ready for installation of conductors. END OF SECTION 26 05 33.16 Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Identification for Electrical Systems 26 05 53 - 1 SECTION 26 05 53 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 4.01 SECTION INCLUDES A.Electrical identification requirements. B.Identification nameplates and labels. C.Wire and cable markers. D.Underground warning tape. E.Warning signs and labels. 4.02 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A.Coordination: 1.Verify final designations for equipment,systems,and components to be identified prior to fabrication of identification products. B.Sequencing: 1.Do not conceal items to be identified,in locations such as above suspended ceilings,until identification products have been installed. 2.Do not install identification products until final surface finishes and painting are complete. 4.03 SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for each product. B.Shop Drawings: Provide schedule of items to be identified indicating proposed designations, materials,legends,and formats. 4.04 FIELD CONDITIONS A.Do not install adhesive products when ambient temperature is lower than recommended by manufacturer. PART 2 PRODUCTS 5.01 IDENTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS A.Identification for Equipment: 1.Use identification nameplate to identify each piece of electrical distribution and control equipment and associated sections,compartments,and components. a.Panelboards: 1)Identify ampere rating. 2)Identify voltage and phase. 3)Identify power source and circuit number.Include location. 4)Use typewritten circuit directory to identify load(s)served. b.Enclosed switches,circuit breakers,and motor controllers: 1)Identify voltage and phase. 2)Identify power source and circuit number.Include location. 3)Identify load(s)served.Include location. c.Enclosed Contactors: 1)Identify ampere rating. 2)Identify voltage and phase. 3)Identify coil voltage. 4)Identify load(s)and associated circuits controlled.Include location. 2.Use identification nameplate to identify disconnect location for equipment with remote disconnecting means. B.Identification for Conductors and Cables: 1.Color Coding for Power Conductors 600 V and Less: Comply with Section 26 05 19. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Identification for Electrical Systems 26 05 53 - 2 2.Use underground warning tape to identify power and communication feeders and branch circuits exterior to the building. C.Identification for Boxes: 1.Use color coded boxes to identify specified systems. a.Color-Coded Boxes: Field-painted per the same color coding as identified in this section for the system contained within. b.Fire alarm junction boxes shall be painted on all sides including the box cover. 2.For boxes concealed above accessible ceilings or exposed in mechanical or electrical rooms use neatly handwritten text using indelible marker to identify circuits enclosed. 3.For exposed boxes in public areas,use only type written labels. D.Identification for Devices: 1.Wiring Device and Wallplate Finishes: Comply with Section 26 27 26. 2.Use identification label to identify fire alarm system devices. 3.For devices concealed above suspended ceilings,provide additional identification on ceiling tile below device location. 4.Use identification label to identify receptacles protected by upstream GFI protection,where permitted. E.Color Coding 1.Phenolic Nameplates and associated conduit and boxes shall be identified with the following color scheme.Note:For existing buildings the contractor shall field verify the existing building standard and revise the color scheme to match the existing field conditions.Failure to match existing conditions will result in the contractor correcting the mislabeled equipment at his expense. a.Blue surface white core -120/208V equipment. b.Black surface white core -277/480V equipment. c.Bright red surface white core -fire alarm equipment. d.Dark red (burgundy)surface white core -security equipment. e.Green surface white core -emergency systems. f.Orange surface white core -telephone systems. g.Brown surface white core -data systems. h.White surface black core -paging systems. i.Purple surface white core -TV systems. 5.02 IDENTIFICATION NAMEPLATES AND LABELS A.Identification Nameplates: 1.Materials: a.Indoor Clean,Dry Locations: Use plastic nameplates. b.Outdoor Locations: Use plastic nameplates suitable for exterior use. 2.Plastic Nameplates: Two-layer or three-layer laminated electrically non-conductive phenolic with beveled edges;minimum thickness of 1/16 inch;engraved text. 3.Mounting Holes for Mechanical Fasteners: Two,centered on sides for sizes up to 1 inch high;Four,located at corners for larger sizes. 4.Nameplates shall be secured with self tapping stainless steel screws;if screws have sharp ends they shall be protected,otherwise rivets shall be used. B.Identification Labels: 1.Materials: Use self-adhesive laminated plastic labels;UV,chemical,water,heat,and abrasion resistant. a.Use only for indoor locations. 2.Text: Use factory pre-printed or machine-printed text.Do not use handwritten text. C.Format for Equipment Identification: 1.Minimum Size: 1 inch by 2.5 inches. 2.Text:All capitalized unless otherwise indicated. 3.Minimum Text Height: Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Identification for Electrical Systems 26 05 53 - 3 a.Equipment Designation: 1/2 inch. b.Exception: Provide minimum text height of 1 inch for equipment located more than 10 feet above floor or working platform. D.Wiring device circuit labels. 1.All wiring devices (receptacles and switches)shall be labeled with the circuit serving the device.Label shall be a typed adhesive label affixed to the front of the wiring device face plate.Label shall have black text on clear background. 5.03 WARNING SIGNS AND LABELS A.Comply with ANSI Z535.2 or ANSI Z535.4 as applicable. B.Warning Signs: 1.Materials: a.Indoor Dry,Clean Locations: Use factory pre-printed rigid plastic or self-adhesive vinyl signs. b.Outdoor Locations: Use factory pre-printed rigid aluminum signs. 2.Rigid Signs: Provide four mounting holes at corners for mechanical fasteners. C.Warning Labels: 1.Materials: Use factory pre-printed or machine-printed self-adhesive polyester or self- adhesive vinyl labels;UV,chemical,water,heat,and abrasion resistant;produced using materials recognized to UL 969. 2.Machine-Printed Labels: Use thermal transfer process printing machines and accessories recommended by label manufacturer. PART 3 EXECUTION 6.01 PREPARATION A.Clean surfaces to receive adhesive products according to manufacturer's instructions. 6.02 INSTALLATION A.Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Install identification products to be plainly visible for examination,adjustment,servicing,and maintenance. C.Install identification products centered,level,and parallel with lines of item being identified. D.Secure nameplates to exterior surfaces of enclosures using stainless steel screws. E.Install self-adhesive labels and markers to achieve maximum adhesion,with no bubbles or wrinkles and edges properly sealed. F.Secure rigid signs using stainless steel screws. G.Mark all handwritten text,where permitted,to be neat and legible. 6.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Replace self-adhesive labels and markers that exhibit bubbles,wrinkles,curling or other signs of improper adhesion. END OF SECTION 26 05 53 Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Wiring Devices 26 27 26 - 1 SECTION 26 27 26 WIRING DEVICES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A.Receptacles. B.Wall plates. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.UL 20 -General-Use Snap Switches;Current Edition,Including All Revisions. B.UL 498 -Attachment Plugs and Receptacles;Current Edition,Including All Revisions. C.UL 514D -Cover Plates for Flush-Mounted Wiring Devices;Current Edition,Including All Revisions. D.UL 1472 -Solid-State Dimming Controls;Current Edition,Including All Revisions. E.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code;National Fire Protection Association,Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements;2020. 1.03 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A.Coordination: 1.Coordinate the placement of outlet boxes with millwork,furniture,equipment,etc.installed under other sections or by others. 2.Coordinate wiring device ratings and configurations with the electrical requirements of actual equipment to be installed. 3.Coordinate the placement of outlet boxes for wall switches with actual installed door swings. 4.Coordinate the installation and preparation of uneven surfaces,such as split face block,to provide suitable surface for installation of wiring devices. 5.Coordinate the core drilling of holes for poke-through assemblies with the work covered under other sections. 6.Notify Architect of any conflicts or deviations from Contract Documents to obtain direction prior to proceeding with work. B.Sequencing: 1.Do not install wiring devices until final surface finishes and painting are complete. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: Provide manufacturer's catalog information showing dimensions,colors,and configurations. B.Field Quality Control Test Reports. C.Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by product testing agency.Include instructions for storage,handling,protection, examination,preparation,and installation of product. D.Operation and Maintenance Data: 1.GFCI Receptacles: Include information on status indicators. E.Project Record Documents: Record actual installed locations of wiring devices. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Comply with requirements of NFPA 70. B.Maintain at the project site a copy of each referenced document that prescribes execution requirements. C.Products: Listed,classified,and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended. D.Product Listing Organization Qualifications: Third party agencies shall be amongst those accredited by the NCBCC (North Carolina Building Code Council)to label Electrical and Mechanical Equipment. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Wiring Devices 26 27 26 - 2 1.06 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND PROTECTION A.Store in a clean,dry space in original manufacturer's packaging until ready for installation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 WIRING DEVICE APPLICATIONS A.Provide wiring devices suitable for intended use and with ratings adequate for load served. B.For single receptacles installed on an individual branch circuit,provide receptacle with ampere rating not less than that of the branch circuit. C.Provide weather resistant GFCI receptacles with specified weatherproof covers for receptacles installed outdoors or in damp or wet locations. D.Unless noted otherwise,do not use combination switch/receptacle devices. 2.02 WIRING DEVICE FINISHES A.Provide wiring device finishes as described below unless otherwise indicated. B.Wiring Devices,Unless Otherwise Indicated: Match existingwithstainless steelwall plate. C.Wiring Devices Installed in Unfinished Spaces: MAtch existingwithgalvanized steelwall plate. 2.03 RECEPTACLES A.Manufacturers: 1.Hubbell Incorporated: www.hubbell.com/#sle. 2.Leviton Manufacturing Company,Inc. 3.Pass &Seymour,a brand of Legrand North America,Inc. 4.Approved equal. 5.Source Limitations: Where wall controls are furnished as part of lighting control system, provide accessory matching receptacles and wallplates by the same manufacturer in locations indicated. B.Receptacles -General Requirements: Self-grounding,complying with NEMA WD 1 and NEMA WD 6,and listed as complying with UL 498and where applicable FS W-C-596;types as indicated on the drawings. 1.Wiring Provisions: Terminal screws for side wiring or screw actuated binding clamp for back wiring with separate ground terminal screw. 2.NEMA configurations specified are according to NEMA WD 6. C.Convenience Receptacles: 1.Standard Convenience Receptacles: Industrial Heavy Duty Grade,20A,125V,NEMA 5-20R; single or duplex as indicated on the drawings. D.GFCI Receptacles: 1.GFCI Receptacles -General Requirements: Self-testing,with feed-through protection and light to indicate ground fault tripped condition and loss of protection;listed as complying with UL 943,class A. a.Provide test and reset buttons of same color as device. 2.Standard GFCI Receptacles: Extra Heavy Duty Grade,duplex,20A,125V,NEMA 5-20R, rectangular decorator style. 3.Weather Resistant GFCI Receptacles: Commercial specification grade,duplex,20A,125V, NEMA 5-20R,rectangular decorator style,listed and labeled as weather resistant type complying with UL 498 Supplement SE suitable for installation in damp or wet locations. 2.04 WALL PLATES A.Manufacturers: 1.Hubbell Incorporated. 2.Leviton Manufacturing Company,Inc. 3.Pass &Seymour,a brand of Legrand North America,Inc. 4.Source Limitations: Where wall controls are furnished as part of lighting control system, provide accessory matching receptacles and wallplates by the same manufacturer in Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Wiring Devices 26 27 26 - 3 locations indicated. B.Wall Plates: Comply with UL 514D. 1.Configuration: One piece cover as required for quantity and types of corresponding wiring devices. 2.Size: Semi-Jumbo;Midi Size. 3.Screws: Metal with slotted heads finished to match wall plate finish. C.Stainless Steel Wall Plates: Brushed satin finish,Type 302 stainless steel. D.Galvanized Steel Wall Plates: Rounded corners and edges,with corrosion resistant screws. E.Weatherproof Covers for Wet and Damp Locations: Gasketed,thermoplastic,with self-closing hinged cover and corrosion-resistant screws;listed as suitable for use in wet locations with cover closed.Covers must be weatherproof while in use. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A.Verify that field measurements are as indicated. B.Verify that outlet boxes are installed in proper locations and at proper mounting heights and are properly sized to accommodate devices and conductors in accordance with NFPA 70. C.Verify that wall openings are neatly cut and will be completely covered by wall plates. D.Verify that final surface finishes are complete,including painting. E.Verify that branch circuit wiring installation is completed,tested,and ready for connection to wiring devices. F.Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work. 3.02 PREPARATION A.Provide extension rings to bring outlet boxes flush with finished surface. B.Clean dirt,debris,plaster,and other foreign materials from outlet boxes. 3.03 INSTALLATION A.Perform work in a neat and workmanlike manner. B.Coordinate locations of outlet boxes provided under Section 26 05 33.16 as required for installation of wiring devices provided under this section. 1.Orient outlet boxes for vertical installation of wiring devices unless otherwise indicated. 2.Where multiple receptaclesare installed at the same location and at the same mounting height,gang devices together under a common wall plate. C.Install wiring devices in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. D.Install permanent barrier between ganged wiring devices when voltage between adjacent devices exceeds 300 V. E.Where required,connect wiring devices using pigtails not less than 6 inches long.Do not connect more than one conductor to wiring device terminals. F.Connect wiring devices by wrapping conductor clockwise 3/4 turn around screw terminal and tightening to proper torque specified by the manufacturer.Where present,do not use push-in pressure terminals that do not rely on screw-actuated binding. G.Unless otherwise indicated,connect wiring device grounding terminal to branch circuit equipment grounding conductor and to outlet box with bonding jumper. H.Provide GFCI receptacles with integral GFCI protection at each location indicated.Do not use feed-through wiring to protect downstream devices. I.Install wiring devices plumb and level with mounting yoke held rigidly in place. J.Install wall switches with OFF position down. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Wiring Devices 26 27 26 - 4 K.Install vertically mounted receptacles with grounding pole on top and horizontally mounted receptacles with grounding pole on left. L.Where receptacles are indicated to be mounted above counters they shall be mounted horizontally. M.Install wall plates to fit completely flush to wall with no gaps and rough opening completely covered without strain on wall plate.Repair or reinstall improperly installed outlet boxes or improperly sized rough openings. N.Install blank wall plates on junction boxes and on outlet boxes with no wiring devices installed or designated for future use. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Inspect each wiring device for damage and defects. B.Test each receptacle to verify operation and proper polarity. C.Test each GFCI receptacle for proper tripping operation according to manufacturer's instructions. D.Correct wiring deficiencies and replace damaged or defective wiring devices. 3.05 ADJUSTING A.Adjust devices and wall plates to be flush and level. 3.06 CLEANING A.Clean exposed surfaces to remove dirt,paint,or other foreign material and restore to match original factory finish. END OF SECTION 26 27 26 Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Fuses 26 28 13 - 1 SECTION 26 28 13 FUSES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A.Fuses. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code;National Fire Protection Association,Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements;2020. B.UL 248-4 -Low-Voltage Fuses -Part 4:Class CC Fuses;Current Edition,Including All Revisions. C.UL 248-8 -Low-Voltage Fuses -Part 8:Class J Fuses;Current Edition,Including All Revisions. D.UL 248-10 -Low-Voltage Fuses -Part 10:Class L Fuses;Current Edition,Including All Revisions. E.UL 248-12 -Low-Voltage Fuses -Part 12:Class R Fuses;Current Edition,Including All Revisions. F.UL 248-15 -Low-Voltage Fuses -Part 15:Class T Fuses;Current Edition,Including All Revisions. 1.03 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A.Coordination: 1.Coordinate fuse clips furnished in equipment provided under other sections for compatibility with indicated fuses. 2.Coordinate fuse requirements according to manufacturer's recommendations and nameplate data for actual equipment to be installed. 3.Notify Architect of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents.Obtain direction before proceeding with work. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard data sheets including voltage and current ratings, interrupting ratings,time-current curves,and current limitation curves. 1.Spare Fuse Cabinet: Include dimensions. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Comply with requirements of NFPA 70. B.Product Listing Organization Qualifications: Third party agencies shall be amongst those accredited by the NCBCC (North Carolina Building Code Council)to label Electrical and Mechanical Equipment. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A.Bussmann,a division of Eaton Corporation. B.Littelfuse,Inc. C.Mersen. D.Approved equal. 2.02 FUSES A.Provide products listed,classified,and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended. B.Unless specifically indicated to be excluded,provide fuses for all fusible equipment as required for a complete operating system. C.Provide fuses of the same type,rating,and manufacturer within the same switch. D.Comply with UL 248-1. E.Unless otherwise indicated,provide cartridge type fuses complying with NEMA FU 1,Class and ratings as indicated. F.Voltage Rating: Suitable for circuit voltage. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Fuses 26 28 13 - 2 G.Provide the following accessories where indicated or where required to complete installation: 1.Fuseholders: Compatible with indicated fuses. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A.Verify that fuse ratings are consistent with circuit voltage and manufacturer's recommendations and nameplate data for equipment. B.Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work. 3.02 INSTALLATION A.Do not install fuses until circuits are ready to be energized. B.Install fuses with label oriented such that manufacturer,type,and size are easily read. END OF SECTION 26 28 13 Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers 26 28 16.16 - 1 SECTION 26 28 16.16 ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A.Enclosed safety switches. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.UL 489 -Molded-Case Circuit Breakers,Molded-Case Switches and Circuit Breaker Enclosures; Current Edition,Including All Revisions. B.NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code;National Fire Protection Association,Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements;2020. 1.03 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A.Coordination: 1.Coordinate the work with other trades. Avoid placement of ductwork,piping,equipment,or other potential obstructions within the dedicated equipment spaces and within working clearances for electrical equipment required by NFPA 70. 2.Coordinate arrangement of electrical equipment with the dimensions and clearance requirements of the actual equipment to be installed. 3.Verify with manufacturer that conductor terminations are suitable for use with the conductors to be installed. 4.Notify Architect of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents.Obtain direction before proceeding with work. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for enclosed switches and other installed components and accessories. B.Shop Drawings: Indicate outline and support point dimensions,voltage and current ratings,short circuit current ratings,conduit entry locations,conductor terminal information,and installed features and accessories. 1.Include wiring diagrams showing all factory and field connections. 2.Contractor shall confirm that all lug sizes and quantities submitted are compatible with the conductors specified on the contract documents.Changes required to lug sizes and quantities due to lack of coordination between the contractor and the supplier are to be made at the contractor's expense. 3.It is the contractor's responsibility to ensure that the equipment submitted to comply with the requirements of this section are in compliance with the requirements and recommendations of the power system studies.Any changes recommended by the power system study shall be incorporated at no expense to the project. C.Field Quality Control Test Reports. D.Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by product testing agency. Include instructions for storage,handling,protection, examination,preparation,installation,and starting of product. E.Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of enclosed switches or circuit breakers. F.Maintenance Data: Include information on replacement parts and recommended maintenance procedures and intervals. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Comply with requirements of NFPA 70. B.Maintain at the project site a copy of each referenced document that prescribes execution requirements. C.Product Listing Organization Qualifications: Third party agencies shall be amongst those accredited by the NCBCC (North Carolina Building Code Council)to label Electrical and Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers 26 28 16.16 - 2 Mechanical Equipment. 1.06 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A.Store in a clean,dry space. Maintain factory wrapping or provide an additional heavy canvas or heavy plastic cover to protect units from dirt,water,construction debris,and traffic. B.Handle carefully in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions to avoid damage to enclosed switch internal components,enclosure,and finish. 1.07 FIELD CONDITIONS A.Maintain ambient temperature between 23 degrees F and 104 degrees F during and after installation of enclosed circuit breakers. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A.ABB/GE: www.geindustrial.com/#sle. B.Eaton Corporation. C.Schneider Electric;Square D Products. D.Source Limitations: Furnish enclosed switches and associated components produced by the same manufacturer as the other electrical distribution equipment used for this project and obtained from a single supplier. 2.02 ENCLOSED SAFETY SWITCHES A.Description: Quick-make,quick-break enclosed safety switches listed and labeled as complying with UL 98;heavy duty;ratings,configurations,and features as indicated on the drawings. B.Provide products listed,classified,and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended. C.All switches shall be heavy duty type. D.Unless otherwise indicated,provide products suitable for continuous operation under the following service conditions: 1.Altitude: Less than 6,600 feet. 2.Ambient Temperature:Between -22 degrees F and 104 degrees F. E.Horsepower Rating: Suitable for connected load. F.Voltage Rating: Suitable for circuit voltage. G.Auxilary Contacts:Suitable for 120v rated control circuit.Contractor is to provide auxilary contacts in any disconnecting means that is downstream from a frequency drive.aux contacts shall be mechanically tied to switching mechanisims and shall provide both a N.O.and N.C.contacts.verify with DIV 23 prior to ordering equipment. H.Short Circuit Current Rating: 1.Provide enclosed safety switches,when protected by the fuses or supply side overcurrent protective devices to be installed,with listed short circuit current rating not less than the available fault current at the installed location as indicated on the drawings. 2.When a power system study is included in the contract,confirm the short circuit current rating of all devices with the results of the study prior to submitting for approval. I.Provide with switch blade contact position that is visible when the cover is open. J.Fuse Clips for Fusible Switches: As required to accept fuses indicated. 1.Where NEMA Class R fuses are installed,provide rejection feature to prevent installation of fuses other than Class R. K.Conductor Terminations: Suitable for use with the conductors to be installed. L.Provide insulated,groundable fully rated solid neutral assembly where a neutral connection is required,with a suitable lug for terminating each neutral conductor. M.Provide solidly bonded equipment ground bus in each enclosed safety switch,with a suitable lug for terminating each equipment grounding conductor. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers 26 28 16.16 - 3 N.Enclosures: Comply with NEMA 250,and list and label as complying with UL 50 and UL 50E. 1.Environment Type per NEMA 250:As indicated on the drawings. 2.Finish for Painted Steel Enclosures: Manufacturer's standard,factory applied grey unless otherwise indicated. O.Provide safety interlock to prevent opening the cover with the switch in the ON position with capability of overriding interlock for testing purposes. P.Heavy Duty Switches: 1.Comply with NEMA KS 1. 2.Conductor Terminations: a.Provide mechanical lugs for switch ratings less than 400 amperes. b.Provide compression lugs for switch ratings 400 amperes and above. c.Lug Material: Copper,suitable for terminating copper conductors only. 3.Provide externally operable handle with means for locking in the OFF position,capable of accepting three padlocks. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A.Verify that field measurements are as indicated. B.Verify that the ratings of the enclosed switches are consistent with the indicated requirements. C.Verify that mounting surfaces are ready to receive enclosed safety switches. D.Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work. 3.02 INSTALLATION A.Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B.Install enclosed switches securely,in a neat and workmanlike manner. C.Arrange equipment to provide minimum clearances in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and NFPA 70. D.Provide required support and attachment in accordance with Section 26 05 29. E.Install enclosed switches plumb. F.Except where indicated to be mounted adjacent to the equipment they supply,mount enclosed switches such that the highest position of the operating handle does not exceed 79 inches above the floor or working platform. G.Provide grounding and bonding in accordance with Section 26 05 26. H.Provide fuses complying with Section 26 28 13 for fusible switches as indicated or as required by equipment manufacturer's recommendations. I.Where accessories are not self-powered,provide control power source as indicated or as required to complete installation. J.Identify enclosed switches in accordance with Section 26 05 53. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS,Section 7.5.1.1 for breakers larger than 600A. 1.Verify equipment nameplate is in accorance with contract documents. 2.Inspect physical and mechanical condition. 3.Inspect anchorage and anlignment. 4.Verify unit is clean. 5.Perform resistance measurements through bolted connections with a low-resistance ohmmeter. 6.Perform contact/pole resistance test. 7.Determine long-time and short time pickup and delay settings by primary current injection. 8.Determine ground fault pickup and time delay by primary current injection. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers 26 28 16.16 - 4 B.Correct deficiencies and replace damaged or defective enclosed safety switches or associated components. 3.04 ADJUSTING A.Adjust tightness of mechanical and electrical connections to manufacturer's recommended torque settings. 3.05 CLEANING A.Clean dirt and debris from switch enclosures and components according to manufacturer's instructions. B.Repair scratched or marred exterior surfaces to match original factory finish. END OF SECTION 26 28 16.16 Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C SYMBOL LEGEND J GFI WP DESCRIPTION REMARKS WEATHER RESISTANT DUPLEX GROUNDING TYPE RECEPTACLE - AT +16" ABOVE GRADE TO BOTTOM OF OUTLET BOX, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. WIRING AND CONDUIT INSTALLED CONCEALED IN WALL SPACE OR ABOVE FINISHED CEILING HUBBELL, LEGRAND, OR LEVITON - WITH METALLIC ,HEAVY DUTY, IN- USE COVER HOME RUN CIRCUIT TO PANELBOARD JUNCTION BOX WITH REMOVABLE COVER - SIZE PER NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE SYMBOL EXISTING 277/480 VOLT, 2500 AMP "MDP" SWITCHBOARD EXISTING 120/208 VOLT PANELBOARD WITH NEUTRAL AND GROUND BUS EXISTING 277/480 VOLT PANELBOARD WITH NEUTRAL, AND GROUND BUS DISCONNECT SWITCH, HEAVY DUTY ABBREVIATIONS ABBREV. A AC A/C ADA AFF AFG AIC AL ANSI ATSC ATS A/V AWG BAS BFC C CB CCTV CKT CT CU D DB DC DL DISC E ECB EWC EX FUT FA FACP FATC FDR GAA GAP GEN GEC GFI GFCI GFEP GFP GND GRS HH HOA HP IEEE IG KCMIL KV KVA KW KWH LC LS LSIG MAX MCB MCC MDP MIN MH MLO MTS N/A NC NEC NEMA N or NEUT NFPA NIC NO O/H P PA PB PC PH PT RC RSC SEC SPD SW SWBD SWGR TC TEMP TGB TGMB TTB TV TYP. U/C U/G UGE UL UON UPS V VFD WG WP XFER XFMR DEFINITION AMPS, AMPERE, AMPERAGE ABOVE COUNTER ALTERNATING CURRENT AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR ABOVE FINISHED GRADE AMPERE INTERRUPTING CURRENT ALUMINUM AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD INSTITUTE AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH CONTROL AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH AUDIO/VISUAL AMERICAN WIRE GAUGE BUILDING AUOTMATION SYSTEM BELOW FINISHED CEILING CONDUIT CIRCUIT BREAKER CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION CIRCUIT CURRENT TRANSFORMER COPPER DIMMING OR DIMMER DISTRIBUTION BOARD DIRECT CURRENT DAY-LIGHTING DISCONNECT SWITCH EMERGENCY ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKER ELECTRIC WATER COOLER EXISTING FUTURE FIRE ALARM FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL FIRE ALARM TERMINAL CABINET FEEDER GENERATOR ALARM ANNUNCIATOR GENERATOR ALARM PANEL GENERATOR GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER GROUND FAULT EQUIPMENT PROTECTION GROUND FAULT PROTECTION GROUND GALVANIZED RIGID STEEL HAND HOLE HAND-OFF AUTOMATIC HORSEPOWER INSTITUE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERS ISOLATED GROUND THOUSAND CIRCULAR MILS KILOVOLT KILOVOLT AMPS KILOWATT KILOWATT HOURS LIGHTING CONTACTOR LOUD SPEAKER LONG TIME, SHORT TIME, INSTANTANEOUS AND GROUND FAULT PROTECTION MAXIMUM MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER MOTOR CONTROL CENTER MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL MINIMUM MAN HOLE MAIN LUGS ONLY MANUAL TRANSFER SWITCH NOT APPLICABLE NORMALLY CLOSED NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURER'S ASSOCIATION NEUTRAL NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION NOT IN CONTRACT NORMALLY OPEN OVER HEAD POLE PUBLIC ADDRESS PULL BOX PHOTOCELL PHASE POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER RECEPTACLE CONTACTOR RIGID STEEL CONDUIT SECURITY SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICE SWITCH SWITCHBOARD SWITCHGEAR TIME CLOCK TEMPORARY TECHNOLOGY GROUND BAR TECHNOLOGY MAIN GROUND BAR TELEPHONE TERMINAL BOARD TELEVISION TYPICAL UNDER COUNTER UNDERGROUND UNDERGROUND ELECTRIC UNDERWRITERS' LABORATORIES UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED UNINTERRUPTABLE POWER SUPPLY VOLTS, VOLTAGE VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE WIRE GUARD WEATHERPROOF TRANSFER TRANSFORMER GENERAL NOTES SHEET INDEX - ELECTRICAL Sheet Number Sheet Name Current Revision Current Revision Date E0.00 ELECTRICAL LEAD SHEET E0.01 PARTIAL DEMOLITION PLAN - AREA A.2 E1.01 PARTIAL NEW WORK PLAN - AREA A.2 E2.01 PANEL SCHEDULES AND RISER DIAGRAM E3.01 DETAILS A.THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ANY AND ALL WORK WITH OTHER TRADES INVOLVED IN THE PROJECT, PRIOR TO THE INSTALLATION OF HIS EQUIPMENT SO AS TO AVOID CONFLICTS DURING CONSTRUCTION AND ALLOW FOR OPTIMUM MAINTENANCE AND WORKING SPACE. B.USE OF THE CONDUIT SYSTEM FOR EQUIPMENT GROUNDING SHALL NOT BE ACCEPTABLE. A SEPARATE GREEN GROUND WIRE SHALL RUN WITH THE CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS IN EACH CIRCUIT. C.ALL FUSES, DISCONNECT SWITCHES, AND BREAKER SIZES SHOWN FOR MECHANICL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE VERIFIED BEFORE THE PURCHASE OR INSTALLATION OF SAID EQUIPMENT, WITH THE EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER AND MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. REFER TO MECHANICAL SPECIFICATION "ELECTRICAL WORK". D.ALL WORK AND MATERIAL SHALL BE PROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH STATE, LOCAL AND NATIONAL CODES AND ORDINANCES. E.EACH CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE HIS OWN SUPPORT OF ALL DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY HIM AND SHALL SUPPORT SUCH EQUIPMENT PER APPROVED GOVERNING CODES OR PER APPROVAL OF THE ENGINEER. UNACCEPTABLE WORKMANSHIP OR MATERIALS SHALL BE REPLACED AT THE REQUEST OF THE ENGINEER AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. F.ALL JUNCTION BOXES AND CONDUIT RUNS (WITH OR WITHOUT WIRES) SHALL BE COLOR CODED WITH PAINT, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS. G.ALL WIRE AND CONDUIT SIZES ARE BASED ON 75°C THHN OR THWN WIRE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. H.THE LOCATION OF ALL WALL MOUNTED DEVICES, INCLUDING MOUNTING HEIGHTS, SHALL BE FIELD VERIFIED PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. I.WHERE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT PENETRATES EXTERIOR WALLS OR THE ROOF, THEY SHALL BE PROPERLY SEALED WITH METHODS APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER. SUBMIT DETAIL OF PROPOSED SEALING METHODS. J.ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL ACCESS PANELS AS REQUIRED FOR ELECTRICAL CODE COMPLIANCE AND TO ACCESS ANY INSTALLATION THAT WILL REQUIRE FUTURE MAINTENANCE. THESE DOORS SHALL BE 20" X 20". EACH ROOM WITH A DRYWALL CEILING SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM OF ONE ACCESS DOOR PROVIDED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. THE DRYWALL SUBCONTRACTOR WILL PROVIDE THE REQUIRED FRAMED OPENING AND INSTALL THE ACCESS DOORS. K.CONDUCTORS FOR BRANCH CIRCUITS SHALL BE SIZED TO PREVENT VOLTAGE DROP EXCEEDING 3% AT THE FARTHEST OUTLET OF POWER, HEATING AND LIGHTING LOADS, OR ANY COMBINATION OF SUCH LOADS. THE MAXIMUM TOTAL VOLTAGE DROP ON BOTH FEEDERS AND BRANCH CIRCUITS TO THE FARTHEST OUTLET SHALL NOT EXCEED 5%. 1. WHERE THE CONDUCTOR LENGTH FROM THE PANEL TO THE FIRST OUTLET ON A 120V CIRCUIT EXCEED 50'-0" THE BRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS FROM THE PANEL TO THE FIRST OUTLET SHALL NOT BE SMALLER THAN #10AWG. INCREASE THE BRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUCTOR SIZE AN ADDITIONAL WIRE SIZE FOR EACH ADDITIONAL 125' FOR THE ENTIRE CIRCUIT. THE GROUND CONDUCTOR SIZE SHALL BE INCREASED PROPORTIONALLY TO THE INCREASED PHASE CONDUCTORS AS PER NEC 2020 250.122 (B). 2. WHERE THE CONDUCTOR LENGTH FROM THE PANEL TO THE FIRST OUTLET ON A 277V CIRCUIT EXCEEDS 125'-0", THE BRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS FROM THE PANEL TO THE FIRST OUTLET SHALL NOT BE SMALLER THAN #10 AWG. CONDUCTOR SIZE OF REMAINING BRANCH CIRCUIT SHALL INCREASE AS NEEDED TO MEET ABOVE VOLTAGE DROP LIMITATIONS. THE GROUND CONDUCTOR SIZE SHALL BE INCREASED PROPORTIONALLY TO THE INCREASED PHASE CONDUCTORS AS PER NEC 2020 250.122(B). L.ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT SITE PRIOR TO BID. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL ELECTRICAL WORK (IE RELOCATING/MOVING CONDUITS/WIRING, LIGHT FIXTURES, ETC.) TO ACCOMODATE THE REPLACEMENT OF MECHANCIAL EQUIPMENT AND PIPING. CLOSE COORDINATION WITH MECHANCIAL CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED. DRAWN BY:CHECKED BY: REVISIONS TBUTKOVICH@PDCENGINEERS.COM ORANGE COUNTY SPORTPLEX HVACREPLACEMENTELECTRICAL LEAD SHEET E0.00 BID/PERMIT SET ORANGE COUNTYJPT JTB PDC 23022 05/17/2024 NUMBER DATE DESCRIPTION 10/15/24 Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C CU-1 AHU-1 EXISTING MDP EXISTING SDP1 1 1 SDP1-5 SDP1-3 WALL RATINGS LEGEND 1 HR RATED WALL 2 HR RATED WALL SMOKE DRAWN BY:CHECKED BY: REVISIONS TBUTKOVICH@PDCENGINEERS.COM KEYPLAN NOT TO SCALE A.2 ORANGE COUNTY SPORTPLEX HVACREPLACEMENTPARTIAL DEMOLITION PLAN - AREA A.2 E0.01 BID/PERMIT SET ORANGE COUNTYAuthor Checker PDC 23022 05/17/2024 0 4' 8'16' 1/8" = 1'-0" DEMOLITION POWER PLAN -Building A.21 NUMBER DATE DESCRIPTION GENERAL NOTES: A. EXISTING PANELS ARE SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY AND SHALL REMAIN, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. B. EXISTING CIRCUITS, SHOWN IN BOX, SHALL BE FIELD VERIFIED PRIOR TO PERFORMING DEMOLITION. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL USE LOCKOUT/TAGOUT WHEN DE-ENERGIZING CIRCUITS. C. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE CLOSELY WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. D. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR CAN REUSE EXISTING CONDUIT IF POSSIBLE, BUT SHALL MAKE SURE IT IS ADEQUATELY SUPPORTED WHEN REUSED. E. PATCH AND PAINT ALL SURFACES AND FINISHES IMPACTED BY THIS WORK. KEYNOTES: 1. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING RACEWAY AND WIRING BACK TO SOURCE PANEL. 10/15/24 Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C AHU-1 CU-1 EXISTING SDP1 EXISTING MDP GFI WP GFI WP 1 2 SDP1-3 SDP1-5 4 4 3 3 WALL RATINGS LEGEND 1 HR RATED WALL 2 HR RATED WALL SMOKE DRAWN BY:CHECKED BY: REVISIONS TBUTKOVICH@PDCENGINEERS.COM KEYPLAN NOT TO SCALE A.2 ORANGE COUNTY SPORTPLEX HVACREPLACEMENTPARTIAL NEW WORK PLAN - AREA A.2 E1.01 BID/PERMIT SET ORANGE COUNTYAuthor Checker PDC 23022 05/17/2024 0 8'16' 32' 1/8" = 1'-0" NEW WORK POWER PLAN -Building A.21 NUMBER DATE DESCRIPTION GENERAL NOTES: A. EXISTING PANELS SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY AND SHALL REMAIN, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. KEYNOTES: 1. REFER TO MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE ON DRAWING E7.01. CONDENSING UNIT HAS A SINGLE POINT CONNECTION. 2. 600 VOLT, 200 AMP, 3 POLE, NEMA-3R DISCONNECT SWITCH PROVIDED WITH UNIT. REFER TO MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE ON DRAWING E7.01. 3. PROVIDE WEATHER RESISTANT GFCI SERVICE RECEPTACLE WITH HEAVY DUTY, METALLIC, IN-USE COVER. WIRE TO NEAREST RECEPTACLE CIRCUIT. 4. REFER TO PANEL SCHEDULE FOR CONDUIT/WIRE SIZES. 10/15/24 Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C PANEL KL 208Y/120V 200A 3ɸ, 4W 1. REFER TO PANEL SCHEDULE FOR CONDUIT AND WIRE SIZES. 200A 200A TXFRMR T2 480-120/208V 75 KVA TXFRMR T1 480-120/208V 225 KVA PANEL RP2 208Y/120V 200A 3ɸ, 4W M.C.B. PANEL RP3 208Y/120V 200A 3ɸ, 4W M.C.B. PANEL PP1 208Y/120V 200A 3ɸ, 4W M.C.B. PANEL LP1 480Y/277V 125A 3ɸ, 4W M.L.O. PANEL SDP1 480Y/277V 800A 3ɸ, 4W M.L.O. MCC 1200A 3ɸ, 4W M.L.O. PANEL KH 480Y/277V 125A 3ɸ, 4W PANEL LP2 480Y/277V 125A 3ɸ, 4W LEGEND EXISTING TO REMAIN EXISTING TO BE REMOVED NEW TO BE ADDED MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER MAIN LUGS ONLY GROUND GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR M.C.B. M.L.O. G GEC MDP 277/480V, 3ɸ, 4W 2500 AMP DUKE ENERGY PROGRESS UTILITY TRANSFORMER 2500A M.C.B. DISTRIBUTION SECTION EXISTING MV PRIMARY #3/0GEC 3 SETS 4 #600Kcmil, 1 #3/0G IN 4"C PER SET 2 SETS 4 #500Kcmil, 1 #1/0G IN 4"C PER SET 4 #1, 1 #6G IN 1 1/2"C 4 #4/0, 1 #4G IN 2 1/2"C 4 #1, 1 #6G IN 1 1/2"C PANEL SDP2 480Y/277V 800A 3ɸ, 4W M.L.O. TXFRMR T3 480-120/208V PANEL RP4 208Y/120V 200A 3ɸ, 4W M.C.B. PANEL PP2 208Y/120V 200A 3ɸ, 4W M.C.B. PANEL RP1 208Y/120V 200A 3ɸ, 4W M.C.B. PANEL LP3 480Y/277V 125A 3ɸ, 4W M.L.O. 4 #1, 1 #6G IN 1 1/2"C 2 SETS 4 #600Kcmil, 1 #1/0G IN 4"C PER SET 4 #500Kcmil, 1 #3G IN 3 1/2"C 4 #1, 1 #6G IN 1 1/2"C 4 #3/0, 1 #4G IN 2"C4 #3/0, 1 #4G IN 2"C 4 #500Kcmil, 1 #3G IN 3 1/2"C 4 #3/0, 1 #4G IN 2"C 6 SETS 4 #600Kcmil IN 4"C PER SET KEYNOTES: 1 (-140.94)(-140.94) 105.04 105.04 0.36 0.36 (-36.26) 36.26 x 44 KVA CONNECTED DIVERSITY TOTALTOTAL KVA RECEPTACLE LOAD ADDED HVAC LOAD ADDED HVAC LOAD REMOVED x1.0 x1.0 I =(1000) 480 x 3 =AMPS REMOVED FROM EXISTING 2500 AMP MDP SERVICE (-36.26) PEAK DEMAND: 831KW / 0.85 = 978KVA x 1.25 = 1222KVA (1471 AMPS) ON EXISTING 2500 AMP MDP x1.0 2.PHASE B 46.980 KVA 169.6 AMP 3.PHASE C 46.980 KVA 169.6 AMP 4. (L) LIGHTING 0.00 125% 0.00 (O) OTHER 0.00 100% 0.00 (K) KITCHEN EQUIP 0.00 100% 0.00 TOTAL 140.94 100% 140.94 NOTES:PANEL TOTALS 1.PHASE A 46.980 KVA 169.6 AMP H 0.000 M LOAD TOTAL:46.98 46.98 46.98 LOAD TYPE CONNECTED DEMAND FED FROM: EXISTING MDP 480Y/277 V 3 PHASE 4 WIRE (R) RECEPTACLES 0.00 100%0.00 MOUNT: SURFACE MAINS:MLO 800 A BUS (M) MOTOR 0.00 100% 0.00 NEMA: 1 18000 AIC SE LABEL (H) HVAC 140.94 100% 140.94 MFG/MODEL#:SQUARE-D/I-LINE H 31.024 31.024 H H RTU-1 EXISTING 60 0.000 30 EXISTING RTU-2 H 7 H 0.000 H 8 H 0.000 H H RTU-5 EXISTING 30 0.000 30 EXISTING FAMILY POOL UV LIGHT L 9 H 0.000 L 10 H 0.000 H H 15.956 AHU-1 EXISTING 90 15.956 150 EXISTING AHU-2 H 3 H 15.956 15.956 H 4 H 15.956 15.956 H H 31.024 CONDENSING UNIT #1 EXISTING 225 31.024 15 EXISTING CONDENSING UNIT #2 H 5 H 31.024 31.024 H 6 H 0.000 L H AHU-10 EXISTING 30 0.000 60 EXISTING COMPETITION POOL UV LIGHT L 11 H 0.000 L 12 H 0.000 L H COOLING TOWER IMMERSION HEATERS EXISTING 30 0.000 60 EXISTING ELEVATOR M 13 H 0.000 M 14 EXISTING PANEL SDP1 CKT LOAD TYPE LOAD KVA DESCRIPTION C PH N G CB PHASE CB PH N G C DESCRIPTION LOAD KVA LOAD TYPE CKTAB C H AHU-3 EXISTING 15 0.000 60 EXISTING CONDENSING UNIT #3 H 1 H 0.000 H 2 2.PHASE B 35.013 KVA 126.4 AMP 3.PHASE C 35.013 KVA 126.4 AMP 4. (L) LIGHTING 0.00 125% 0.00 (O) OTHER 0.00 100% 0.00 (K) KITCHEN EQUIP 0.00 100% 0.00 TOTAL 105.04 100% 105.04 NOTES:PANEL TOTALS 1.PROVIDE NEW BREAKER AND ASSOCIATED CONDUIT/WIRING FOR NEW LOAD.PHASE A 35.013 KVA 126.4 AMP O 0.000 M LOAD TOTAL: 35.01 35.01 35.01 LOAD TYPE CONNECTED DEMAND FED FROM: EXISTING MDP 480Y/277 V 3 PHASE 4 WIRE (R) RECEPTACLES 0.00 100% 0.00 MOUNT: SURFACE MAINS: MLO 800 A BUS (M) MOTOR 0.00 100% 0.00 NEMA: 1 18000 AIC SE LABEL (H) HVAC 105.04 100% 105.04 MFG/MODEL#:SQUARE-D/I-LINE H 0.000 L H AHU-10 EXISTING 30 0.000 60 EXISTING COMPETITION POOL UV LIGHT L 11 H 0.000 L 12 H 0.000 L O COOLING TOWER IMMERSION HEATERS EXISTING 30 0.000 60 EXISTING ELEVATOR M 13 O 0.000 M 14 H 6.648 6.648 H H RTU-1 EXISTING 60 0.000 30 EXISTING RTU-2 H 7 H 0.000 H 8 H 0.000 H H RTU-5 EXISTING 30 0.000 30 EXISTING FAMILY POOL UV LIGHT L 9 H 0.000 L 10 REVISED PANEL SDP1 CKT LOAD TYPE LOAD KVA DESCRIPTION C PH N G CB PHASE CB PH N G C DESCRIPTION LOAD KVA LOAD TYPE CKTA B C H AHU-3 EXISTING 15 0.000 60 EXISTING CONDENSING UNIT #3 H 1 H 0.000 H 2 H 0.000 H H 28.365 NEW AHU-1 (NOTE 1) 2"1/0 N/A 6 150 28.365 150 EXISTING AHU-2 H 3 H 28.365 28.365 H 4 H 28.365 28.365 H H 6.648 NEW CU-1 (NOTE 1) 3/4" 10 N/A 10 30 6.648 30 EXISTING CONDENSING UNIT H 5 H 6.648 6.648 H 6 DRAWN BY:CHECKED BY: REVISIONS TBUTKOVICH@PDCENGINEERS.COM ORANGE COUNTY SPORTPLEX HVACREPLACEMENTPANEL SCHEDULES AND RISER DIAGRAME2.01 BID/PERMIT SET ORANGE COUNTYJPT JTB PDC 23022 05/17/2024 NUMBER DATE DESCRIPTION NOT TO SCALE POWER RISER1 NOT TO SCALE LOAD SUMMARY2 EXISTING 10/15/24 Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C LP-2 LP-2 NEATLY HAND WRITTEN CIRCUIT IDENTIFIER OR SYSTEM CONDUCTORS CONTAINED WITHIN COLOR CODE JUNCTION BOX COVER WITH PAINT COLORS AS INDICATED IN SPECIFICATIONS FOR SYSTEM CONTAINED WITHINNOTE: CONTRACTOR SHALL IDENTIFY JUNCTION BOX COVERS WITH ONE OF THE TWO METHODS SHOW ABOVE, BUT NOT BOTH. ALL JUNCTION BOX COVERS SHALL BE CONSISTENTLY IDENTIFIED ACROSS THE ENTIRE PROJECT. JUNCTION BOX LABELING SECTION A-A FILL, VOID, OR CAVITY MATERIAL: SILICON CAULK. THROUGH PENETRANTS - ONE PIPE, OR CONDUIT. NON-RATED FLOOR OR WALL. A A KEYED NOTES: 2 1 3 3. 2. 1. ANSI/UL1479 (ASTM E814)CAN/ULC S115 F Ratings —1 and 2 Hr (See Items 1 and 3) F Ratings — 1 and 2 Hr (See Items 1 and 3) T Rating — 0 Hr FT Rating — 0 Hr L Rating at Ambient — Less Than 1 CFM/sq ft FH Ratings —1 and 2 Hr (See Items 1 and 3) L Rating at 400 F — Less Than 1 CFM/sq ft FTH Rating — 0 Hr L Rating at Ambient — Less Than 1 CFM/sq ft L Rating at 400 F — Less Than 1 CFM/sq ft System No. W-L-1054 C R Classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. to UL 1479 and CAN/ULC-S115 US 1. Wall Assembly — The 1 or 2 hr fire-rated gypsum wallboard/stud wall assembly shall be constructed of the materials and in the manner specified in the individual U300 or U400 Series Wall and Partition Designs in the UL Fire Resistance Directory and shall include the following construction features: A. Studs — Wall framing may consist of either wood studs or steel channel studs. Wood studs to consist of nom 2 by 4 in. (51 by 102 mm) lumber spaced 16 in. (406 mm) OC. Steel studs to be min 2-1/2 in. (64 mm) wide and spaced max 24 in. (610 mm) OC. When steel studs are used and the diam of opening exceeds the width of stud cavity, the opening shall be framed on all sides using lengths of steel stud installed between the vertical studs and screw-attached to the steel studs at each end. The framed opening in the wall shall be 4 to 6 in. (102 to 152 mm) wider and 4 to 6 in. (102 to 152 mm) higher than the diam of the penetrating item such that, when the penetrating item is installed in the opening, a 2 to 3 in. (51 to 76 mm) clearance is present between the penetrating item and the framing on all four sides. B. Gypsum Board* — 5/8 in. (16 mm) thick, 4 ft (122 cm) wide with square or tapered edges. The gypsum board type, thickness, number of layers, fastener type and sheet orientation shall be as specified in the individual U300 or U400 Series Design in the UL Fire Resistance Directory. Max diam of opening is 32-1/4 in. (819 mm) for steel stud walls. Max diam of opening is 14-1/2 in. (368 mm) for wood stud walls. The F and FH Ratings of the firestop system are equal to the fire rating of the wall assembly. 2. Through-Penetrants — One metallic pipe, conduit or tubing to be installed either concentrically or eccentrically within the firestop system. The annular space shall be min 0 in. to max 2-1/4 in. (57 mm). Pipe may be installed with continuous point contact. Pipe, conduit or tubing to be rigidly supported on both sides of wall assembly. The following types and sizes of metallic pipes, conduits or tubing may be used: A. Steel Pipe — Nom 30 in. (762 mm) diam (or smaller) Schedule 10 (or heavier) steel pipe. B. Iron Pipe — Nom 30 in. (762 mm) diam (or smaller) cast or ductile iron pipe. C.Conduit — Nom 4 in. (102 mm) diam (or smaller) steel electrical metallic tubing or 6 in. (152 mm) . diam steel conduit. D.Copper Tubing — Nom 6 in. (152 mm) diam (or smaller) Type L (or heavier) copper tubing. E. Copper Pipe — Nom 6 in. (152 mm) diam (or smaller) regular (or heavier) copper pipe. 3. Fill, Void or Cavity Material* — Sealant — Min 5/8 in. (16 mm) thickness of fill material applied within the annulus, flush with both surfaces of wall. At the point or continuous contact locations between pipe and wall, a min 1/2 in. (13 mm) diam bead of fill material shall be applied at the pipe wall interface on both surfaces of wall. HILTI CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS, DIV OF HILTI INC — FS-One Sealant or FS-ONE MAX Intumescent Sealant *Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively. SECTION A-A A A 1A 3 2 1B ANSI/UL1479 (ASTM E814) CAN/ULC S115 F Rating — 2 Hr F Rating — 2 Hr T Ratings — 0 and 1 Hr (See Items 2 and 4) FT Ratings — 0 and 1 Hr (See Items 2 and 4) L Rating At Ambient — 4 CFM/sq ft FH Rating — 2 Hr L Rating At 400 F — Less Than 1 CFM/sq ft FTH Ratings — 0 and 1 Hr (See Items 2 and 4) L Rating At Ambient —4 CFM/sq ft L Rating At 400 F —Less Than 1 CFM/sq ft System No. C-AJ-5091 C R Classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. to UL 1479 and CAN/ULC-S115 US 1. Floor or Wall Assembly — Min 4-1/2 in. (114 mm) thick reinforced lightweight or normal weight (100-150 pcf or 1600-2400 kg/m³) concrete. Wall may also be constructed of any UL Classified Concrete Blocks*. Max diam of opening is 29 in. (737 mm). See Concrete Blocks (CAZT) category in the Fire Resistance directory for names of manufacturers. 2. Metallic Sleeve — (Optional) — Nom 30 in. (762 mm) diam (or smaller) Schedule 10 (or heavier) steel pipe sleeve cast or grouted into floor or wall assembly, flush with floor or wall surfaces or extending a max of 3 in. (76 mm) above floor or beyond both surfaces of wall. If the steel sleeve extends beyond the top surface of the floor or both surfaces of the wall, the T Rating of the firestop system is 0 hr. 2A. Sheet Metal Sleeve — (Optional) - Max 6 in. (152 mm) diam, min 26 ga galv steel provided with a 26 ga galv steel square flange spot welded to the sleeve at approximately mid- height, or flush with bottom of sleeve in floors, and sized to be a min of 2 in. (51 mm) larger than the sleeve diam. The sleeve is to be cast in place flush with bottom surface of floor and may extend a max of 1 in. (25 mm) above the top surface of the floor. 2B. Sheet Metal Sleeve — (Optional) - Max 12 in. (305 mm) diam, min 24 ga galv steel provided with a 24 ga galv steel square flange spot welded to the sleeve at approximately mid- height, or flush with bottom of sleeve in floors, and sized to be a min of 2 in. (51 mm) larger than the sleeve diam. The sleeve is to be cast in place flush with bottom surface of floor and may extend a max of 1 in. (25 mm) above the top surface of the floor. 3. Through Penetrants — One metallic pipe or tubing to be installed either concentrically or eccentrically within the firestop system. Pipe or tubing to be rigidly supported on both sides of floor or wall assembly. The following types and sizes of metallic pipes or tubing may be used: A. Steel Pipe — Nom 12 in. (305 mm) diam (or smaller) Schedule 10 (or heavier) steel pipe. B. Iron Pipe — Nom 12 in. (305 mm) diam (or smaller) cast or ductile iron pipe. C.Copper Pipe — Nom 6 in. (152 mm) diam (or smaller) Regular (or heavier) copper pipe. D.Copper Tubing — Nom 6 in. (152 mm) diam (or smaller) Type L (or heavier) copper tubing. 4. Pipe Covering — Min 1/2 in. (13 mm) to max 2 in. (51 mm) thick hollow cylindrical heavy density (min 3.5 pcf or 56 kg/m³) glass fiber units jacketed on the outside with an all-service jacket. Longitudinal joints sealed with metal fasteners or factory-applied, self-sealing lap tape. Transverse joints secured with metal fasteners or with butt tape supplied with the product. The annular space between the insulated pipe and the edge of the periphery of the opening shall be min 1/2 in. (13 mm) to max 12 in. (305 mm). When thickness of pipe covering is less than 2 in. (51 mm), the T Rating for the firestop system is 0 hr. See Pipe Equipment Covering — Materials — (BRGU) category in the Building Materials Directory for names of manufacturers. Any pipe covering material meeting the above specifications and bearing the UL Classification Marking with a Flame Spread Index of 25 or less and a Smoke Developed Index of 50 or less may be used. 4A. Pipe Covering — (Not Shown) — As an alternate to Item 4, max 2 in. (51 mm) thick cylindrical calcium silicate (min 14 pcf or 224 kg/m³) units sized to the outside diam of the pipe or tube may be used. Pipe insulation secured with stainless steel bands or min 18 AWG stainless steel wire spaced max 12 in. (305 mm) OC. The annular space shall be min 1/2 in. (13 mm) to max 12 in. (305 mm). 5. Firestop System — The firestop system shall consist of the following: A. Packing Material — Min 4 in. (102 mm) thickness of min 4 pcf (64 kg/m³) mineral wool batt insulation firmly packed into opening as a permanent form. Packing material to be recessed from top surface of floor or from both surfaces of wall as required to accommodate the required thickness of fill material. B. Fill, Void or Cavity Material* — Sealant — Min 1/2 in. (13 mm) thickness of fill material applied within the annulus, flush with top surface of floor or with both surfaces of wall. HILTI CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS, DIV OF HILTI INC — FS-One Sealant or FS-ONE MAX Intumescent Sealant *Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively. SECTION A-A A A 12 5B 4 3 5A ANSI/UL1479 (ASTM E814)CAN/ULC S115 F Rating — 3 Hr F Rating — 3 Hr T Rating — 0 Hr FT Rating — 0 Hr L Rating At Ambient — Less Than 1 CFM/sq ft FH Rating — 3 Hr L Rating At 400 F — 4 CFM/sq ft FTH Rating — 0 Hr L Rating At Ambient — Less Than 1 CFM/sq ft L Rating At 400 F — 4 CFM/sq ft System No. C-AJ-1226 C R Classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. to UL 1479 and CAN/ULC-S115 US 1. Floor or Wall Assembly — Min 4-1/2 in. (114 mm) thick reinforced lightweight or normal weight (100-150 pcf or 1600-2400 kg/m³) concrete. Wall may also be constructed of any UL Classified Concrete Blocks*. Max diam of opening is 32 in. (813 mm). 2. Metallic Sleeve — (Optional) Nom 32 in. (813 mm) diam (or smaller) Schedule 40 (or heavier) steel sleeve cast or grouted into floor or wall assembly, flush with floor or wall surfaces or extending a max of 3 in. (76 mm) above floor or beyond both surfaces of wall. 2A. Sheet Metal Sleeve — (Optional) Max 6 in. (152 mm) diam, min 26 ga. galv steel provided with a 26 ga galv steel square flange spot welded to the sleeve at approx mid-height, or flush with bottom of sleeve in floors, and sized to be a min of 2 in. (51 mm) larger than the sleeve diam. The sleeve is to be cast in place and may extend a max of 4 in. (102 mm) below the bottom of the deck and a max of 1 in. (25 mm) above the top surface of the concrete floor. 2B. Sheet Metal Sleeve — (Optional) - Max 12 in. (305 mm) diam, min 24 ga galv steel provided with a 24 ga galv steel square flange spot welded to the sleeve at approx mid-height, or flush with bottom of sleeve in floors, and sized to be a min of 2 in. (51 mm) larger than the sleeve diam. The sleeve is to be cast in place and may extend a max of 4 in. (102 mm) below the bottom of the deck and a max of 1 in. (25 mm) above the top surface of the concrete floor. 3. Through-Penetrant — One metallic pipe, tube or conduit to be installed either concentrically or eccentrically within the firestop system. The annular space between penetrant and periphery of opening shall be min 0 in. (point contact) to max 1-7/8 in. (48 mm). Penetrant may be installed with continuous point contact. Penetrant to be rigidly supported on both sides of floor or wall assembly. The following types and sizes of metallic penetrants may be used: A. Steel Pipe — Nom 30 in. (762 mm) diam (or smaller) Schedule 10 (or heavier) steel pipe. B. Iron Pipe — Nom 30 in. (762 mm) diam (or smaller) cast or ductile iron pipe. C. Copper Pipe — Nom 6 in. (152 mm) diam (or smaller) Regular (or heavier) copper pipe. D. Copper Tubing — Nom 6 in. (152 mm) diam (or smaller) Type L (or heavier) copper tubing. E. Conduit — Nom 6 in. (152 mm) diam (or smaller) steel conduit. F. Conduit — Nom 4 in. (102 mm) diam (or smaller) steel electrical metallic tubing (EMT). 4. Firestop System — The firestop system shall consist of the following: A. Packing Material — Min 4 in. (102 mm) thickness of min 4 pcf (64 kg/m³) mineral wool batt insulation firmly packed into opening as a permanent form. Packing material to be recessed from top surface of floor or sleeve or from both surfaces of wall or sleeve as required to accommodate the required thickness of fill material. B. Fill, Void or Cavity Material* — Sealant — Min 1/4 in. (6 mm) thickness of fill material applied within the annulus, flush with top surface of floor or sleeve or with both surfaces of wall or sleeve. At the point or continuous contact locations between penetrant and concrete or sleeve, a min 1/4 in. (6 mm) diam bead of fill material shall be applied at the concrete or sleeve/ pipe penetrant interface on the top surface of floor and on both surfaces of wall. HILTI CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS, DIV OF HILTI INC — FS-One Sealant or FS-ONE MAX Intumescent Sealant *Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively. SECTION A-A A A 2 34B 3 14B 4A A COMBINATION STARTER SHALL BE USED IN LIEU OF A SEPARATE DISCONNECT SWITCH AND STARTER, WHERE AVAILABLE. PANELBOARD J WIRING IN ELECTRICAL WORK FINAL CONNECTIONS INSIDE EQUIPMENT TO BE MADE BY THE HVAC OR PLUMBING CONTRACTOR OR OTHER TRADES WIRING IN ELECTRICAL WORK JUNCTION BOX MAY BE SHOWN ON ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR SOME EQUIPMENT (NOT NECESSARY IF WIRING IS CONNECTED DIRECTLY TO STARTER OR DISCONNECT SWITCH) BRANCH CIRCUIT AND CONDUIT IN ELECTRICAL WORK. SEE PANELBOARD SCHEDULES FOR WIRE AND BREAKER SIZES TO HVAC AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT EXTERNALLY OR INTERNALLY MOUNTED DISCONNECT SWITCH FURNISHED BY HVAC OR PLUMBING CONTRACTOR, OR OTHER TRADES AND INSTALLED AND WIRED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. CONTROL CONNECTIONS BY CONTROLS CONTRACTOR. EXTERNALLY MOUNTED STARTER FURNISHED BY HVAC OR PLUMBING CONTRACTOR OR OTHER TRADES, INSTALLED BY THE ELECTRICAL LINE AND LOAD CONNECTIONS BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. CONTROL CONNECTIONS BY CONTROLS CONTRACTOR EQUIPMENT IN HVAC OR PLUMBING WORK OR WORK OF OTHER TRADES. SEE HVAC, PLUMBING, AND ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR LOCATION OF ALL EQUIPMENT 30" MIN3'-0" MIN SECTION 110-26 WORKING SPACE SECTION 110-26 WORKING SPACE FRONT VIEWSIDE VIEW OK OK PANELPANEL 6 1/2 FTMINIMUM N.E.C ARTICLE 110-26 FIXTURE FIXTURE STRUCTURAL CEILING SUSPENDED CEILING NOT TO SCALE JUNCTION BOX LABELING4 NOT TO SCALE NON-RATED WALL PIPE PENETRATION3 NOT TO SCALE TYPICAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS1 NOT TO SCALE WORKING CLEARANCE FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT2 DRAWN BY:CHECKED BY: REVISIONS TBUTKOVICH@PDCENGINEERS.COM ORANGE COUNTY SPORTPLEX HVACREPLACEMENTDETAILS E3.01 BID/PERMIT SET ORANGE COUNTYGS JTB PDC 23022 05/17/2024 NUMBER DATE DESCRIPTION 10/15/24 Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C pdcengineers.com ADDENDUM 01 – ELECTRICAL DATE: December 19, 2024 PROJECT: Orange County Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit PDC Project No. 23002 This Addendum, applicable to the work designed below, shall be understood to be and is a change to the bid documents and shall be part of and included in the contract for the above referenced project. All General, Supplementary and Special Conditions, etc., as originally specified or as modified below shall apply to these items. Changes to Electrical Drawings: 1. Drawing E0.01 a. Deleted: General Note D 2. Drawing E1.01 a. Revised: Keynote 3 b. Added: RP3 panel location for reference, Keynote 5, Heat trace circuit at AHU. END OF ADDENDUM 01 – ELECTRICAL Attachments: (Drawings as indicated above). Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C CU-1AHU-1EXISTINGMDPEXISTINGSDP111SDP1-5SDP1-3WALL RATINGS LEGEND1 HR RATED WALL2 HR RATED WALLSMOKEDRAWN BY:CHECKED BY:REVISIONSTBUTKOVICH@PDCENGINEERS.COMKEYPLANNOT TO SCALEA.2ORANGE COUNTY SPORTPLEX HVACREPLACEMENTPARTIALDEMOLITIONPLAN - AREA A.2E0.01BID/PERMIT SETORANGE COUNTYAuthorCheckerPDC 2302205/17/202404' 8'16'1/8" = 1'-0"DEMOLITION POWER PLAN -Building A.21NUMBER DATE DESCRIPTION1 12/19/2024 ADDENDUM 01GENERAL NOTES:A. EXISTING PANELS ARE SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY AND SHALL REMAIN, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.B. EXISTING CIRCUITS, SHOWN IN BOX, SHALL BE FIELD VERIFIED PRIOR TO PERFORMING DEMOLITION. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL USE LOCKOUT/TAGOUT WHEN DE-ENERGIZING CIRCUITS.C. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE CLOSELY WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR.D. NOT USEDE. PATCH AND PAINT ALL SURFACES AND FINISHES IMPACTED BY THIS WORK.KEYNOTES:1. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING RACEWAY AND WIRING BACK TO SOURCE PANEL.112/19/2024 Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C JAHU-1CU-1EXISTINGSDP1EXISTINGMDPGFIWPGFIWP12SDP1-3SDP1-54433EXISTINGRP3WPMRP3-35511WALL RATINGS LEGEND1 HR RATED WALL2 HR RATED WALLSMOKEDRAWN BY:CHECKED BY:REVISIONSTBUTKOVICH@PDCENGINEERS.COMKEYPLANNOT TO SCALEA.2ORANGE COUNTY SPORTPLEX HVACREPLACEMENTPARTIAL NEWWORK PLAN -AREA A.2E1.01BID/PERMIT SETORANGE COUNTYAuthor CheckerPDC 2302205/17/202408' 16' 32'1/8" = 1'-0"NEW WORK POWER PLAN -Building A.21NUMBER DATE DESCRIPTION1 12/19/2024 ADDENDUM 01GENERAL NOTES:A. EXISTING PANELS SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY AND SHALL REMAIN, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.KEYNOTES:1. REFER TO MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE ON DRAWING E7.01. CONDENSING UNIT HAS A SINGLE POINT CONNECTION.2. 600 VOLT, 200 AMP, 3 POLE, NEMA-3R DISCONNECT SWITCH PROVIDED WITH UNIT. REFER TO MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE ON DRAWING E7.01.3. PROVIDE WEATHER RESISTANT GFCI SERVICE RECEPTACLE WITH HEAVY DUTY, METALLIC, IN-USE COVER. WIRE TO CIRCUIT RP3-33, PROVIDE 20A/1P BREAKER IN PANEL RP3 WITH 2#10, 1#10G IN 3/4"C.4. REFER TO PANEL SCHEDULE FOR CONDUIT/WIRE SIZES.5. PROVIDE WEATHER PROOF JUNCTION BOX WITH WEATHER RESISTANT TOGGLE DISCONNECT SWITCH FOR HEAT TRACE, CIRCUIT AS SHOWN. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE 20A/1P GFFP CIRCUIT BREAKER IN PANEL RP3 WITH 2#10, 1#10G IN 3/4"C.112/19/2024 Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C pdcengineers.com ADDENDUM 01 – GENERAL DATE: December 19, 2024 PROJECT: Orange County Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit PDC Project No. 23022 This Addendum, applicable to the work designed below, shall be understood to be and is a change to the bid documents and shall be part of and included in the contract for the above referenced project. All General, Supplementary and Special Conditions, etc., as originally specified or as modified below shall apply to these items. 1. Refer to enclosed sign-in sheet for Pre-Bid meeting attendance. 2. Refer to enclosed MEETING MINUTES from Pre-Bid meeting. 3. The facility will be available for additional site visits on December 23, and December 30, at 10AM. 4. Emailed bids will NOT be accepted. All bids must be hand delivered in physical envelopes. Refer to specification section 00 11 13 – Advertisement for Bids for information. 5. It is anticipated that the Crane lift will occur during normal 9AM-5PM hours and the Owner will coordinate evacuating the portions of the facility affected during that time. 6. The roof is currently under warranty: Bar Roofing and Maintenance, LLC Nathan Darrah 1313 S. Park Drive Kernersville, NC 27284 336.782.7108 nathan.barrfg@gmail.com 7. Liquidated Damages will be $1,000.00 per day. 8. The project duration will be set for 250 days from the Notice to Proceed. The Engineer and Owner reserve the right to issue a no cost change order to extend this based on equipment lead times. 9. It is assumed that the new unit will be provided with a roof curb adapter to interface with the existing roof curb. If the successful contractor bids a unit that differs significantly in physical dimensions or weight from the existing unit and requires roofing or structural reinforcement beyond simply installing a roof curb adapter, the contractor shall be responsible for these costs, including any structural engineering required. END OF ADDENDUM 01 – GENERAL Attachments: See list above Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C pdcengineers.com MEETING MINUTES PROJECT NAME: Orange County, NC – Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit LOCATION: 101 Meadowlands Drive, Hillsborough, NC 27278 PDC #: 23022 DATE: December 18, 2024 ISSUE DATE: 12/19/24 TIME: 10:00am AUTHOR: Jason Vincik, PE PURPOSE / OBJECTIVE / ITEMS FOR DISCUSSION: Pre-Bid discussion and walk-through. BIDS: Bids are due January 9, 2025, at 2:00pm. Pursuant to Section 143-129 of the General Statutes of North Carolina, formal single prime bids are solicited and will be received in the office of Orange County Financial / Administrative Services, 131 W. Margaret Lane Suite 300, Hillsborough, North Carolina 27278 , at any time before 2:00 PM on JANUARY 9, 2025, and then publicly opened and read aloud. Proposals must be enclosed in a sealed envelope addressed to Orange County, Financial Services, Attn: Jovana Amaro. The outside of the envelope must be marked "PROPOSAL FOR ORANGE COUNTY SPORTSPLEX POOL HVAC UNIT REPLACEMENT" and shall indicate the name, address, telephone number and state license number of the bidder. Proposals must be submitted on the printed form, or exact copies thereof, contained in the Contract Documents. EMAILED BIDS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. • M/WBE paperwork must be filled out. • Performance and Payment Bonds are required for this project. • All questions are due in writing by EOD on January 2, 2025. • PDC will issue the first addendum on December 19, 2024, and final addendum on January 3, 2025. o The addendum will be issued by email. o We reserve the right to issue an addendum after 01/03/25 if contractors wait to ask questions beyond the scheduled date of the last addendum. Please help us by looking at the documents early so we don’t have to issue anything close to the bid. • All shutdowns must be coordinated with Owner, power company and PDC. • Owner expected to issue Notice to Proceed by approximately February 10, 2025. • The facility will be available on December 23 and December 30 at 10AM for additional visits by contractors to survey existing conditions. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C Meeting Minutes PDC 23022 2 • Any roofing work will need to be performed by a roofing contractor authorized by the roofing manufacturer holding the warranty on the roof to maintain the warranty. This information will be provided in an addendum. Project & Timeline: • Existing units must stay operational until new units are in the contractor’s possession and ready to install. • Include a $25,000 allowance with your bid • Project duration is set at 250 days from Notice to Proceed. Based on equipment lead times, this may be extended at the Engineer’s discretion via a no-cost change order. • $1,000/day liquidated damages • Sales Tax forms are included in the bid package and will be required with each monthly pay application. • Make sure you are familiar with the General and Supplementary Conditions. • All work must be inspected by PDC and the Local Inspector. • The Owner has hired a third-party Commissioning Agent to oversee commissioning of the new unit. The contractor’s bid should include labor, materials, and time for the third-party commissioning process, including, but not limited to, filling out pre-functional test forms, attending separate commissioning meetings, and facilitating functional performance testing. Additional Documents: • Complete plans and specifications for this project can be obtained from Progressive Design Collaborative at sgado@pdcengineers.com. We believe the foregoing to be an accurate summary of discussions and related decisions. We would appreciate formal, written notification of exceptions to this record within seven (7) days of its release. Failing such notification, we will consider these minutes a matter of record. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C pdcengineers.com ADDENDUM 02 – MECHANICAL DATE: January 3, 2025 PROJECT: Orange County Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit PDC Project No. 23022 This Addendum, applicable to the work designed below, shall be understood to be and is a change to the bid documents and shall be part of and included in the contract for the above referenced project. All General, Supplementary and Special Conditions, etc., as originally specified or as modified below shall apply to these items. Bidder Questions 1. Question: Could you please clarify if any existing piping will need to be flushed, cleaned, or treated? Answer: New glycol systems shall be flushed, cleaned, and treated. It shall be assumed that the existing hot water piping system will NOT need to be flushed, cleaned, or treated. END OF ADDENDUM 02 – MECHANICAL Attachments: None 01/03/2025 Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C pdcengineers.com CLARIFICATION – GENERAL DATE: January 7, 2025 PROJECT: Orange County Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit PDC Project No. 23022 This Addendum, applicable to the work designed below, shall be understood to be and is a change to the bid documents and shall be part of and included in the contract for the above referenced project. All General, Supplementary and Special Conditions, etc., as originally specified or as modified below shall apply to these items. Bid, Performance and Payment Bonds are all required. END OF CLARIFICATION Attachments: None 1/7/2025 Payment and Performance Bond sample Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Payment Bond 00 90 00.02 - 1 Section 00 90 00.02 -Payment Bond Date of Contract: ____________________________________________________________________ Date of Execution: ___________________________________________________________________ Name of Principal: ___________________________________________________________________ (Contractor): ________________________________________________________________________ Name of Surety: _____________________________________________________________________ Name of Contracting: _________________________________________________________________ County: _________________________________________________________________ Amount of Bond: ____________________________________________________________________ Project: ___________________________________________________________________________ KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,that we,the principal and surety above named,are held and firmly bound unto the above named contracting body,hereinafter called the contracting body,in the penal sum of the amount stated above for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made,we bind ourselves,our heirs,executors,administrators,and successors,jointly and severally,firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH,that whereas the principal entered into a certain contract with the contracting body,identified as shown above and hereto attached: NOW,THEREFORE,if the principal shall promptly make payment to all persons supplying labor/material in the prosecution of the work provided for in said contract,and any and all duly Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Payment Bond 00 90 00.02 - 2 authorized modifications of said contract that may hereafter be made,notice of which modifications to the surety being hereby waived,then this obligation to be void;otherwise to remain in full force and virtue. IN WITNESS WHEREOF,the above-bounden parties have executed this instrument under their several seals on the date indicated above,the name and corporate seal of each corporate party being hereto affixed and these presents duly signed by its undersigned representative,pursuant to authority of its governing body. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Payment Bond 00 90 00.02 - 3 Executed in ________________________________counterparts. Witness:___________________________________________ Contractor (Trade or Corporate Name) ______________________________ By: ______________________________________________ (Proprietorship or Partnership) Attest: (Corporation) Title: ____________________________________________ (Owner,Partner,or Corporate President or Vice President Only) By: _______________________________________ Title: ______________________________________(CORPORATE SEAL) (Corporate Secretary or Assistant Secretary only) ___________________________________________ (Surety Company) Witness:By: ________________________________________ ____________________________________Title: ______________________________________ (Attorney in Fact) Countersigned: ____________________________________ ____________________________________ (North Carolina Licensed Resident Agent) (SURETY CORPORATE SEAL) ____________________________________ ____________________________________ Name and Address -Surety Agency ____________________________________ Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Payment Bond 00 90 00.02 - 4 ____________________________________ Surety Company Name and North Carolina Regional or Branch Office Address End of Section 00 90 00.02 Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Performance Bond 00 90 00.01 - 1 Section 00 90 00.01 -Performance Bond Date of Contract: ___________________________________________________________________ Date of Execution: __________________________________________________________________ Name of Principal: __________________________________________________________________ (Contractor):_______________________________________________________________________ Name of Surety:____________________________________________________________________ Name of Contracting _________________________________________________________________ County__________________________________________________________________ Amount of Bond:____________________________________________________________________ Project: ___________________________________________________________________________ KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,that we,the principal and surety above named,are held and firmly bound unto the above named contracting body,hereinafter called the contracting body,in the penal sum of the amount stated above for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made,we bind ourselves,our heirs,executors,administrators,and successors,jointly and severally,firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH,that whereas the principal entered into a certain contract with the contracting body,identified as shown above and hereto attached: NOW,THEREFORE,if the principal shall well and truly perform and fulfill all the undertakings, covenants,terms,conditions and agreements of said contract during the original term of said contract and any extensions thereof that may be granted by the contracting body,with or without notice to the surety,and during the life of any guaranty required under the contract,and shall also well and truly perform and fulfill all the undertakings,covenants,terms,conditions and agreements of any and all duly authorized modifications of said contract that may hereafter be made,notice of which modifications to the surety being hereby waived,then this obligation to be void;otherwise to remain in Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Performance Bond 00 90 00.01 - 2 full force and virtue. IN WITNESS WHEREOF,the above-bounden parties have executed this instrument under their several seals on the date indicated above,the name and corporate seal of each corporate party being hereto affixed and these presents duly signed by its undersigned representative,pursuant to authority of its governing body. Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Performance Bond 00 90 00.01 - 3 Executed in ________________________________counterparts. Witness: ____________________________________________ Contractor (Trade or Corporate Name) _______________________________ By: _____________________________________________ (Proprietorship or Partnership) Attest: (Corporation) Title: ____________________________________________ (Owner,Partner,or Corporate President or Vice President Only) By: _______________________________________ Title: ______________________________________ (CORPORATE SEAL) (Corporate Secretary or Assistant Secretary only) __________________________________________________ (Surety Company) Witness: By: ______________________________________________ _________________________________ Title: ____________________________________________ (Attorney in Fact) Countersigned: ____________________________________ ____________________________________ (North Carolina Licensed Resident Agent) (SURETY CORPORATE SEAL) ____________________________________ Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C OC Sportsplex Pool HVAC Unit Replacement PDC Project 23022 Performance Bond 00 90 00.01 - 4 ____________________________________ Name and Address -Surety Agency ____________________________________ ____________________________________ Surety Company Name and NC Regional or Branch Office Address End of Section 00 90 00.01 Docusign Envelope ID: D4F3B98E-0756-4A0C-A3AD-05AA32D39F1C